Sate on oe en aT a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 107 NUMBERS 3378-3390 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1959 ADVERTISEMENT The scientific publications of the National Museum include two series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin. The Proceedings, begun in 1878, are intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collections of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new forms and revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, are distributed as published to libraries and scientific organizations and to specialists and others interested in the different subjects. The dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in the tables of contents of each of the volumes. The present volume is the hundred and seventh of this series. The Bulletin, the first of which was issued in 1875, consists of a series of separate publications comprising monographs of large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occasionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, catalogs of type specimens, special collections, and other material of similar nature. The majority of the volumes are octavo in size, but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as indispensable. In the Bulletin series appear volumes under the heading Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, in octavo form, published by the National Museum since 1902, which contain papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum. REMINGTON KELLOGG, Director, United: States National Museum. CONTENTS Bowman, Tuomas EH. A new species of Calanopia (Cope- poda: Calanoida) from the Caribbean Sea. Three figures. No. 3382, published September 4, 1957 . ve New species: Calanepia biloba. Bowman, THomas E. A new species of Mysidopsis (Crus- tacea : Mysidacea) from the southeastern coast of the United States. Two figures. No. 3378, published Febru- any, 18, 19. New species: Mysidopsis furca. Cooks, C. WytHr. Rhynobrissus cuneus, a new echinoid from North Carolina. One plate. No. 3379, published June 18, 1957. . PL, AERIS LR oe er New species: Rhynobrissus cuneus. HenNpDERSON, Epwarp P., anp Perry, Stuart H. Studies of seven siderites. Six figures and twenty-two plates. No. 3388, published January 31, 1958 . gi vis a HENRY, iaeh PRIAULX. Some iétoral pornecles (om the Tuamotu, Marshall, and Caroline Islands. Three plates. No. 3381, publi ona October 21, 1957 . fune, Pauit L. North gaoero copepods of ane mails Notodelphyidae. Nineteen figures. No. 3390, published April 28, 1958 SB. Rai a lars aa a ie natn New genera: Pygodelphys, Pomphopygus, Scolecodes, Pholeterides. New species: Notodelphys affinis, Notodelphyopsis perpleza, Doro- pygus bayert, D. fernaldi, D. hummt, D. mohri, D. profundus, D. schellenbergt, D. seclusus, Pygodelphys aquilonaris, Pachypygus macer, Pomphopygus pinguis, Gunenotophorus curvipes, Phole- terides furtiva. Ke.titoee, Remineton. Two additional Miocene porpoises from oie Calvert Cliffs, Maryland. Thirty ee No. 3387, published Daeeribe: ONO ie New genus: Araeodelphis. New species: Araeodelphis natator. Pages 39-45 339-403 25-38 463-649 6 =a {II IV CONTENTS Lorsiicu, AtFrep R., Jr. The foraminiferal genus Haly- physema and two new tropical Pacific species. One plate. No. 3385, published January 9, 1958 oe New species: Halyphysema bayeri, H. harryi. MusseBeck, C.F. W. New Neotropical wasps of the family Braconidae (Hymenoptera) in the U.S. National Museum. Four figures. No. 3389, published January 27, 1958 . New genera: Leurinion, Dasylagon. New species: Microctonus audaz, M. berryt, Meteorus eaclidis, M. krausst, Centistes epicaert, Microgaster jocarae, M. diaphaniae, Promicrogaster miranda, P. munda, P. polyporicola, Dasylagon aegeriae, D. simulans, Microplitis minutalis, Fornicia balloui, F. surinamensis, Apanteles coffeellae, A. lipomeringis, A. alius, A. ornatricis, A. politiventris, A. impiger, A. croceicornis, A. mal- thacae, A. concinnus, A. stenomae, A. dentatus, A. hedyleptae, A. conformis, A. megastidis, A. paradorus, A. schini, A. kraussi, Opius capsicola, O. toxotrypanae, O. aldrichi, O. auripennis, O. zetekt, O. divergens, Phaenocarpa anastrephae, Leurinion primum, Oncophanes mexicanus, Percnobracon secundus. Scuuitz, Lronarp P. The frogfishes of the family Anten- nariidae. Eight figures and fourteen plates. No. 3383, published November 1, 1957 . New genera: Kanazawaichthys, Nudiantennarius, Abantennarius, Antennatus. New subgenera: Triantennatus, Antennatus, Xenophrynichthys, Unianiennatus, Plumantennatus. New species: Kanazawaichthys scutatus, Abantennarius analis, Phryneloz zebrinus, P. atra, Antennarius bermudensis, A. pauctradiatus. We.p, Lewis H. New American cynipid wasps from oak galls. One plate. No. 3384, published October 23, 1957 Be Ue AAG ee aE gee CSIR Shey Ge nT cs ada fe New species: Synergus magnificus, Ceroptres montéensis, Neuro- terus floricomus, N. lamellae, N. florulentus, Liodora dumosae, Amphibolips murata, Andricus mendocinensis, Disholcaspis edura, D. prehensa, D. mellifica, D. spissa, D. mamillana, Antron tepicana, A. magdalenae, Loxaulus beutenmuellert, Callirhytis balanella, C. floripara, C. glomerosa, C. intersita, C. manni, C. medularis, C. perobscura. Pages 123-126 405-461 47-105 107-122 CONTENTS Younc, Davin A., Jr. The leafhopper tribe Alebrini (Homoptera : Cicadellidae). Thirty-nine figures. No. 3386, published December 4, 1957 . New genera: Albera, Blarea, Relaba, Osbornulus, Lareba, Law- sonellus, Omegalebra, Erabla, Abrela, Beamerulus, Barela. New species: Paralebra keifert, P. decurvata, Trypanalebra balli, T. blantoni, Blarea brasiliensis, Relaba williamsi, Protalebra hayward, Balera caraguatae, B. pusilla, Habralebra panamensis, H. williamsi, H. bifasciatella, H. willinkt, H. gillettet, H. cruciata, Omegalebra blantoni, O. ballout, O. morrisoni, O. ogloblini, O. matogrossana, O. barbata, Rabela australis, Elabra morrisoni, E. costaricensis, Rhabdotalebra jamaicensis, R. monrosi, R. hambletont, R. ornata, Beamerulus uniceratus, B. beameri, B. morelosensis, Diceratalebra sola, D. quadricerata, Protalebrella tris, P. parana, P. panamensis, Barela parvisaccaia. New subspecies: Hlabra morrisoni morrisoni, E. morrisont tsthmusi, Rhabdoialebra brunnea colorata. ZIMMERMAN, Exwoop C. Formosan cossonine weevils of bamboo (Coleoptera : Curculionidae : Cossoninae). Two figures. No. 3380, published March 5,1957..... New species: Rhinanisus bambusae, Pseudostenoptrupis orientalis. Pages 127-277 13-23 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Siete Washington: 1957 , Ne 3378 A NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDOPSIS (CRUSTACEA: MYSIDACEA) FROM THE SOUTHEASTERN COAST OF THE UNITED STATES By Tuomas E. BowMANn Until now, only one species of Mysidopsis, M. bigelowi W. Tattersall (1926), has been recorded from the Atlantic coast of the United States. This species occurs in shallow water from New England to Louisiana, commonly in association with Metamysidopsis munda (Zimmer) (W. Tattersall, 1951, p. 142). Mysidopsis mortensenr W. Tattersall (1951) was reported from St. Croix, Virgin Islands, and may yet be found in Atlantic coastal waters. Of the remaining twelve species, three are European (Tattersall and Tattersall, 1951); four are known from the southwestern and southern coasts of Africa (Zimmer, 1912; OQ. Tattersall, 1955); two were reported from the coasts of California and Peru (W. Tattersall, 1932; Coifmann, 1937); two were taken in Indian waters (W. Tattersall, 1922); and one is known from South Georgia, the Falkland Islands, and the adjacent coast of South America (Hansen, 1913; O. Tattersall, 1955). Mysidopsis furca, new species Fiaures 1, 2 Derscription.—Bopy slender. Carapacr produced anteriorly into bluntly triangular rostrum; anterolateral angles squared; posterior iE 405646—57 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 \" e ys ] Vila <— SAIN ao Figure 1.—Mysidopsis furca, new species: a, Anterior end, dorsal view, female; 0, first maxilla, female; c, second maxilla, female; d, antenna 1, male; e, antenna 2, female; /, mandible, female; g, mandibular palp, female; h, fifth thoracic leg, female; 7, genital appendage, male. b and f, same scale; d and e, same scale. NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDOPSIS—BOWMAN FS margin emarginate, leaving last two thoracic somites exposed in dorsal view. ABDOMEN tapering very gradually posteriorly, in lateral view usually sigmoid in female, straight or curved downward in single curve in male; first five somites subequal, sixth somite about 1.7 times as long as fifth. Eyns rather large, extending beyond lateral margins of carapace; no process on dorsal surface of eyestalk. Peduncle of FIRST ANTENNA more robust in male than in female; male lobe very hirsute, with indentation on medial margin. Scale of SscoND ANTENNA about four times as long as wide, lanceolate, setose all around, with a short distal segment separated by an incomplete suture. MANDpDIBLE with molar process reduced to a rounded knob bearing a number of minute, blunt setae; incisor process of right mandible with eight teeth, lacinia with six teeth; incisor process of left mandible with nine teeth, lacinia with six teeth; spine row with six spines, the two nearest the molar process shorter and separated from the others. First MAXILLA: Outer plate with eight spines at tip; inner plate bearing two setae, the inner one much longer. SEcoNnD MAXILLA typical for the genus. First THORACIC LEG (maxilliped) with short and stout endopod seg- ments, very similar to that of 1. bigelour W. Tattersall. Endopod of SECOND THORACIC LEG stout; fifth segment 1.6 times as long as sixth; seventh segment about half as long as sixth, ending in a strong claw longer than the segment. Endopods of REMAINING LEGs characteristic for the genus. Piropops of male with quadrangular lobes at the bases of the endopods; each lobe bearing five spines, four of them with bulb- ous bases; exopod of fourth pleopod as long as endopod, ending in a very strong spine. GENITAL APPENDAGE of male eighth thoracic leg blunt, subquadrangular, armed at the tip with two long naked setae and two shorter, more slender, plumose setae. Uropop: Outer ramus five times as long as broad; outer margin straight ; inner margin convex. Inner ramus five-sixths as long as outer ramus, tapering distally ;inner margin armed with 35-40 longer and shorter spines from the level of the statocyst nearly to the distal end. Txuson very distinctive, especially in female. In female it is slightly longer than wide, bearing about 10 short spines on the concave lateral margin; distal end bearing two pairs of long, heavy spines, the outer pair curved inward, the inner pair straight, about half the length of the telson. Distal end with shallow concavity between the inner pair of spines. Male telson three-fourths as wide as long; lateral margins less concave than in female; inner pair of distal spines only about one-fifth the length of the telson; outer pair about half as long as inner pair. LenetrH.—Measured from tip of rostrum to end of distal spines of telson: Females, 4.6—5.8 mm.; males, 4.7—6.1 mm. Coror.—In preserved specimens pigment is absent from the dorsal surface except for a single pair of chromatophores at the base of the 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 \ Wh {fT \\ \\\ ae Zz \ \ : Toa 7 E SV oh 3 Ax (eo) = a ray, ) y ‘ SN FF ‘ Figure 2.—Mysidopstis furca, new species: a, Telson, male; b, telson, female; c, outer ramus of uropod, female; d, inner ramus of uropod, female; e, first thoracic leg (maxilliped), female; f, second thoracic leg, female; g, first pleopod, male; 4, fourth pleopod, male. a—d, g-h, same scale; e—f, same scale. NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDOPSIS—BOWMAN 5 telson. One chromatophore is present on the midventral surface of each of the first five abdominal somites. On the ventral surface of the thorax are two pairs, and a single median chromatophore lies anterior to them. A single chromatophore is present on the base of each posterior oostegite. Typrs.—Holotype, female with fully developed oostegites, 5.6 mm. in length, USNM 99219; allotype, male, 6.1 mm., USNM 99220; and 21 paratypes, all from Theodore N. Gili cruise 2, station 57, roast N., 68 24.6’ W., off North Inlet, S. C., May 8, 1952, depth of water, 20.1 meters. Remarks.—M. furca can readily be distinguished from other species of Mysidopsis by the shape and armature of the telson. In some of the other species of Mysidopsis the apical spines are abruptly longer than the lateral spines, but in none of them except M. acuta is the inner uropod armed with spines along most of the length of its inner margin. MM. bigelowi has only five spines in the region of the statocyst and further differs from M. furca in the very robust second thoracic legs. InM.kempiW. Tattersall, from the Gulf of Manar, the inner margin of the inner uropod has 10 spines, all in the region of the statocyst. MM. didelphys (Norman) has one long spine near the statocyst. The telson of M. acuta is about twice as long as wide, and the scale of the second antenna is very narrow (about five times as long as broad) and sharply pointed. In none of the other species of Mysidopsis are the apical spines of the telson as strongly developed as in the female M. furca. The sexual dimorphism of the telson found in the new species is most unusual, and, to my knowledge, unique among mysids. The specific name is taken from the Latin noun, ‘‘furca,”’ a pitch- fork, and refers to the appearance of the female telson. The following key, taken mostly from the literature, is offered here with the hope that it will facilitate identification of specimens of Mysidopsis. Key to the species of Mysidopsis 1. Inner margin of inner uropod bearing none or a few (1-10) spines limited to TaGeepOnrer the statoeyste? 02.02 4, Ree roy 2 Inner margin of inner uropod with many (24-75) closely packed spines ex- tenon alone much of the margim < . <2 7.2% FO sa eer 8 2. Distal spines of telson abruptly longer than lateral spines . ..... . 3 Distal spines of telson as long as or only slightly longer than lateral spines. 4 3. Inner uropod with 5 spines on inner margin; second thoracic leg strongly developed LS Gad SoC It SSFP! 4 bigelowi W. Tattersall Inner uropod with 10 spines on inner margin; second thoracic leg normally geveclomediae: GANS OT CRUSE OPS) aa. EL kempi W. Tattersall 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 4. Inner uropod without spines on inner margin... . . inermis Coifmann Inner margin of inner uropod with one spine on inner margin ..... 5 Inner uropod with 5 ame on inner margin; carapace with 2 humps on dorsal SURFACE 0. ss a ARE ech Te 5. Telson about 1.1 amie: as Hone as Late? 2 ae on Pebcn lateral margin. indica W. Tattersall Telson 1.4—1.6 times as long as wide; 8-20 spines on each lateral margin . 6 6. Apex of telson truncate... . . . . « . didelphys (Norman) Apex of telson with small Vegigaed aac 1 4 ke pe en 2) SASS. 7. Dorsal part of first abdominal somite produced posteriorly into a broad, rounded process... . . . . camelina O. Tattersall Dorsal part of first apdommnel Pome nob prodaeed posteriorly . gibbosa Sars 8. Distal spines of telson abruptly longer than lateral spines ... . ear 9 Distal spines of telson as long as or only slightly longer than atonal spines. 10 9. Distal spines of female telson about half as long as telson. furea , new species Distal spines of telson about one-eighth as long as telson . . acuta Hansen 10. Scale of second antenna lanceolate, 6.5—9 times as long as wide .... 11 Scale of second antenna oval, about 3.5 times as long as wide. . . . . 13 11. Rostrum very short, broadly rounded. .. . . californica W. Tattersall Rostrum pointed. ... . 5 iil case a Le 12. Spines of inner endopod more eee enya shi: ie Aare Sanne not reaching distal end of first segment of peduncle of antenna 2. schultzei (Zimmer) Spines of inner uropod very dense, extending along about seven-eighths of its total length. Rostrum acute, reaching distal end of first segment of peduncle of antenna2 ..... . . . major (Zimmer) 13. Spines of inner endopod usually iencine only to aon middle of endopod; telson nearly twice as long as wide ..... . . . similis (Zimmer) Spines of inner endopod extend nearly to distal ana telson about 1.5 times aslongas wide. ............. .. mortenseni W. Tattersall Literature cited CoIFMANN, I[SABELLA 1937. Misidacei raccolti dalla R. corvetta Vettor Pisani negli anni 1882-85. Ann. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli, new ser., vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 1-14, 7 figs. HaNsEN, Hans JACOB 1913. Report on the Crustacea Schizopoda collected by the Swedish Ant- arctic Expedition 1901-1903 under the charge of Baron Otto Nord- enskjéld, pp. 1-44, pls. 1-6. NorRMAN, ALFRED M. 1863. Report of the dredging expedition to the Dogger Bank and the coasts of Northumberland. Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. 5, pp. 263-280, pls. 12-14. Sars, GEORG OssIAN 1864. Beretning om en i Sommeren 1863 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Chris- tiania Stift. Nyt. Mag. Naturv, vol. 13, pp. 225-260. TATTERSALL, OLIVE S. 1955. Mysidacea. Jn Discovery Reports, vol. 28, pp. 1-190, 46 figs. TATTERSALL, WALTER M. 1922. Indian Mysidacea. Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 24, pp. 445-504, 28 figs. 1926. Crustaceans of the orders Euphausiacea and Mysidacea from the western Atlantic. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 69, art. 8, 31 pp., 2 pls. NEW SPECIES OF MYSIDOPSIS—-BOWMAN Z 1932. Contributions to a knowledge of the Mysidacea of California, I: On a collection of Mysidae from La Jolla, California. Univ. California Publ. Zool., vol. 37, pp. 301-314, 38 figs. 1951. A review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 201, 292 pp., 108 figs. TATTERSALL, WALTER M., AND TAaTTERSALL, OLIVE 8. 1951. The British Mysidacea. 460 pp., 116 figs. ZIMMER, CARL 1912. Stidwestafrikanische Schizopoden. Jena Denkschr. Med. Ges., vol. 17, pp. 1-11, 2 pls. U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington: 1957 No. 3379 RHYNOBRISSUS CUNEUS, A NEW ECHINOID FROM NORTH CAROLINA By C. WYTHE COooKE The U. S. National Museum has recently received, as accession No. 201,828, two lots of a spatangoid echinoid collected by Miss Maureen Downey at Fort Macon Beach, near Beaufort, N. C. The first lot consists of two small and one larger nearly perfect yellowish individuals; the other, found about Jan. 15, 1956, includes fragments of one small and three larger white tests. Most of the specimens retain some of the spines. This species is particularly interesting because it represents a very rare genus known in collections by only a few individuals and now reported for the first time from the Atlantic Ocean. Order SpATANGOIDA L. Agassiz, 1840 Family SPATANGIDAE Gray, 1825 Genus Rhynobrissus A. Agassiz, 1872 Rhynobrissus A. Agassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 3, p. 58, 1872; Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 3, p. 590, 1873.—H. L. Clark, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool, vol. 46, p. 213; 1917; Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 566, p. 373, 1946. Rhinobrissus A. Agassiz. Pomel, Classification méthodique ct genera des échinides, p. 33, 1883.—Dunean, Journ. Linnean Soc. London, Zool., vol. 23, p. 246, 1889.—Lambert and Thiéry, Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des échinides, fasc. 6, p. 491, 1924.—Mortensen, Monograph of the Echinoidea, vol. 5, pe. 2p: 486, 1951. 405643—57 9 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Type species: Rhynobrissus pyramidalis A. Agassiz, 1872, from China, by monotypy. Agassiz (1873, p. 590, pl. 23a, figs. 4-6) shows excellent photographs, somewhat reduced, of the top, bottom, and side of the type but does not figure the posterior end; the anal and subanal fascioles are shown only in profile. According to his description the anal fasciole is not connected with the subanal fasciole, and it extends some distance above the anal system. The posterior end of the test slopes backward to such an extent that the subanal plastron projects beyond the periproct. The genus has been reviewed in Mortensen’s ‘‘Monograph of the Echinoidea.’”’ Besides the type species, there are three species from the Pacific. Of these, Rhynobrissus placopetalus A. Agassiz and H. L. Clark, from the Hawaiian Islands, is suspected by Mortensen to be merely the young of R. pyramidalis. Little is known about Rhynob- rissus macropetalus H. lL. Clark, from West Australia, which seems to be difficult to distinguish from /?. pyramidalis. Rhynobrissus hemiasteroides A. Agassiz, from Tahiti, the Hawatan Islands, and Australia, is easily distinguishable from other species by its anterior apex. A young echinoid from Cuba, originally named fhynobrissus micrasteroides by A. Agassiz, later became the type of Neopneustes Dunean (1889). Rhynobrissus cuneus Cooke, new species PLATE | Description.—The horizontal outline is ovate, rounded in front, widest at the midline, bluntly pointed behind. The longitudinal outline is wedge-shaped (whence the specific name cuneus, a wedge), with the base line nearly flat; the profile of the upper surface is slightly arched, the highest point near the posterior end, thence steeply sloping forward to the acutely rounded ambitus; the profile of the posterior end is gently convex, slightly overhanging. The transverse outline is nearly semicircular, convex above. The nearly central apical system is ethmolytic, i. e., the madreporite extends between and beyond the posterior ocular plates. The mature test has four large genital pores, the anterior pair circular and close together, the posterior pair larger, oval, diverging. One voung test has only three genital pores. The anterior ambulacrum is flush, not petaloid, the pores small, far apart, and inconspicuous. The paired ambulacra have rather long, nearly equal, straight, sunken petals, the anterior pair widely separated, diverging at an angle of approximately 137°. The posterior petals are much closer together, diverging at an angle of approximately 39°. The poriferous zones are wider than the inter- poriferous zones, with oval, conjugate pores. PROC, U, S, NAT, MUS,, VOL, 107 COOKE, PLATE 1 PKG Hy Rhynobrissus cuneus, new species. 1-4, Holotype, USNM E-8032: 1, right side; 2, top; . bottom; 4, posterior end. 5, 6, Paratype, USNM E-8033: 5, bottom; 6, posterior end. met xX 11%. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM The posterior paired interambulacra do not reach the peristome. The odd interambulacrum includes a straight-sided amphisternous plastron extending from the labrum to the posterior truncation, where it adjoins a circular subanal plastron surrounded by the subanal fasciole. The anal fasciole touches the subanal fasciole; and it extends upward and nearly encloses the periproct in a vertically elongated ellipse, which is not quite closed at the top. The area within the anal fasciole and around the periproct differs little in decoration from that outside the fasciole. A weakly scalloped elliptical peripetalous fasciole touches the ends of the petals. The strongly reniform peristome is covered by many movable plates. The mouth is arched over by the projecting, bluntly pointed labrum. The phyllodes are conspicuous. The bilunate or pyriform periproct is set high up on the narrow posterior end of the test and is covered with movable plates. A granulation of small, close-set tubercles covers the entire upper surface except the peripetalous fasciole. The granulation extends down over the sides, but the ambulacra on the lower surface are bare. The tubercles on the plastrons are somewhat larger. Most of the surface is covered with long, hairlike, silky spines, many of which have flat, spatulate ends. The dimensions of the holotype are: Length, 37 mm.; width, 37 mm.; height, 23.65 mm. A smaller test measures 25 by 25.3 by 15.5 mm. OccURRENCE.—Cast up by the waves at Fort Macon Beach, N. C. Typr.—U. S. National Museum E-8032; paratype, E-8033. Comparisons.—The horizontal outline of this species is similar to that of Rhynobrissus pyramidalis, but the petals are proportion- ately longer. The two species are markedly different in vertical profile, the posterior end of the Chinese species sloping backward, whereas that of the American species is nearly vertical, even slightly overhanging. This difference in slope is caused by the much shorter, nearly equilateral lower surface of FR. cuneus. According to Agassiz (1873, p. 592), the anal fasciole of Rhynobris- sus pyramidalis begins immediately above the subanal plastron but is not connected with it. In R. cuneus the two fascioles are. in contact and separate the anal area from the subanal plastron. The sloping upper surface and wedgelike shape distinguish Rhy- nobrissus cuneus from R. hemiasteroides as figured by Mortensen (1951, p. 490, pl. 28, figs. 3, 4, 7-9, 13, 14). The upper surface in R. hemiasteroides is almost flat in vertical profile. Mortensen’s figure 13 also shows a wide separation between the anal fasciole and the subanal fasciole, which are in contact in R. cuneus. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM a BN Sey, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1957 No. 3380 FORMOSAN COSSONINE WEEVILS OF BAMBOO? (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE: COSSONINAE) By Etwoop C. ZIMMERMAN ” Miss Rose Ella Warner, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Entomology Research Branch, Washington, D. C., has asked me to study and report upon a collection of weevils assembled by K. S. Kung, of the College of Agriculture, Taichung, Taiwan (Formosa). Mr. Kung reports that these weevils are ‘“‘pests of the sheath of bamboo (Bambusa stenostachyta Hackel) which is usually used to pack the banana for export. .. .” In the collection sent for study there are five species, two of them new toscience. Some of these insects have become widely distributed, and they are all liable to be spread far and wide by commerce and may become pests in various localities. The specimens on which this paper is based are in the U. S. National Museum (USNM), except as noted. 1 Research for this paper was completed at the British Museum (Natural History) during the tenure of a grant from the National Science Foundation. The author expresses gratitude to the Foundation and to the Museum. 2 British Museum (Natural History), London, England. 405642—57 13 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The five species sent from Formosa are Rhinanisus bambusae Zimmerman, Pseudostenotrupis orientalis Zimmerman, Pseudocossonus planatus (Marshall), Conarthrus ferruginineus (Wollaston), and C. cylindricus Wollaston. These species may be distinguished by the following key: 1. Antennal funicle 5-segmented (length, excluding head and rostrum, 2-2.5 mm.) Rhinanisus bambusae Zimmerman, new species Antennal funicle 7-segmented (length, less than 2mm. to morethan4mm.) . 2 2. Very small, slender species, length (excluding head and rostrum) less than 2 mm.; antennal scape reaching only to about middle of eye; postocular constriction of head strongly marked on sides, head narrowed behind and in front of the constriction; fore tibiae rather evenly arcuate on dorsal edge. Pseudostenotrupis orientalis, new species Medium sized species, longer than 4 mm.; antennal scape reaching to or passing hind margins of eyes; postocular constriction of head moderate or slight, head broader behind the constriction than in front of it; dorsal margin of fore tibia sinuous. .. . Late Die, * 3. Dorsally flattened species; eomeah ese pecmnent iraneveeeee convex beneath and broadest distad; rostrum comparatively slender, obviously longer than head, lateral outlines as viewed from above obviously sinuous. Pseudocossonus planatus (Marshall) Subtubular species, convex above; fourth tarsal segment transversely flattened or concave basad beneath and wider basad than distad; rostrum heavy, stout, nearly straight on sides, only about aslong ashead. ... . + 4. A bicolored species, basically reddish brown, with elytra darker Bale aad head and rostrum darker; scutellum only slightly tilted; striae 9 and 10 above fifth ventrite appearing to occupy the same depudesions the interval between them rather indistinct or not well formed. Conarthrus ferrugineus (Wollaston) A black or nearly black species; scutellum slanting strongly downward and forward; striae 9 and 10 remaining distinct and separate above fifth ventrite, the interval between them distinct, convex and well formed. Conarthrus cylindricus Wollaston Genus Rhinanisus Broun, 1883 Rhinanisus Broun, New Zealand Journ. Sci., vol. 1, p. 489, 1883. Fifteen or more species of this genus have been reported from New Zealand, and about six species are listed from Central and South America. It remains to be determined if the two groups of species are congeneric. Rhinanisus bambusae, new species Figures 1,0; 2,b Color: Reddish chestnut brown, variably somewhat darker apically on pronotum, eyes black; derm moderately shiny (when clean). Head with all setae minute and inconspicuous; length from fore edge of pronotum to front of an eye (measured from side, not from above) not as long as distance across eyes (ratio, measured from front, 11:12 or 11:13); postocular constriction subcontiguous to COSSONINE WEEVILS—ZIMMERMAN 15 posteroventro corner of eye, but rapidly diverging from eye dorsad and rather broadly and distinctly impressed across dorsum; area posterior to the constriction reticulate, almost impunctate and con- trasting with the closely punctured interocular area, the sculpture of which is continuous with that of rostrum, the punctures mostly slightly closer to each other than distances between them; interocular area subequal in breadth to length of an eye; eyes not round, the posterodorsal contour flattened; underside transversely wrinkled. Rostrum evenly arcuate with contour flattened basad to interocular area, three-fifths as long as pronotum (measured from side), sides as seen from above, narrowed from eyes to a point above the ‘false scrobe”’ behind point of antennal insertions, thence slightly roundly expanded above antennal insertions, thence evenly expanded to apex which is a little broader than interocular area; antennae inserted at one-third the length from base, scrobe strongly formed, the upper margin abrupt and strong, its posterior end contiguous with lower margin of eye, a short ‘false scrobe’’ above and behind antennal insertion; ventral surface strongly bisulcate and further substrigate; two long, stiff setae at base of oral cavity, but setae short behind that point. Antenna with scape strongly clavate, extending back to middle of eye, about as long as funicle plus nearly one-third of club; first funicular segment as long as third plus fourth, second about as broad as long, a little longer than third, the third, fourth, and fifth each somewhat shorter and broader; club about as long as the preceding four funicular segments combined. Prothorax shaped as illustrated, four-fifths as broad as long, broadest at about basal third; subapical constriction well marked on sides, shallowly continued across dorsum; setae not evident; reticulate microsculpture conspicuous, rather coarse; punctures on disc medium sized, mostly closer to each other than diameters of punctures. Scutellum well developed; bare; microsculpture fine. Elytra shaped as ilustrated, more than twice (60:25) as long as pronotum; setae, except for some short ones on declivity, not, or hardly, discernible; outer (tenth) stria complete, striae 1-3 continued to elytral apex, 4 and 5 ending on the declivital callus, 6-8 coalescing at the apex of the callus and thence running as a common stria to apex; intervals 1-4 and 9 moderately costate on declivity and running to apex, the others not reaching elytral apical margin; striae evidently mostly as broad or broader than intervals on disc, their punctures close, somewhat larger than those on pronotum; intervals each with a row of small punctures. Legs with fore femora when extended forward reaching to a point below anterior edges of eyes, middle femora when extended backward 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 reaching a point midway between middle parts of midcoxa and hind coxa, hind femora reaching to two-thirds the length of second ventrite; tibiae rather rapidly expanding from base to apex, uncus well de- veloped, mucro moderate but conspicuous in adequate light; third tarsal segment (as seen with fourth removed) deeply emarginate and bilobed, ventral setae very long. Sternum with prosternum twice as long in front of coxae as behind coxae; distance between fore coxae subequal to breadth of a coxa; Ficure 1.—Outlines of some Formosan Cossoninae. Length, excluding head: a, Pseudo- stenotrupis orientalis Zimmerman, holotype male, 1.5 mm.; b, Rhinanisus bambusae Zim- merman, allotype female, 2.2 mm.; c, Conarthrus cylindricus Wollaston, female, 4.5 mm.; d, Conarthrus ferrugineus (Wollaston), male 4.2 mm.; e, Pseudocossonus planatus (Mar- shall), male, 4.3 mm. Not to same scale. | derm rather irregularly roughened or wrinkled and punctures not, or only a few, individually evident; anterior margin truncate, subapical constriction impressed across venter, posterior margin arcuate, area in front of coxae with short setae; mesosternum continuous with COSSONINE WEEVILS—ZIMMERMAN iz SS Ficure 2.—Outlines of lateral views of head of: a, Pseudostenotrupis orientalis Zimmerman; b, Rhinanisus bambusae Zimmerman; c, Conarthrus cylindricus Wollaston; d, Conarthrus ferrugineus (Wollaston); ¢, Pseudocossonus planatus (Marshall). Drawings are from same specimens used in figure 1. Not to same scale. All drawings by Arthur Smith. BS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 metasternum, mesocoxae a little farther apart than fore coxae, and equal in separation to hind coxae; metasternum subequal to length of prosternum along median line, a little longer along median line than length of ventrites 1 plus 2, broadly, shallowly concave on sides to accommodate movement of midfemora; with scattered small punc- tures bearing small setae. Venter with ventrites 1 and 2 strongly coalesced, the suture hardly evident in middle, the combined length along median line equal to length of ventrites 3-5 plus 4 and 5 again, sculpture and vestiture as on metasternum, and broadly impressed on sides at middle to accommodate action of hind femora; ventrites 3 and 4 together as long as 5, each with a basal row of strong punctures and a sub- apical row of setae; ventrite 5 with a similar basal row of strong punctures and the apical half or more with long, erect setae arising from punctures. Length (excluding head and rostrum), 2.1-2.5 mm.; breadth, 0.5-0.6 mm. Types: Holotype male (USNM 63219) and allotype female are in the U. 8. National Museum; paratypes are in the same museum and in the British Museum (Natural History). Described from a series of 13 specimens collected in 1955 from Bambusa stenostachyta at Taichung, Formosa, by K. S. Kung. This is the first species of Rhananisus to be recorded in the Pacific outside of New Zealand, where the genus is well developed. The absence of long, fine, decumbent hairs at the sides of the pronotum will alone separate the new species from the New Zealand species. The external sexual characters are poorly defined, and the deter- mination of the sexes is difficult. Genus Pseudostenotrupis Voss, 1939 Pseudostenotrupis Voss, Rev. Zool. Bot. Africaines, vol. 32, No. 1, p. 75, 1939. Voss erected this genus to include Proéces macer Boheman, 1838, from Madagascar, and Leurostenus filum Marshall, 1933, from the Belgian Congo. Later in 1939, Voss described a third species, parvulus, from East Africa. He did not designate a type for the genus. Leuro- stenus filum Marshall may be taken as type. Pseudostenotrupis orientalis, new species FIGURES 1,a; 2,a Color: Reddish chestnut brown, darker across front of head, base of rostrum, sternum, and first ventrite; eyes black; derm moderately shiny; all setae on dorsum very smal] and inconspicuous. Head subequal in length from anterior edge of pronotum to front of an eye (measured from side) as breadth across eyes; postocular COSSONINE WEEVILS—ZIMMERMAN 19 constriction very strong on sides, but only slightly or not impressed across dorsum (when viewed from side), distinctly impressed across underside, the constriction about twice the length of an eye behind the eyes, and two-thirds the distance from hind edges of eyes to pronotum (as viewed from above); area posterior of constriction coarsely reticulate but not punctate, head otherwise reticulate and with moderately large punctures which are mostly closer to each other than the diameters of the punctures; eyes moderately inter- rupting lateral outline of head, distance across them slightly less than maximum breadth of crown which is at about two-thirds length from eyes to postocular constriction, interocular area one-half as broad as greatest postocular breadth of crown. Rostrum with sculpture similar to that of interocular area, length (measured from side from anterior edge of an eye) about one-fifth longer than side of head in female, slightly less in male, gently arcuate, contour between front of head to before antennae gently, slightly concave; sides strongly narrowed from eyes to antennal insertions, over which the sides are arcuately expanded, thence rapidly expanded to apex, this expansion less strong in female, greatest subapical breadth about equal to interocular distance plus breadth of one eye in male, but only slightly broader than interocular area in female; ventrolateral apical corners drawn out into prominent processes which project beneath mandibles; ventral surface with numerous erect setae, the pre-oral ones longer than the breadth of apex of antennal scape; margins of scrobes well defined, upper margin apically contiguous with lower ocular margin; ventromedian line cariniform behind antennae. Antennae inserted slightly behind middle of rostrum; scape reaching middle of eye, as long as funicle plus nearly one-half of club; first funicular segment as long as next three segments combined, subequal in breadth to segment 7, and appearing nearly twice as broad as seg- ment 2; segment 2 hardly or not longer than segment 3; segments 2—7 each successively broader; club as long as preceding five funicular segments combined. Prothorax shaped as illustrated, somewhat more than five-sevenths as broad as long, broadest just before basal third; subapical constric- tion, although conspicuous, not very strong, subequal in development to subbasal constriction, not impressed across dorsum; longitudinal dorsal contour, as viewed from side, nearly straight from base to apex; microsculpture of dorsum fine; punctures medium-sized, ovate, mostly separated from each other by more than their diameters on disc. Scutellum bare, shiny. EKlytra shaped as illustrated, a little more than twice as long as pronotum to nearly 2 times as long; outer (tenth) stria complete, but 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 107 punctures not evident in it for most of its length, strial punctures elsewhere broader than intervals, stria 1 joining stria 10, 2 joining 9, 3 joining 8, 4—7 thus ending on declivity and enclosed by the others; intervals flat, none elevated on declivity; striae and intervals difficult to trace without removal of elytra and study in fluid. Legs with fore femora capable of reaching forward to or somewhat beyond postocular constriction, middle femora when extended back- ward to a point nearly midway between middle parts of midcoxa and hind coxa, hind femora when extended backward reaching to middle of second ventrite, all femora sublenticular in shape; tibiae arcuate on outer sides, uncus moderate, mucro small; third tarsal segment apically C-emarginate, ventral setae very long. Sternum with prosternum twice as long in front of coxae as behind coxae, distance between fore coxae subequal to breadth of a fore coxa, subapical constriction crossing sternum as a narrow groove about as far behind anterior margin as three-fourths the breadth of the inter- coxal distance, the punctures scattered and farther apart than their diameters; mesosternum continuous with metasternum, intercoxal process about 1% times as broad as that between fore coxae; meta- sternum with scattered punctures mostly separated by distances equal to or greater than diameters of punctures, closer laterad and with setae more conspicuous there, metacoxae a, little less widely separated than mesocoxae, length along median line subequal to prosternum and first three ventrites. Venter with the suture between the first and second ventrites nearly obliterated, length of the two segments along median line equal to remaining three ventrites plus segment 5 again, the first two segments with scattered setiferous punctures, flattened down middle and with longer, overlapping hairs in this flattened area in male, this specialized zone absent in female; ventrites 3 and 4 with setiferous punctures over most of their surfaces, the two ventrites together subequal in length to ventrite 5; ventrite 5 rather closely punctate over-all, the punctures bearing moderately long, fine hairs, convex in female, but with a large, rounded, median impression in male. Length (excluding head and rostrum), 1.4-1.5 mm.; breadth, 0.35—-0.4 mm. Typrs: Holotype male (USNM 63220) and allotype female in the U.S. National Museum; paratypes are in the same museum and the British Museum (Natural History): Described from a series of 38 specimens collected in 1955 from Bambusa stenostachta at Taichung, Formosa, by K. S. Kung. COSSONINE WEEVILS—ZIMMERMAN — 21 This species somewhat resembles Pseudostenotrupis flum (Marshall) from the Belgian Congo, but it is smaller, more shiny, the pronotum, head, and rostrum are less densely punctate, the subapical constriction of the prothorax is less well developed, the antennal scape extends only to about the middle of the eye instead of to the hind margin as it does in filum, and there are other similar differences of specific importance. Genus Pseudocossonus Wollaston, 1873 Pseudocossonus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 27, 1873. Catolethromorphus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 479, 563, 1873. (New synonym.) Wollaston erected Catolethromorphus for a single example from the East Indies (without precise locality) which he named nigripes. I am unable to separate this example generically from the type of Pseu- docossonus (brevitarsis Wollaston, cited by Marshall, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 90, p. 232, 1954), and I believe that Catolethromorphus should fall as a new synonym of Pseudocossonus, and ngripes may be known as Pseudocossonus nigripes (Wollaston), new combination. The Formosan collection contains the following representative of the genus. Pseudocossonus planatus (Marshall) FIGURES 1,e; 2,e Eutornus planatus Marshall, Arb. Morph. Tax. Ent., Berlin-Dahlem, vol. 5, No. 2, p. 161, 1938. Oxydema planatus (Marshall) Voss, Beitr. Ent., vol. 1, No. 1, p. 88, 1951. Pseudocossonus planatus Marshall, Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 90, p. 282, 1954; Zimmerman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p. 59, 1956 (synonymy). Pseudocossonus planatus (Marshall) Zimmerman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p- 59, 1956. By a lapsus, Marshall described this species twice and placed it in two genera, and he gave the species the same specific name in each description. His first description was based upon material from Annam. His second description was of specimens bred from bamboo in Formosa by K. 8. Kung. There is also in the British Museum a series of specimens, under Hutornus planatus, taken in Japan from bamboo which had been imported from Formosa. A series of speci- mens is in the present collection. Marshall (Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 90, p. 232, 1954) reviewed Pseudocossonus, cited bremtarsis as the type, and gave a key to the four species recognized by him. Following is a revised key to the five species recognized here. vy? PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Key to the species of Pseudocossonus 1. Basal margin of elytra slightly elevated to form a basal carina from scutellum to fourth or fifth intervals (scutellum in unique holotype concave). Japan. brachypus Wollaston Base of elytra without such a carina (scutellum convex on all examples SEC) ues okie ae 2 pag ne: 2. Dorsum Graver crcl convex or very Senile nenened Mand oe punctures on sides of prothorax not or hardly larger and not much if any denser than those on disc of pronotum. . . oY erage se Dorsum obviously somewhat ibvienad ame Dene on ea of oes obviously much larger and denser than those on disc of pronotum (examine area above and behind coxae, especially) . go ae * 3. Microseculpture of pronotum obvious, the Terieaieonel reeulan and distinct under moderate magnification; lateral outline of prothorax obviously arcuate from base to apex and no part of contour straight; subapical con- striction of prothorax broad and shallow on sides. Japan. brevitarsis Wollaston Microsculpture of pronotum extremely fine, visible only under high magnifi- cation and even then it is vague and indefinite on disc; lateral margins of pronotum with contour nearly straight in middle region, although gently converging cephalad, the subapical constriction strong and sharply indented on sides. New Guinea .. . . .. . . dimidiatus Wollaston 4, Hind angles of pronotum strongly, EOncpiCnOusty, abruptly, angulately emar- ginate, thus forming a shoulder which fits under elytra; subapical constric- tion of pronotum strongly formed and sharply indenting sides of pronotum; “Hast Indies” ... . . Nigripes (Wollaston) Subbasai constriction of pEOTOLNE fecole ial shoene subapical constriction, although strong, roundly instead of sharply inden sides of pronotum; Formosa, Japan. .0.0. 0.6 ok eee we we ke we Plas CM aeshall) Genus Conarthrus Wollaston, 1873 Conarthrus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 491, 577, 1873; Zimmerman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p. 56, 1956 (synonymy). Eutornus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 492, 578, 18738; not Clark, Catalogue of Halticidae inthe. . . British Museum. . ., pt, 1, p. 64, 1860. Eutornicus Marshall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, No. 98, p. 97, 1946. Two species of Conarthrus are represented in the Formosan collec- tion now at hand, but it is probable that other species occur on Formosa. Conarthrus ferrugineus (Wollaston) Fiaures 1,d; 2,d Eutornus ferrugineus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 638, 1873. Conarthrus ferrugineus (Wollaston) Zimmerman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p. 58, 1956. Eutornus congener Wollaston, Cist. Ent., vol. 1, p. 206, 1874; Zimmerman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p. 58, 1956 (synonymy). In addition to the numerous specimens in the present collection from Formosa, I have examined material in the British Museum from COSSONINE WEEVILS—ZIMMERMAN 23 Burma, Assam, Tonkin, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Malacca, Makian, Gilolo, Tondano, Morty, and New Guinea. Conarthrus cylindricus Wollaston FIguREs l,c; 2,c Conarthrus cylindricus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 637, 1873; Zim- merman, The Entomologist, vol. 89, p. 57, 1956 (synonymy). Conarthrus vicinus Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 637, 1873. Eutornus jansoni Wollaston, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 637, 1873. In addition to the few Formosan specimens collected by Mr. Kung, there are others in the British Museum that were taken from bamboo in Cochin China and others that were intercepted at Gisborne, New Zealand, in ‘‘bamboo strips used for packing jute mats imported from India.”’ ‘The species is known also from Ceylon and from Bachan in the Moluccus. It is variable and widespread. U, S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 Cae: apes eahy gorse: ee We ni De Aes Lae a ' at hear. tr Dipti « ie ri Mind sangeet ag hives a | itieta. hiiet bre, 4 dhe: af veins eA Pe ae Rea Wyivnuiah qesilale tarkke iS ain fay hace h ie anne shilone Rehan | RG) pe Ly ea oor Oty: ist ra Pi cmpocea 3 pan. 4 Rianne 4 i Ria % ; a Rage A bo baler ects * } ’ Lee aS ges Bele ate ~ : va ' i } \ as Ce (ae + ae ek ak tk, : te vee q T Prk y } ‘ " ar i et Ae ee 1 a by'tgide ia P | ee us ' Pr rik , : i ‘ nie oe : fue Ve | ita) ax ¥) aie a 4 : We rehy WAN ie LS Cet i ae fd TEE AISA RATA Tete 2,0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Joa SENG y MOIR Wicatae 4 Fy FES SSA SO, Fallin 3y es 5 HR —m-O, < 74 ZINE yt a Hoo ye : Za THs el Sets. FISOX, Sy SHINN” Ce ie) yt ona! SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1957 No. 3381 SOME LITTORAL BARNACLES FROM THE TUAMOTU, MARSHALL, AND CAROLINE ISLANDS! By Dora PriauLtx HENRY A small number of barnacles collected by the Pacific Science Board expeditions at three localities—Ngarumaoa Island, 'Tuamotu Islands; South Loi Island, Marshall Islands; and Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands—was sent to the author for identification. In all, there are seven species: three from the Caroline Islands, one from the Marshall Islands, and four, including one new species, from the Tuamotu Islands. In addition, a few barnacles collected by the Albatross at Makemo, Tuamotu Islands, were borrowed from the U. 8. National Museum (USNM) to compare with the new material. Although the collection is small, it is of considerable interest as nothing is known of the barnacles of these islands except for Lithotrya nicobarica Reinhardt, which was reported from Makemo as /ithotrya pacifica Borradaile by Pisbry (1907). The collection from Ngarumaoa Island contains Tithoirya meobarica Reinhardt, Lithotrya valentiana (Gray), Verruca cookei Pilsbry, previously known from the Hawaiian Islands, and a new species of Chthamalus, which is of special interest as it is the first member of the genus to possess a true calcareous basis. A few small specimens of this species were also found on Lithotrya nicobarica from 1Contribution No. 210 from the Department of Oceanography, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash, 25 422203—57 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Makemo. The one species from the Marshall Islands is Tetraclita pacifica Pilsbry, originally described by Pilsbry (1928) as Tetraclita wirenr pacifica from Necker and Wake Islands. The barnacles from the Carolines are Chthamalus hembelt (Conrad), Tetraclita squamosa squamosa (Bruguiére), and Lithrotrya nicobarica Reinhardt. Genus Lithoirya Sowerby, 1822 ” Sewell (1926), after a detailed study of a large number ofspecimens of Lithotrya nicobarica, lists all the known species and subspecies of Lathotrya except L. dorsalis, L. truncata, L. valentiana, and L. rhodiopus as synonyms of L. nicobarica Reinhardt. However, at the end of his paper, he states that it is his belief that L. dorsalis and L. nicobarica cannot be differentiated. Nuilsson-Cantell (1933) compared L. dorsalis from Bonaire and various museums with L. nicobarica from several localities, and he believes that these two species are distinct. Cannon (1935) has shown that L. truncata is a synonym of L. valentiana. L. rhodiopus is known only from Darwin’s (1851) description of imperfect specimens so that its position is still doubtful. The valid species in the genus Lithotrya are, therefore, L. dorsalis, L. nicobarica, L. val- entiana, and possibly L. rhodiopus. Lithotrya nicobarica Reinhardt Lithotrya nicobarica Reinhardt, 1850, p. 1, pl. 1, figs. 1-3.—Darwin, 1851, p. 359, pl. 8, fig. 2—Gruvel, 1905, p. 99.—Hoek, 1907, p. 122, pl. 9, fig. 9— Annan- dale, 1916, p. 131, pl. 7, fig. 2—Nilsson-Cantell, 1921, p. 219; 1934a, p. 45.— Sewell, 1926, pp. 269-300, 18 figs., pls. 14, 15.—Hiro, 1937, Pp. 44, Iithotrya cauta Darwin, 1851, p. 356, pl. 8, fig. 3. Lithotrya pacifica Borradaile. 1900, p. 798, pl. 51, figs. 3, 83a—Hoek, 1907, p. 126, pl. 9, figs. 138, 13a, 14—Pilsbry, 1907, p. 6. Lithotrya dorsalis var. maldivensis Borradaile, 1903, p. 441. Lithotrya dorsalis var. rugata Borradaile, 1903, p. 441. Lithotrya conica Hoek, 1907, p. 124, pl. 9, figs. 10-12. Locauities.—Ngarumaoa Island, Raroia Atoll, Tuamotu Islands; collected by J. P. E. Morrison, July 11, 1952, on outer reef flats, with Chthamalus calcareobasis and Verruca cookei (11 specimens, USNM 96480). Makemo, Tuamotu Islands; collected by the Albatross, Oct. 21 1899, on the reef, with Chthamalus calcareobasis (7 specimens, USNM, 32885). South end of Falarik Island, Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands; collected by F. M. Bayer, Oct. 22, 1953, dug out of large rock just inside high reef (2 specimens, USNM 99341). 32 For synonymy, see Darwin (1851, p. 332). LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 27 Remarks: Several of the specimens are larger than the largest (greatest carinorostral diameter of the capitulum, 11.5 mm.) examined by Sewell (1926). The specimens from Ngarumaoa Island vary in carinorostral diameter from 6 mm. to 16 mm.; those from Makemo, from 11 mm. to 18 mm.; and the two from the Ifaluk Atoll, from 15 mm. to 16mm. Externally, the specimens show most of the varia- tions figured by Sewell. The cirri and mouthparts of a specimen with a carinorostral diameter of 18 mm. from Makemo are of special interest as the specimen was in the last stage before molting. The new long spines of the cirri are situated close to each ramus with their ends pointed distally and not ‘with their upper ends enclosed within the old spines, but with their lower ends projecting inwards, beyond the bases of the old spines, and inverted like the fingers of a glove hastily pulled off’’ as stated by Darwin (1854, p. 157). The labrum has 60 teeth. Sewell found 40 teeth on a small specimen and 42 on one of the largest, so he concluded that there is little change in the number of teeth with advancing age. The palps have rounded ends with doubly serrate spines on the ends and upper margins. In one mandible, between the first and second tooth, the new edge has 25 pectinations and the old edge has 13, some of which are broken off; between the second and third tooth the new edge has 9 pectinations and the old edge has 3. The other mandible has 19 pectinations on the new edge and 12 on the old edge between the first and second tooth, and 10 on the new edge and 8 on the old edge between the second and third tooth. There is also a greater number of pectinations on the new edge of the inferior angle than on the old edge. Sewell has pointed out that the ratio of the number of pectinations between the first and second tooth to the number between the second and third tooth is not a valid diagnostic character as the rate changes with advancing age. The number of spines in the middle group on the inner maxilla is also greater (17 instead of 10) in this specimen than in Sewell’s largest specimen, although the number above the notch, in the notch, and on the inferior angle is the same. The outer maxilla has a slight notch without spines. One caudal appendage has 19 segments, the other has 11 segments. In a specimen with a carino- rostral diameter of 16 mm., one caudal appendage has 27 segments and the other has 20 segments. Both specimens have five pairs of spines and seven or eight small spines between the pairs on the median segments of the sixth cirrus. Sewell found four pairs of spines and Six or seven small spines in the largest specimen. Lithotrya valentiana (Gray) Conchotrya valentiana Gray, 1825, p. 102. Anatifa truncata Quoy and Gaimard, 1834, p. 636, pl. 93, figs. 12-15. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 LIithotrya valentiana Darwin, 1851, p. 371, pl. 8, fig. 5—Gruvel, 1902, p. 250.— Barnard, 1924, p. 48.—Cannon, 1935, pp. 1-17, 7 figs., 2 pls——Hiro, 1937, p. 42, 1 fig. Lithotrya truncata Darwin, 1851, p. 366, pl. 9, fig. 1—Hoek, 1907, p. 127.— Nilsson-Cantell, 1921, p. 213, fig. 34. Lithotrya truncata longicaudata Nilsson-Cantell, 1921, p. 216, fig. 35a. Locauity: Ngarumaoa Island, Raroia Atoll, Tuamotu Islands; collected by J. P. E. Morrison, July 8, 1952 (1 specimen, USNM 96481). Remarks: Greatest diameter of capitulum, 5.5 mm., greatest height, 6.6 mm. Laterals wanting; one membranous filament on one side and two on the other side. Genus Verruca Schumacher, 1817 ° Verruca cookei Pilsbry PLATE 1, FIGURES a-] Verruca cocker Pilsbry, 1928, p. 308, 2 figs., pl. 25, fig. 9. Locatity: Ngarumaoa Island, Raroia Atoll, Tuamotu Islands; collected by J. P. E. Morrison, July 11, 1952, on outer reef flats; on Tithotrya nicobarica; with Chthamalus calcareobasis (2 specimens). Remarks: The specimens, one about 1.8 mm. in carinorostral diam- eter, the other 2.2 mm., were situated between two growth ridges on the scutum of Lithotrya nicobarica with the long (carinorostral) axis parallel to the base of the scutum. These specimens differ somewhat from the typical form. Both have the right-hand, instead of the left- hand, scutum and tergum fixed, and both are elongate in the cari- norostral axis, instead of subcircular (pl. 1,a,6). In the larger speci- men, the upper articular ridge of the movable scutum is about a third oi the tergal margin, the second articular ridge is a little over two- thirds the tergal margin, and the third ridge extends to the base (pl. 1,c). Internally, the upper part of the valve is hollowed out, the tergal margin is slightly inflected in the upper part, and the occludent margin is strongly inflected (pl. 1,6). The movable tergum is trian- gular in shape instead of quadrangular as in the type; the third artic- ular ridge is low in the upper part (pl. 1,e). Internally, the occludent margin is inflected (pl. 1,d). In the fixed scutum (pl. 1,f), the adductor ridge, which is narrower than in the type, extends obliquely from the base of the narrow rostral margin to the inner part of the thick tergal margin. The straight plate of the fixed tergum (pl. 1,9) is higher than the adductor ridge of the scutum. The rostrum (pl. 1,7,7) has three teeth on the carinal margin and seven fine ridges on the 3 For synonymy, see Pilsbry (1916, p. 15). LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 29 upper part of the scutal margin. Plate 1,2 also shows a crack extending from the apex of the plate to the basal margin, and a heavy deposit of calcareous material covering the crack can be seen on the inner side (pl. 1,7). The carina (pl. 1,h) has three teeth on the rostral margin and several fine ridges on the upper part of the tergal margin. In the smaller specimen, a narrow projection of the carinal margin of the rostrum fits into a furrow on a slightly broader projection of the rostral margin of the carina; the adductor ridge of the fixed scutum is very prominent. The mouthparts and cirri agree, for the most part, with Pilsbry’s description. The larger specimen, which contained eggs, has 10 seg- ments in the caudal appendages and 5 pairs of spines on the posterior cirri. The smaller specimen has 6 segments in the caudal appendages and 5 pairs of spines on one or two segments of the sixth cirrus and 4 pairs on the rest. Genus Chthamalus Ranzani Chthamalus Pilsbry, 1916, p. 293 (synonymy). Diaenosis: Compartments six; rostrum and carina with alae; rostrolaterals triangular, without alae, the sheath having a narrow pro- jection. Carinolaterals wanting. Basis membranous or calcareous; sometimes membranous basis covered with a calcareous layer formed of the inflected basal edges of the compartments. Labrum with concave or straight edge, toothed or spinose. Man- dible with lower part pectinated. First two pairs of cirri short, densely spinose, the third pair much longer and bearing spines like those of the posterior cirri. Typu: Chthamalus stellatus (Poli). Chthamalus hembeli (Conrad) Euraphia hembeli Conrad, 1837, p. 261, pl. 20, fig. 13. Chihamalus hembeli Darwin, 1854, p. 465, pl. 18, figs. 5a—-5e.—Weltner, 1897, p. 272.—Gruvel, 1905, p. 205.—Pilsbry, 1916, p. 324, pl. 76; 1928, p. 310, pl. 26, fig. 6.— Nilsson-Cantell, 1921, p. 290, fig. 55. Locauity: Reef north of northwest end of Falarik Islet, Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands; collected by D. P. Abbott, 1953, from big rock on outer reef flat 125 ft. in from breaker line (1 specimen, USNM 99340). Remarks: The external surface is corroded, more or less covered with worm tubes, and the orifice is worn down. Only one suture, which shows interlocking teeth, is discernible on the exterior, but all sutures are visible on the inside. The basis is completely covered by a nonstriate calcareous layer which is continuous with the inner 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 lamina of the parietes. The opercular valves agree with those figured by Pilsbry (1916, pl. 76, fig. 2c) except that the articular ridge of the scutum is not as prominent. The carinorostral diameter is 50 mm.; the height of the rostrum is 15 mm. and height of the carina, 21 mm. The cirri and mouthparts agree with the descriptions of Pilsbry (1916) except for the labrum, which has both spines and teeth as found by Nilsson-Cantell (1921) and one mandible with 2 strong teeth and a slight thickening instead of 3 strong teeth. The dentation of the mandible is apparently variable in this species as Nilsson-Cantell (1921) figures one mandible with a small tooth between the second and third teeth. Chthamalus calcareobasis, new species PLATES 1,k—n; 2,a-o0 TyPr SPECIMENS: Holotype, USNM 96482; paratypes, USNM 96485. Locauities: Ngarumaoa Island, Raroia Atoll, Tuamotu Islands; collected by J. P. E. Morrison, July 8, 1952, on Tridacna maxima on outer reef flat (8 specimens, USNM 96484); July 9, 1952, on coral patches near or on outer reef (Lithothamnion) ridge (about 50 speci- mens, USNM 96482, 96483, 96485); July 11, 1952, on outer reef flats; on Lithotrya nicobarica; with Verruca cookei (7 specimens, USNM 96480). Makemo, Tuamotu Islands, collected by the Albatross Oct. 21, 1899, on the reef; on Lnthotrya nicobarica (6 specimens, USNM 32885). eee iD ieitirertetival from all other Spee of Chithamalus by the calcareous basis. DzscripTion: Shell (pl. 2,a) shortly cylindric, sometimes with one or more compartments spreading, with quadrangular orifice; wall rugose or ribbed, moderately thick; epidermis not persistent. Color white or white tinged with pink or purple. Radii narrow, longitudi- nally striated as is the adjacent part of the adjoining compartment, summits oblique. Alae moderately wide, summits oblique. Sutures simple; disarticulated radii and alae show prominent interlocking denticles on the edges. Sheath purple or tinged with purple; inner lamina immediately below sheath purple, rest white. Basal margin of parietes (pl. 2,b) with several rows of teeth in shortly cylindric specimens; in spreading compartments, basal margin finely denticu- late and inner lamina ridged. Basis (pl. 2,c—f) calcareous through- out, edge with pits or ridges (pl. 2,c-d), into which the denticles or ridges of the basal part of the parietes fit; flat (pl. 2,e) or, more usually, LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 31 irregularly elongate (pl. 2,d) or cupshaped (pl. 2,f); the depth of deepened bases may be greater than the height of the walls. Basis calcareous but thin in young specimens (carinorostral diameter about 5 mm.). Carinorostral diameter, 24 mm.; height carina, 16 mm., rostrum, 14 mm. Carinorostral diameter, 12 mm.; height carina, 6 mm., rostrum 3 mm.; depth basis, 6 mm. Carinorostral diameter 5 mm.; height, 2.5 mm. Opercular valves (pl. 2,g-0) not cemented together, lined with purplish black membrane. Scutum with basal margin about same length as tergal and shorter than occludent margin. Externally, white or white with purple splotches near tergal margin, moderate growth ridges, and, in young or noncorroded specimens, 1 to 3 shallow radial furrows, middle furrow usually deeper, may indent edge (pl. 2,l-n). Internally, color varying from white with purple splotches to purple with narrow white bands on the margins; tergal margin bisin- uate with slightly reflexed articular ridge in the middle; adductor ridge wanting; adductor pit moderate; valve above pit usually roughened; pit with crests for lateral depressor muscle prominent; 3-4 crests for rostral depressor muscle close to occludent basal margin; occludent margin thick, alternate growth ridges forming somewhat oblique teeth on inner side. Tergum with convex carinal margin thinner than rest of valve and a short wide spur (pl. 2,g,2,0). Spur united to the basiscutal margin and occupying about one-half the basal margin; longitudinal furrow wide and shallow. Externally, white or white with splotches of purple; erowth ridges fine in main part of valve, wider in the spur furrow, usually obliterated on the thin carinal portion of the vaive; fine longitudinal lines crenulate growth ridges in middle of valve; scutal margin inflected on the spur; crests prominent, projecting below basal margin, not denticulate. Internally, white with purple at apex and extending down the middle of valve; scutal margin with wide articular furrow below articular ridge, narrower above; articular ridge short and narrow, slightly refiexed in young and noncorroded specimens; middle part of valve roughened. Labrum (pl. 1,4) with low teeth and spines along entire concave margin. Palp (pl. 1,4) with rounded end and pectinated spines, decreasing in size proximally, on the upper margin. Mandible (pl. 1,/) with three strong teeth and a lower pectinated point; pectinations between teeth; upper and lower margins spinose. First maxilla (fig. 1,m) with 1 large pair of spines and 7 or 8 small spines above upper notch, 7 or 8 pairs intermediate-sized spines on middle of valve, fol- lowed by a second notch and about 10 pairs of finer spines set on a aL PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 protuberance; upper and lower margins spinose. Second maxilla (pl. i,n) with notch; spines absent in notch, elsewhere pectinated. Cirrus I with 9 segments in anterior ramus, 7 in posterior; anterior, 2 segments longer than posterior; long spines pectinate on both rami, plumose on pedicel. Anterior ramus with short thick spines on the anterior and posterior borders of the basal 5 segments and similar but shorter spines on the distal sutures of all segments. Cirrus 11 with subequal rami of 7 and 9 segments; both rami with long pecti- nate spines and fine, multifid spinules on the distal sutures; anterior ramus with a few short thick spines on the posterior distal angles of the basal 3 segments. Cirrus 11 with subequal rami of 14 and 17 segments with 3 pairs of spines on the anterior borders and multifid spinules on the distal sutures. Posterior cirri with 3 pairs of spines and a small spine between each pair on the anterior borders, one or two long spines and several short thicker ones on the posterior distal angles, and multifid spinules on the distal sutures. Rami of cirrus Iv with 18 and 19 segments, cirrus v, 20 and 17 segments, and cirrus v1, 20 and 19 segments. Penis with 2 tufts of terminal spines and a few fine spines scattered on the segments. Discussion: This species is very closely allied to Chthamalus hembeli (Conrad) as shown especially by the similarity of the scuta, the sutures, and the mandible. The main difference between the two species is the presence of a true calcareous basis in C. calcareobasis. Darwin (1854) examined five old specimens and three separated valves of a young specimen of C. hembeli. The old specimens had flat, wide, calcareous bases which were continuous with the inner laminae of the parietes, but in the young specimen (basal diameter about 18 mm.) he states: ‘there was no appearance of any tendency in the parietes thus to grow inflected.’’ He believed that in a series of specimens some would be found with a flat narrow ledge as in C. intertextus and some with increasingly wider ledges until the edges met in the middle and coalesced into a continuous plate. Pilsbry (1916) examined two large specimens and three opercular valves and the body of another specimen. He describes the basis as follows: ‘‘ ‘Basis membranous, but surrounded by a ledge formed by the inflected basal edges of the parietes,’ or in old individuals the inflected edges of the compartments cover the whole base with a strong whitish calcareous layer. The false basis does not, of course, show radial furrows or lines, but is quite smooth.”’ Pilsbry does not identify the source of his quotation, which is undoubtedly from Darwin (1854), but for another barnacle. Darwin (1854, p. 467) in the diagnosis of C. intertextus states: ‘basis membranous, but sur- rounded by a ledge formed by the inflected basal edges of the parietes.”’ As seen in the paragraph above, Darwin believed that C. hembeli goes BR@OGsWs: So NAb. MUS.) VOLE.) 107 HENRY, PLATE 1 l n a-j, Verruca cookei Pilsbry, X 20. a, Apical view; b, basal view, same specimen; c, d, internal views of movable scutum and tergum; ¢, external view of movable tergum; f, g, internal views of fixed scutum and tergum; h, external view of carina; 1,7, external and internal views of rostrum. k-n, Chthamalus calcareobasis, new species, X 62. k, Labrum and palpi; /, mandible; m, first maxilla; , second maxilla. All photographs by Eugene E. Collias. PROCS UTS. NAG MUS VOLE. 107 HENRY, PLATE 2 f O Chthamalus calcareobasis, new species. a. Apical view of holotype (specimen on right side), X 2; b, basal view of rostrum and rostrolateral, < 10; c, internal view of edge of basis (shown ind), * 10; d, internal view of basis, X 2; ¢, basal view, showing part of basis, X 3; f, internal view of cup-shaped basis, X 2; g-j, internal and external views of opercular plates of holotype, X 3; , J, external views of tergum and scutum of a young specimen, X 10; m-—n, internal and external views of scuta of another young specimen, X 10; 0, internal view of scutum and tergum, 3. PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS., VOL. 107 HENRY, PEATE 3 Tetraclita pacifica Pilsbry. a, Basal view, X 2; b, internal view of outer lamina, « 10; c, lateral view of spines, X 7; d, longitudinal section of outer lamina, 20; e, f, external views of scutum and tergum, 3; g, first maxilla, X 62; A, mandible, X 62; 7, second maxilla, X 62. ‘ LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 33 through this stage before the continuous plate found in old individuals is formed, but so far no one has seen the earlier stages in the forma- tion of the basis. Nilsson-Cantell (1921) examined 3 specimens, one of which was only 25 mm. in diameter, but he does not mention whether this specimen had a continucus basis or not. Another striking difference between C. calcareobasis and C. hembelz is the prominent spur on the tergum of C. calcareobasis; in fact, the spur is much more prominent than is usual for the genus. Further differ- ences are found in the maxillae, palpi, and the cirri. In C. calcareobasis the spines of the first maxilla are differentiated by size into 3 groups and the notches are prominent, whereas, in C. hembeli, the spines, which are very numerous, vary much less in size and the notches are insignificant. The second maxilla of C. caleareobasis has a small notch without spines, but in C. hembeli there is no notch. The rami of the second cirrus of C. calcareobasis are subequal instead of very unequal as found for C. hembeli by both Pilsbry (1916) and Nilsson-Cantell (1921), and the sixth cirrus has 3 pairs of spines instead of 4 and does not have the bunches of short spines between the paired spines as found in C. hembelz. Genus Tetraclita Schumacher? Tetraclita Pilsbry, 1916, p. 248 (synonymy). Tetraclita squamosa squamosa (Bruguiére) Balanus squamosa Bruguiére, 1789, p. 170. Tetraclita porosa viridis Darwin, 1854, p. 329.—Kruger, 1911, p. 61, pl. 4, fig. 41b.—Nilsson-Cantell, 1921, p. 364; 1930, p. 17; 1931, p. 115; 1934a, p. 71; 1934b, p. 61, 1938, p. 76. Tetraclita squamosa squamosa Pilsbry, 1916, p. 251. Tetraclita squamosa viridis Broch, 1922, p. 337.—Hiro, 1937, p. 66, figs. 13a, 13b; 1939, p. 271. Locatity: Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands; collected by F. M. Bayer, Sept. 20, 1953, on the outer reef of Ella Island (4 specimens, USNM 99342). Tetraclita pacifica Pilsbry emend. PLATE 3,a-7 Tetrachita wireni pacifica Pilsbry, 1928, p. 312, pl. 26, figs. 1-5. Locauity: South Loi Island, Kwajalein Atoll, Marshall Islands; collected by F. S. McNeil, 1951-52 (11 specimens, USNM 96486). SUPPLEMENTARY DIAGNOSIS: This species differs from all other species of Tetraclita by a combination of the following characteristics: the small number of tubes in the parietes, the presence of calcareous spines in the parietal tubes, and the inconspicuous adductor ridge of the scutum. 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 SUPPLEMENTARY DESCRIPTION: Shell conical with small or moder- ately large orifice; wall finely ribbed in young, rugose and often corroded in adult. Color white or white tinged with Prussian red. Radii narrow, transversely grooved in young, inconspicuous or oblit- erated in adults. Sheath Prussian red, usually long; inner lamina faintly ribbed internally. ‘Tubes in parietes arranged in a row of large quadrangular tubes, radially elongate, and a varying number of small triangular or round tubes near the outer lamina. In a speci- men with a carinorostral diameter of 18 mm. (pl. 3,a), the number of large tubes is 11 in the rostrum, 8 in one lateral and 9 in the other, and 6 in the carina; the number of small tubes is 6 in the rostrum, 5 in one lateral and 7 in the other, and 2 in the carina. In specimens with maximum diameters of 21 mm., 26 mm., and 30 mm., some plates have a third series of tubes formed by the bifurcation of the septa of the second series of tubes. In a specimen with a carinorostral diameter of 26 mm., the number of large tubes is 12 in the rostrum, 6 in one lateral and 7 in the other, and 8 in the carina. The number of small tubes in the second series is 9 in the rostrum, 1 in one lateral and 2 in the other, and 5 in the carina. The number of tubes in the third series is 3 in the rostrum, 2 in the carina, and none in either lateral. Large tubes not filled up even at apex of shell; many of tubes with calcareous spines in 1 to 6 rows extending nearly to apex of tubes on the inside of the outer lamina and less frequently scattered on the sides of the septa and the outside of the inner lamina; small tubes occasionally with 1 to 2 rows of spines. Spines straight or curved with pointed, single or double ends (pl. 3,6,c). The spines, which are hollow, extend from the outer edge of the outer lamina to the inner edge where they project into the cavity of the tube; maximum length of free part of spine, 1.3 mm. Figure 3,d, a section through the outer lamina, shows the cavity in the upper spine and the surface of the spine below it. Outer lamina often ridged at base, occasionally ridges extend short way up tube; septa sometimes finely denticulate near outer lamina. The two smallest specimens with carinorostral diameters of 2.5 mm. and 6.0 mm. have a single row of tubes without spines. The next largest specimen, with a carinorostral diameter of 15 mm., has 14 secondary tubes near the outer lamina. Basis calcareous, radially ridged internally near outer edge. Carinorostral diameter of type, 21.1 mm. Carinorostral diameter of largest specimen from the Marshall Islands, 21 mm., lateral diameter, 30 mm.; height of rostrum, 20 mm., height of carina, 10 mm. Scutum (pl. 3,e) with occludent margin longer than basal. Ex- ternally, white with narrow growth ridges, alternate ones forming oblique teeth on occludent margin, faint longitudinal striations, and either a shallow longitudinal furrow or translucent area in middle of LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 35 valve. Internally, white with Prussian red at apex and sometimes extending down middle; articular ridge low, slightly reflexed, about half the length of tergal margin; articular furrow narrow; adductor ridge short, very low or represented by mere thickening of the valve; crests for lateral depressor prominent, 4 in number; crests for rostral depressor finer, more numerous. Tergum (pl. 3,f) narrow, beaked. Spur narrow with rounded end, one side united with basiscutal angle and other side sloping gradually to the slightly oblique basal margin. Externally, white with shallow depression running to spur. Internally, articular ridge extremely narrow and low; articular furrow moderately wide; scutal margin slightly inflected; crests for depressor prominent. Labrum with concave, spinose margin bearing 7 to 10 teeth. Palp concave above and convex below with rounded end; spines on end and upper margin pinnate, decreasing in length but increasing in width proximally. Mandible (pl. 3,h) with 4 teeth or sometimes with a rudimentary fifth tooth close to the spinate inferior angle; second and third teeth double; the smaller of each double tooth and the fourth tooth with either serrate edge or thickened edge if projections have been worn down. Lower margin of mandible spinose; upper margin with small tuft of spines. First maxilla (pl. 3,g) with small notch filled with small spines below upper large pair, about 7 pairs of medium- sized spines below notch, followed by small spines on lower fourth of valve; upper and lower margins spinose. Second maxilla (pl. 3,i) with slight notch, without spines; spines shorter above and below notch than on rest of margin. Cirrus 1 with anterior ramus nearly twice as long as posterior, long spines and a few short spines on distal sutures finely pinnate on ends; pedicel with plumose spines. Cirrus 1 with subequal rami, spination like cirrus 1. Cirrus III with very unequal rami, posterior about a third longer than anterior ramus; spines on upper segments pinnate; spines on lower segments slender and pinnate or thicker and serrate; pedicel with plumose spines on anterior borders of both segments and a tuft of plumose spines on the posterior distal angle of the lower segment. Posterior cirri with 3 pairs of spines, some pinnate, a few fine spines on the anterior border of each segment, and a tuft of short spines on the posterior distal sutures. Penis with a few spines en- circling the orifice and scattered over the segments. NUMBER OF SEGMENTS IN THE CIRRI Diameter I II III IV Vv VI 25 mm. PSO Ae Ooh 19124. 2019, 21 90 23.92 26 mm. tae Seats gre elsion 54 vs is 24, 23 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 REMARKS: Pilsbry (1928, p. 313) states that the wall of Tetraclita wirent pacifica has “a single series of square or squarish tubes, in most of them some laminae and often slender spines projecting from the outer layer of the wall’’; and yet his figure of the type specimen (pl. 26, fig. 1) clearly shows several small secondary tubes near the outer lamina. ‘The specimens from the Marshall Islands also show one or two series of secondary tubes. Therefore, Pilsbry’s subspecies cannot be a subspecies of Tetrachta (Tesseropora) wireni, which has a single row of tubes, and it is proposed to raise it to specific rank in the subgenus, Tetracliia, in which the wall has several rows of tubes. Tetraclita pacifica may be considered the connecting link between these two subgenera, showing the first step in the formation of a multilayer wall; in other species of the subgenus Tetraclita, this stage occurs in very young individuals. The structure of the wall, with the exception of the development of secondary tubes, is very similar to that of T. rosea and T. wireni, the two species in the subgenus Tesse- ropora. ‘The tubes in the first row are similar in size and shape to those in the single row in T. rosea and T. wireni, and calcareous spines and laminae instead of laminae alone have been developed to strengthen the outer wall. | Literature cited ANNANDALE, NELSON 1916. Three plates to illustrate the Scalpellidae and Iblidae of Indian seas, with synonymy and notes. Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 6, pp. 127-131, pls. 5-8. BARNARD, K. H. 1924. Contributions to the crustacean fauna of South Africa. No. 7, Cirri- pedia. Ann. South African Mus., vol. 20, pp. 1-103, pl. 1. BorRADAILE, LANCELOT ALEXANDER 1900. On some crustaceans from the South Pacific. Part 5. Arthrostracans and barnacles. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1900), pp. 795-799, pl. 51. 1903. Marine crustaceans. Part 7: The barnacles (Cirripedia). Jn Gardiner, The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipel- agoes, pp. 440-448, 2 figs. Brocu, HJALMAR 1922. Studies on Pacific cirripedes. Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kj¢gbenhayn, vol. 73, pp. 215-358, 77 figs. BRUGUIBRE, JEAN GUILLAUME 1789. Histoire naturelle des Vers, vol. 1. Encyclopédie Méthodique ... Zoology. Cannon, H. Grauam 1935. On the rock-boring barnacle, Lithotrya valentiana. In, Scientific reports of the Great Barrier Reef Expedition, 1928-29. Vol. 5, No. 1, 17 pp., 7 figs., 2 pls. Conran, T. A. 1837. Descriptions of new marine shells from Upper California. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 7, pp. 227-268, pls. 17-20. LITTORAL BARNACLES—HENRY 37 DaRwWIN, CHARLES 1851. A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia . . . The Lepadidae; or, pedunculated cirripedes. xi-+400 pp., 10 pls. 1854. A monograph on the sub-class Cirripedia ... The Balanidae (or sessile cirripedes); the Verrucidae, etc. viiit+684 pp., 30 pls. Gray, J. EDWARD 1825. A synopsis of the genera of Cirripedes arranged in natural families, with the description of some new species. Ann: Philos., new ser., vol. 10, pp. 97-107. GRUVEL, ABEL 1902. Revision des Cirrhipédes appartement 4 la collection du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle. Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. ser 4, vol. 4, pp. 215-312, 18 figs., 8 pls. 1905. Monographie des Cirrhipédes, ou Théocostracés. xii-++-472 pp., 427 figs. Hiro, Fusio 1937. Cirripeds of the Palao Islands. Palao Trop. Biol. Sta. Studies, vol. 1, pp. 37-72, 14 figs., 1 pl. 1939. Studies on the cirripedian fauna of Japan. IV. Cirripeds of Formosa (Taiwan), with some geographical and ecological remarks on the littoral forms. Mem. Coll. Sci., Kyoto Imp. Univ., ser. B, vol. 15, pp. 245-284, 16 figs. Hork, Pautus PrEronius Cato 1907. The Cirripedia of the Siboga Expedition. a. Cirripedia Pedunculata. In Weber, Siboga-Expeditie ..., No. 3la, pp. 1-127, 10 pls. 1913. The Cirripedia of the Szboga Expedition. 8B. Cirripedia Sessilia. In Weber, Siboga-Expeditie ..., No. 31b, pp. 129-275, 2 figs., 17 pls. Krtcer, Paut 1911. Beitrage zur Cirripedienfauna Ostasiens. Jn Doflein, Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte Ostasiens. Abh. Akad. Wiss., Math.-Phys., suppl. 2, pt. 6, pp. 1-72, 132 figs., pls. 1-4. NILSSON-CANTELL, Cart AuGuUsT 1921. Cirripeden-Studien. Zur Kenntnis der Biologie, Anatomie und Systematik dieser Gruppe. Zcol. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 7, pp. 75-395, 89 figs., 3 pls. 1930. Cirripédes. Résultats scientifiques du voyage aux Indes Orientales Néerlandaises de LL. AA. RR. le Prince et la Princesse Léopold de Belgique. Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, hors ser., vol. 3, fase. 3, pp. 1-24, 7 figs. 1931. Revision der Sammlung recenter Cirripedien des naturhistorischen Museumsin Basel. Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel, vol. 42, pp. 103-137, 8 figs., 1 pl. 1933. Cirripeds from Bonaire. Zool. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst... .), vol. 64, pp. 503-508, 2 figs. 1934a. Indo-Malayan cirripeds in the Raffies Museum, Singapore. Buil. Raffles Mus., No. 9, pp. 42-73, 7 figs., pl. 5. 1934b. Cirripeds from the Malay Archipelago in the Zoological Museum of Amsterdam. Zool. Meded. Leiden, vol. 17, pp. 31-63, 12 figs. 1938. Cirripedes from the Indian Ocean in the collection of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 138, pp. 1-81, 28 figs., 3 pls. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 PintsBrY, Henry AUGUSTUS 1907. The barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collections of the U. S. National Museum. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 60, x+122 pp., 36 figs., 11 pls. 1916. The sessile barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collections of the U. S. National Museum; including a monograph of the American species. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 93, xi + 336 pp., 99 figs., 76 pls. 1928. Littoral barnacles of the Hawaiian Islands and Japan. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 79, pp. 305-317, 4 figs., pls. 24-26. Quoy, J. R. C., anp GaIMARD, P. 1834. Zoologie, vol. 3, Mollusques. In Voyage. . . de L’ Astrolabe. REINHARDT, J. T. 1850. Om Slaegten Lithotryas Evne til at bore sig ind i Steenblokke. Vid. Medd. Naturh. Foren., Kjgbenhavn, vol. 1, pp. 1-8. SEWELL, R. 8S. SEyMourR 1926. A study of Lithotrya nicobarica Reinhardt. Rec. Indian Mus., vol. 28, pp. 269-330, 18 figs., pls. 14, 15. WELTNER, WILHELM 1897. Verzeichnis der bisher beschreibenen recenter Cirripedienarten. Mit. Angabe der im berliner Museum vorhandenen species und ihrer Fundorte. Arch. Naturg., vol. 1, pp. 227-280. PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM | BA ras 4 N 4; THSON Ge Ni TITvt* er N SA HINGTONS A SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington: 1957 No. 3382 A NEW SPECIES OF CALANOPIA (COPEPODA: CALANOIDA) FROM THE CARIBBEAN SEA By Tuomas E. Bowman The genus Calanopia (family Pontellidae) consists principally of Indo-Pacific species. Of the eight species now known, four have been reported only from Indo-Pacific localities: C. aurivillii Cleve, C. herdmani A. Scott, C. sarst C. B. Wilson, and C. thompsoni A. Scott. C. media Gurney (1927) is known only from the Suez Canal. Al- though reported by C. B. Wilson (1950, p. 174) from Albatross Station 5186, off Panay Island, Philippines, C. americana Dahl appears to be restricted to the Atlantic Ocean. I have examined the Philippine specimens and have found them all to be C. ellaptica (Dana). Prior to the publication of Wilson’s Carnegie (1942) and Albatross (1950) papers, C. minor A. Scott and C. ellaptica (Dana) were known only from the Indo-Pacific. Wilson (1942) listed both species as present at Albatross Station 2396 (lat. 28°34’ N., long. 86°48’ W.., Gulf of Mexico). The species of copepods in the sample from Station 2396 are entirely different from those in Wilson’s list. No specimens of Calanopia are present in this sample, and none of the specimens of Calanopia in the U. S. National Museum collections were taken from this sample. Dr. Abraham Fleminger, who has made an extensive survey of the calanoid copepods of the Gult of Mexico, informs me 42574257 39 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 (in litt. Aug. 3, 1955) that C. americana is the only species of Calanopia he has seen in plankton collections from the Gulf of Mexico. Wilson also recorded C. elliptica from Carnegie Station 32. Ex- amination showed these not to be C. elliptica but a new species, which is described below. Thompson and Scott (1903) found C. elliptica in samples collected in the Suez Canal and in the Mediterranean near Port Said (Station 37). Gurney (1927) did not find it in the Suez Canal, and its presence in the Mediterranean needs to be confirmed. C. elliptica and C. minor, then, must be added to the list of species limited to the Indo-Pacific, while only two species, C. americana and the species from Carnegie Station 32 inhabit the Atlantic Ocean. Illustrations of all species except C. media and C. sarsi are provided by A. Scott (1909) in his Siboga Expedition report. Pesta (1912) has provided a key to the females of these species. Calanopia biloba, new species Ficures 1-3 Calanopia elliptica (Dana), C. B. Wilson, 1942, p. 172 (Caribbean specimens only). SPECIMENS EXAMINED: 53 females, 46 males, 10 juveniles, collected in surface plankton tow, Carnegie cruise No. 7, Station 32, Oct. 5, 1928. Caribbean sea, lat. 15°18’ N., long. 68°11’ W., surface tem- perature 28.0° C., surface salinity 35.9 °/o0, bottom depth 4566 m. Types: Holotype male, 1.55 mm., USNM 99506; allotype female, 1.67 mm., USNM 99507; 107 paratypes, USNM 80076. Diacnosis: Female closely resembling C. elliptica in most particu- lars, but the right and left fifth legs are of equal length (in C. elliptica the left leg is longer). Male urosome with two processes on right side of second segment. A conical process extends posteriad from the posterior margin; slightly anterior and dorsal to this arises an auricu- lar process directed laterad. Fifth legs similar to those of C. elliptica, but left leg not reaching distal end of second segment of right leg (in C. elliptica left leg reaches well beyond distal end of second seg- ment of right leg). ADDITIONAL Description: FeMaueE: Total length, excluding caudal setae, 1.65-1.67 mm. Metasome about 3.3 times length of urosome. Genital and anal segments nearly equal in length. Caudal rami about three-fourths as long as anal segment, more than three times as long as wide. First antenna 17-segmented, reaching back to about the middle of genital segment. Mouthparts and swimming legs 1-4 identical in number and arrangement of setae with those illustrated by Giesbrecht (1892) for C. ellcptica. Mate: Total length, 1.45-1.55 mm. Metasome 2.0—2.1 times length of urosome. First two segments of urosome subequal, third A NEW SPECIES OF CALANOPIA—BOWMAN 41 Ficure 1.—Calanopia biloba, new species. a-—d, Female: a, lateral view; 5, last metasomal segment and urosome, lateral; ¢,same, dorsal; d, head, lateral. e—-g, Male: ¢, last metasomal segment and urosome, dorsal; f, second urosomal segment, dorsal; g, same, from right side. Scales in mm., same for b, c, and ¢; same for d, f, and g. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Stet kya, SN an SOMES AC hy Ra 0 eM ye A SORES ‘ Tee ; LB o ¥ ‘ ~) 5 4 fhe ivit eh 7 A oc) +f 0 re, a HP a pis Lo aay} Moat LR Ba rh eG Pee NC D. Mia Th ; i j eo . ian { é i rt i i ’ ¥, ee { , 5 { by ’ er, th j ¥ | f ’ ' i ie if : ; \ sp ine 4 CSOT AMAA SHITAING THIHUATVOS 4 .v if | PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM BN} by the SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1957 No. 3383 THE FROGFISHES OF THE FAMILY ANTENNARIIDAE By Lronarp P. ScHuLtz In my attempt to identify fishes for inclusion in the report on ‘“The Fishes of the Marshall and Marianas Islands,’”’ I find it impossible to place confidence in the literature describing marine reef fishes of the tropical Indo-Pacific regions unless the genus or the family in which they belong has been revised. Ichthyologists or fishery biologists who have not attempted a revision of a genus of widely ranging marine fishes cannot possibly assess the untrustworthiness of most current faunal lists. To correctly identify as to genus and to species, tropical Indo-Pacific fishes must be considered on a world-wide basis. ‘Those few individuals who have attempted revisions of genera have found a disturbing percentage of the scientific names currently applied to be unreliable. Even a serious attempt at revision of a genus may not clarify the nomenclatorial status of more than 95 percent of the species. The doubtfully identified 5 percent results mostly from the inaccessibility to the author of those types of species preserved in the scattered museums of the world. The problems of classification and analysis of species and genera encountered in one family are the same as found in many other fami- lies that I have studied. In general, there are three such problems. (1) The characters used in distinguishing species or genera in each family must be carefully evaluated. Only in a general way are the characters of one family reliable for use in another family. It is im- portant to determine for each character its variability, and what reliance can be placed on it for each genus. Frequently this cannot be established until all species have been studied in the family. Another problem encountered is, (2) what constitutes a genus in the family being revised? Those who have studied many complex fish families know that the limits of a genus are variable. The characters 47 AS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 used for defining genera in one family usually do not apply equally and in the same way in a related family. The genus is partly a sub- jective category in taxonomy and no doubt will remain of that nature because (a) different values are attributed to distinguishing charac- ters; (b) there is a practical need of relatively more genera in a com- plex family, composed of very numerous species more or less closely related, than in a less complex family; and (c) in the practice of taxonomy there is brought together under a group name few to many closely related species, which are thought to represent a phyletic line, but whether this line is to be assigned generic or subgeneric level may be decided more or less subjectively. The characters used in establishing phyletic lines should not be con- fined to morphological ones. They may be physiological or involve habits and life history, such as are encountered in breeding behavior. The behavior of a species is usually reflected in its morphology. As species diverged in their evolution, the change in behavior probably preceded the morphological change; for example, artificially land- locked races of red salmon have a slower rate of growth, and when maturity is reached they are of a dwarf size. Should this change become inherited we would be dealing with a morphological step in evolution. The evaluation of generic characters and recognition of genera is possible only when a comprehensive study is made of a family on a world-wide basis and when there is established the nature of the similarities and differences among groups of species. Sometimes fin ray counts (table 1) are useful for this purpose. To me, a genus is a concept for distinguishing a phyletic line, and it may be represented by one or more species. When a genus includes many species, some of which are a little different from others but agree among themselves and it is difficult to comprehend or to deal with the various smaller phyletic lines, then the genus should be broken into lesser phyletic lines represented by full genera or sub- genera, depending on the nature and amount of the variability. The use of subgenera, however, cannot reduce or increase the number of natural phyletic lines. If these occur, and are definable, there is little one can do but recognize them in our system of naming. Thus, it is possible to have a small family overdivided into genera or a large family underdivided into genera. Whatever is done, the nomen- clature should serve as a tool for the benefit of other biological dis- ciplines; it should serve as a means of expressing, by names, the groups of species that are closely related and in the same phyletic line. The problem (3) of how far to progress nomenclatorially in recog- nizing generic categories must be resolved in a practical manner so that biologists are not presented with a confusion of ill-defined genera. FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 49 Usually this confusion and lack of agreement among ichthyologists and fishery biclogists results from inadequate studies of a family. Obviously, no dependable solution is possible on how many genera and subgenera to recognize in a family until the zoological relation- ships of all its species have been adequately compared morphologically, physiologically, and as to habits. No doubt, after this work has been done, a middle of the road or even a conservative attitude on the number of phyletic lines to name would mect with general acceptance. Too often in ichthyology there is a tendency either to unite genera without adequate study or to establish new genera without any attempt to review the family as a whole. The least confusion results if the present status of each genus in a family is retained until such time as it is thoroughly studied. Let us examine a few current problems as a practical application in recognizing natural phyletic lines for the basis of a genus or subgenus. According to the discussion, a group of closely related species, all of which have one or more common characteristics (morphological, physiological or life history), represents a generic category. Where one phyletic line has two or more such species but a third species differs in one or more tested characters, then I would recognize two full genera or two subgenera, depending on the amount of divergence in the characters tested. Thus, one must evaluate all characters used for each family. The family Salmonidae illustrates the confusion and diverse thinking on problems of evaluating generic levels. Two well known groups of species are currently referred to the genus Salmo in Europe. One group consists of the rainbow trout Salmo gairdnert, cutthroat trout S. clarki, and Atlantic salmon S. salar, among others which may be omitted here. The life history of these trout are much the same; they migrate upstream to spawn in gravel riffles, returning year after year to spawn, and, normally, they do not die after spawning. The other group of several species is known as the North Pacific salmon, referred to the genus Oncorhynchus by North Americans but to Salmo by Europeans. Although there are a few minor mor- phological characters that distinguish these two groups of species, all die after spawning only once. Even if there were no easily observ- able anatomical features, I would recognize the two distinct phyletic lines as full genera on the basis of the profound genetic differences in the two types of life history. Another example of current interest involves morphological differ- ences, not life histories. Morton and Miller (Copeia, No. 2, pp. 116- 124, pls. 1, 2, 1954) proposed that Cristivomer (the lake trout) be considered a synonym of or a subgenus under Salvelinus. Although a genus may be originally established on a character that later proves 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 valueless, such a genus may be adequately distinguished at a later date on the basis of characters not even considered by the original author. That appears to be the case with Cristivomer. Morton and Miller have demonstrated very beautifully that Salvelinus and Cristivomer cannot be generically distinguished by the crested vomer, after which the genus was named. However, they clearly state (p. 122): ““‘We agree with Kendall (1919) that the lake trout represents a line of development distinct from the other chars. Three characters of Salvelinus namaycush that are not known to overlap with those of other species of Salvelinus are coloration, the position of the dorsal fin and the number of pyloric caeca.”’ In their summary (p. 123) the authors state: ‘A number of characters readily distinguish S. namaycush from all other members of the genus. The best of these, we believe, are color pattern, dorsal-fin position, the deeply forked caudal fin, and the large number of pyloric caeca.’”’ Therefore, by the authors own conclusions there are established two phyletic lines, one for Salvelinus, with three or more species, and another for the monotypic Cristivomer. Theremarkably distinct color pattern between the two phyletic lines alone is sufficient to justify subgeneric categories, but with four well established characters generic rank is justified in my opinion. -QOne of the shortcomings of some generic changes made by authors is the lack of a comprehensive study on a world-wide basis. Actuaily, the evaluation of generic characters for the Salmonidae must involve Old World genera and species. Had this been done, Morton and Miller’s conclusions as well as mine might have been different. This is an example of how the introduction of nomenclatorial changes without a detailed revision of the family leads to confusion. This discussion bears on my immediate problems: (1) How shall I evaluate the characters observed for the numerous species of Antenna- riidae, and (2) what level of generic interpretation should I give to each phyletic line? I believe that in evaluating each important character I should consider the evolutionary trend toward its more specialized condition. Important characters for the Antennariidae are as follows: 1. The skin varies from highly dentigerous to almost naked, and in the most naked species some embedded prickles can be detected microscopically. Naked skin is assumed to be the most specialized condition. 2. The most specialized condition of the gill filaments on the first gill arch is that of greatest reduction, where only one-half the lower part of the first gill arch bears filaments. ——— eee ee OOOO EC ee, FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 51 3. The most primitive condition of the bait or lure at the tip of the first dorsal spine may be represented by a simple filament. The next step would be the development of a tuft of filaments, followed by specialization into bifid or trifid tentacles. 4. The more numerous and most complex development of dermal cirri all over the body would represent the more specialized condition. These cirri even replace the dermal denticles in one genus. 5. Fin rays present somewhat of a problem but, in general, branched soit rays are assumed to be a more specialized condition than simple soft rays. 6. The more posterior position of the gill opening is considered to represent specialization. 7. The most movable condition of the dorsal spines should repre- sent the more generalized condition, whereas embedded dorsal spines should represent the most specialized. 8. The distinct caudal peduncle is considered more primitive than when the median fins are membranously attached to the base of the caudal fin. | 9. Adult antennariids in general have a sedentary habitat. Histrio has a sedentary habitat in seaweed but often the seaweed floats pelagically in the ocean. Thus, I consider Histrio to be more spe- cialized in its ‘‘sedentary”’ pelagic habitat than the other antennartids. Using the above characters I have prepared a diagram (fig. 1) suggesting the more important phyletic lines of evolution among the antennariids. Under each generic or subgeneric category are the abbreviations of the anatomical characters showing relationships. Definitions of the abbreviations used are given on page 52, facing figure 1. The frogfishes, family Antennartidae, may be recognized by their globular-shaped bodies, more or less rough skin caused by minute denticles; pectoral fin limblike; gill opening restricted to a pore near or a little behind the pectoral “‘elbo’’; first dorsal spine, if free, with “bait”? or lure at its distal end; second and third spines separate, sometimes embedded or partly covered with skin; a fourth free dorsal spine, completely embedded, followed by the soft dorsal fin; caudal fin rays usually all divided, occasionally one of the outer rays may be simple, and number 4++5; gill rakers poorly developed on first gill arch; gill filaments on first arch greatly reduced on dorsal part of arch or lacking; mouth almost vertical; small conical teeth in rows on jaws, vomer, palatines, and tongue. In general frogfishes are carnivorous, voracious, and mostly of a sedentary nature. However, Histrio will pursue its prey but usually 59? PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 waits quietly for a fish to swim close enough in a head-on approach, then the attack occurs quickly. The victim is sucked into the big mouth of the frogfish almost instantly, at least quicker than the eye can follow. Often a fish as large as the frogfish is engulfed. As far as known, frogfishes liberate their eggs in a single long ribbonlike gelatinous mass, which fioats like a raft of logs on the way to a sawmill. the fish that deposited it. This gelatinous mass is enormous in proportion to Before deposition the egg mass lies closely packed in the ovaries, ‘like a banknote tightly rolled up from its two ends.” Frogfishes have been observed by Drs. Waldo Schmitt and W. H. Longley to inflate their stomachs with air or water, which swells them into an enormous size. A few specimens in the collections of the National Museum are distended with liquid. The following scientific names are unidentifiable: Chironectes pavoninus Cuvier and Valenciennes, vol. 12, p. 421, 1837; C. chloro- stygma Cuvier and Valenciennes, vol. 12, p. 426, 1837. Lophius spectrum Gray, Catalogue of fish collected and described by Laurence Theodore Gronow, p. 49, 1854 (type locality, Antilles). Antennarius vulgaris ‘‘Cuvier and Valenciennes’? in Osorio, Jorn. Sci. Math. Phys. Nat. Lisboa, ser. 2, vol. 5, No. 19, p. 198, 1898 (name only; nomen nudum; St. Thomas Island). Chironectes barbatulus Eydoux and Souleyet, Voyage autour du Monde... La Bonite, Zool., vol. 1, pt. 2, Poissons, p. 184, pl. 5, fig. 1, 1842 (locality not known but undoubtedly the Pacific). Photographs of specimens and drawings used in this paper were made by the Smithsonian Institution Photographic Laboratory. EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS USED IN FIGURE I ads — Al! dorsal spines long and slender. ba — Bait absent. bb — Bait bifid. bf — Bait filamentous and bulbous. bs — Bait simple. bt — Bait trifid. cpa — Caudal peduncle absent. cpa-d — Caudal peduncle absent or dis- tinct. cpd — Caudal peduncle distinct. dse — All spines embedded. dsf — Dorsal spines free, movable. d11—14 or d15-16 — Number of soft dorsal rays. fds — First dorsal spine long and slender. gf 14 — Gill filaments on 14 of first gill arch. gf % — Gill filaments on % of first gill arch. gn — Gill opening normal in position. gp — Gill opening posterior in position. pel — Pelagic habitat. p7 or p8-14 — Number of pectoral fin rays. sc — Bony scutes present. sed — Sedentary habitat. sfd — All soft dorsal rays divided. - sfds — All soft dorsal rays simple. sf0-2d — Any of last two soft dorsal rays may or may not be divided. sfpd — Soft rays of pectoral! all divided. sfps — Soft rays of pectoral all simple. sfvd — Soft rays of pelvic all divided. sfvs — Soft rays of pelvic all simple. ske — Skin profusely covered with cirri. skd — Skin denticulate. skn — Skin naked. skvd — Skin with long upstanding denticles or Cirri. FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 53 ANTENNARIUS PLUMANTENNARIUS FOWLERICHTHYS cpa-d;bf;sfO-2d ¢ Pa;bf;sfvs;sfps:sfd stpd-bf-sfvd sf§vd-1 7 eu; KANAZAWAICHTHYS sc XENOPHRYNICHTHYS TRIANTENNATUS cpa;ba;dse bt ANTENNATUS cpa-d cpd PHRYNELOX cpa:sfds etc bb LOPHIOCHARON skd RH YCHERUS sfdd-cpd Piette UNIANTENNATUS cpa-d ské ECHINOPHRYNE sfO-2d: cpd Ci | LA cpd:skd bs*cpd bf: cpdsdsf skd ve ABANTENNARIUS bs:gn;cpd HISTIOPHRYNE 9P-bf;skd;cpa Poeseer? | ea skn;cpa d 11-14 d 15-16 TRICHOPHRYNE NUDIANTENNARIUS skd;cpd; f ds-bf pa pee eee skn;cpasbf gn;skd ska | TATHICARPUS P 8-14 HISTRIO ads ;p7;skud | onsets S:¢pd peg ANTENNARIINAE HES TR LONANAE skd;gf 1/4;sed | Au Antennariid stock Figure 1.—Presumed phylogeny of the Antennariidae. Explanation of abbreviations on facing page. Artificial key to the genera, subgenera, and species of the Antennariidae la. Dorsal part of first gill arch without filaments, ventral part with only anterior half bearing filaments; no dermal cirrus at tip of chin nor on snout in front base of first dorsal spine; a small flaplike cirrus at symphysis of premaxil- laries between dentigerous parts . . . (Subfamily Antennariinae.) (p. 62) 2a. Occipital region of head with a thickened and raised bilaterally symmetrical bony armor that extends anteriorly along dorsal edge of orbits; these two scutes are fused along the middorsal line except around the third dorsal spine and its membrane; a similar bony plate below each eye; none of dorsal spines embedded; tip of first dorsal spine consists of a nonfilamen- 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 TABLE 1.—Counts recorded for species of Antennariidae Number of fin rays Soft dorsal Anal Pectoral Genera, subgenera, and species 115) 12 [13)) 14) 15) AGS 7 8S AO Sie Oe et Oa east ee tet Ss) | 514! —_§s|§ — | -—S-F§| —_—S|| ———_s |S ————_ Fs |S |S | | fl | | SE Kanazawaichthys SCULATUSE SE eee eee tos fe) (Seal ee oe Pol 3) ese. |e2 see ee eee oa ae Tathicarpus buen FH 0a | Wie | Nee | (Rms Kes Peco yi Pee e | eon ea J ee (ee ee ES a ee Daler eee SDS eae | Ra a | ne lee Pe 2) Pel Pec pat > ja) mea (eae) (| | OI || a | RR) ae Trichophryne TOS CEU Se ee | ees 4s | Peay (eee | Sexo] [eee (ES 1 pA Ppa) enero, reer | ste ee) ecb) | mitchell St Seo 1 Pe | 5 | pe | Fg 2 |e eee Me Pp 2 es ey ae Nudiantennarius SUDLCT ES 2 nes es oe es yy ee pts oe eS eae sl Peles 2e |e ee ee ee 27 2 ee eee |e Abantennarius ALE SCUS Bae ee eee 7 Ae sens | BESS | (El Pace be PA peers (ees eee Ih | Bess | eet! [a ea ee ONG Se meas 1 | | a a | oe IB | aa p UR) (eeieeeean free | Pee) Ses) ee O Fal (S| Sa) a Fhycherus PUEMENTOSTISA ae | bee e ee Pa 3 Fal Pave ee) AEs Pen] PE 8 (io. |_--3(2o2 eae ee SESE hb 9S Histiophryne OCU TEAL ae en | ees aes, | een | eee il Peeseeges| (eee, ae Gr | beta en Ne 3 Rape ie AEN) Py us | hep SCORLCO Seen | ee | eS ays] et | ead [eee Sosae |b | ee eee 1 7 || 5 ae) Ee (ER Echinophryne ChOUSSTSDIN Gee | eee ae | eee ee 1 RES] ees | bes el SS 22.) las |e | hes I eee GUL WEN ee ee a bey es es Y [soc Al | See Mia Seb 2 doles 3 Phryneloxr Phrynelor SURALUG Rete a ee ik 1 LE (Ea ITS 1 ft Eel (eee (ese Ss Were |e) oe) oe [besa | ee el ee INCLUS Ra ese eee 7 Ais VA | aps RE oe BS 1 b Leg) RSeoeeree | Bctee5) eres) (vie | |e | se Hil Sree | (eh Pa AUULELE TG Loe ee U0) | (ae bees) Rie Ue | LOS Sree | ee ee ee ee 2 aS eee ee | 8 Scaberi nme tes an TUBS Pes Te 3 ac Ue (eee eS fT 10 Vi eel On ese) eee ee SH ERS) oi fs ae Te Triantennatus cunninghami_----|__-- 1 DY Fp Pe be (| Lae Dios | ee ee 1 Vii fer | ee ee ZEDTLIUUG EE ae enamel eee Ghi= see paseo pe Lo): so. 23 |e |e ee BC ier ES) | es ee UCT Oa BEE AS ENE | (ee | Fee a eee Wea ie oles |e ESE S| See NOE aa SE ee a oe a Fa) peat Peat | Hees | (SS ae Bit (eee fee Pee Lee Se 1 ta) | Ses ee ee Widens eee SOU el ees cae Sent ea 32) eae ee eee FS hen? Ln | aah Aniennatus Antennaius DigibbU Seen eee 7M site Ye les ey 1 | | iat ees Bg) Papeete ee OF 1e0) (ape (Ee Sa a SUTIQULUG = ees 24 | es (i Papeete) i hy bao Ee G3 )2205 | See ee ee 1 CT |e | | eaten ee Xenophrynichthys cryptacanthus_._.--|_--- 1 Das) Vas ts Eps | PRE sc Ve Ae aeseees| eas (eevee NY fa eee | Ee | ES ee ae ee eee Lophiocharon Lophiocharon caudimaculatus__-_|__-- 1 Brae is fe Gn eec a Se a ee pF ie yl ae feed ee Uniantennatus COTE DY ULL TLETC UES | ed gf | ae eee | ee | re | i Wey eee (eel mes eR |S 1 hey ese LAE Ie) Rs ROTTIOUS Se ee 1 Unset TR hk | Pe Pye ese ae ee ee ee horridus*2 2-222 Dia ep Die |e |e Need BA a 5 Jae (ips pu eps RT 5D) PEO Ta FPP TR Pa FEN CDTOSUS# === = 22 (22 i a) ese tt VSN (eae P| Wy IM ere ene a FE | lt i hel est as| Minis 2, ing bal LEN eEDTOSUS = ose ae 0 | aaa oa ee | ee ae SD he > J eae 2 S|) Antennarius Fowlerichthys TOCIOSIS sees aa | eee i en) Py dayeel (eae 6 Yen FR (ee a ek 79) | sco selec e ee ee ee 99 | 5 QUALON See eeee The) Opt ee) RES) aah Ee eee 23) [eno 2 | es a eee ZV ee SAT OSA 3 Be oe Se eee aA | Pape es (aE Nebel Ee sO (en Pome pee fe |e TO | | Le le ocellatuss a Eee es by ay Pee Fe fe a | a | iy os pee a We | ee ee | 2a pay Beet Plumantennatus G8 peresc2- 8st ae Al eeee ee P| psa [Tea Merona) Rae 2) |asce Ree eete ae 7 RE eee SS ee oe ee pee Antennarius Ohgospilosee ee | 1 Dae) PS | UE | Pen Pcs) WE PE te op oe ee ee 1 ee | (el een (ee ASDC shee eee | ee TRA NES | pene el Peso BUN ee 4 )2222)5.2|-2.3 2 ee eee sje ee pe 3 Lp DR OVECCETUST Gene a | Se ees +f} Pag Peyepte | Maes PRN | fee 20) e212) 28 ee eee 210) S| (ae He ANOVUCCEN SIS ee | eee ee F79R| ee eo fee se ee Sa Fe | [oe Bil. ue ee ee ee GQ) Eree ees SI's 28 leucosoma*___.-..|__-- 1 Eig Pee S) P| (RYN Leng We a ae ee ee ee a [phy (oe | (en | ee DOLL See Ea a (Ee ey re ee tb [pcal2 S| SS ee Pisses =| Eas Bae chironectes__-_---- 1 (62) Ray Ee Pk BD Pe oe 1 6 fesse] e ys SSeS ee a er | ee ea ee multiocellatus__.--| 1 Jaypee S| (Ee bee an 1 § ole eng) ee ee nh Wee eS | | phy matodes*__---- gel eer eee ee ee > Ja Vi, Wy Pn fae) Le) os 9 a ac en phymatodes___----|---- 1G) eee | Eee ees| emer ee ( We zeal. pe ee ee | Rae Nee SANGUATLCUS | ee ee if Reo ES Re) Peal eS Bo) Qc a peels ee eee ee 11 Sa] eee ER GDM Se | eee 1550) a) eg] ese 8 2 a ee 15 ).c es) see eee miniss 1 |..3 COCCINEU SH ee ee ee D7 Na] PRA | Pea) Paani Veeco WT We Ks i Pee | oe ee | OSS teeten oes oe bermudensis__.---|__-- CONS] see Ss | aces] |e (ant [ea 6 pa peed Vg | Neha) Viens | | 8) 1) fh tet aD dorehensis*_..-___|___- Le Varese ek Ss) (Eres et | (ee 1 Rey epee eas (ee) PR el a BP) pre S| al A Ve notophthalmus*__-|__-- pf (Se EL |, pea (ees S| Soc Gb eae Sas |e eee Ce er Re Pe ee notophthalmus_-_--|---- Ai) eae | Pred al REE ta |S 9 9) | WO De BS Tel ed al te | a a a GETTUCORIL Bae eee ae P| [Sao [at Mi | NSE (ay Sem VS PA (ean) (ites| es wey Perey |S ee) fe 10) LY (ES UE CUS TAT D see bees DS ne A ee ee TG) | role eee enenp ae 35 jus la | pees | |x ell PE pauciradiatus___--|_--- Sy | eee |e Se, Sas 12 ly All alee see A ari fae te: a WIV MN CY nae | ooo Pp Me [MPAs be Fe (eae pees Vs 7. el ban eer RT| PAC fee Sk C4] ad geee aco ee Histrio histrio eee ecoe Bales 2a aia a eee SON) Co Auleoslewcoles aioe O20 aA eee ee *¥F rom literature. FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 55 tous bulbous “‘bait.”” (Gulf of Mexico; probably pelagic.) (Kanazea- waichthys, new genus.) . : . . . . Scutatus, new species (p. 63) 2b. Head without bony armor as sae. 3a. First, second, and third dorsal spines embedded, covered over with granular skin; bait not externally visible; soft dorsal and anal fins membranously attached to base of caudal fin; all fin rays simple except those of caudal fin; soft dorsal rays 12 or 13; anal 7; pectoral 8. (East Indies, Karakelang and Rotti Islands) (Genus Antennatus, Xenophrynichthys, new subgenus.) (p. 81). cryptacanthus (Weber) (p. 82) 3b. First dorsal spine not embedded, but freely movable, usually bearing bait at its distal tip. 4a, Second dorsal spine slender, elongate, its length contained fewer than 2.8 times in length of base of soft dorsal fin. 5a. Pectoral rays 7; first dorsal spine long, slender, hairlike, smooth, bearing at its tip a simple bannerlike tentacle; third dorsal spine very elongate and slender, much longer than second; unusually elongate upstanding denticles on skin even on fins; all soft dorsal, pelvic, and pectoral rays simple; anal rays all divided; caudal peduncle distinct; all fin rays notably elongate; dorsal soft rays 11; anal 7. (Genus Tathicarpus.) (p. 64) butleri Ogilby (p. 64) 5b. Pectoral rays 9 to 11; first dorsal spine not as above, third dorsal Spine robust, shorter than or same length as second. 6a. (See 6b and 6c.) Skin prickly or covered with granules; caudal peduncle distinct; first dorsal spine very slender, almost hair- like, about as long as or longer than second dorsal spine; first spine bristly and with filamentous tip. (Genus Trichophyrne.) (p. 65) 7a. Soft dorsal rays 12; ocellate dark spot basally at second third of length of soft dorsal fin. (Philippines.) rosaceus (Smith and Radcliffe) (p. 65) 7b. Soft dorsal rays 13 or 14, skin covered with upstanding spiniform bristles:) @Australia:) 4.0.5 4... mitchelli (Morton) (p. 65) 6b. Skin smooth, at most with only scattered microscopic size denti- cles; caudal peduncle absent or nearly so; first dorsal spine short with bulbous tip; dorsal soft rays 12; anal7,pectoral9. (Philip- pines.) (Nudiantennarius, new genus.) (p. 66) subteres (Smith and Radcliffe) (p. 66) 6c. Skin without denticles but these are replaced by a profusion of fleshy tentacles or cutaneous appendages everywhere; bait trifid, two large tentacles with a stubby one basally between them; last pelvic ray simple; soft dorsal rays 13; anal 8; pectoral 11. (Southern Australia.) Genus Rhycherus.) filamentosus (Castelnau) (p. 68) 4b. Second dorsal spine robust like the third, short, its length contained 3 or more times in the length of base of soft dorsal fin. 8a. Gill opening behind pectoral fin ‘“‘elbo’’ by a distance equal to or greater than least depth of the indistinct caudal peduncle; soft dorsal rays 12; anal 7. (Abantennarius, new genus.) (p. 66) 9a, Gill opening about halfway between pectoral fin pase and anal fin origin, pectoral rays.9. (Hawaiian'Islands.) * duescus (Snyder) (p. 66) 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 9b. Gill opening adjacent to anal fin origin; pectoral rays 10. (Hawaiian Islands.) . . . analis Gosline, new species (p. 67) 8b. Gill opening adjacent to pectoral fin ‘‘elbo.”’ 10a. Soft dorsal rays 15 or 16. lla. Skin smooth, at most with only microscopic size spicules; caudal peduncle absent; none of soft rays of dorsal or anal fins divided. (Genus Histiophryne.) (p. 69) 12a. Pectoral rays 8; second and third dorsal spines not movable, covered with thick skin. (Southern Australia.) bougainvilli (Cuvier and Valenciennes) (p. 69) 12b. Pectoral rays 10 or 11; second and third dorsal spines movable. (Southern Australia.) scortea McCulloch and Waite (p. 69) 11b. Skin everywhere covered with bristles; caudal peduncle distinct or nearly so; anal rays 8 to 10; pectoral 10 or 11. (Genus Echinophryne.) (p. 70) i8a. First dorsal spine stout, covered with prickles; body covered with upstanding bristles; none of soft dorsal or anal rays divided. (Southern Australia.) erassispina McCulloch and Waite (p. 70) 18b. First dorsal spine slender, smooth, with simple tentacle, last few soft dorsal rays and anal rays divided. (Western Australia.) . ... .. . . . glauerti Whitley (p. 70) 10b. Soft dorsal rays 11 to 14. ; 14a. Fleshy tip of first dorsal spine consists of Shae! bifid or trifid tentacles, often with filaments, but usually without basal filaments, anal rays 6 or 7; last 2 or 3 rays of soft dorsal divided; all anal rays divided; all pectoral rays simple; caudal peduncle distinct. (Genus Phrynelox.) (p. 71) 15a. Bifid tentacles at tip of first dorsal spine; dorsal soft rays usually 11 or 12, rarely 13; pectoral 10 or 11. (Subgenus Phrynelox.) (p. 71) 16a. Bony part of first dorsal spine almost twice length of second dorsal spine. 17a. Body striped with brown markings more or less resem- bling a zebra. (Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) . : . « . striatus (Shaw) (p. 71) 17b. Body with oscil: spats and somewhat mottled or plain blackish. (Tropical Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) .. . . . . melas (Bleeker) (p. 72) 16b. Bony part of first dorsal spine only slightly longer or about same length as second dorsal spine. 18a. Color plain black or dark brown. (Western Atlantic.) nuttingi (Garman) (p. 72) 18b. Body striped with dark brown markings resembling a zebra; fins with dark brown spots. (Western Atlantie) 3.0% . . . seaber (Cuvier) (p. 73) 15b. Trifid tentacles at tip of ‘Brat dorsal spine (rarely is one of . these tentacles missing from injury); dorsal soft rays usually 12. (Triantennatus, new subgenus.) (p. 74) 19a. Pectoral rays 10, occasionally 9 or 11. 20a. Body striped with dark brown markings on a pale back- ground, more or less zebralike. FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 57 21a. About 4 to 6 dark stripes on soft dorsal fin, and other widely spaced ones on body; pectoral rays 9 or 10. (Hawaii.). . . . eunninghami (Fowler) (p. 74) 21b. Dark stripes on fins and body very numerous and closely packed; pectoral rays 10, occasionally 11. (Australia.). . . . zebrinus, new species (p. 75) 20b. Color black; fin rays notably black, not white-tipped, except pectorals are slightly pale. (Sydney, Aus- tralia.) . 3 . . . atra, new species (p. 76) 19b. Pectoral rays 1, pecasonily 10. 22a. Color black, or dark brown; pectoral rays white-tipped. (Japan.) . . . . nox (Jordan) (p. 78) 22b. Color rnottled or ditiped with dark brown; fins and belly dark-spotted. (Japan; Mauritius.) tridens (Temminck and Schlegel) (p. 79) 14b. Fleshy tip of first dorsal spine consists of a simple tentacle or is filamentous or bulbous with or without filaments or a combination of any of these. 22a. Bony part of first dorsal spine notably slender, its fleshy tip consisting of a nonfilamentous simple slender tentacle, sometimes somewhat lanceolate. 24a. Caudal peduncle absent, or indistinct. 25a. All rays of soft dorsal simple; skin thick and firm, covered with shagreenlike denticles; third dorsal spine bound down with skin; no naked area behind second or third dorsal spines; body mottled with brown or a very coarse network of brown; usually a dark bar across anal fin and basally across caudal fin. (Antennatus, new genus and new subgenus.) (p. 80) 26a. Pectoral rays 11, occasionally 10; first dorsal spine notably longer than second dorsal spine. (Central and Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) bigibbus (Lacepéde) (p. 80) 26b. Pectoral rays usually 10, occasionally 9; first dorsal spine about same length as second. dorsal spine. (Eastern Pacific.) . . . strigatus (Gill) (p. 81) 25b. Dorsal soft rays all divided; no pelvic ray divided; body rather profusely covered with dark specks and irregularly shaped dark and light marks; pectoral rays usually 9, occasionally 10; anal 7. (Eastern and Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) (Genus and subgenus Lophiocharon.) caudimaculatus (Riippell) (p. 82) 24b. Caudal peduncle distinct; third dorsal spine movable; last 2 or 3 or none of the soft dorsal rays divided; pectoral rays 10 to 12. (Uniantennatus, new sub- genus.) (p. 83) 27a. Bony part of first dorsal spine shorter than second dorsal spine; dorsal soft rays 11; pectoral 10; anal 7; median fins with several large ocellate spots; 3 large ocellate spots on each side of the body; HIS = soft dorsal zaye divided. (Guinea, West Africa.) - sighs Ee vtaliecn tae ‘(Bleeker) a4 "85) 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 27b. Bony part of first dorsal spine as long as or longer than second dorsal spine; dorsal soft rays 12 or 18; pec- toral rays 10 to 12; only last 2 or 3 soft dorsal rays divided. 28a. Anal rays 8 or 9; color dark brown, spotted with blackish; some ocellate spots present. (Tropical Central and Western Pacific.) horridus (Bleeker) (p. 84) 28b. Anal rays 7; color brownish, marbled with bright yellow when alive; pectoral, dorsal, anal, and caudal fins with several distinct ocellate spots (Western Atlantic.) .. . . tenebrosus (Poey) (p. 83) 28b. Fleshy tip of first dorsal spine consists of a group of filaments or a ribbonlike tentacle with filaments or tentacles or a bulbous tip or combination of these. (Genus Anten- narius.) (p. 85.) 29a. All or at least last 8 of the soft dorsal rays divided. 30a. All of the pelvic soft rays divided; caudal peduncle distinct, bait consists of a tuft of tentacles or a bulb- ous-like bait; soft dorsal rays usually 13; anal 8. (Subgenus F ainloricheleya: ) (p. 86.) 3la. Bony part of first dorsal spine longer than second dorsal spine; pectoral rays 13 or 14, undivided; soft dorsal fin rays all divided; an ocellate spot basally a little behind middle of length of soft dorsal fin; bulbous tip of bait usually very small. (Western Atlantic.) . . . radiosus Garman (p. 87) 31b. Bony part of first dorsal spine shorter than or about as long as second dorsal spine; all pectoral rays divided except possibly in sarasa. 32a. Pectoral rays 13. 33a. Soft dorsal rays all divided except possibly first 2 or 3 in small specimens; an ocellate spot posterobasally on soft dorsal fin; scattered brown spots on fins and body. (Catalina Island; México; Panam4; Pert.) avalonis Jordan and Starks (p. 87) 33b. First 5 soft dorsal rays may be undivided, at least the last 8 are divided; no ocellate spot on soft dorsal; coloration consists of dark brown background overlaid with reticulations and dark streaks. (Japan.) . sarasa Tanaka (p. 88) 32b. Pectoral rays usually 12, occasionally 11 or 13; a large ocellate spot basally on middle of soft dorsal fin and one below it on midside of body; usually tiny dark brown spots scattered on body; caudal fin with or without a large ocellate spot; all of soft dorsal, pelvic, and pectoral rays branched. (Western Atlantic.) ocellatus (Bloch and Schneider) (p. 89) 30b. Pelvic rays all simple or undivided; caudal peduncle absent; pectoral rays 9; dorsal soft :rays 13; body profusely marked with small brown spots or blotches FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 59 on a pale background, some of these dark blotches have pale centers on caudal fin or color is plain black with tips of rays white; median fins distally broadly margined with white. (Australia, Singapore.) (Plum- antennatus, new subgenus.) (p. 89) asper Macleay (p. 89) 29b. None or only last 2 or 3 rays of soft dorsal are divided; none or only last pelvic ray divided; pectoral rays all simple. (Subgenus Antennarius.) (p. 90) 34a. Some ‘“‘warts’” on skin; none of the anal, dorsal or pelvic rays are branched or divided; dorsal rays 11 or 12; anal 7; pectoral 10. (Western Pacific.) phymatodes Bleeker (p. 90) 34b. No “warts” on skin; all anal rays divided except possibly the first. 35a. None of the soft dorsal rays are branched or divided; last pelvic ray probably divided; bony part of first dorsal spine slightly longer than second dorsal spine and bearing a tuft of tentacles at its distal tip; dorsal rays 11 or 12; anal 7; pectoral 9 or 10. 36a. Dorsal rays usually 11; caudal peduncle distinct; body and fins with several black ocellate spots; body, including abdomen, with numerous small blackish spots; background color reddish brown. (West coast of Africa.) pardalis (Cuvier and Valenciennes) (p. 92) 36b. Dorsal rays 12; caudal peduncle almost absent; a single large ocellate spot at beginning of last third of length of soft dorsal base, this spot more on body than on dorsal fin; body and fins speckled with tiny dark spots. (Bermuda.) bermudensis, new species (p. 98) 35b. Last 2 or 3 soft dorsal rays divided, except none may be divided in multiocellatus. 37a. Bony part of first dorsal spine longer than second dorsal spine. 38a. Body without “‘warts’’ on skin. 39a. Body striped with black or brown marks, more or less zebralike; bony part of first dorsal spine about same length as second dorsal spine, the fleshy tip consists of an elongate filamentous tentacle; an ocellus may occur basally in soft dorsal fin; dorsal rays 13; anal 7; pectoral 10. (Philippines, East Indies, Japan.) hispidus (Bloch and Schneider) (p. 90) 39b. Body not striped like a zebra. 40a. Dorsal soft rays 18; anal 8; pectoral 11; large adults have a profusely black spotted and reticulated color pattern, or it may be mottled light and dark with scattered tiny black specks; small speci- mens have a few ocellate spots on fins and 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 body; no smooth pit behind second dorsal spine. (Tropical Pacific.) moluccensis Bleeker (p. 91) 40b. Dorsal soft rays 11 or 12; anal 6 or 7; pectoral 10. Ala. Color white or nearly so, finely peppered with dark dots on body and fins. (Western Pacific.) leucosoma Bleeker (p. 92) 41b. Color not as above; two color phases occur or a combination of these may occur; one is black with tips of rays of paired fins white; the other color phase is usually mottled light brownish and marked with ocellate spots; occasion- ally ocellate spots are visible in the black color phase; bait usually consists of a ribbonlike tentacle with filaments, or a tuft of filaments. 42a. Abdomen with scattered but numerous small blackish ocellate spots in pale color phase; naked area behind the second dorsal spine becomes denticu- late on the large adults of this species; no dark spot each side of third dorsal spine. (Indo-Pacific.) ehironectes Lacepéde (p. 93) 42b. Abdomen unspotted in pale color phase, a black spot basally each side of third dorsal spine; in black color phase a whitish spot on dorsal edge of caudal peduncle just behind rear of base; of soft dorsal. (Western Atlantic.) multiocellatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) (p. 94) 38b. Body with some warts; last 3 soft dorsal rays di- vided; caudal peduncle distinct, longer than deep; dorsal 12; anal 7; pectoral 10; no pelvic ray branched. (Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) oligospilos Bleeker (p. 95) 37b. Bony part of first dorsal spine about as long as or shorter than second dorsal spine. 43a. Body striped with dark brown, more or less zebralike; dorsal rays 12 or 18; anal 7; pectoral 10, rarely 11 (Western Pacific and Indian Ocean.) . hispidus (Bloch and Schneider) (p.90) 43b. Body not striped like a zebra; anal rays 7 or 8. 44a. Soft dorsal rays 18; pectoral 11 or 12; anal 7 or 8; belly with scattered blackish or dark brown spots (absent in young) notably much larger than dark spots elsewhere if latter were present; fleshy tip of first dorsal FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 61 spine with some blackish tentacles; only last 2 or 3 soft dorsal and last pelvic rays branch- ed; caudal peduncle scarcely present. (Hast- ern Pacific.). . . .sanguineus Gill (p. 95) 44b. Soft dorsal rays normally 11 or 12, rarely 13; anal rays normally 7, occasionally 8. 45a. Caudal peduncle absent or scarcely present, dorsal and anal fins join at or very close to base of caudal fin rays; dorsal rays 12; last two or three rays of soft dorsal divided; last pelvic ray divided. 46a. No ocellate spot in soft dorsal. 47a. Pectoral rays 11 or 12; median fins finely brown spotted; background color brownish to light brownish, motiled or finely spotted. (Hawaii; Cocos Island.) drombus Jordan and Evermann (p. 96) 47b. Pectoral rays 10, occasionally 9 or 11; body sometimes profusely peppered with dark dots. (Central and West Pacific and Indian Oceans.) eoccineus (Lesson) (p. 97) 46b. A single large occellate spot at beginning of last third of length of soft dorsal, this spot more on body than on dorsal fin; body and fins speckled with tiny dark spots; pectoral 9 or 10. (Bermuda.) bermudensis, new species (p. 98) 45b. Caudal peduncle present, distinct. 48a. Color black; body with minute white specks; no ocellate spot; dorsal 12; anal 7; pectoral 9; last pelvic ray undivided. (Western Pacific.) dorehensis Bleeker (p. 97) 48b. Color not as above. 49a. Last pelvic ray simple or undivided; pectoral rays 9, rarely 10; ocellate spot on soft dorsal fin, blackish bar on body below area between third dorsal spine and origin of soft dorsal. (Western Pacific.) notophthalmus Bleeker (p. 99) 49b. Last or fifth pelvic ray divided. 50a. Pectoral rays 11; color pattern con- sisting of brown streaks and blotches, some of which have pale centers. (Western Atlantic.) verrucosus Bean (p. 99) 50b. Pectoral rays normally 9 or 10. 5la. Pectoral rays usually 9, occa- sionally 10. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 52a. General coloration dark brown and somewhat dark spotted but cirri on body are usually white; median fins notably dark brown except distally with broad white or pale edges; a pale bar across caudal fin basally. (Western Pacific.) altipinnis Smith and Radcliffe (p. 99) 52b. General coloration light brown with a very small ocellate spot at about beginning of last third of length of soft dorsal base, this spot more on dorsal fin than on body. (Florida and Cuba.) pauciradiatus, new species (p. 100) 51b. Pectoral rays normally 10, occa- sionally 11; usually an ocellate spot basally on soft dorsal fin at about beginning of last third of its length; background color light tan to dark brown, usually somewhat mottled; a smooth pit or area behind second dorsal spine. (Central and Western Pacific; Indian Ocean.) nummifer (Cuvier) (p. 102) 1b. Dorsal part of first gill arch with the posterior half only bearing filaments; ventral part of first gill arch with gill filaments along its entire length; two dermal cirri on middorsal line of snout in front of base of first dorsal spine; dermal flap at symphysis of premaxillaries absent or represented by a low fold of skin. (Subfamily Histrioninae; genus Histrio pelagic in Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans.) . ... . . . . histrie (Linnaeus) (p. 103) Family ANTENNARITDAE Subfamily ANTENNARIINAE Kanazawaichthys, new genus GenotyPEe: Kanazawaichthys scutatus, new species. This new genus of antennariid differs from all other genera in the family by having two pairs of bony plates on the head. The largest pair covers all of the dorsoposterior part of the head behind and above orbits. A small%plate is below each eye. Otherwise this genus has the characters of Antennarius. The genus is named in honor of Robert H. Kanazawa, museum aide in the Division of Fishes, U. S. National Museum (USNM), | FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 63 who observed three unique specimens while sorting specimens from the Oregon collections and kindly brought them to my attention. Kanazawaichthys scutatus, new species PLATE 14,a Hototyree: USNM 157919, from Gulf of Mexico, Oregon Station P2fessions., 87°51’ W., lat. 28°10’ N., Mar. 9, 1955. Probably picked up in a dipnet near surface. Standard length 28.5 mm. Paratypes: USNM 157920, collected with holotype and bearing same date, two specimens, 15.8 and 29.5 mm.; USNM 174946, Gulf of Mexico, Oregon Station 1370, long. 88°00’ W., lat. 28°55’ N., Aug. 20, 1955, taken from stomach of yellowfin tuna, standard length 17 mm. Description: Certain counts are recorded in table 1 (p. 54). The bony part of the first dorsal spine, slightly shorter than the second, bears at its tip the fleshy bait which consists of a nonfila- mentous bulb; the second and third spines are movable but mem- branously connected to the head; all soft rays of anal, caudal, and pelvic are branched; last 10 to 12 soft dorsal rays branched; pectoral rays all simple; gill opening close to pectoral fin base; caudal peduncle distinct, deeper than long; skin with tiny denticles somewhat em- bedded; dermal cirri scattered on body and head. Detailed:measurements were made on the holotype and two para- types and these data, expressed in thousandths of the standard length, are recorded respectively. Standard length 28.5, 29.5 and 15.8 millimeters. Greatest depth of body 592, 572 and 634; length of bony part of first dorsal spine 202, 190 and 165; of second 158, 167 and 146, of third 173, 190 and 158; longest soft dorsal ray 271, 248 and 215; longest middle caudal ray 394, 404 and 462; length of head from snout tip to middle of gill opening 611, 596, and 620; length of maxillaries 252, 228 and 203; least depth of caudal peduncle 128, 114 and 127; length of caudal peduncle 94, 86 and 64; length of base of soft dorsal fin 518, 500 and 506; diameter of eye 128, 133 and 127; bony width of interorbital space 99, 95 and 108. Conor IN aLconou: Fins, head, and body light straw colored; body with scattered dark pigment spots; fins probably pink when alive as there are traces of that color still evident. Remarks: This remarkable new species of frogfish is unlike any other antennariid known to me by having the remarkable bony scutes or armor on the head. I suspect this species is pelagic and that these thickened bony plates act as a floating mechanism. Consider- ation was given to the possibility,that this species might represent the young stage of some known species of frogfish and that at a later stage these plates might be lost. 416279572 64. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The four species referred to the subgenus Fowlerichthys are closest to Kanazawaichthys scutatus in regard to most characters except the lack of bony plates. Anal, dorsal, and pelvic soft rays all divided, and also identical in number. A. avalonis and A. sarasa are from the Pacific, but A. radiosus and A. ocellatus are from the Western Atlantic. Our large series of A. radiosus includes the sizes of the types of K. scutatus, and no bony armor is present on the head even though pectoral rays are of same number. A. ocellatus, with the usual number of 12 pectoral rays occasionally 11 or 13, differs from K. scutatus, which has 13. Furthermore, speci- mens of A. ocellatus from the Gulf of Mexico measuring 22 and 26 mm. show no sign of any bony plate. Other specimens of A. ocellatus ranging in size from 15.5 mm. and longer. show no trace of the plates which characterize K. scutatus. We conclude, therefore, that this new genus and species represents a phyletic line differing from all other genera in the family. The species is named scutatus in reference to the bony scutes on the head. Genus Tathicarpus Ogilby Tathicarpus Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. 20, p. 19, Jan. 2, 1907 (genotype, Tathicarpus builert Ogilby). This genus is characterized by having a simple tentacle at tip of first dorsal spine in combination with a distinct caudal peduncle, none of the soft dorsal or pelvic rays branched, and seven pectoral fin rays. Tathicarpus butleri Ogilby PLATE 1,4 Tathicarpus butlert Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. 20, p. 20, Jan. 2, 1907 (type locality, Port Curtis, east coast of Queensland). Tathicarpus mucosum Ogilby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vol. 20, p. 22, 1907 (type locality, Port Curtis, Queensland). Tathicarpus appeli Ogilby, Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 7, pt. 4, p. 303, pl. 19, fig. 2, 1922 (type locality, Wide Bay, South Queensland). This is the only known species of antennariid with only seven pectoral rays. TANS | 8982h WNSA eleysny cl[eijsny ‘sole, [Nog MON ‘Aoupsg ‘puvlsueen’y eI[BIISDY Evi[esny | eljelsny ‘sore WINOG MON ‘MOsyoVe yI0g ‘AB U0JOLOTA ‘AoupAg p40 SNULLQAZ SAV [810100g SARI [BUY SABI [BSIOG edBds [8{1q.1019} UT JoJouIvIpP VAT uy [BS1Op JJOs JO eseq Jo YASUN'T *suly [BS1Op-[eUB JO seseq Ive pus oseq ug [@pnvd Ysno1iy} SUI, [VOI}IOA TedMy -0q edURISIp Io ejaUNped [epned jo yQsueT epunped jepnvo jo yIdep 4svorT SOIVI[IXVUL JO Y4SUI'T (suruedo [IIs 0) ynous) peo ABI [Bpnhed (e[pplul) ysesuo'T ABI [BSIOP JJOS 4SasuO'T eurds [esiop pg Jo yavd Auog Jo y4sue'T eulds [esiop pz jo yaed Auog Jo yAsue'T eulds [vsi1op Asp jo yavd Autoqg jo y4sue7 Apoq Jo qAdep 4s} BeIDH "MU Ul YIsus] pavpueys s1ojyoRIByO yj6ua) pavpunjs oy7 fo syypunsnoy) ur papsooas ‘(eIye pun snutiqez) xojousayg fo sar0eds mau om) uo apow spuawainsvayy—zZ% WIAVI, 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Ficure 4.—Phrynelox aira, new species. Drawing of holotype, CNHM 21705, from Sydney Australia. caudal peduncle distinct, slightly deeper than long; skin thickly covered with bifid prickles except a few trifid ones and some multifid prickles on head; dermal cirri present along what probably represents a lateral line, though it is not easy to follow, other cirri scattered on body. CoLorR IN ALCOHOL: Head, body, and fins all plain black; fleshy part of bait white or nearly so; tips of rays of pectoral and pelvics a little lighter than basally, sometimes almost whitish. Remarks: This new species, almost entirely blackish, resembles Phryneloz nox of Japan. It differs by having 10 pectoral fin rays in- stead of 11, and, in addition, the tips of the pectoral fin rays are scarcely lighter than basally. P.noz may have black spots on median and paired fins, usually distally, absent in P. aira. The bait is light brown in P. noz also. This new species is named atra in reference to its black coloration. Phrynelox nox (Jordan) FIGURE 5 Antennarius nox Jordan, in Jordan and Sindo, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 375, fig. 6, 1902 (type locality, Wakanoura and Nagasaki, Japan; cotype, USNM 49819).—Jordan, Tanaka, and Snyder, Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo Imp. Univ., vol. 38, art. 1, p. 424, fig. 392, 1913 (Japan).—Jordan and Thompson, Mem. Carnegie Mus., vol. 6, p. 313, fig. 87, 1914 (Misaki, Japan). Antennarius tridens (non Temminck and Schlegel; in part) Tanaka, Figures and descriptions of the fishes of Japan, vol. 47, p. 929, pl. 186, figs. 509, 510, 1930 (Japan). Antennarius fuliginosus J. L. B. Smith, South African Journ. Sci., vol. 53, No. 8, p. 222, fig. 5, 1957 (type locality, Durban, South Africa). ee FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 79 This species is characterized by its dark brownish to blackish coloration, along with trifid fleshy tentacles at tip of first dorsal spine; last 2 or 3 soft dorsal rays and last pelvic ray divided; anal rays all divided, pectoral rays all simple; caudal peduncle distinct; naked area behind second dorsal spine; black spots as large as or larger than the eye usually evident on head and body; tips of pectoral rays white; black spots may occur distally on all fins; first dorsal spine may be barred. I have studied three specimens, all from Japan: From USNM: 49819(1) (the cotype) and 164192(1). From CNHM: 57440(1). Phrynelox tridens (Temminck and Schlegel) PLATE 5,B Lophius histrio (non Linnaeus) Lacepéde, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 1, pp. 302, 321, 1798 (on Commerson; nonbinomial). Chironectes tridens, Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, poissons, p. 159, pl. 81, figs. 2-5, 1842 (type locality, Japan). Antennarius pinniceps bleekeri Giinther, Catalogue of the fishes in the British Museum, vol. 3, p. 190, 1861 (type locality, Amboina). This species, with trifid tentacles forming the bait, has a character- istic pale background overlaid with zebralike dark brown or blackish streaks on the body and blackish spots on the median fins; the belly has dark brown spots also; there is a naked area behind the second dorsal spine, the last 2 or 3 rays of soft dorsal are branched, as is the last pelvic ray; anal rays all divided; pectoral rays all simple; caudal peduncle distinct; the color pattern of tridens is almost identical with Ficure 5.—Phrynelox nox (Jordan) in Jordan and Sindo. Drawing of cotype, USNM 49819 from Japan. 416279—57——_3 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 cunningham: but the two differ in number of pectoral rays—11 in tridens and 10 in cunningham. I have studied 35 specimens. From USNM: 49821(5), 50759(1), 57525(1), 59770(1), 59771(3), 72017(1), 72030(2), 75974(1), 76261(9), and 152540(1), all from Japan; 143564(4), Mauritius (locality very doubtful). From CNHM (loaned by Loren P. Woods): 55397(2), 55461(1), 58850(1), 57441(2), all from Japan. Antennatus, new genus and new subgenus GENOTYPE: Antennarius strigatus Gill. The new genus and new subgenus are distinguished by the simple tentacle at tip of first dorsal spine in combination with the following characters: the head, body, and fins basally thickly covered with close-set prickles on firm skin; no distinct caudal peduncle; the third dorsal spine bound down with skin; and all the rays in soft dorsal and pelvic fins simple. Anitennatus bigibbus (Lacepéde) PLATE 5,C,D Antennarius bigibbus Lacepéde, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 1, p. 325, pl. 14 upper fig., 1798 (type locality, “on Commerson’’).—Bleeker, Atlas ichthyo- logique, vol. 5, p. 21, pl. 199, fig. 3, 1865 (Cocos; Amboina).—Ginther, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, pt. 11, p. 165, 1876; pt. 18, pl. 105, fig. B, 1877 (Huahine).— Smith, The sea fishes of Southern Africa, p. 430, pl. 98, fig. 1235, 1949 (Natal). ?Antennarius bivertex Lacepéde, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 1, p. 327, 1798 (on Commerson). Chironectes tuberosus Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 3, p. 432, 1817 (on Commerson; Mauritius).—Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 428, 1837 (Mauritius). Chironectes reticulatus Eydoux and Souleyet, Voyage autour du Monde. . . La Bonite, Zool., vol. 1, pt. 2, Poissons, p. 186, pl. 5, fig. 2, 1842 (type locality, Hawaiian Islands). Chironectes leprosus Eydoux and Souleyet, Voyage autour du Monde. .. La Bonite, Zool. vol. 1, pt. 2, Poissons, p. 187, pl. 5, fig. 3, 1842 (type locality, Hawaiian Islands). ?Chironectes subrotundatus Castelnau, Philadelphia International Exhibition 1876; Intercolonial Exhibition Essays, No. 2, p. 25, 1876 (type locality, Port Walcott, Western Australia). This species has a simple threadlike first dorsal spine and bait, the latter scarcely distinguishable from the spiny part; the body, head, and fins basally are thickly covered with close-set prickles so that the skin is firm; no naked area occurs behind the second dorsal spine; third dorsal spine bound down with skin, thus it is immovable; none of the soft dorsal or pelvic rays are branched; anal rays all branched; pectoral rays all simple; caudal peduncle absent or nearly so; back- ground color pale, mottled or reticulated with brown; brown bar across FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ Sl caudal, anal, and pelvic fins; pectoral brownish basally, sometimes with a series of brown spots distally. I have studied nine specimens. From USNM: 65732(1), Fakarava, Tuamotu Islands; 109396(1), Palmyra Island; 126598(1), Honolulu; 164206(2), New Georgia Island, Solomons; 167511(1), Oahu. From CNHM: 47648(1), Hawaii. Loaned by Dr. R. R. Harry (2): Tua- motu Islands in the channel between Geogeo and Kukina islets near Garumaoa village (collected by Dr. Harry in 1952). Antennatus strigatus (Gill) PLATE 6,c Antennarius strigatus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 92, 1863 (type locality, Cape San Lucas; 2 types, USNM 6267). Antennarius tenuifilis Giinther, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 6, pt. 7, p. 440, 1869 (type locality, reefs off Panama City, Panamé). Antennarius reticularis Gilbert, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14, p. 566, 1892 (type locality, Gulf of California; holotype, USNM 48260). Antennarius ziesenhennei Myers and Wade, Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 9, No. 6, p. 168, pl. 23, fig. 7, 1946 (type locality, James Island, Galdpagos). This species is the eastern Pacific representative of A. bigibbus, but differs mostly in the number of pectoral fin rays being 9 or 10 instead of 11; body, head, and fins basally covered by shagreenlike, closely packed denticles; the simple first dorsal spine and bait is about as long as second dorsal spine, whereas in bigibbus it is longer; all soft dorsal, pectoral, and pelvic rays undivided; anal rays all divided; no naked area behind second dorsal spine; third dorsal spine bound down with skin, immovable; body mottled with blackish or dark brown, the blackish extending on the fins; a dark bar across caudal, anal, pelvic, and pectoral fins; membranes between rays distally edged with black- ish; underside of head with dark blotches. In addition to the types, I have studied 4 specimens. From USNM: 120208(1), Galapagos Islands; 101756(2), Gorgona Island, Colombia; 101757(1), Secas Island, Panama. Xenophrynichthys, new subgenus GENOTYPE: Antennarius cryptacanthus Weber. This new subgenus differs in having the three dorsal spines com- pletely embedded and covered over with skin, whereas the generalized antennariids have the first two dorsal spines free and the third covered with skin in only a few species, otherwise it is more or less movable, sometimes free. Named in reference to the unusual or strange embedded nature of the dorsal spines of this otherwise normal frogfish. 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Antennatus cryptacanthus (Weber) PLATE 6,B Antennarius cryptacanthus Weber, Die Fische der Siboga-Expedition, p. 564, pl. 3, fig. 2, 1913 (type locality, Beo, Karakelang Island, and Pepela Bay, Rotti Island, East Indies). The usual three dorsal spines are completely embedded beneath the rough skin in this species, a character not shared with any other species in the family. I have not seen this species. It is known only from the two type specimens. Genus and subgenus Lophiocharon Whitley Lophiocharon Whitley, Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 19, p. 104, pl. 15, fig. 1, 1933 (genotype, Lophiocharon broomensis Whitley=Chironectes trisignatus Rich- ardson). This genus and subgenus are characterized by having a simple tentacle at tip of first dorsal spine in combination with an indistinct caudal peduncle; all of the soft dorsal rays being branched or divided but no pelvic ray branched. Lophiocharon caudimaculatus (Riippell) PLATE 6,A,D Chironectes caudimaculatus Ruppell, Neue Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abys- sinien ..., p. 141, pl. 33, fig. 2, 1835 (type locality, Red Sea). Chironectes trisignatus Richardson, Ichthyology of the voyage . . . Erebus and Terror, pl. 9, fig. 1, 1844-1848 (no locality given). Antennarius urophthalmus Bleeker, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederlandsch-Indié, vol. 2, p. 488, 1851 (type locality, Riouw). Antennarius lindgreent Bleeker, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederlandsch-Indié, vol. 8, p. 192, 1855 (type locality, Banka). Antennarius caudimaculatus Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 1, p. 15, pl. 197, fig. 6, 1865 (Banka; Biliton; Bintang; Singapura). Antennarius lithinostomus Jordan and Richardson, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., vol. 27, p. 286, fig. 12, 1908 (type locality, Cugo Island, Philippines). Lophiocharon broomensis Whitley, Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 19, No. 1, p. 104, pl. 25, fig. 1, 19383 (type locality, Broome, West Australia). This is one of the few species of antennariids with all the soft dorsal rays divided; the first dorsal spine is very long and threadlike with a simple tentacular-like bait; no naked area behind second dorsal spine; third dorsal spine movable; none of the pelvic or pectoral rays divided; all anal rays divided; caudal peduncle not distinct; the coloration is light gray, everywhere thickly covered with dark specks and irregularly shaped small dark blotches; caudal fin dark spots with white centers. All specimens seen by me are like the one illustrated, USNM 164243. These have an indistinct caudal peduncle, the caudal fin FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 83 has white centered dark spots, and a dark blotch basally in soft dorsal fin. These specimens are like the figure of Chironectes trisignatus Richardson. Ruppell’s plate 33, figure 2, of C. caudimaculatus is either in error in regard to the distinct caudal peduncle along with that of Bleeker’s plate 197, figure 6, or two species are involved. It is possible that horridus, with a distinct caudal peduncle, was confused with caudimaculatus by authors. I have studied six specimens. From USNM: 164243(1), Sandakan District, North Borneo; 164360, the Philippines. From CNHM (loaned by Loren P. Woods): 51865(1), 51866(2), 51874(1), all from Sandakan District, North Borneo. Uniantennatus, new subgenus GENOTYPE: Antennarius horridus Bleeker. This new subgenus is characterized by having a simple tentacle at tip of first dorsal spine in combination with a distinct caudal peduncle, and with only the last two or three soft dorsal rays branched or divided. Named in reference to the tip of first dorsal spine being provided with a simple tentacle. Lophiocharon tenebrosus (Poey) PuaTES 7,A, 14,8 Chironectes tenebrosus Poey, Memérias sobre la historia natural de la isla de Cuba, p. 219, pl. 17, fig. 1, 1853 (type locality, Cuba). Herewith is a redescription of this species based on a specimen kindly given to the National Museum by Dr. C. Richard Robins. The following counts were made: Dorsal I-I-I, 12; anal 7; pectoral 10-10; pelvics 5-5 (last ray divided); caudal 4+5. The following characters are recorded in thousandths of the stand- ard length, 78 mm. Greatest depth 635; length of bony part of first dorsal spine 269; of second dorsal spine 105, of third 231; longest soit dorsal ray 231; longest (middle) caudal ray 295; length of head (tip of snout to gill opening) 638; length of maxillaries 263; least depth of caudal peduncle 155; length of caudal peduncle (distance between vertical lines thru caudal fin base and rear of membranous base of anal and dorsal fins) 68; length of base of soft dorsal 481; eye diameter 73; interorbital space 106. The bony part of first dorsal spine is 2% times length of second dorsal spine; no filaments occur at tip of first dorsal spine, which is simple, slender, hairlike; second dorsal spine short, curved; third dorsal spine longer than second, curved, movable, but bound to body with skin; area behind base of second dorsal spine, partly naked; all soft rays of dorsal simple except last 2 are divided; anal and caudal 84. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 rays all divided; pectoral rays all simple; last pelvic ray divided; others simple; caudal peduncle present; body, head, and fins finely denticulate; skin firm. Color in alcohol: Background light brown, mottled with yellow (bright yellow when alive) ; scattered ocellate black spots on body and median fins; small ocellate spots on pectoral fin; pelvics plain white; caudal peduncle yellow; tips of pectoral, caudal, soft dorsal and anal fins white; soft dorsal and anal with a broad yellow band submarginally Dr. C. Richard Robins, University of Miami, Florida, kindly sent this specimen to me for identification and gave permission for its inclusion in this review. It was assigned USNM 174940 and has the following data: Miami, Key Biscayne, ocean side, north of lighthouse, Oct. 15, 1956, collector Durbin Tabb, standard length 78 mm., total length 100 mm. Barbour (Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, p. 28, 1942) designated USNM 37545 as the neotype of Chironectes tenebrosus Poey and then referred it to the synonymy of A. multiocellatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes). Both of these actions were in error zoologically. USNM 37545 is a typically young specimen of A. scaber (Cuvier). Furthermore, Barbour’s action was unsound nomenclatorially be- cause neotypes were without official standing until the ‘Copenhagen decisions on Zoological Nomenclature,” 1953. Since Barbour’s desig- nation of the neotype does not fulfill the provisions established for neotypes, I herewith reject it. Poey’s figure shows first dorsal spine longer than second; all fin rays are illustrated as simple except in caudal fin and probably last pelvic ray; caudal peduncle distinct. Doubt must be cast on the accuracy of soft dorsal and of anal rays in regard to the details of branched or not. Lophiocharen horridus (Bleeker) PLATE 7,8 Antennarius horridus Bleeker, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederlandsch-Indié, vol. 5, p. 83, 1853 (type locality, Solor); Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 5, pl. 194, fig. 1, 1865 (Cocos; Celebes; Flores; Solor; Timor; Buro; Amboina; and Ceram). ?Antennarius lutescens Seale, Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus., vol. 4, p. 89, fig. 2, No. 1347 on p. 14, 1906 (type locality, Tahiti). Antennarius lateralis Tanaka, Zool. Mag., vol. 29, No. 345, p. 200, 1917 ‘tens locality, Tanabe, Province Kii, Japan); Figures and descriptions of the fishes of Japan, vols. 27, 28, p. 494, pl. 135, fig. 378, 1918. (Tanabe, Japan). Lophiocharon goramensis (non Bleeker) Whitley, Australian Zool., vol. 10, pt. 1, p. 45, pl. 2, fig. 29, 1941 (off Cairns, North Queensland, Australia). Antennarius commersoni Smith, The sea fishes of southern Africa, p. 430, pl. 98, fig. 1236, 1949 (Natal). This species has the first dorsal spine long and slender with a simple tentacle forming the bait; last two or three soft dorsal rays and FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 85 the last pelvic ray divided; pectoral rays all simple; anal rays all divided; caudai peduncle distinct; naked area behind second dorsal spine; general coloration dark brown, spotted or speckled with black- ish, and some ocellate spots present; Tanaka shows the distal edges of median fins pale. The above characters along with 12 or 13 soft dorsal rays, 8 or 9 anal rays, and 10 to 12 pectoral rays should aid in recognizing this species. The only specimen that I have seen that could be assigned to hor- ridus is USNM 19991, probably from Mauritius, but the bait is missing and the specimen is in imperfect condition. It has the follow- ing counts: dorsal soft rays 12, anal 8, and pectoral 11-11. Lophiocharon campylacanthus (Bleeker) PLATE 7,c Antennarius campylacanthus Bleeker, Nat. Verh. Hollandaise Maatsch. Wetensch. Haarlem, vol. 18, No. 2, p. 28, pl. 4, fig. 3, 1863 (type locality, Ashantee, Guinea, West Africa). I have not seen a specimen of this species. Bleeker’s figure shows the last three soft dorsal rays divided, none of the pelvic or pectoral rays divided; anal rays all divided; caudal peduncle distinct; no naked area behind second dorsal spine; the dark colored body has three large ocellate spots on the side, and each median fin with a few large ocellate spots. The very short, simple first dorsal spine shorter than the second dorsal spine is an important character. Genus Antennarius Lacepéde Antennarius (Commerson MS.) Lacepéde, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 1, p. 325, 1798 (genotype: Antennarius chironectes (Commerson) Lacepéde (= Lophius commersont Shaw 1804 and authors), designated by Bleeker (Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 1, p. 5, 1865)). Chironectes Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 3, p. 418, 1817 (genotype, Lophius chironectes (Commerson) Lacepéde). Batrachopus Goldfuss, Handbuch der Zoologie, vol. 2, pt. 3, p. 110, 1820. (Pro- posed to replace Chironectes Cuvier 1817, no species listed, Histrio Linnaeus is listed) [Obviously author is confused.] Capellaria Gistel, Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs, p. viii, 1848. (Subs. name for Chironectes, no species listed.) This genus is characterized by having a complex bait consisting of a tuft of tentacles or a bulbous bait with or without obvious tentacles, all anal rays branched, in combination with the last two or three soft dorsal rays divided or none of dorsal rays divided; the caudal peduncle is distinct or indistinct. Among the numerous species assigned to this genus, certain groups of species indicate divergent lines of evolution. 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Subgenus Fowlerichthys Barbour Fowlerichthys Barbour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, p. 12, pl. 7, 1941 (genotype, Fowlerichthys floridanus Barbour=Antennarius radiosus Garman). This subgenus is characterized by having a tuft of tentacles or a bulbouslike bait with filaments in combination with a distinct caudal peduncle, all soft rays, except possibly first two or three, of dorsal are divided; pelvic rays all divided. Fowlerichihys floridanus Barbour (Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, p. 12, 1941) presents a difficult problem as regards the genus and species to which the typeis related. Although the late Dr. Barbour thought the holotype was close to the genus Chaunaz, I disagree be- cause: (1) The dermal denticles are like those in Antennarius; (2) since the type is badly eroded, that which remains resembles other eroded specimens of Antennarius that I have examined, leaving ex- posed dorsal spines, no bait, and only stubs for most of the fin rays; (3) the generic allocation in the family Antennariidae is difficult be- cause of the incomplete condition of the type. However, those char- acters remaining do help in forming an opinion as follows: (a) the bait is missing, but the presence of the little bony knob from which it always arises is present, indicating that the bait was lost through erosion, probably in the dredge in which collected; (b) the caudal peduncle is distinct, as the last rays of dorsal and anal fins are far in front of caudal fin base; (c) the dorsal spines project because the skin that covered them has eroded away; and (d) the first three pelvic rays are said to be branched, but in all other species of this family if the first three pelvic rays were branched all pelvic rays were branched. The above characters, along with general shape of body indicates without doubt that F. floridanus belongs to the genus Antennarvus. Among all Atlantic species in the family Antennariidae, only three— Aniennarius radiosus, A. ocellatus, and Kanazawaichthys scutatus, new species—have 13 pectoral fin rays. Since bony scutes are absent on the head of F. floridanus it is not close to K. scutatus. Since A. ocellatus usually has 12 pectoral, 8 anal, and 13 soft dorsal rays, it is improbable that floridanus is the same as oce/latus. If the pelvic rays of F. floridanus are all branched, as I suspect they are, then it would belong to the same subgenus with radvosus, and is no doubt a synonym of that species. Doubt must be cast on the depth of capture of 400 to 500 Ee aivn since the fish might have gotten in the dredge when it was being hauled to the surface; FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 87 Antennarius radiosus Garman PLATE 7,D Antennarius radiosus Garman, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. Iowa, vol. 4, No. 1, p. 85, pl. 1, 1876 (type locality, Key West, Fla., and Havana, Cuba).— Barbour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, pp. 31, 38, pl. 16, fig. 1, pl. 17, fig. 3, 1942 (Florida; Bermuda). Fowlerichthys floridanus Barbour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, p. 12, pl. 7, 1941 (type locality, off Palm Beach, Fla.). This is one of the most frequently captured species of Antennarius in the vicinity of Florida and along the northern part of the Gulf of Mexico. A. radiosus is best characterized by the first dorsal spine being a little longer than the second and bearing at its tip a small compact bulbous bait with short filaments; along with 8 anal rays and usually 13, sometimes 14, pectoral rays; all the soft dorsal, anal, and pelvic rays are divided; pectoral rays all simple; a naked area occurs behind second dorsal spine; caudal peduncle distinct; third dorsal spine movable; coloration generally brown or grayish, somewhat mottled; median fins barred; a characteristic ocellate spot occurs near bases of soft dorsal rays 8 to 10, a little more on body than on base of fin. I have studied 103 specimens from USNM: 30210(1), Pensacola, Fla.; 134251(1), off Pensacola, Fla.; 116761(15), Tortugas, Fla.; 129814(1) and 131615(2), Key West, Fla.; 142894(9) and 148521(4), near Apalachiola, Fla.; 152222(1), 153142(1), 1531438(1), 153144(3), 153145(4), 153225(3), and 161369(1), Palm Beach, Fla.; 131644(1), 143163(2), 120195(1), Gulf of Mexico; 153141(1), Sombrero Light, Fla.; 101585(1), 101586(1), and 101509(2), off Florida; 123505(1), 133649(7), 155479(2), 155481(2), 155483(2), 155486(1), 155487(4), 155488(3), 163984(4), 163985(4), and 162594(1), off Louisiana; 151925(1) off Salvo, N. C.; 155480(1), 155484(1), 155485(5), and 163986(2), off Mississippi; 155482(1), 155489(1), 155490(2), and 155491(2), off Texas; 155492(1) and 155493(1) off Savannah, Ga. In addition I have studied numerous specimens in 25 lots from the Gulf of Mexico loaned by the Chicago Natural History Museum. Antennarius avalonis Jordan and Starks FIGURE 6 Antennarius avalonis Jordan and Starks, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 32, p. 76, 1907 (type locality, Avalon Bay, Santa Catalina Island, Calif.). Aniennarius sanguineus (non Gill) Meek and Hildebrand, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Pub. No. 249, Zool. Ser., vol. 15, pt. 3, p. 1013, 1928 (Panam4)—Hildebrand, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 189, p. 501, 1946 (San Lorenzo Island, Pert). This species is characterized by the first dorsal spine being shorter than the second, the bait in the form of a filamentous bulb; soft dorsal, anal, and pelvic rays all divided; most or all of pectoral rays S88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 Ficurs 6.—Antennarius avalonis Jordan and Starks. Drawing of type retouched by author. divided (in small to half grown specimens the divided rays may need the skin removed on one side before the branched condition of the ray can be seen); naked area behind second dorsal spine; third dorsal spine movable; caudal peduncle distinct. Coloration of brownish reticulations and dark brown spots on fins and body, a distinct ocellate spot on soft dorsal at bases of rays 9 to 11. This species has been generally misidentified as sanguineus (for example, all specimens recorded below from Panamé by Meek and Hildebrand, ‘““The Marine Fishes of Panama’’). I have studied 23 specimens. From USNM: 82694(1), 81779(8), and 81787(1), all from Panamd; 144727(2) and 144726(11) from Guaymus, México; 128237(1), San Lorenzo Island, Peri. From CNHM: 8547(3) and 8548(1) from Panama. Antennarius sarasa Tanaka PLATE 8,4 Anlennarius sarasa Tanaka, Zool. Mag., vol. 28, No. 330, p. 143, 1916 (type locality, Tokyo Market); Figures and descriptions of the fishes of sa oot vol. 25, p. 432, pl. 119, fig. 346, 1916 (Tokyo Market). This species, with first dorsal spine shorter than second, may have all the soft dorsal and anal rays divided, but Tanaka’s drawing shows only the last eight dorsal rays divided; probably all of the pelvic rays are divided; third dorsal spine movable; caudal peduncle distinct. This species is known from Tanaka’s description and figure. I have not seen a specimen. FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ 89 Antennarius ocellatus (Bloch and Schneider) PLATE 8,B Lophius hisirio var. ocellatus Bloch and Schneider, Systema ichthyologiae, p. 142, 1801, on Parra, pl. 1, 1787). Chironectes ocellatus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 419, 1837 (Cuba). Antennarius pleurophthalmus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 92, 1863 (type locality, Charlotte Harbor, Fla., not Key West; holotype, USNM 5886). as astroscopus (non Nichols) Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 92, pp. 19, 21, fig. 37, 1940 (Boca Grande, Fla). Antennarius ocellatus Barbour, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 19, pp. 30, 38, pl. 12, pl. 17, fig. 6, 1942 (Florida; Puerto Rico; Louisiana; Mississippi; Yucatan; South Carolina). This species has the first dorsal spine a little shorter than the second dorsal spine; the third dorsal spine movable; bait consists of a fila- mentous bulb; area behind second dorsal naked except in large adults, about 140 mm. and longer; all the anal, soft dorsal, pelvic, and pectoral rays are divided; caudal peduncle distinct; background color light brown to brown, darker dorsally, overlaid with somewhat scattered dark brown dots or small spots; a large ocellate spot occurs basally on dorsal soft rays 7 to 9 and one on lower side of body over anal fin origin; another may or may not cccur on middle of caudal fin. I have studied 17 specimens. From USNM: 4545(1) and 4546(1), unknown localities; 5886(1) (holotype of A. pleurophthalmus Gill); 73114(1), Puerto Rico; 143181(1), 33001(1), 125386(1), 119310(1), 124280(2), 153234(2), 155478(1), all from both coasts of Florida; 155477(1) off Wilmington, N. C.; 163947(1) Spanish Wells, Bahamas. From CNHM: 45696(1), 59957(1), and 59958(1), all from Gulf of Mexico. Plumantennatus, new subgenus GENOTYPE: Antennarius asper Macleay. This subgenus is characterized by having a plumelike bait, caudal peduncle absent, and all the soft dorsal rays divided but all the pelvic rays simple. Antennarius asper Macleay PLATE 8,c Chironectes caudimaculatus (non Riippell) Richardson, Ichthyology of the voy- age ... Hrebus and Terror, p. 125, pl. 60, figs. 8, 9, 1844-1848 (Australia). Antennarius asper Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 5, p. 580, 1881 (type locality, Darnley Island, Australia).—Whitley, Australian Zool., vol. 10, pt. 1, p. 46, pl. 2, fig. 30, 1941 (Murray Island). This species has the first dorsal spine longer than the second, the bait consists of a broad ribbonlike tentacle with filaments basally, and 00 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 some distally; all of the soft dorsal and anal rays are divided but no pelvic or pectoral rays divided; no naked area behind base of second dorsal spine; caudal peduncle absent; coloration consists of a pale back- ground, but profusely covered with small blackish spots or oblong small blotches, even on all fins; the caudal fin has three cross rows of hyaline spots encircled with a blackish line; at base of soft dorsal rays 7 to 9 is an ocellate spot with an unusually wide white area; distally the dorsal fin is broadly white-edged. I have studied two specimens: USNM 164194 from Woods Inlet, West of Darwin, collected by Robert R. Miller, and CNHM 47248, from Singapore. The latter specimen is black all over, except distal edges of all median fins and tips of rays of paired fins are pale. Subgenus Antennarius Lacepéde This subgenus is characterized by having only the last two or three soft dorsal rays divided; none or only the last pelvie ray divided; pectoral rays all simple; anal rays all divided, except possibly first is simple. Antennarius phymatodes Bleeker PuaTE 11,4 Antennarius phymatodes Bleeker, Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerlandicae, vol. 3, p. 69, 1857 (type locality, Amboina); Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 5, p. 11, pls. 197, fig. 1, and pl. 199, fig. 5, 1865 (Amboina). This species was distinguished by Bleeker on the basis of ‘‘warts”’ on the skin. His figure does not show any of the rays branched except those of the caudal fin. This, in my opinion, would place phymatodes as a distinct species. Dr. Robert R. Harry kindly loaned his Ifaluk Atoll collection of antennariids, and one specimen, 26.5 mm. in standard length with ‘warts’ on the skin, agrees with phymatodes in not having any fin rays branched except those of the caudal. The color pattern has almost faded in the Ifaluk specimen and differs from phymatodes by lacking black spots. This might be caused by its small size, and until more material is available it is not good ichthyology to describe his specimen as new. Antennarius hispidus (Bloch and Schneider) PLATE 8,D Lophius hispidus Bloch and Schneider, Systema ichthyologiae, p. 142, 1801 (type locality, Indian Ocean). : Chironectes lophotes Cuvier, Mem, Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 3, p. 428, pl. 17, fig. 2, 1817 (no locality). Chironectes hispidus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 407, 1837 (East Indies). FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ QO] Aniennarius hispidus Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 5, p. 14, pl. 194, fig. 2, pl. 197, fig. 1, 1865 (Singapura; Ceram, Amboina).—Gtnther, Journ. Mus. Godef- froy, pt. 11, p. 162, pl. 99, fig. a, 1876 (Misol). Antennarius scriptissimus Jordan, in Jordan and Sindo, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 373, fig. 4, 1902 (type locality, Boshu, Tokyo Bay, Japan). Antennarius tridens (non Temminck and Schlegel, in part) Tanaka, Figures and descriptions of the fishes of Japan, vol. 47, p. 929, pl. 186, fig. 508, 1930 (Japan). Antennarius hispidus, Smith, The sea fishes of southern Africa, p. 430, p. 98, fig. 1234, 1949 (South to Knysna). This species, with the first dorsal spine about the same length as the second dorsal spine, has for the bait a large tuft of filaments; second dorsal spine movable; only the last two, possibly last three, soft dorsal rays are divided; last pelvic ray divided; all anal rays divided; pectoral rays all simple; caudal peduncle distinct; naked area behind second dorsal spine; background coloration pale or light tan, overlaid with zebralike brown streaks, the pale interspaces 2 to 4 or more times wider than the narrow brown streaks; all fins with dark brown or blackish spots. I have studied four specimens, all from the Philippines. From USNM : 56284(1), 56314(1), and 164361(1). From CNHM: 47095(1). Antennarius moluccensis Bleeker PLATE 9,A,C Chironectes commersoni (non Shaw 1804) Cuvier, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 3, p. 431, pl. 18, fig. 1, 1817 (type locality, Sea of the Indies); Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 426, 1837 (on Cuvier, 1817). Antennarius moluccensis Bleeker, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederlandsch-Indié, vol. 8, p. 414, 1855 (type locality, Amboina); Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 5, p. 17, pl. 196, fig. 2, 1865 (Amboina; Celebes). Antennarius goramensis Bleeker, Nederlandsch Tijdschr. Dierk., vol. 2, p. 177, 1865 (type locality, Goram); Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 1, p. 17, pl. 195, fig. 2, 1865 (Goram). Dr. de Beaufort has examined the types of commersoni Cuvier 1817, moluccensis Bleeker 1855, and goramensis Bleeker 1865 and finds them to represent the same species. 3 This species is known from large specimens only; has a long slender first dorsal spine, with a slender filamentous tentacle, no naked area behind second dorsal spine, third dorsal spine movable; last two rays of soft dorsal and last pelvic ray divided; anal rays all divided; pec- toral rays all simple; caudal peduncle distinct but the anal fin is membranously attached to peduncle notably much farther back than that of dorsal fin; coloration light brown or reddish brown, everywhere spotted or blotched with brown; ocellate spots occur at middle of length of base of anal fin, at bases of soft dorsal rays 7 to 9, and an 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 ocellate spot on midside of body; these spots have broken up to form a block of smaller spots on the 215 mm. specimen. I refer to this species with some doubt, two specimens, USNM 32507 from ?“California,’’ 80 mm. in standard length, 108 mm. total length, and USNM 81061, Panama City Market, 215 mm. standard length, 255 total length, recorded by Meek and Hildebrand as A. strigatus. These two specimens cannot be confused with A. sanguineus because the latter has the first dorsal spine about the same length as the second and a different color pattern. Dr. John Randail sent a Kodachrome transparency of a 230 mm. specimen taken at Oahu which is intermediate in color pattern be- tween the two illustrations of this species. When alive the specimen was mottled dark brown and bright pink. PROGFISHES—=SCHULTZ 9 007© 103 Backes r2>. ony S an L nt Cotes Oe ule 8 he! iC ¥ 4 a a 5h, SY 4 eo «, ras 7] Meee zc ey ah Ke UA bAM4 £9}, OSA ve Ficure 8.—Antennarius nummifer (Cuvier). Drawing of type of 4. sanguifluus retouched by author. In addition to the holotype of A. sanguifluus, I have studied 21 specimens. From USNM: 167505(1), Onotoa Atoll, Gilbert Islands, collected by Dr. John Randall. From CNHM:.- 2487(6) and 5752(3) both from Persian Gulf; 51864(1), Sandakan District, Northern Borneo. Dr. R. A. Harry loaned 10 specimens from the Caroline Islands. Subfamily Histrioninae Genus Hisirio Fischer Histrio Fischer, Zoognosia, ed. 3, vol. 1, pp. 70, 78, 1813 (genotype, Lophius histrio Linnaeus). Pterophryne (non Plerophrynus Littken 1863) Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia (1863), p. 90, 1864 (genotype, Chironectes laevigatus Cuvier). Pterophrynoides Gill, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 1, p. 216, 1878 (genotype, Lophius histrio Linnaeus; proposed to replace Pterophryne Gill). Histrio histrio (Linnaeus) PLATE 13,D Lophius histrio Linnaeus, Systema naturae, ed. 10, p. 237, 1758 (type locality, pelagic in Fucus).—Shaw, General zoology, vol. 5, pt. 2, p. 384, pl. 164, 1804 (Indian and American Seas).—Smith, Sea fishes of southern Africa, p. 431, pl. 98, fig. 1243, 1949 (pelagic). ?Lophius marmoratus Shaw and Nodder, Naturalist’s miscellany, vol. 5, pl. 176, 1794 (no locality). 104 PROCEEDINGS: OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 ?Lophius pictus Shaw and Nodder, Naturalist’s miscellany, 1 5, pl. 176, 1794 (no locality). Lophius raninus Tilesius, Mém. Soc. Nat. Moscou, vol. 2, p. 245, pls. 16, 17, 1809 (no locality). Lophius cocinsinensis Shaw and Nodder, Naturalist’s miscellany, vol. 23, pl. 1012, p. ?, 1812 (type locality, Indian Seas). Lophius gibbus Mitchill, Trans. Lit. Philosoph. Soc. New York, vol. 1, pl. 4, fig. 9, 1815 (no locality given). Chironectes laevigatus Cuvier, Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. 3, p. 423, pl. 16, upper fig., 1817 (type locality, Atlantic Ocean). Lophius histrio marmoratus Bloch and Schneider, Systema ichthylogiae, p. 142, 1801 (no locality given). Lophius geographicus Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. Uranie . . . Physicienne, Zool., p. 355, pl. 65, fig. 3, 1824 (type locality, New Guinea). Lophius histrio pictus Bloch and Schneider, Systema ichthyologiae, p. 142, 1801 (no locality). Chironectes pictus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 393, pl. 363, 1837 (middle of Atlantic). Chironectes tumidus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 12, p. 397, 1837 (type locality, Atlantic). Chironectes arcticus Diiben and Koren, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl., p. 72, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5, 1844 (type locality, Atlantic). Chironectes pictus var vittatus Richardson, Voy. Hrebus and Terrior, Fishes, p. 15, pl. 9, figs. 3, 4, 1844 (type locality, tropical Atlantic). Chironectes sonntagit Miiller, Reisen in den Vereinigten Staaten, Canada und Mexico, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 180, 1864 (type locality, Gulf Stream). Antennarius inops Poey, Anal. Soc. Espafiola Hist. Nat., vol. 10, p. 340, 1881 (type locality of holotype, USNM 37434, Puerto Rico). Histrio jagua Nichols, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 33, p. 62, 1920 (type locality, Bermuda.) Histrio gibba, Longley and Hildebrand, Papers Tortugas Lab., vol. 34, p. 303, pl. 34, 1941 (Panam4; West Indies; Florida). Pterophrynoides histrio Whitley, Rec. Australian Mus. vol. 17, p. 137, pl. 31, fig. 4, 1929 (New South Wales).—Koefoed, Rep. Sci. Results Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep-Sea Exped., 1910, vol. 4, pt. 2, No. 1, p. 3, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, 1944 (North Atlantic). I have compared specimens from the Atlantic, East and West Pacific, and Indian Oceans and did not find any significant differences throughout the entire range in tropical marine waters. I conclude that only one species is represented. The largest Atlantic specimen observed by me measures 106 mm. in standard length and a total length of 140 mm. In the Pacific, one from the Philippines is 140 mm. standard length and 195 mm. in total length. I have studied 452 specimens, as follows: FROGFISHES—SCHULTZ ATLANTIC OCEAN Western Atlantic Ocean: USNM 4880(1), 105 21250(1), 38043(1), 39474(6), 44245(1), 82620(2), 83863(33), 92639(1), 92689(1), 92691(2), 92749(1): CNHM 34216(1), 34219(1), 34220(1). Gulf of Maine: USNM 164190(8), 164191(4). Massachusetts: USNM 20661(1), 125415(5). Delaware: USNM 87584(1). North Carolina: USNM 53257(6), 73535(1). South Carolina: USNM 131631(1). Florida: USNM 18045(1), 49587(1), 49704(1), $8097(1), 89368(2), 89712(1), 89713(1), 89788(1), 92219(1), 116765(9), 116766(1), 119123(1), 126789(1), 134017(4), 134323(1), 135674(4), 155494(1), 163948(1), 164183(1), 164185 to 164189(5); CNHM 16156(1), 50250(1), 50261(4). 21703(1), 46140(1), 46895(1), 50219(1), Carribbean, Bahamas, West Indies, Curagao: USNM 20420(6), 37544(1), 53259(3), 38766(1), 53258(1), 53260(7), 53261(1), 108326(1), 108327(1), 108370(1), 128801(1), 182620(1), 1383908(1), 164177(2), 164184(20); CNHM 50259(1), 60277(1). Gulf of Mexico: USNM 37239(1), 73588(1), 84579(1), $4580(1), 120233(1), 131525(1), 133880(1), 164178(1), 164180(2), 164181(3), 164182(1); CNHM 35361 to 35365(5). Panamd4 (Atlantic): USNM 81781(1), 81788(1). Bermuda: USNM 105268(3); CNHM 5290 to 5293(4), 8550(1), 48213(1), 48252(1), 48358(1), 48516(1), 48545 (1), 48581(1), 48601(1), 48805(1), 48894(26), 49176(1), 49177(1), 49178(1). Trinidad: USNM 164179(1). PACIFIC OCEAN Galdpagos Islands: USNM 20403(2), 84612(6), 92698(1). Hawaiian Islands: USNM 82842(2). Japan: USNM 76259(2); CNHM 55403(1). China: USNM 56401(5). Philippine Islands: USNM 56315(1), 122385(16), 122543(1), 122817(170), 122818 (2). Australia (Newcastle): USNM 150941(1). New Scientiric NamMrEs Following is a list of new scientific names appearing in this paper. Kanazawaichthys, new genus (p. 62) Kanazawaichthys scutatus, new species (p. 63) Nudiantennarius, new genus (p. 66) Abantennarius, new genus (p. 66) Abantennarius analis Gosline, new species (p. 67) Triantennatus, new subgenus (p. 74) Phrynelox zebrinus, new species (p. 75) Phrynelox atra, new species (p. 76) Antennatus, new genus, new subgenus (p. 80) Xenophrynichthys, new subgenus (p. 81) Uniantennatus, new subgenus (p. 83) Plumantennatus, new subgenus (p. 89) Antennarius bermudensis, new species (p. 98) Antennarius pauciradiatus, new species (p. 100) U. 3. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 SE Ge eng rs) | i & ean ee oy et yt ; yor et 3 Cope ea ke bb \ fines , “ww {i aN 45 ro ab ri ’ ie ae Sei fe » 4¥ pis " et) yee 7 ‘oe ei ae tytn iets : se | aA Pte > 108 Siar HOE “g iF ue ee ; Weegr ie we, re yes ROY ; Meats | ee" A KeQees ‘ Ae a my ‘hen - ‘ pugts Lm ~ wy PUAN SHITMICT TAZARRAZ EO .4.L PROG. U. S. NAT. MUS., VOL. 107 SCHULTZ, PLATE 1 c, Trichophryne Daher ey barat Hang ease bteres (Smith and Radcliffe) after holotype, USNM 70268. My Li) A IF LL HH He eddie Lec IRS . B, Trichophryne rosaceus (Smith and Radcliffe), holotype, USNM 70266. tantennar1us SU p, Nud 1918. ite Iby, after holotype of T. appeli Ogilby. 1 (Morton) after McCulloch and Wa 1 hell A, Tathicarpus butleri mite 416279—57——5 SCHULTZ, PLATE 2 MUS., VOL. 107 UZ Ss: NAT: PROC. “s1oy Ine Aq 9insy Joye ‘ayeAA PUY YSOT[NIII Vaz4oIs “FT “A “STS Pe pue yoor[ngeyy Joie ‘(souualouale A, pure JolAnd) wyyrauripsnog auksydorusipy ‘Oo "QT6] MVM pur Yorn IP Joie ‘(neupeisea) snsoquamopyf sndayIKyy “g ‘$8805 WNSO ‘adAjojoy ‘1apAug Joye ‘(lapAug) SnIsanp snisouuaquogp ‘Vv ” SCHULTZ, PLATE 3 PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS., VOL. 107 “CF6L ‘(meys) SNIDLAS NOJIUKLY J Inoqled Jojfe ‘ (uvUIe4)) 2 PPOT APMYAA Jorge 13 ULJJINU XOJIUKLY J ‘q “AOTALY MA, Udanvps “Ta ‘(sdaavuurd *pP uo Mg sha, OYE ‘sloyjne Aq ad AV O]Ot | lope ¢ ‘Id ‘¢ "Joa ‘SepIV) Joyxoo[q Jaye a}1e AA puv yoo I IND vutdsissv4a aukaydourysrT ‘v vee lontioniddn SUL ha etal ar SCHULTZ, PLATE 4 107 MUS., VOL. NAT. UL S PROC. “Io 99/ 4 Joye ‘THS] INogieg Joie saqvIs ‘gq ‘a ‘soja “gq aq Avwi (l9yoo[q) twayjuns xojauksyg “A "ESQ Avog Joie ‘(Jatand) 4aqvIs *g ‘O (9 “3y ‘661 ‘1d ‘sepy) Joyoolg Joie ‘(4oyooiq) soja xojausky J SGHUERZ, PEATE S PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS., VOL. 107 “Moys JOU soop ouids jesiop IsIy f8F9/F WWHNO 40 o1oyd ‘snqqusiq “p ‘a i ‘(apadaorT) snqqiusig Snjouuaup ‘Od “sIoy Ne Joqye I asa]yoQ pur YOUIWUS T ) Suapid, “J 6 a “Io I MOW Joqfe ‘ ‘TF8T WoAa[Nog pure xnopAy snsord ay SHIIUOMYT) I91}fe (19]MOJ) tupysutwuns xojauksy ‘V SCHULTZ, PLATE 6 PROG.UE SS) NAd MUS.) VOLE a107, “C1817 IWHNO fo O10yd ‘snqojnavmipnos uosvyr01yd0T ‘A */979 WNSN ‘2d410199] “Taga Joie (1oqaM) Snyjuvsv{¢h4) Snjouuaup ‘A jo ojoyd “([]Id) snzosigs “Pp ‘O ‘Joyso[q Joie ‘({joddny) sniwjnsvmipnvs uosvyrorydoT ‘Vv SCHULTZ, PLATE 7 107 MUS., VOL. U. S. NAT. PROC. -puuaqup “a “Toyoo[q Jolfe ¢ ‘O67SST INNS (19499 1q) snyjuvmvjKduvs "J *O *1ayxa9 I jo ojoyd ‘uve snsoipps snis q Joqge ‘(doyoo[g) snpidsoy “7 “a mae we, $8 ] Avog Joige ‘(Ao0g) snsouqauas uosvy sory go “Vv SCHULTZ, PLATE 8 107 MUS... VOE: U. S. NAT. PROC. "UOSpIVYIY Joie ‘Avapeyy Lad sd oa) ‘ToyooTg Joye ‘(deprouyog pue yoorq) snprdsiy *p ‘a ‘9695 INHNO Jo O10yd “(Jeprouyog pur yoorg) sn7upjas0 py ‘a ‘eyvur ly Joie “eyeury vspivs SNiADUUaUp SV SCHULTZ, PLATE 9 107 MUS., VOL. UES: NAT: PROC. “(Z 84 “661 “Id ‘sepy) 193909] “sloyjNe Joie “(SouusIoUe[eA PU IoIAND) syvpand *p ‘a "(7 °-3y “set ‘1d pue ‘z “34 ‘96T ‘Jd q vuosoona *p ‘a iat nennnnnnnnannnanntinaannansnntanneerntiatisce ere neha ote ee Ree tee CORSO Someintsienceoncenttnn te enemtcteeteonoeseeneennonnscesenner s/n SSNS Rien nie ener winaomeneompanonectnntno: . somccccser “G "JOA ‘ SETIV) Ioyoo[q S1suaInjow snisvuuaup ‘O pur Vv SCHULTZ, PLATE 10 MUS: VOE. 107 U.S. NAT - PROC. ‘ss¥Igpoug pur Jol[ap] Joie “[[Id snauinduvs *p ‘ad “iInoqieg Joife (ssuusIdus[eA pu JolAnD) smqyzjaso1ujnu *p ‘oO “uueUT -I9AqW pue uepsof Joye oseyd s0joo pajjjow ‘a (¢ “3 /6T “[d sepiy) Joyoog Joye oseyd 10[09 yoe{q ‘v ‘apodasr’7] saj7auouy) Snisvuugup “a pur Vv SCHULTZ, PLATE 11 S. NAT. MUS., VOL. 107 PROC. U. ‘a tiapAug Joie ‘oO :uuvULIoAy pue ueplof snquoup ‘UUPULIDAW pue uepIOf Jie ‘od Ao;oy ‘Ioyoo[q Joie ‘Iaysaq so71ds0s10 PV ‘a pues V ‘ a I9yIo/q Joie ¢ Joysealg sapoyumtyd snisvuuaqup ‘v SCHULZ, PEATE 2 107 MUS., VOL. Us Sz NATE PROC. ‘urnasnyyy ATOISIET [eINIeN OSevdIYD Jo Asaiinoo ojoyd ‘eogp WHNO ‘edAiojoy ‘uvog snsoonsiaa -p ‘a *79Q9F WHND $0 2dAjered Jo ojoyd ‘sarsads mou ‘siswapnusag “p ‘9 “Iayao]|q Joije “loyoojg, Sisuayasop “py “A “Ioyao]q Joie ‘(uossa’T) SNIU1IIOI SMLsDUUaUp “VY SCHULTZ, PLATE 13 MUS., VOL. 107 U. S. NAT. PROC. ‘6£60ST INNS jo uorso I ‘purigopliy] pur Asjsuo7T Joie ‘snoeuury o1gsry o1sipy ‘a Joyootq Joie yioq [02 Ssouoqp suiddiyiyg ul sutmeip jo ojoyd ‘s1wurdiyy sp ‘Oo ¢ Td I9[4 snujoy1y ¢ojou SNLADUUIIU ‘a pue Vv aaroaeta SE nn eenartepenenneenonrnence maa SCHULTZ, PLATE 14 107 MUS., VOL. U. S. NAT. PROG. SNSOLGIUA} uosvys01y oT a “epHoLy WOlt ‘OF6hL1 INNSN Jo o1oyd £(Aa0g) “ODIXOTT FO FINS) Woz “6T6LS] WNS)Q ‘2dAj0]0y JO ZiNYyIS “g "q ‘sIy, AG SUIMBIDP ‘soloods mou ‘snjpjnos SKYY IDMDZDUD Y Ai PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM issued |t Wes Be nen iy 4c. i ne aed GTONs SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington: 1957 No. 3384 NEW AMERICAN CYNIPID WASPS FROM OAK GALLS By Lewis H. WELD Twenty-three new species of cynipids are described herein; two are inguilines, while the others are gall makers. Twenty-one of these new species are from the United States, but two of the gall makers are from Mexico. Types of the 23 new species are deposited in the U. S. National Museum. Paratypes are in institutions designated by the following abbreviations: AM: American Museum of Natural History. CM: Chicago Museum of Natural History. CA: California Academy of Sciences. PA: Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. C: Cornell University. MCZ: Museum of Comparative Zoology. Genus Synergus Hartig Synergus magnificus, new species Fremate: Thorax black; head, except above antennae and on occiput, light-colored like legs and antennae; abdomen black or sometimes reddish. Vertex punctate, cheeks not broadened behind eyes, antennae 14-segmented, tapering to tip. Mesoscutum rugoso- coriaceous with a suggestion of transverse sculpture in low relief, 107 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 parapsidal grooves obsolete anteriorly, no median. Disk of scutellum rugose, pits transverse. Mesopleuron bare, entirely striate. Veins brown, areolet complete. Base of hind and middle coxae black. Abdomen longer than high, longer than head plus thorax, slightly gibbous at base. Big tergite deeply excavated behind in dorsal view so that four other tergites are visible in side view, lengths along dorsal margin as 35:9:7:6. Hind margin of big tergite and exposed parts of rest punctate, almost smooth in some individuals, v1 pubes- cent, sheaths projecting. Length 3.4-6.05 mm. Average of 53 specimens, 4.74 mm. Matz: Similar to female in color except that sides of pronotum and most of mesopleuron are not black, abdomen all black. Antennae 15-segmented, third very slightly excavated. Length 2.25-4.7 mm. Average of 74, 3.91 mm. TYPES: USN M 63004, type female, allotype, and 10 Pe Gibes. Paratypes in AM, CM, CA. Hapirat: Guests in fhe ellipsoidal stem gail of Disholcaspis truckeen- sis (Ashm.) on Quercus chrysolepis Licbm. ‘Types are from a series of 23 which emerged in April 1923 from galls collected at Idyllwild, Calif., in September 1922. Thirteen paratypes emerged May 18, 1911, from galls collected at Kanawyer, Tulare County, Calif., on July 4, 1910; two are from Colfax, Calif., two from Kyburz, Calif., and two are from Oregon Caves, Oreg. Eighty-five were reared Apr. 24 to May 6, 1954, by Hugh B. Leech from galls collected at Mill Valley, Marin County, Calif.; these paratypes are in the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences. Genus Ceroptres Hartig Ceroptres montensis, new species Frema.e: Black; antennae brown, darker distally; legs light brown except for slight infuscation on base of coxae. Face pubescent with a median ridge and faint striae about mouth. Antennae 13-seg- mented, segments 3-5 subequal. Vertex bare. Pronotum and mesonotum coriaceous, dull, pubescent. Anterior and lateral lines smooth. Parapsidal grooves extending forward half-way, median groove shorter. Disk of scutellum finely rugose behind, pits at base indistinct, dull. Mesopleuron with a large, smooth, bare, polished area. Wing pubescent, cilia short, veins brown, areolet distinct, radial cell 2.3 times as long as broad. Claws simple. Abdomen longer than high, lengths of tergites 11 and 11 on dorsal margin as 25 : 45, 111 smooth, exposed parts of rest and sides of the hypopygium punctate, ventral spine twice as long as broad. Length 1.8-3.1 mm. Average of 42 specimens, 2.52 mm. CYNIPID WASPS—WELD 109 Mate: Antennae 15-seemented, third slightly shorter than fourth and not excavated. Abdomen short, tergites 11 and 11 as 24:38. Length 1.8-2.35 mm. Average of 23, 2.08 mm. Typrs: USNM 63005, type, allotype and 12 paratypes. Paratypes in AM, CM, CA, PA, MCZ, C. Hasirat: Guests in tan, smooth, ellipsoidal stem galls. The types are from a series reared Mar. 17, 1923, from galls of Andricus reni- formis McC. and Egb. on Quercus vaccinifolia Kell., at Tahoe City, Calif. Paratypes are from Holland, Oreg., and Kyburz, Mount Wilson, and Idyllwild, Calif., from galls of Disholcaspis truckeensis (Ashm.) on Quercus chrysolepis Liebm. Genus Neuroterus Hartig Neuroterus floricomus, new species Fremate: Black; tibiae, tarsi, most of coxae and first three segments of antennae straw-yellow. Head coriaceous; from above broader than thorax, cheeks broadened behind eye, occiput concave; from in front broader than high, malar space one-sixth as long as eye, antennae 13-segmented. Mesonotum smooth, mesopleuron bare, smooth, bulging. Wing short-pubescent, ciliate, veins distinct, areolet reaching one-sixth way to basal. Abdomen sessile, collapsed, shorter than thorax, ventral spine short. Length 1.4-1.7 mm. Average of 11 specimens, 1.56 mm. Matz: Head and abdomen black; antennae, thorax and legs pale yellow. Cheeks not broadened behind eyes. Antennae 14-seg- mented, third elongated and slightly bent. Length 1.9-2.05 mm. Average of 7, 1.98 mm. Typrs: USNM 63006, type female, allotype, and 2 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA. Host: Quercus reticulata Humb. & Bonpl. Gat (pl. 1, fig. 5): On staminate flowers in late June. A densely woolly enlargement of the axis up to 25 mm.long by 10 mm. in diameter with only the anthers protruding. Hasirat: The type material (Hopkins No. 15618°) was collected June 28, 1918, in the Santa Catalina Mountains, Ariz., and adults emerged up to July 9. Galls were seen in the Santa Catalina Moun- tains on Quercus oblongifolia Torr. and Q. arizonica Sarg., in the Huachuca Mountains on Q. reticulata, Q. oblongifolia, and Q. arizonica, in the Mule Mountains on Q. arizonica, and in the Chiricahua Moun- tains on Q. arizonica and Q. towmeyi Sarg. Neuroterus lamellae, new species Fremate: Black except for light area about mouth, tibiae, tarsi, and three basal segments of antennae. Head microcoriaceous like thorax; 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 from above transverse, cheeks slightly broadened behind eyes; from in front malar space one-fourth of eye with a fine groove, antennae 13-segmented, the third longer than second or fourth. No parapsidal erooves. First abscissa of radius bent, areolet reaching one-sixth way to basal. Abdomen sessile, longer than thorax. Length 1.4- 1.75 mm. Average of 10 specimens, 1.6 mm. Types: USNM 63007, type and one paratype. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA. Host: Quercus subturbinella=Q. turbinella Greene. Gaui: A thickening of the parenchyma of a part of the leaf area, deforming the leaf, almost half an inch thick. Pubescence on lower side white and short, on upper side, where exit heles are located, it is longer. Resembles the gall of Neuroterus washingtonensis Beut. on Quercus garryana Dougl. Hapsitrat: Dead adults were cut out of galls in November 1944 from galls collected July 23, 1943, at Prescott, Ariz., by Mrs. N. W. Capron. As dark pupae were found in galls at Prescott on July 12, 1947, the normal emergence is probably in late July. Neurcterus florulentus, new species FEMALE: Black, except for pale area about mouth and on antennae, tibiae, and tarsi. Head microcoriaceous like thorax; from above massive, cheeks as long as eye, slightly broadened behind eyes; from In front, malar space one-seventh as long as eye without groove, anten- nae 13-segmented, scape and pedicel swollen distally, third shorter than fourth. No trace of parapsidal grooves. First abscissa of radius arcuate, areolet small. Femora of normal shape, claws simple. Abdomen sessile, higher than long, ovipositor projecting straight out behind. Using width of the head as a base, the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.4, antenna 2.0, wing 4.6, ovipositor 1.7. Length 1.15—1.6 mm. Average of 24 specimens, 1.36 mm. Mats: Almost uniformly light-colored. Head massive, broader than thorax, cheeks greatly broadened behind eyes, antennae 14- segmented, scape and pedicel greatly elongated and obovate, third straight, last short, malar space without groove. Wing broadest one-third way from areolet to apex instead of midway as is usual. All femora greatly swollen on proximal two-thirds. Abdomen sessile, triangular, small. Length 1.15-1.7 mm. Average of 24, 1.36 mm. Typrs: USNM 63008, type female, allotype, and 8 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA. Hosts: Quercus dumosa Nutt. and Q. lobata Née. Gauu: Thin-walled, tan, ovate cells scattered singly or in small clusters among the staminate flowers, bearing at apex on either side the shrunken darker anthers. The base is truncate and excavated, unlike the gall of N. floricola Kinsey. Length 1.5 mm. CYNIPID WASPS—WELD iSlgl Hasirat: Types are from galls collected on flowers of Quercus dumosa Nutt., on Santa Catalina Island, Calif., Mar. 31, 1922, when adults were emerging. More emerged by April 10, and more came out and died by April 15. Similar galls were collected at Palo Alto, Calif., on May 3 on flowers of Quercus lobata Née, and some of the paratypes are from this lot. Genus Liodora Foerster Liodora dumosae, new species FEMALE: Black; basal segments of antennae and legs beyond coxae pale. Head coriaceous; from above as broad as thorax, occiput con- cave, cheeks slightly broadened behind eyes; from in front malar space one-fourth as long as eye without groove, antennae 14-segmented. Mesocutum bare, smooth and shining except at anterior end of the percurrent grooves. Scutellum punctate, pubescent, overhanging propodeum behind in side view, pits smooth. Mesopleuron bare, smooth, polished. Wing pubescent, ciliate, veins brown, radial cell long and narrow, areolet faint. Claws with a tooth. Carinae on propodeum bent. Abdomen in side view higher than long, lengths of tergites on dorsal margin as 42:10:5:2. Ventral spine in side view hardly longer than broad. Using width of the head as a base, the length of antenna ratio is 2.35, ovipositor 1.4, wing 4.3. Length 1.4-2.2mm. Average of 7 specimens, 1.75 mm. Matz: Antennae 15-segmented, third to fourth as 16:11 and slightly bent. Abdomen small, pedicel 7, tergites 11 and 111 as 38:7. Length 1.5-1.75 mm. Average of 8, 1.68 mm. Types: USNM 63009, type, allotype, and 2 paratypes. Host: Quercus dumosa Nutt. Gauu: Conical, thin-walled, 3 mm. long, erect, at margin of leaf, black when dry. Hasirat: The types are from galls collected at Stanford, Calif., May 3, 1922, the adults emerging May 10. Paratypes are from Newhall, Lakeport, and Ukiah, Calif. Galls have been seen also on Quercus douglasii Hook. & Arn., Q. lobata Née, and Qégarryana Dougl. Genus Amphibolips Reinhard Amphibolips murata, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: A _ concolorous amber species. Mesoscutum irregularly rugose without a distinct median groove and with faint transverse sculpture to right and left of anterior lines. Disk of scutellum coarsely rugose without a median depression, rounded behind; pits large with faint transverse sculpture, septum thin. Wing neither banded nor smoky but with a dark cloud on base of 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 radial cell. Cheeks bulging behind eyes. Abdomen almost globular, all the tergites visible, bare except for usual pubescence at base of 11 and on vit, hind margin of 1 and exposed parts of the rest finely punctate, ventral spine longer than hind metatarsus. Length 3.85- 4.8mm. Average of 20 specimens, 4.31 mm. Belongs in a group that emerges from bud galls in late fall or in early spring from galls that have overwintered. Types: USNM 63010, type and 4 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, PA. Hosts.— Quercus myrtifolia Willd., Q. pumila Walt., Q. laurifolia Michx., and Q. cinerea=Q. incana Bartr. Gat: A smooth, tan bud gall in the fall, from 8-12 mm. in diameter, tapering slightly to point of attachment, the thin-walled larval cell not free and separated from the thick, dense outer wall by a thin layer of spongy tissue (not radiating fibers). Adults are cut out of the galls in November; the only emergence records are December 4, December 8, and April 11. . Hasirat: The type is from Quercus myrtifola Willd. at Naples, Fla. Paratypes are from Quercus myrtifolia Willd. at Carrabelle, Fla.; Q. pumila Walt. at Ocala and Miami, Fla.; Q. cinerea=Q. uncana Bartr., at St. Petersburg, Dade City, Sopchoppy, and River Junction, Fla.; and Q. laurifolia Michx. at Gainesville, Fla. Genus Andricus Hartig Andricus mendocinensis, new species Frema.e: Red; head, mesopleuron, and abdomen dorsally darker. Head from above transverse, cheeks broadened behind eyes, occiput not concave; from in front malar space finely striate, antennae 13- segmented. Mesonotum somewhat shining, punctate with appressed pubescence, parapsidal grooves percurrent, median extending forward one-third way. Pits on scutellum smooth. Mesopleuron bare, smooth. Wing pubescent, ciliate, first abscissa of radius angulate, areolet distinct. Claws with a strong tooth. Carinae on propodeum straight and parallel. Abdomen as high as long, tergites smooth, lengths along dorsal curvature as 20:10:9. Ventral spine longer than hind metatarus. Length 3.0mm. Separated from A. mamilla- formis (Weld), which has tergites punctate, mesopleuron striate in part, and disk rugose. 7 | Type: USNM 638011, type. Paratype in CA. Host: Quercus densiflora=Lithocarpus densiflora (Hook. & Arn.) Rehd., the tanbark oak. Gai: An abrupt woody swelling about 30 mm. in diameter, thought to be a “root gall,’”’ containing many separable cells. CYNIPID WASPS—WELD 113 Hasirat: Mendocino County, Calif. Collected May 29, 1917, by Dr. E. O. Essig. Described from two dead adults cut out of the gall at Stanford University in 1922. The gall can not now be located. If the host record is correct this is the first cynipid gall to be recorded on this host. Genus Disholcaspis Dalla Torre and Kieffer Disholcaspis edura, new species Adults of Disholcaspis can hardly be described so as to be recog- nized from descriptions. The galls, however, are quite characteristic. The genus is known only from agamic females, reared in late fall from detachable stem galls on white oaks. No alternating generation has ever been recognized for any of the species. The only recognizable difference between this and the following species seems to be in color. AGAMIC FEMALE: Head reddish brown like sides of pronotum and mesopleuron; antennae, tarsi, and abdomen darker. Eyes black, as are lateral lines and a large median area covering anterior parallel lines. Length 2.8-4.0 mm. Average of 33 specimens, 3.47 mm. Types: USNM 63012, type and 8 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA, PA, C, and MCZ. Hosts: Quercus oblongifolia Torr. and Q. arizonica Sarg. Gat (pl. 1, fig. 1): A bullet gall in clusters of 3-6 on twigs, sessile, rounded at end, yellowish, up to 12 mm. in diameter. Larval cell basal, its wall unusually thick and hard, persisting after the soft distal tissue has weathered away. Hasrrat: The types are from galls collected at Nogales, Ariz., Nov. 14, 1939, on Quercus oblongifolia Torr. Adults emerged Jan. 11 to Feb. 11, 1940. Paratypes are from galls collected at Magdalena, N. Mex., Nov. 9, 1921, then containing adults which emerged December 31. One paratype is from Patagonia, Ariz., and one from Oracle, Ariz. These galls have been noted also on Quercus toumeyi Sarg. and Q. reticulata Humb. & Bonpl. Disholcaspis prehensa, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: Similar in color to the preceding species. Length 2.65-3.35 mm. Average of 51 specimens, 2.99 mm. Types: USNM 63013, type and 12 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA, PA, MCZ. Host: Quercus dumosa Nutt. Ga. (pl. 1, fig. 8): Single or in groups of up to 25. Sessile with a smooth brown basal part clasping the twig, the tep enlarged, rugose, dull and darker in color, probably secreting honeydew when young. Larval cell basal. 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Hasitrat: The type is from galls collected in Sequoia National Park, Calif., on Sept. 9, 1922, when they contained full-grown larvae. Living adults were cut out Jan. 23, 1923. Paratypes are from Ukiah and St. Helena, Calif. Disholcaspis mellifica, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: Similar to D. edura (above) in color except that, never having emerged naturally, the abdomen is scarcely darker and the median dark area on mesonotum is not as large. It is also smaller than all the above species. Range in length, 1.85-3.0 mm. Average of 46 specimens, 2.71 mm. Types: USNM 63014, type and 8 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA, PA. Host: Quercus garryana Dougl. GAL: Bursting out of cracks in the bark, usually in rows, like galls of Callirhytis excavata (Ashm.) but extending only one or two milli- meters up above the flaps of bark. On current year’s growth in fall, often on sprouts close to the ground. The top is flat, rugose, and secretes honeydew. Larval cell basal and occupying most of the in- terior, the only thick dense tissue being directly above. Single galis from above measure up to 3 by 5 mm., but those in a row are much distorted by mutual pressure. Hapsitat: The types are from galis collected Sept. 8, 1922, above Cedar Creek checking station in Sequoia National Park, Calif. The galls then contained larvae and secreted so much honeydew that it dripped to the ground and in the sun was even evaporated to a white solid. Pupae were found in galls on October 1. Dead adults were cut out Mar. 17, 1923. This is the undescribed gall whose secretion has been described more fully by the author (Bull. Brooklyn Ent. pace VO 20 I oii. Loo) Disholcaspis spissa, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: Similar in genera! coloration but darker than either of the three preceding species, having black on face below antennae, on vertex, proepisternum, mesosternum, metapleuron, propodeum, and dorsal abdomen. The black areas on mesoscutum and at base of scutellum are larger also. Length 2.45-3.6 mm. Average of 80 specimens, 2.98 mm. 3 Types: USNM 63015, type and 20 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA, PA, C, MCZ. | Hosts: Quercus subturbinella=Q. turbinella Greene, Q. arizonica Sarg., Q. fendleri=Q. undulata Torr., and Q. havardi Rydb. Gatt (pl. 1, fig. 7): Single or in dense clusters on twigs or rarely on the peduncle. Yellowish when young, brown with a dull matte PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 WELD, PLATE 1 balanella S flericomus 1, Disholcaspis edura on Quercus oblongifolia; 2, Callirhytis glomerosa on Q. coccinea; 3, Callirhytis balanella on Q. emoryi; 4, Callirhytis floripara on Q. agrifolia; 5, Neuroterus flori- comus on Q. reticulata; 6, Callirhytis medularis on Q. velutina; 7, Disholcaspis spissa on Q. subturbinella=Q. turbinella; 8, Disholcaspis prehensa on Q. dumosa. ie oie as , y, ' \ CYNIPID WASPS—WELD 115 surface when mature. Sessile by a broad base, rounded and darker at apex, 6-7 mm. high. Larval cell basal, its wall thin, not free but imbedded in the dense cellular tissue of the distal part of the gall which is not cavernous as in D. edura. Hasirat: The type is selected from galls collected at Tijeras, N. Mex., Nov. 1, 1921. Many adults had emerged by December 31, and adults continued to come out until January 14. Paratypes are from galls on Quercus arizonica at Oracle and in the Chiricahua Mountains, Ariz.; from galls on Q. fendleri=Q. undulata Torr. at Shoemaker, N. Mex.; from Q. subturbinella=Q. turbinella Greene at Camp Creek, Ariz., and one from Q. havardi Rydb. at Sayre, Okla. Disholcaspis mamiliana, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: Almost uniform amber except for the darker distal segments of antennae, metapleuron, tarsi, and dorsal abdomen. Length 2.8-3.3 mm. Average of 9 specimens, 3.1 mm. Typrs: USNM 63016, type and two paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA. Host: Quercus douglasii Hook. & Arn. Gat: A globular bullet gall drawn out at apex into a distinct blunt point like the pointed bullet gall of the Hastern States. Wail thick, central larval cell not separable. Covered when young with very dense, short pubescence which weathers away in late fall. Hapsirat: The types were collected at Stanford, Calif., on Dec. 10, 1935, when they contained adults which had already chewed their way nearly to the surface. Galls were seen also at Paso Robles, Paraiso Springs, and Jolon, Calif. Genus Antron Kinsey Antron tepicana, new species AGAMic FEMALE: A light-colored species with the habitus of a Disholcaspis. Malar grooves absent, antenae 14-segmented. Parap- sidal grooves percurrent, lateral lines smooth. Disk entirely finely rugose, dull. Wing pubescent, cilia short posteriorly, first abscissa of radius angulate, second heavy, enlarged at margin, basal heavy. A cloud at base of radial cell, on break of anal, at base of cubitus, and a large double one in distal end of cubital cell. Claws with a heavy tooth. Area between curved carinae on propodeum broader than high. Abdomen longer than high, tergites 11 and 111 pubescent on sides, 11 foliiform. Ventral spine broad, bristly, tapering suddenly into a triangular point. Length 3.5-5.25 mm. Average of 16 speci- mens, 4.63 mm. 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Related to A. nubila (Ashmead) which is smaller, darker, and the two clouds in the cubital cell are not fused together. Differs from A. chica (Kinsey) in having no black on thorax, a larger areolet (reaching one-fifth way to basal), and in its larger size. Types: USNM 63017, type and 3 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM. ieee: Quercus reticulata Eleteols, & Bonpl. GALL: Similar to that of A. chica (Kinsey) (Indiana Univ. Publ., Sei. Ser. No. 4, fig. 151, p. 244, 1936), up to 60 mm. in diameter, the inner pile wath. arena! teen tips 5 mm. deep, the long outer crumpled hairs not swollen at the base. Larval cell up to 12 mm. high by 6 mm. in diameter. Hapitat: Galls were collected Jan. 22, 1936, at Tepic, Mexico. Adults emerged and died in box before April. Antron magdalenae, new species AGAMIC FEMALE: Similar in color to the preceding species. Anten- nae 13-segmented. Cheeks broadened behind eyes, malar groove absent. Lateral lines and area between the percurrent parapsidal erooves smooth and shining. Disk coriaceous with a large smooth and shining transverse groove at base. Wing pubescent, cilia short. Tergite 11 foliiform, 111 bare. Ventral spine broad, bristly, tapering abruptly to a triangular apex. Using width of the head as a base, the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.47, antenna 2.4, wing 5.0, ovipositor 1.87. Length 2.45-3.1 mm. Average of 12 specimens, 2.81 mm. Differs from preceding species in its smaller size, fainter spots in cubital cell, and smooth base of disk. Types: USNM 63018, type and two paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM. Host: Quercus subturbinella=Q. turbinella Greene. Gatu: Globular, 3 mm. in diameter, with a dull, uneven surface covered with stellate hairs, sessile by a broad base on under side of leaf in the fall. Wall thin. Hasrrat: The types were cut cut November 10 from galls collected Nov. 9, 1921, at Magdalena, N. Mex. Two paratypes are from Tijeras, N. Mex. Galls were seen also at Hillsboro, Kingston, and in the Burro Mountains, N. Mex. Genus Loxaulus Mayr Loxaulus beutenmuelleri, new species Frma.Le: Amber, abdomen darker posteriorly. Head coriaceous; from above massive, broader than thorax, slightly broadened behind eyes; from in front malar groove present, antennae 13-segmented. CYNIPID WASPS—WELD DA Sides of pronotum with faint, irregular ridges. Mesoscutum coria- ceous, parapsidul grooves obsolete anteriorly, no median. Disk rugose with a sculptured groove at base. Mesopleuron coriaceous. Pubescence and cilia on wing short, both cross-veins clouded. Claws simple. Carinae on propodeum almost straight, diverging slightly above, a distinct median present. Abdomen not as long as thorax, lengths of tergites along dorsal margin as 38 :12:4. Ventral spine about twice as long as broad. Length 1.45-2.15 mm. Average of 32 specimens, 1.83 mm. Types: USNM 63019, type and 7 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, CA. : Host: Quercus borealis=Q. rubra L., northern red oak. Gaui: Probably a midrib cluster. Hasirat: The type is selected from a series reared from galls collected by William Beutenmueller at Fort Lee, N. J., Oct. 21, 1916, and sent to me for rearing. They were picked up on the ground under a red oak tree and thought at the time to be galls of Dryocosmus piperoides (Bass.). Adults emerged Apr. 6, Apr. 22, and May 11, 1918. Paratypes are from what were thought to be all galls of D. piperoides picked up at the Chicago River west of Evanston, Lll., on Oct. 8, 1916. Adults emerged April 22—-May 28, 1918, and some were D. piperoides (Bass.). One was captured at Vienna, Va., Apr. 29, 1945. Three are from Washtenaw County, Mich., May 13, 1951 (R. R. Dreisbach). Genus Callirhytis Foerster Callirhytis balanella, new species Fremaue: A light brown species with dorsal abdomen darker. Head from above transverse, cheeks buiging behind eyes, occiput concave; from in front broadest above middle of eyes, antennae 13- segmented, twice as long as width of head. Mesoscutum with short, appressed pubescence, granulate with slight transverse sculpture posteriorly, parapsidal grooves obsolete anteriorly, anterior and lateral lmes not infuscated. Scutellum disk transversely sculptured, pits smooth. Mesopleuron pubescent, with spaced, curved ridges. Wing hyaline, almost bare, nonciliate, areolet reaching one-fifth way to basal, first abscissa of radius angulate. Claws simple. Carinae on propodeum slightly bent. Abdomen longer than high, all tergites showing on dorsal curvature. Ventral spine as long as hind meta- tarsus. Length3.4mm. Belongsin Group A of Callirhytis. Nearest related species are eastern. Typrs: USNM 63020, type. One paratype in CA. Host: Quercus emoryi Torr. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Gat (pl. 1, fig. 3): Similar to a “pip” gall in shape but produced on the side of the cup of an undersized acorn in June and July. Gall slightly flattened, 4 mm. high by 3 mm. in diameter. Hasirat: The type and cne paratype are from galls collected at Cherry, Ariz., by Mrs. N. W. Capron on Oct. 4, 1935. One adult emerged April 23 and the other May 1, 1937. One paratype is from a gall Mrs. Capron collected at Prescott, Ariz., Sept. 12, 1950, and the living adult was cut out Apr. 11, 1952. Galls were seen in the Santa Catalina and Huachuca Mountains and at Patagonia, Nogales, and Bisbee, Ariz., and at Alpine, Tex. Callirhytis floripara, new species Frmate: Light brown, head darker, antennae and legs straw-yellow. Head coriaceous; from above transverse, as broad as thorax, slightly broadened behind eyes; from in front malar space about half as iong as eye without groove, antennae 13-segmented. Mesoscutum coriaceous, parapsidal grooves percurrent, broader behind. Disk pebbled, from rear rugose, pits deep, smooth. Mesopleuron bare, striate. Wing hyaline, dotted, nonciliate, veins beyond second cross-vein pale. Claws small, simple. Carinae on propodeum slightly curved. Abdo- men shorter than head plus thorax, lengths of tergites on dorsal curvature as 32:7:2. Tergite 11 smooth. Ventral spine three times as long as broad in side view. Using width of head as a base, the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.1, antenna 2.3, wing 4.0, ovipositor 2.5. Length 1.1-1.5 mm. Average of 100 specimens, 1.27 mm. Matz: Almost black with antennae and legs yellow. Antennae 14-seemented, the third longest and slightly bent. Wing ciliate. Length 0.95-1.85 mm. Average of 100 specimens, 1.21 mm. The well-developed second abscissa of radius and a distinct cubitus distinguish this from the other species in Group B reared from flower galls. Types: USNM 63021, type female, allotype, and 10 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, PA, C, CA. Host: Quercus agrifolia Née. Gat (pl. 1, fig. 4): A thin-walled, conical, tan gall measuring up to 2.2 mm. long by 1.0 mm. in diameter, developed from a filament and bearing distally trace of a shriveled anther, scattered in among normal stamens in a much-shortened inflorescence. Hasirat: The types are from galls collected from a tree of Q. agrifolia Née at Carpinteria, Calif., on Apr. 29, 1918, when adults were emerging in large numbers ana when saute (probably these) were observed ovipositing in young acorns. Adults continued to emerge until May 18 in material sent to Washington as “Hopk. U.S. No. 156069.” This tree also had galls of Callirhytis carmelensis CYNIPID WASPS—WELD 119 Weld on acorns of the previous season. These flower galls were seen also at Paso Robles and Monterey, Calif., on trees which had C. carmelensis also, circumstantial evidence that this is the alternating generation of that species. Callirhytis glomerosa, new species FremaLte: Amber. Head from above transverse, narrower than thorax (48:50), occiput concave; from in front broader than high, cheeks broadened behind eyes, no malar groove, striate and pubescent about mouth, antennae 13-segmented. Mesoscutum almost bare, coriaceous, parapsidal grooves percurrent, broader and deeper behind, a median present posteriorly as a groove or as discontinuous punctures. Scutellum coriaceous behind the pits, rugose peripherally. Meso- pleuron almost bare, coriaceous above, striate below. Wing hyaline, dotted, nonciliate, radial cell open at base, cubitus barely visible. Carinae on propodeum slightly bent. Abdomen with an interrupted ring of tangled pubescence at base with similar patches on sides of pro- podeum, metapleura, and hind coxae, all the tergites visible, the posteri- or ones punctate, ventral spine longer than hind metatarsus. Using width of head as a base, the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.1, antenna 2.1, wing 3.64, ovipositor 3.5. Length 1.8-2.05 mm. Described from four specimens, one on slide. Types: USNM 63022, type and one paratype. Host: Quercus coccinea Muenchh. Gat (pl. 1, fig. 2): A smooth greenish or brownish (in sun) bud gall in September or October about 3 mm. in diameter, over half of it projecting beyond the bud scales, dropping when full-grown and then sightly pubescent at the base. Adults emerge the second spring. Hasitat: The type is from a gall collected at East Falls Church, Va., in late September 1933 and the adult cut out Oct. 16, 1934. Paratypes are from Vienna and Alexandria, Va. Similar galls have been seen on northern red oak, Spanish oak, and on Quercus ilicifolia Wangenh. Not in type series is one from Baldwin County, Kans., collected in May by J. C. Bridwell. Callirhytis intersita, new species FrmMaue: Reddish brown; antennae, face in part, and legs beyond coxae light yellow. Head finely rugose; from above transverse, cheeks broadened behind eyes, ccciput concave; from in front malar space striate, antennae 14-segmented. Sides of pronotum rugose. Mesoscutum broader than long, bare, transversely rugose, the parap- sidal grooves obsolete anteriorly. Disk of scutellum entirely rugose, pits with longitudinal ridges. Mesopleuron rugose above and below a coriaceous area. Wing short-pubescent, nonciliate, veins clear, no 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 areolet. Claws simple. Abdomen as Jong as head plus thorax, as high as long, tergites shining, 111~—vi finely punctate, lengths as 60:18:18:4:3. Ventral spine very short. Length 2.1-2.75 mm. Average of 18 specimens, 2.44 mm. Distinguished from C. lapillula Weld whose parapsidal grooves are percurrent with face coriaceous instead of rugose below the median ocellus. : Types: USNM 63023, type and 4 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM. Host: Quercus alba L. Gatu: Unknown. These were taken ovipositing in the internodes of the green new growth of white oak twigs on April 25, 29, and May 5. What gall resulted, if any, is not known. There are cells in the pith of white oak twigs, but fragments of the only dead adults cut out so far are different from these. Hapirat: The type is selected from adults taken ovipositing at Vienna, Va., on Apr. 29,1945. Paratypes are from East Falls Church, Va., Apr. 25, 1941, and May 5, 1946. Callirhytis manni, new species FEMALE: Light red, mesopleura and propodeum darker. Head coriaceous but rugose above and below antennae; from above trans- verse, broader than thorax, cheeks bulging behind eyes, occiput con- cave; from in front, malar space not striate, antennae 14-segmented. Sides of pronotum striate. Mesoscutum bare, finely pebbled, par- apsidal grooves percurrent, anterior lines smooth. Disk of scutellum coriaceous back of the smooth pits, rugose peripherally. Mesopleuron bare, coriaceous. Wing pubescent, ciliate, veins brown, first abscissa of radius angulate, areolet distinct. Claws simple. Abdomen shorter than head plus thorax, as high as long, tergites smooth, lengths as 65:15, ventral spine 3-4 times as long as broad. Length 2.5-2.85 mm. Average of 7 specimens, 2.58 mm. Distinguished from C’. suttona (Ashmead) which has mesonotum pubescent and punctate. Types: USNM 63024, type and one paratype. Other paratypes in AM, CM. Hosr: An undetermined oak. Gat: A spindle-shaped woody stem swelling similar to the gall of Callirhytis floridana (Ashmead). Hasirat: The types are from galls collected Jan. 22, 1935, at Tepic, Mexico. Adults emerged in packet. Dr. William Mann collected these galls in March 1923. CYNIPID WASPS—WELD 121 Callirhytis medularis, new species Fremate: Amber, abdomen and hind tibiae darker. Head coria- ceous; from above massive, broader than thorax, cheeks bulging behind eyes, occiput concave; from in front malar space faintly striate above groove, antennae 13-segmented. Mesoscutum trans- versely rugose, less coarsely so anteriorly, parapsidal grooves per- current, no median. Scutellum rugose, the sculptured groove at base with indistinct septum. Mesopleuron bare, coriaceous. Wing dotted, nonciliate, veins clear beyond second cross-vein, no areolet. Claws simple. Carinae on propodeum diverging slightly behind. Abdomen as long as head plus thorax, tergite 11 bare at base, reaching back half-way, its hind margin and exposed parts of rest coriaceous. Ventral spine very short, valves exserted. Using width of the head as a base, the length of mesonotum ratio is 1.2, antenna 2.2, wing 3.15, ovipositor 8.7. Length 2.2-2.9mm. Average of 25 specimens, 2.37 mm. Mate: Body dark; antennae, parts of head, and legs amber. Antennae 15-segmented, tapering to tip, third strongly bent and al- most as long as fourth. Wing pubescent and ciliate. Abdomen shorter than thorax, lengths of tergites on dorsal margin as 47 : 10:3, exposed part of 111 coriaceous. Length 1.25-2.0mm. Average of 40 specimens, 1.55 mm. Belongs in Group B of Callirhytis. Ruled out of Bassettia by its short ventral spine and bare base of abdomen. The sculpture sug- gests that this may be the sexual generation of a species making stone galls in acorns. The unusually long ovipositor also suggests this. Types: USNM 63025, type female, allotype, and 6 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, PA, C. Hosts: Quercus borealis=Q. rubra L., Q. velutina Lam., and Q. coccinea Muenchh. | Ga. (pl. 1, fig. 6): Cells are in the pith of current year’s growth of various red oaks with no visible evidence until exit holes are noticed, when it is too late to secure adults. Synergus and three species of chalcids emerged the next spring, April 27 to May 3. Hasitat: The types are selected from a series of 16 females and 35 males reared by Dr. F. C. Craighead near Blain, Pa., from twigs of northern red oak, the males emerging July 15 to July 24, the females July 16 to Aug. 1, 1956, from current season’s growth. He had cut out dead males and females in August 1955. Four paratypes were cut out of twigs of scarlet oak in August 1950 at Cincinnati, Ohio, LP? PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 by R. B. Neiswander. From black oak are two paratypes from Vienna, two from Williamsburg, and one from East Falls Church, Va. Nurseries at Cincinnati, Ohio, and at Southampton, Pa., reported that leaders of pin and scarlet oaks broke off where weakened by many exit holes causing lateral branches to form, resulting in poor-headed trees. The landscape superintendent at Williamsburg, Va., reported branches 12-18 inches long breaking off there. Similar cells in the pith of willow oak were noted at Durham, N. C., where 200 terminal twigs, weakened by exit holes, had been broken off or left hanging on one tree on the Duke University campus. Similar cells occur in the pith of twigs ef red oak in Missouri and in blackjack and scrub oak in Virginia. Callirhytis perobscura, new species Frema.e: Reddish brown to black, base of abdomen red, legs, ex- cept hind and middle coxae, and antennae brown. Head rugose; from above transverse, cheeks broadened behind eyes, occiput slightly concave; from in front malar space 0.3 of eye, antennae 14-seemented. Sides of pronotum and propleura rugose. Mesoscutum beautifully coriaceous, parapsidal grooves percurrent, anterior and lateral lines sunken, median extending to middle of anterior lines. Disk of scu- tellum rugose, pits with longitudinal ridges. Wing pubescent, non- ciliate, venation complete, first abscissa of radius angulate. Claws simple. Abdomen longer than high, shorter than head plus thorax, bare at base, lengths of tergites as 33:7, hind margin of 11 and exposed part of m1 finely coriaceous. Ventral spine short. Length 3.5—-4.25 mm. Average of 15 specimens, 3.93 mm. Belongs in Group C, the root gall group, near C. marginata Weld, from which it is distinguished by its longer median groove and sunken anterior and lateral lines. Typrs: USNM 63026, type and 3 paratypes. Other paratypes in AM, CM, PA. Host: Quercus velutina Lam. GatL: Unknown. Hasitat: The types were taken ovipositing in buds at East Falls Church, Va., on Apr. 18 and 20, 1927, Apr. 22, 1930, Apr. 23, 1932, Apr. 23, 1947, and at Takoma Park, Md., on Apr. 13, 1925. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Issued \ ke: SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington: 1958 No. 3385 THE FORAMINIFERAL GENUS HALYPHYSEMA AND TWO NEW TROPICAL PACIFIC SPECIES By Atrrep R. Loresiicy, Jr. The peculiar foraminiferal genus Halyphysema, originally described by Bowerbank from the coast of England as a sponge, is redescribed and refigured, and a lectotype designated for the type species. Two new species from the tropical Pacific, H. harryi from Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands, and H. bayeri from the Palau Islands are described. The genus is without doubt abundantly represented in shallow tropical waters of the Pacific, but is generally overlooked by students of Foraminifera because collecting necessitates a detailed search of coralline rocks and other substrata for ‘‘colonies.”” Rarely will such a form be obtained in dredged material. The present paper extends the geographic range of the genus into the Central Pacific area. The writer is indebted to Dr. Robert R. Harry, research director of George Vanderbilt Foundation, Stanford University, Calif., and to Mr. Frederick M. Bayer of the U. S. National Museum for their interest and enthusiasm in collecting this material, especially as it is far from their own special interest. Genus Halyphysema Bowerbank, 1862 Halyphysema Bowerbank, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 152, p. 1105, 1862. TyprE species: Halyphysema tumanowiczii Bowerbank, 1862. Fixed by monotypy. 123 431300—57 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Description: Test attached, commonly to bryozoans, hydrozoans, or other substrata, and consisting of a spreading basal expansion with a later erect conical or club-shaped portion formed by the single chamber, in some species the chamber may bifurcate; wall aggluti- nated, that of the basal expansion fine grained and including small fragments of sponge spicules, erect portion commonly more coarsely grained with very numerous, elongate spicules incorporated into the wall and alined in the direction of growth of the test; aperture ter- minal, commonly rounded, obscured by the clustering of spicules. Remarks: Halyphysema differs from Dendronina Heron-Allen and EKarland in having a single conical chamber, instead of an arborescent, branching, nonseptate tube following the development of the basal expansion. Halyphysema tumanowiczii Bowerbank PLATE 1, Ficures 1, 2 Halypiysema tumanowiczit Bowerbank, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soe. London, vol. 152, p. 1105, pl. 73, fig. 3, 1862. Squamulina scopula Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 5, p. 310, pl. 4, fios. 1-11, 1870. DESCRIPTION: ‘Test attached, forming a series of hemispherical bases, each of which gives rise to a single clavate chamber; wall agelutinated, with smali sand grains and spicules in the basal expan- sion, clavate chambers in large part composed of sponge spicules, their long axes paralleling the surface, elongate sponge spicules clustered around the distal end of the clavate chambers giving the test a bristling appearance; aperture terminal, not visible, obscured by the cluster of spicules. Length of chamber of lectotype 1.10 mm., breadth of basal expansion 0.25 mm. , Remarks: This species was originally described as a sponge and later was renamed Squamulina scopule by Carter (1870), who thought EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 Ficure 1.—Halyphysema tumanowiczit; side view of lectotype (BMNH ZF3652) showing flaring shape of chamber and wall composed largely of sponge spicules. (X 85.) Ficure 2.—Halyphysema tumanowiczit; side view of several paratypes showing small hemispherical basal expansions, each with an individual chamber. The chambers. have been broken from some of the expansions, but scars show they were formerly present. From the Recent, off England. (X 25.) Ficure 3.—Halyphysema bayeri, new species; holotype (USNM P5901) showing spreading, sheetlike basal expansion and long, slender, flexible chambers that commonly bifurcate near their distal ends. From the Recent, Palau Islands. (X 25.) Ficure 4.—Halyphysema harryi, new species; holotype (USNM P5900) showing spreading sheetlike basal expansion and low, nearly cylindrical chambers. From the Recent, Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands. (X 25.) PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. !07 LOEBLICH. PLATE 1 Halyphysema tumanowiczi; H. bayert, new species; and H. harryi, new species. For explanation see facing page. All figures are camera lucida drawings. Figure 1 is by Helen N. Loeblich, and figures 2-4 are by Lawrence B. Isham, scientific illustrator at the Smith- sonian Institution. i FORMINIFERAL GENUS HALPHYSEMA—LOEBLICH 125 that this would remove the species from consideration as a sponge! It is not congeneric with Squamulina Schultze, however, as the latter is a calcareous imperforate form. Carter’s specific name is a junior synonym of that of Bowerbank. TYPES AND OCCURRENCE: Specimens figured are from the original types in the British Museum (BMNH ZF3652), lectotype from Recent beach debris at Hastings, County Sussex, England. Halyphysema bayeri, new species PuatTE 1, Figure 3 Description: Test attached, in the type specimens encrusting on an alcyonarian base, forming a broad, thin, basal expansion from which arise one to six or more individual, erect, flexible, slender chambers that are expanded and knob-shaped at their distal end and commonly may bifurcate near their distal end; wall agglutinated, thin, 0.02 mm. in diameter in erect chambers, that of basal expansion and erect chambers composed of small sand grains and fragmentary sponge spicules in a groundmass of fine grains, spicules oriented with long axes paralleling the surface, elongate sponge spicules incorporated around the apertures at the terminal end of the erect chambers; aperture terminal, 0.08 mm. in diameter. Diameter of individual chambers at distal end ranges from 0.23 to 0.38 mm., diameter at midiength of erect chamber ranges from 0.10 to 0.18 mm. Distance between chambers ranges from 0.28 to 1.50 mm. Remarks: Halyphysema bayeri, new species, differs from H. harryt, new species, from [faluk Atoll, Caroline Islands, in pessessing chambers that are much more slender, flexible, and elongate. It is similar in general appearance to H. advena Cushman described from the Tertu- gas, but is smaller in size. The present species has a tendency for the individual chambers to bifurcate near their distal part, and the base is sheet-like instead of forming small hemispherical masses as in H. advena Cushman. The species is named in honor of Frederick M. Bayer, zoologist, U. S. National Museum, in recognition of his contributions to the knowledge of the Pacific atolls. TYPES AND OCCURRENCE: Holotype (USNM P5901) from eel-grass, sand, and coral flat in Geruherugairu-suidé, between Kaibakku Island and Kogai-hanté of Auluptagel, Iwayama Bay, Palau Islands. U.S. Hydrographic Office chart 6076, 2d ed., 1944, lat. 7°19’12’’ N., long. 134°29’37"" E. Depth 0-3 feet. Collected by Frederick M. Bayer and Robert R. Harry, 1955. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Halyphysema harryi, new species Puate 1, Ficurs 4 Description: Test attached, on coralline-algal rock, forming a broad, spreading basal expansion from which arise individual erect, clavate-shaped, single chambers, rarely narrowing to a fusiform shape or more rarely low and blister-like, may bifurcate near the distal end; wall agglutinated, relatively thick, 0.03 mm. in diameter in erect chambers, that of basal expansion and single chambers including fine grains of sand and fragmentary sponge spicules, their long axes paral- leling the surface, elongate sponge spicules incorporated at the terminal ends of the chambers giving a bristling appearance; aperture terminal, not observed on specimens examined due to small size and the obscur- ing by the terminal spicules. Diameter of individual chambers ranges from 0.15 to 0.40 mm. Distance between chambers varies from 0.20 to 0.70 mm. Remarks: Halyphysema harryi, new species, differs from H. tumano- wicztt Bowerbank in possessing individual chambers that are usually lower and of equal diameter throughout length and in the tendency to develop a broad, spreading, basal expansion from which rises many chambers, instead of a small hemispherical base from which arises a single chamber. The specific name is in honor of Robert R. Harry, research director at George Vanderbilt Foundation, Stanford University, Calif., in recognition of his interest and devotion to studies of Pacific marine life. . TYPES AND OCCURRENCE: Holotype (USNM P5900) from the un- derside of élang (boulder flat) boulders, south end Falarik Island, Ifaluk Atoll, Caroline Islands. Collected Oct. 31, 1953, by Frederick M. Bayer. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1957 No. 3386 THE LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI (HOMOPTERA: CICADELLIDAE) By Davin A. Youne, jr.! The last taxonomic treatment of the species of the tribe Alebrini, by McAtee in 1926, included 2 genera and 26 species, 9 of which McAtee had not seen. The alebrine genera were treated by the present writer in 1952, but it was noted then that material was too limited to permit formulation of sound generic concepts and that some of the genera were heterogeneous. Although much more material has been available for the present study, the large number of species represented by only a few specimens suggests that additional collecting will bring many more species to light, and that the present classifica- tion ultimately will be considered as an early, preliminary one. Ninety-six species and subspecies in 25 genera are treated. The large number of genera in proportion to the number of species, when viewed in the light of knowledge of genera in other faunal regions in other cicadellid tribes, leads again to the conclusion that the forms studied are only a fragment of the complete fauna. However, the small proportion of species to genera is not likely to persist when more collecting is done, as Ulustrated by the fact that three of the five 1 Department of Entomology, North Carolina State College, Raleigh, N. C.; formerly with Entomology Research Branch, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 127 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 monobasic genera of my 1952 classification are now known to contain additional species. The relationship of the tribe to higher taxonomic categories of leafhoppers is not clear. According to present evidence, the group belongs in the subfamily Typhlocybinae, but is not closely related to any of the other typhlocybine tribes. The interrelationships of genera within the tribe are not always clear. Such relationships as are evident are discussed in connection with the generic descriptions. The genera are primarily Neotropical and southern Nearctic, except the genus Alebra, which is Holarctic. Paoli (1941) described the subgenus Alebra (Afralebra) from a single female from Italian Somali- land. The true position of this form must remain in doubt until males can be examined. Very little is known of food plants in most genera. The known food plants represent diverse families, grasses as well as woody plants. TRIBAL CHARACTERS: The tribe Alebrini includes all species of the subfamily Typhlocybinae in which an appendix is present on the forewing, a characteristic not found in the other tribes. The follow- ing combination of characters also separates them from other tribes: the presence of ocelli, the occurrence of two vannal veins in the hind wing, the presence of sternal abdominal apodemes in the male, and in the ninth tergum of the male a dorsal preanal excision that is deeper than that usually found in the subfamily. EXTERNAL ANATOMY: The shape of the head is variable, ranging from strongly produced before the eyes in Lawsonellus and Pro- talebrella to very slightly produced, with anterior and posterior margins parallel, as in Alebra, Albera, Lareba and Rabela. ‘The proportions of the dorsal surface of the head, the crown, have been employed as distinguishing characters at specific and occasionally at generic level. These proportions ? have been obtained by comparing the median length of the crown with its interocular width, i. e., the shortest distance between the inner margins of the eyes. The dise of the crown may be flat, convex, or concave. Ocelli are present in all species, located almost always on the rounded margin between the crown and the face, and usually equidistant from inner eye margin and median line of head. The face is usually slightly convex in profile and divergent from the profile of the dorsum. No species were found with the contour of the face parallel to that of the crown, a condition that occasionally occurs in the Dikraneurini. The pronotum is narrowest anteriorly, its lateral margins diverging posteriorly to a variable degree. The humeral margins are convex, and the posterior margin is usually shallowly concave, broadly ex- posing the scutellum. Measurements of the pronotum used in this 4 Unless otherwise specified, all proportions in the descriptive portion of this paper apply to males. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 129 paper refer to its length at the midline and its greatest width. The length of the pronotum exhibits more individual variation than the length of the crown. In most Alebrini the pronotum is longer than the crown and wider than the head including the eyes. The forewing has an appendix which may extend to or around the apical wing margin. The apical wing margin is usually smoothly convex, but it may be obliquely truncate (Protalebrella). The vena- tion varies greatly in the tribe, in minor respects among specimens of a species, and even between wings of a single specimen. The longi- tudinal veins are obscure in the middle portion of the wing, but distinct anteapically and apically. Usually veins R, M, and Cu extend directly to the bases of the apical cells, but rarely there are supernumerary cross veins, and occasionally some coalescence of the longitudinal veins anteapically (e. g., Aphanalebra, Rabela). The apical cells are four and are numbered beginning with the innermost with the wing in repose, but because this system of numbering is new to many users, the terms “inner” and ‘outer’ are frequently sub- stituted in the discussions which follow. There is much variation in their form. Most often the inner apical cell is broader basally than at its apex, the second apical cell is slender and parallel-sided, the third apical cell is triangular and often stalked, and the outer apical cell is short, not attaining the apical wing margin, and with its base proximad of the base of the third apical cell, but many departures occur from this commonest condition. In the corium the cell ad- joining the claval suture is referred to as the brachial cell. In the middle third of the corium near the costal margin there usually occurs a waxy oval area, which is referred to as the costal plaque. The contiguous wing margins, when the wings are in the position of repose, are the commissural margins. The hind wings have three longitudinal, one oblique, and three transverse veins. The longitudinal veins, beginning with the one nearest the costa, are R, M, and Cu. In the apical region, a continua- tion of vein R attains the apical wing margin, occasionally after becoming confluent with the anterior branch of vein M for a short distance. This apical portion of vein R, for convenience, has been termed the “posterior branch of vein R.” It is usually connected with the anterior branch of vein M by a short cross vein which varies so much in postion that it has little taxonomic importance. In some species the posterior branch of vein R is evanescent apically, and in some it is confluent with the anterior margin of the wing before the wing apex. The next more posterior apical vein of the hind wing is believed to be Myi4., and the third is M3zi4. The hindmost vein in the apical series is Cu, which Evans (1946, p. 55) states is unbranched. This 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 vein is connected to vein M3,, by a cross vein (m-cu) that often appears oblique or even longitudinal. The oblique vein is Cuz. The location of its apex has some taxo- nomic value. Most frequently the apex occurs at a point basad of the m-cu cross vein, but occasionally it occurs at a point opposite that cross vein. | The transverse veins of the hind wing are the first and second vannal veins, lying between the vannal and jugal folds, and a jugal vein in the jugum. In the males of all the species examined, there is a pair of sternal intra-abdominal apodemes arising near the base of the abdomen and extending caudad into the abdominal cavity. Actually these have been shown to arise from abdominal sternum II, but the origin is not apparent without careful study and is of little importance for descrip- tive purposes. Thelength of the apodemes is useful to some extent. They may be vestigial or very prominent, and in the genus Balera they may be capitate apically. Their length is shown roughly in the descriptions and illustrations by indicating how many of the abdom- inal conjunctivae POSTERIOR TO THEIR ORIGIN they traverse. Thus, if the description states that the apodemes ‘‘attain the second con- junctiva,’’ the words “‘posterior to their origin’”’ are implied in each case to make the description correct morphologically. This is, of course, a rough measurement because the macerated abdomen is elastic, but even considering the variation in the length of the apo- demes themselves, it permits useful comparisons. The last visible sternum of the female is the seventh, and the shape of its hind margin is of taxonomic importance. On each side of the ovipositor, on the pygofer, there is a group of setae, usually irregularly spaced, and usually pale in color. The tergum of the ninth segment of the male is termed the PYGOFER which, together with the ninth sternum and its lobe-like posteriorly- projecting male plates forms the genital capsule. The genital capsule is closed posteriorly by the intersegmental membrane between seg- ments IX and X, the latter being the first segment of the anal tube. The sclerotized dorsal portion of the pygofer appears excised in macerated specimens, the excision representing the dorsal portion of the conjunctiva between segments IX and X. The excision is deeper in the Alebrini than is usually the case in other typhlocybine leaf- hoppers. The basal transverse sclerotized area before the excision may be an uninterrupted band, more heavily sclerotized or not, ex- tending between and continuous with the lateral portions of the py- gofer, or it may be separated from the larger lateral area of the pygofer by a weakly sclerotized line of flection laterally, or occasionally by internal heavily sclerotized bars, in the last two instances forming a LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 131 distinct ninth tergite. Along the dorsal excision, on each side, the integument is frequently thicker, and often there is a ventral extension of this thickened area, forming a dorsal pygofer process. Other pygofer processes may arise from the apical margin, the ventral mar- gin, or on the disc. They are occasionally only differentially sclero- tized areas of the pygofer wall, and tenuous, hence not very reliable as taxonomic characters, but often they are strong, sharply differen- tiated structures, frequently projecting away from the pygofer wall, and are then much less variable. The chaetotaxy of the lateral areas of the pygofer exhibits only slight variation, and has been found to be a useful character. The location of the very minute setae, termed “microsetae”’ in my 1952 paper, is not utilized in the present classifica- tion. The “‘macrosetae” are those conventionally termed ‘‘setae”’ in leafhopper taxonomy. They are easily observed with low magnifica- tion. Only in the genus Alebra are there setae of somewhat inter- mediate size. The macrosetae are usually few and in a characteristic location on the pygofer. Less commonly they are fairly numerous and are generally distributed over the pygofer disc but even then the pygofer is never heavily setose as is often the case in the subfamily Deltocephalinae. The so-called ‘internal male genitalia’”’ consist of the styles, the connective, and the aedeagus. The styles are more intimately con- nected with the plates in the Alebrini than is the condition in most leafhopper tribes, rendering dissection more difficult. They may be long or short, and there is occasionally a preapical lobe which is, how- ever, usually less pronounced than that found in the Dikraneurini, Zyginini (Zygina and its relatives), or Erythroneurini. When a preapical lobe is present, that portion of the style from its cephalic end to the apex of the lobe is termed the SHANK. The connective may be entirely (Paralebra, Trypanalebra, et al.) or partially (Protalebra, sensu stricto) membranous, or it may be en- tirely sclerotized (most genera). The aedeagus varies greatly among genera and occasionally even among species of a single genus. The basal opening, the atrium, which admits the gonoduct, may be at the base of the aedeagus or it may be more distal in position, in which case the more basal portion of the aedeagus is termed the PREATRIUM. There is usually a sclerotized area above the atrium, the pDoRSAL APODEME, to which muscles are attached, but this may be inconspic- uous. Occasionally it is paired, and rarely it is asymmetrical. Its form is often useful in classification. The term sHart is applied to that portion of the aedeagus that bears the gonoduct. The shaft differs greatly in form in different species. There are also aedeagal processes of various sorts. ‘These are called preatrial, atrial, or shaft processes, according to their point of origin. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 157 In all of the measurements giving total length, the measurements were taken from the tip of the crown to the apex of the forewings in repose. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: The majority of the specimens examined in this work are in the United States Nattonal Museum collection. I am ereatly indebted to the following for the privilege of examining mate- rial from the sources indicated: Dr. R. H. Beamer, Snow Entomo- logical Collections, University of Kansas; Dr. B. P. Beirne, Canadian National Collection; Dr. D. M. DeLong, personal collection; Dr. J. N. Knull, the Ohio State University collection; Dr. C. E. Pemberton, Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association; Dr. E. S. Ross, California Academy of Sciences collection; Dr. George Wallace, Carnegie Mu- seum; Dr. A. Willink, Fundaciédn Miguel Lillo, Tucuman, Argentina. Key to genera of Alebrini * 1. Forewing with appendix extending around wing apex and hind wing with submarginal vein distinct from apical wing margin ......... 2 Forewing with appendix not extending around apical wing margin, or if so (Diceratalebra interrogata (Knull)) then hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin. .. . siemens let 3 2. Hind wing with submarginal vein continuous canton ith postenen branch of vein R; male plates with an Pore lobe bearing a tuft of setae (distribu- tion Elalemetic) ae pain ae . .. . . .Alebra Fieber (p. 134) Hind wings with submarginal vein eondine beyond posterior branch of vein R, and curved basad along costal margin (distribution Neotropical). Crsalebra Young (p. 141) 3. Male with anal tube having lateral paired and median unpaired processes. Albera, new genus (p. 148) Male occasionally with lateral paired anal processes, never with unpaired median process .... Mae Bes Ses) ce Gas 4. Male with connective enurely Pao DEnDOUS. Rae AS. Aaa fh! ee Pa Male with connective, at least partly, heavily ccleconmedls Satine i 9 5. Male without an sunt aedeagal process; paired aedeagal processes present. 5 \sine hs . . . . .Paralebra McAtee (p. 145) Male with an suaronined! nedenwal SeOGERE: paired processes present or absent. 6 6. Male with aedeacus’symmetrical 27) 7. oe eee Male with aedeagus markedly asymmetrical ..... TG ISB 7. Crown of head with median length more than one-half imveroetlen width and more than one-third median length of pronotum; male usually with paired aedeagal processes .. . . . . . . Trypanalebra Young (p. 153) Crown of head with median ieee less than one-half interocular width and less than one-third median length of pronotum; male without paired aedeagal processes. . ...... .. =. . . Blarea, new genus (p. 159) 3 The genus Hadralebra Young (Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. vol. 35, p. 19, 1952) was erected for Dikraneura (Hyloidea) laticeps (Osborn) (Ann, Carnegie Mus. vol. 18, p. 277, 1928), although the genitalia are unique among typhlocybine leafhoppers, as was stated in the original generic description. A subsequent study of the genitalia of a number of neotropical Tettigellinae has revealed that Hadralebra is closely related to some tettigelline genera, and the study of specimens with entire wings will probably eventually confirm the correctness of its transfer to the Tettigellinae, made at this time. 10. a 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. tC? 18. Lig LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 133 . Male with paired aedeagal processes; aedeagal shaft not recurved apically; forewing without confluent longitudinal veins before apical cells. Relaba, new genus (p. 161) Male without paired aedeagal processes; shaft recurved apically; forewing with veins M and Cu confluent proximad of the apical cells. Aphanalebra McAtee (p. 163) . Aedeagus with two pairs of ventral processes arising at atrium. Osbornulus, new genus (p. 164) Aedeagus notso ... ha ae ete tte O Aedeagus drastically scymmetrical Wis, Sel : Provalebra Baker (p. 166) Aedeagus notso ... Langer ies tee Fe Style apex strongly Seine. in leaner aged: seca donna apodemes elongate, slender, capitate, traversing at least two abdominal conjunctivae. Balera Young (p. 171) Style apex not strongly sigmoid in lateral aspect; sternal abdominal apodemes rarely (Rhabdotalebra) traversing more than one abdominal conjunctiva, not slender or capitate .... Let psehde et ate U7 Style in lateral aspect with a pega face Cee ryeaeeth aghomnaae arm of connective (fig. 14,c); aedeagus with widely-separated short paired dorsal apodemes (fig. 14,d); head broadly rounded, only very slightly longer at middle than next toeye .. . . . . . .Brunerella Young (p. 176) Not with above combination of Pipes DE Ses tee ake Crown with interocular width one-half greater than wade. leween forewing with outer apical cell broader than long; style greatly elongate. Lareba, new genus (p. 180) Without the above combination of characters; rarely with any one of above eharacters . 0. Sf ees | al Crown with median nese more en Rice: iaaceneuler wal ins connective T-shaped with unpaired portion directed cephalad. Lawsonellus, new genus (p. 182) Crown with median length less than twice interocular width; connective not as above... set Ac, LD Forewing with pase 2 aces aa 27 sulle Srey peel oe pace of third apical cell, the bases almost in same straight line which is at right angles to the long axis of the wing (fig. 17,c) . . . . . Habralebra Young (p. 183) Forewing with base of outer apical cell, at least at its intersection with costal margin, distinctly basad of base of third apical cell. . . ..... .16 Color patterns of forewings including a conspicuous trans-commissural omega-shaped marking over the wings in repose (exception lenticula (Osborm)) .. . . . . . . Omegalebra, new genus (p. 199) Forewings without HAH ceased MATKING We tes Age syslog | 7) Male pygofer notched at apex (fig. 24,9); Aoaeaals with vapered ventral process arising at base of shaft, exceeding shaft in length (fig. 24,f). Erabla, new genus (p. 212) Without above combination of characters... . ae Ce, eee ae Aedeagal shaft semicircular or nearly so in esi pence ale with ype extension broadened at extremity. ... . . .. ..Rabela Young (p. 214) Not asabove.... RMA CAS AG Aedeagus with dorsal eden eonerse dievactly pilébed ch apex; pygofer processes absent (exception: sarana); anal processes present (figs. 26, 27). Elabra Young (p. 218) Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme longitudinal, not lobed, or weakly lobed at base, or absent; anal processes present or absent. ........ .20 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 20. Style with preapical lobe usually very well developed; aedeagus with dorsal apodeme usually saddle-shaped in lateral aspect and bilobed at cephalic extremity; male pygofer with macrosetae nearly always restricted to posterodorsal portion (figs. 28-30) . . . Rhabdotalebra deni (p. 226) Notiso. Susan wie piers.) Qi 21. Aedeagus with sacl Apodome spe aa eaten clnneare 5 as 5 Sey Aedeagus without dorsal apodeme. ... . .Abrela, new ae (p. 240) 22. Length of male more than 4 mm.; color pattern including a prominent zigzag vitta of red or black on each forewing; anal processes extending antero- ventrad almost to ventral pygofer margin; ninth tergum with tergite delimited caudally and laterally by an integumental thickening. Beamerulus, new genus (p. 242) Length of male less than 4 mm.; color pattern not as above; anal process absent or very short, at most not extending beyond middle of pygofer; ninth tergite usually absent, hints: delimited laterally but not caudally as described above. ... . Hatton ors 2S 23. Aedeagus bifurcate apically (fig. 33,e) . . Diceratakeann Youre (p. 247) Aedeagus not so... ghia 2+ 24. Apex of forewing pplicnel: Panes) or Cie liahe: Se tube without processes; color never including oblique angular red or orange markings. Protalebrella Young (p. 255) Apex of forewing rounded; anal tube with short processes; color pattern often including prominent oblique red or orange vittae. Barela, new genus (p. 264) Genus Alebra Fieber FIGURE 1 Compsus Fieber (nec Schoenherr, 1823), Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, vol. 16, p. 507, 1866. Alebra Fieber, Katalog der Europdischen Cicadinen, p. 14, 1874 (nomen novum for Compsus Fieber). Type of the genus Cicada albostriella Fallén by subsequent designa- tion of Oshanin (Kat. Pal. Hemip., p. 111, 1912). Hind wing with submarginal vein distinct and separate from apical margin, extending around apex and confluent with apex of posterior branch of vein R which is entire; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point opposite m-cu. Forewing with appendix extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell slender, not greatly wider in basal third than in apical half; about as long as second and third apical cells which are slender and parallel-sided; outer apical cell elongate triangular, with base slightly proximad of base of third apical cell, occasionally obsolescent. Female seventh sternum broadly produced posteriorly with apex shallowly emarginate. Male plates greatly exceeding posterior pygofer margin, lobed apically, each with a row of weak macrosetae along mesal margin and a cluster of dorsal macrosetae on the apical lobe. Pygofer with posterior margin produced in a dorsal and a ventral lobe; disc without macro- setae (occasionally with elongate fine microsetae along dorsal margin LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 135 of ventral lobe) ; pygofer process an inrolled portion of ventral pygofer margin. Ninth tergum with a differentially sclerotized transverse bar, without a tergite. Anal processes absent. Style elongate, without strong preapical lobe, apex decurved, acute. Connective triangular or V-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct; dorsal apodeme well-developed, slender and slightly compressed laterally, or membran- ous; shaft simple, slightly curved dorsad, without processes; gonopore apical. Sternal abdominal apodemes short, not traversing first conjunctiva. Head very weakly produced; crown with median length approximately two-thirds interocular width; ocelli on broadly rounded margin between crown and face, closer to median line than to inner eye margins. Pronotum at least twice median length of crown, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral aspect. Distribution is Holarctic. The complete appendix of the forewing, the lack of macrosetae on the male pygofer and the apically lobed male plates with clustered setae on the lobes set Alebra well apart from other alebrine genera. In addition to the species treated below, W. Wagner has described Alebra sorbi (Zentralbl. Ges. Forstw., vol. 3, p. 43, 1949), which I have been unable to examine. The species is closely related to A. albostriella (Fallén). Key to species of Alebra 1. Pygofer, in lateral aspect, with posterior margin vertical in upper half, not mouchea =F. .. . . . . albositriella (Fallén) Pygofer, in lateral peneer ee penierion Fore ai strongly or weakly notched in apper halfstO'.) 2° 2 2. Pygofer with posterodorsal cama stioaay onaued Ge aA yommacitue strong, elongate-triangular; style expanded anteapically . . aurea (Walsh) Pygofer with posterodorsal margin weakly notched (fig. 1,4), connective weak, shallowly V-shaped; style gradually tapering. ... . fumida Gillette Alebra albostriella (Fallén) Figure 1,a—c Cicada albo-striella Fallén, Hemiptera Sveciae vol. 2, p. 54, 1826. Cicadula elegentula Zetterstedt, Fauna insectorum Lapponica, vol. 1, p. 536, 1828. Typhlocyba discicollis Herrich-Schaeffer, Deutschlands Insecten, Heft 124, p. 8, 1834. Eupteryx fasciata Curtis, Brit. Ent., vol. 14, pl. 640, 1837. Typhlocyba fulveola Herrich-Schaeffer, Deutschlands Insecten, Heft 164, p. 16, 1838. Typhlocyba wahlbergi Boheman, Handl. Svenska Vet. Akad. (1845), p. 42, 1845. Typhlocyba eximia Hardy, Trans. Tyneside Nat. Club, vol. 1, p. 417, 1850. Alebra albostriella var. viridis Rey, Echange, vol. 10, p. 46, 1894. Alebra flavocephala Kupka, Ent. Nachr., vol. 25, p. 33, 1899. Alebra albostriella var. albostriella McAtee (in part?), Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 144, 1926. 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Alebra albostriella var. insigiia McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 143, 1926. Alebra albostriella var. insignita McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 144, 1926. (?) Alebra albostriella f. costatella Matsumura, ins. Mats., vol. 6, p. 67, 1931. Alebra albostriella var. diluita Ribaut, Faune de France, vol. 31, p. 196, 1936. Alebra albostriella var. dufourt Ribaut, Faune de France, vol. 31, p. 197, 1936. Alebra wahlbergi var. brunnea Ribaut, Faune de France, vol. 31, p. 198, 1936. Alebra wahlbergi var. pallescens Ribaut, Faune de France, vol. 31, p. 198, 1936. Alebra albostrielia (part.) of American authors, nee Fallén. Length of male 3.2-3.9 mm., of female 3.5-4.5 mm. Crown short, broad, anterior and posterior margins parallel. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with posterior margin vertical in upper half, the postero- dorsal portion not, or only very slightly produced posteriorly, posterior margin in lower half produced posteriorly in a digitiform lobe, and appearing to have a, tapered differentially-sclerotized process (actually merely the inrolled ventral pygofer margin). Style elongate, slender, abruptly decurved apically, in broadest aspect slightly expanded basad of the decurved portion, but without a distinct preapical lobe. Connective elongate-triangular. Aedeagus slender and elongate, preatrium short, dorsal apodeme elongate, slender, subcylindrical except expanded portion near union with shait; shaft elongate, slender, eradually tapering, without processes, slightly bisinuate, the apex slightly procurved, shaft slightly asymmetrical in ventral aspect. Abdominal sterna of male bearing microsetae. Color dimorphic. Mann: Dorsum unmarked lemon yellow except apical cells and apices of anteapical cells which are hyaline; venter varying from entirely lemon yellow (occasionally with somewhat paler areas but these not constant) to black over thorax and abdomen. FrmMaute: Extremely variable. Typical variety with ground color of head, pronotum, and scutellum milky subhyaline to milky opaque, a pair of broad vittae beginning on posterior margin of crown next inner ocular margins and diverging over disc of pronotum to its hind margin, a broad vitta bordering the commissural margin from pro- notum to apex of clavus, a broad vitta in corium beginning opposite apex of scutellum, extending parallel to claval suture almost to cross- veins, and a broad vitta along anterior wing margin from base to apical cells, pale yellow to red, venter varying from pale yellow to black. Variety discicollis (Herrich-Schaeffer) with ground color of crown and pronotum sordid white, a broad median dark vitta begin- ning on disc of crown and extending with divergent lateral margins over pronotal disc and over entire scutellum, the last with transverse sulcus and a short narrow marking along each lateral margin jet black; forewing subhyaline usually with some indication of the longitudinal vittae of the typical variety, with a variable transverse broad stripe LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 137 near midlength of wing; face and venter entirely pale. Variety diluta Ribaut differing from typical form in forewing coloration in that commissural vitta is wanting, as is the subcostal vitta occasionally; --/---- appendix € Ficure 1.—Alebra. a-c, A. albostriella: a, anterior dorsum; b, pygofer, lateral aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect. d-1, 4. aurea: d, hind wing; e, forewing; f, aedeagus, lateral aspect; g, pygofer, lateral aspect; h, style and connective, ventral aspect; 72, style, lateral aspect. j-l, A. fumida: j, style, apical portion, lateral aspect; k, pygofer, lateral aspect; I, aedeagus, lateral aspect. all vittae yellow (based on original description). Variety viridis Rey (according to Ribaut’s 1936 description) differs from the typical vari- ety in that the white band of the clavus is narrower, and with its outer margin parallel to claval suture. to which it extends in some speci- 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 mens. In the original description, Rey merely stated that the stripes were green instead of yellow or orange. Variety dufouri Ribaut was described originally from two females which were dark brown from crown to apical half of forewings, except the basal angles of the pro- notum. The type of A. albostriella var. wnsignita McAtee (in USNM) has been examined. It agrees well with descriptions of the typical variety given by Ribaut (1936) and Ossiannilsson (1946, 106). Ribaut (1936, p. 197) distinguishes a second European species, with- out genital characters, as wahlberg, (Boheman, 1845), but specimens studied from Zircz, Hungary, from Rijswijck, Holland, and Bucharest, Rumania appear to be intermediate in character, and it seems advis- able to relegate wahlbergi (Boheman) to synonymy in view of this. The original description states that both sexes are striped, but no males have been found to be marked like females of the typical variety in the course of this study. American authors for many years have identified the common wide- spread North American species as albostriella, and the author followed this course in a recent publication (Young, 1952, p. 30), although constant differences in male genitalia were noted. Further study has led to the conclusion that the common North American species 1s distinct (see Alebra aurea (Walsh), below). The true albostriella has been taken in Washington, D. C., by Dr. E. D. Ball and Dr. O. Heide- mann, and in the Arnold Arboretum, Boston, Mass., by Dr. Harold Morrison. Possibly the species has been introduced. Ribaut (1936, pp. 195, 197) lists oak, elm, birch, alder, maple, linden, walnut and hawthorn as food plants. One of the specimens taken in Washington, D. C., was taken from hickory. The single specimen from the Arnold Arboretum was swept from Physocarpus sp. Alebra aurea (Walsh) Figure 1,d-z Typhlocyba aurea Walsh, Prairie Farmer, vol. 10, new ser., p. 149, 1862. Typhlocyba binotata Walsh, loc. cit. Typhlocyba pallidula Walsh, loc. cit. Typhlocyba aurata Gillette, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, p. 7138, 1898. [err. pro aurea Walsh], new synonymy. Alebra albostriella var. rubrafrons DeLong, Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. 18, p. 240, 1918, new synonymy. Alebra bicincta DeLong, loc. cit., new synonymy. ? Alebra eburnea DeLong, op. cit., p. 241, new synonymy. Alebra albostriella var. tincta McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 148, 1926, new synonymy. Alebra albostriella var. agresta McAtee, op. cit., p. 144, new synonymy. ?Alebra albostriella var. albostriella; McAtee (in part), loc. cit., new synonymy. Alebra albostriella var. fulveola; McAtee, loc. cit., new synonymy. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 139 Alebra albostriella var. scopa McAtee, op. cit., p. 145, new synonymy. Alebra albostriella var. discicollis; McAtee, op. cit., p. 146, new synonymy. Alebra albostriella; American authors nec Fallén, new synonymy. Length of male 3.3-4.2 mm., of female 3.7-4.4 mm. Male pygofer, in lateral aspect with posterodorsal portion produced posteriorly form- ‘ng a short dorsal lobe, forming with the more ventral longer lobe, a distinct notch. Aedeagus in lateral aspect with shaft smoothly curved, not bisinuate. Other characters as in A. albostriella (Fallén). Color variable. Maun: Typical variety as described above for Alebra albostriella (Fallén), but with the yellow color of the forewings frequently entirely filling the anteapical cells and occasionally tinted with orange. Variety rubrafrons DeLong with coloration like typical variety but with crown, clypeus and clypellus pink to red. In variety pallidula Walsh (sens. McAtee), markings are chiefly lacking, with the forewing apices occasionally fumose (the original description also included specimens with pale yellow vittae on commissural and costal margins). In the holotype of var. tincta (McAtee) the apex of the forewing from slightly in front of cross veins to wing apex is covered by a transverse smoky band. The pygofer is as described above. Fremaue: Variety pallidula (Walsh) with coloration as discussed under the male variety of this (above). Variety binotata (Walsh) with two transverse dark submarginal spots near anterior margin of pronotum. Variety bicincta DeLong with two broad transverse dark bands on forewings, the anterior one beginning opposite apex of scutellum and extending to midlength of commissural margin of clavus, the posterior one from apices of anteapical cells to wing apex. Variety agresta McAtee with a pale yellow vitta along anterior margin, fading out near midlength of wing, and a second similarly colored vitta along commissural margin to cross veins; pronotum occasionally with a broad median pale yellow vitta. This species is undoubtedly more widespread than the collections at hand indicate. Specimens have been examined from Ontario, Massachusetts, New York, Maryland, District of Columbia, Virginia, Kentucky, Wisconsin, Missouri, and Kansas. Tennessee should be added to the list because it has the type localities for some of DeLong’s varieties. Specimens have been collected from maple, linden, oak, chestnut, sycamore, dogwood, and elm. The species was abundant on the campus of the University of Louisville in a group of elms, many of which were dying from phloem necrosis. Some of the specimens placed in var. pallidula Walsh by McAtee are teneral. DeLong’s eburnea was placed in synonymy with pallidula Walsh by McAtee (1926, p. 143) and from the original description that disposition appears correct. The type of eburnea had darker 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 longitudinal lines on the pronotum, however, according to the original description. Variety agresta McAtee appears to represent the commonest color- ation of the female. McAtee’s paratype series of this variety contains a number of females and two males, one of which is a monstrosity, the other a specimen with male genitalia like those described below for Alebra fumida, but containing a dorilaid parasite. It seems advis- able, at present, to consider var. agresta McAtee to apply only to females. The variety treated by McAtee (1926, pp. 1438, 144) as var. albostri- ella probably does not occur in this species, although this cannot be certified until female specific characters have been found. Red- striped females are completely unknown in North America for any species in the genus. The variety which McAtee (1926, pp. 143, 144) interpreted as var. fulveola (Herrich-Schaeffer) appears to be typical aurea (Walsh). The type of A. albostriella var. scopa McAtee, a female, has been examined. It appears to be a poorly colored specimen, perhaps teneral, of this common North American species. The dark spot on the base of the scutellum does not appear well-defined, and probably is not integumental. The variety McAtee assigned to var. discicollis (Herrich-Schaeffer) is represented, in the specimens examined, only by a good series of females from Washington, D. C., and from surburban Virginia. Oman collected a copulating pair on Acer campestre. The male has a pygofer typical for this species. The color variety does appear to be the analogue of Alebra albostriella var. discicollis (Herrich-Schaeffer). With the elevation of aurea to specific rank, this variety is left name- less. There seems to be no point in adding one more to an already overbundant group of varietal names. The form McAtee treated as fumida Gillette is a good species, based upon an examination of the genitalia of Gillette’s type. A pair of specimens taken by the writer in Louisville, Ky., had similar color- ation, but the aedeagus of the male and the style apex is like typical aurea. The pygofer of the Kentucky specimen, unfortunately, has been lost. A series taken on Crataegus in Prince Edward County, Ontario, is colored as in fumida, but the male genitalia present only minor differences from aurea as interpreted here. Alebra fumida Gillette Figure 1, 7-l Alebra fumida Gillette, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 20, p. 714, 1898. Alebra albostriella var. fumida; McAtee (part?), Journ. New York Ent. Soce., vol. 34, p. 145, 1926. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 141 Length of male 3.2-4.2 mm., of female 3.6-4.2 mm. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with posterodorsal portion broadly, shallowly con- cave, both lobes on posterior pygofer margin markedly shorter than in A. aurea (Walsh). Styles not expanded anteapically as in A. lbostriella (Fallén), gradually tapering to acute decurved apices. Connective shallowly V-shaped, style base not or only slightly ex- tended cephalad from articulation with connective. Other characters as in A. albostriella (Fallén). Variable, both sexes from entirely yellowish white to darker. Darker males either with crown yellow, pronotum and scutellum light gray, the latter with brown basal angles, forewings translucent with commissural margin, claval suture, and corial streak parallel to claval suture narrowly yellow, or (type) with crown sordid brown, pronotum and scutellum much darker brown, forewing except costal plaque entirely smoky translucent with the apical cells slightly darker. ‘Darker females with crown pale yellow to brownish yellow, pronotum brownish yellow to pale brown, a lighter spot near midlength of each lateral margin, scutellum dark brown, forewing yellowish hyaline, claval region suffused with light brown, apical cells fumose. Specimens are at hand from New York, Wisconsin, Kansas, Iowa, and Illinois (males from Wisconsin and New York). This species, with distinct morphological characters, cannot be separated, on the basis of color alone, from aurea (q. v. for discussion of darker specimens from Kentucky and Canada). Genus Orselebra Young FIGURE 2 Orsalebra Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 23, 1952 (type Orsalebra robusta Young by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein extending around wing apex, distinct from apical margin, continued beyond apex of posterior branch of R along costal margin towards base of wing, becoming evanescent near midlength of costal margin; posterior branch of R entire apically; vein Cu, attaining submarginal vein at point opposite vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix extending around wing apex; bases of first, second, and third apical cells rectilinear, these cells successively shorter towards costal margin; outer apical cell open at base; first and second apical cells with lateral margins subparaliel; third apical cell broader apically than at base. Female seventh sternum with hind margin produced, regularly convex. Male plates greatly exceeding posterior pygofer margin, broad basally, each plate abruptly narrowed in apical third, with apex broadly rounded; disc with multiseriate short macrosetae in basal two-thirds, becoming uniseriate in apical third and extending to apex. Pygofer with mid- 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 posterior margin produced and forming a subquadrate thickened short apical process; macrosetae multiseriate, submarginal near pos- terodorsal margin; pygofer wall with an oblique thickened integu- mental rod. Ninth tergum without a tergite or a differentially sclerotized area. Style elongate, with small distinct dorsal preapical lobe and short apical extension directed ventrad. Connective U-shaped, vertical. Aedeagus asymmetrical with preatrium elongate, dorsal apodeme well developed, more than half length of shaft, shaft with anteapical processes and processes near midlength. Sternal abdominal apodemes vestigial. Head with anterior margin broadly rounded, posterior margin parallel to anterior; ocelli on broadly rounded margin between crown and face, closer to median line of head than to eyes. Pronotum much longer than head, its width subequal to width of head including eyes, lateral margins short, strongly divergent posteriorly. Face flat in lateral aspect. Known only from the genotype, from Ecuador. At present, Orsalebra is believed to be not closely related to other alebrine genera. The venation of the hind wing, with the submarginal vein extending beyond the apex of the posterior branch of vein R thence basad along the costal margin (this sector of the submarginal vein which probably represents the preservation of one of the more anterior branches of vein R, is unknown elsewhere in the Alebrini, and is suggestive of the Dikraneurini). The form of the head, enclosing a great portion of the anterior pronotal margin is also a unique feature in the tribe. In the hind wing the confluence of vein Cu, with the submarginal vein opposite vein m-cu is an unusual character, but it occurs also in Alebra, and the condition is approached in the genus Trypanalebra. The occurrence in the forewing of an appendix that extends around the wing apex is found elsewhere in the tribe only in Alebra and in Diceratalebra interrogata (Knull). Orsalebra robusta Young FIGURE 2 Orsalebra robusta Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 24, 1924. Length of male 4.6 mm., of female 4.5 mm. Crown with median length less than half interocular width and about one-third median length of pronotum. Aedeagus with pair of once-branched processes slightly distad of midlength, each process bearing small projections and appearing somewhat pectinate; with three retrorse anteapical processes on cephalic surface near apex; apex a laterally compressed decurved lobe. Ground color of dorsum yellowish white, a spot around each ocellus and basal angles of scutellum pale orange; three longitudinal vittae on pronotum, apex of scutellum and vitta within claval suture bright LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 143 orange. Forewing with vein Cu bright (holotype) or pale orange; claval apex and small portion of adjoining appendix deep black; brachial cell apically and apical cells, fumose. Face with suggestion of two yellow markings at base; remainder of venter stramineous except dark tarsal claws. Ne Pim nd a= = a ae — im) Ficure 2.—Orsalebra robusta: a, anterior dorsum of female allotype; b, aedeagus, lateral aspect; c, hind wing; d, forewing; ¢, style and connective, lateral aspect; f, aedeagus, apex, caudal aspect; g, pygofer, lateral aspect. This species is known only from the holotype and allotype, from Hacienda Talahua, Bolivar, Ecuador (F. M. and H. H. Brown), in the Snow Entromological Collections. Albera, new genus FIGURE 3 Type of the genus, Protalebra picea Osborn. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex; inner apical cell only slightly broader at base than in apical half; second apical cell slender, elongate, parallel-sided; third apical cell elongate, triangular; outer apical cell elongate, triangular, much longer than broad, not attaining apical wing margin, its base distinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates elongate, greatly exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a single row of macrosetae from near base to apex. Pygofer with posterior margin strongly produced, macrosetae in an anteapical vertical row; process arising at apex of pygofer. Ninth tergum with- out a tergite or heavily sclerotized area. Anal tube with unpaired median and paired lateral processes. Style elongate, slender, pre- apical lobe weak. Connective Y-shaped with the unpaired portion broad. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme saddle- shaped; shaft simple, without processes. Sternal abdominal apo- demes traversing one conjunctiva. Head strongly produced, crown 422758 —57——-2 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 with median length exceeding interocular width; ocelli on broad margin between crown and face, equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum longer than head, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins weakly divergent posteriorly. Face convex in lateral aspect. Known only from the genotype, from Brazil, Venezuela, and Panama. The three anal processes serve to set this genus apart from all other known genera of Alebrini. Albera picea (Osborn), new combination FIGureE 3 Protalebra picea Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus. Vol. 18, p. 265, 1928. Length of male 2.8 mm., of female 2.8-3.0 mm. Crown with anterior margin broadly rounded, disc convex; median length almost one-half greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length less than twice median length of crown. Female seventh sternum subtriangular, sinuate on each side of a pronounced lobate “ol es Ficure 3.—Albera picea: a, anterior dorsum; b, aedeagus, lateral aspect; c, style and con- nective, dorsal aspect; d, style apex, lateral aspect; e, anal processes, lateral aspect; f, apex of forewing; g, apex of hind wing; h, pygofer, lateral aspect. median posterior projection; pygofer with weak macrosetae near and parallel to ovipositor from near base to apex. Male pygofer with a weakly sclerotized apical process directed caudomesad, not attaining midline. Style with apical narrowed portion decurved; aedeagus with dorsal apodeme laterally compressed, narrower at base than at apex; shaft abruptly narrowed on ventral margin in basal third; gonopore near midlength of caudal margin. Anal tube with a pair of lateral decurved hooks and a large unpaired median lanceolate pro- cess, all heavily sclerotized. Crown ivory suffused with tan, with a longitudinal black stripe on each side extending from near base of crown to an anteapical paler LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 145 ocellus-like spot spot for which it forms a border. Pronotum pitch- black. Scutellum dark brown, shining, the apical third ivory. Forewing translucent shining brown; clavus with basal triangular and apical trapezoidal transcommissural spots ivory, the latter extending slightly into the brachial cell of each wing, and a quadrate trans- commissural spot behind middle, ivory anteriorly, hyaline posteriorly ; corium with four translucent wedge-shaped spots along middle half of costal margin, the third suffused with ivory. Face stramineous, a narrow rim around ocelli, except laterally, and a triangular vitta extending ventrad and mesad from the anteroventral corner of each eye, black. Pleural portion of pronotum pitch-black; thoracic pleura dark brown. Hind leg with apex of femur and apical tarsomere dark brown; middle leg with apical tarsomere dark brown; foreleg variable, from unmarked yellow to yellow with a transverse marking on each femur, and entire tibia and tarsus, black. Remainder pale beneath except female pygofer and ovipositor which are pitch-black. The type, a female from Fort Principe, Rio Guaporé, Brazil, is in the Carnegie Museum collection. Additional specimens have been examined from Aguadulce, Coclé Province, and Garachiné, Darién Province, Panama, and from Barinas, Venezuela. This peculiar species has the facies of Xestocephalus, but appears properly placed in the Alebrini. Genus Paralebra McAtee Ficures 4, 5 Protalebra subgenus Paralebra McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, pp. 147, 151, 1926 (type Protalebra similis Baker by original designation). Protalebra subgenus Plagalebra McAtee, op. cit., pp. 147, 151 (type Protalebra singularis Baker by original designation). Protalebra subgenus Kallebra McAtee, op. cit., p. 152 (type Protalebra ninettae Baker by original designation) new synonymy. Paralebra; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 28, 1952. Kallebra; Young, op. cit., p. 22 Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R evanescent or not apically; vein Cuz confluent with submarginal vein at point proximad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell usually broader at base than at apex; second apical cell parallel-sided; third apical cell stalked; outer apical cell variable in shape, short, not attaining apical wing margin. Male plates elongate, triangular, each with a longitudinal group of macro- setae parallel to lateral margin. Pygofer with posterior margin produced or truncate; macrosetae in vertical irregular row on disc; processes arising ventrally. Ninth tergum differentially sclerotized with or without lines of flection. Anal processes present or absent. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Style variable interspecifically, with or without preapical lobe. Con- nective membranous. Aedeagus with a pair of conspicuous processes arising near base; preatrium present or absent; dorsal apodeme distinct or greatly reduced. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing first conjunctiva. Head moderately to strongly produced, crown with apex rounded or angular, median length equal to or exceeding interocular width; ocelli about equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum with median length equal to or exceeding that of crown, as wide as or wider than head including eyes, lateral margins varying interspecifically from slightly to strongly divergent posteriorly. Face from slightly concave to strongly convex in lateral aspect. Distribution: Mexico, Central and South America, and West Indies. Paralebra can be separated from other genera in the group with a membranous connective in the male by its lack of an unpaired aedeagal process. Key to species of Paralebra 1. Crown with conspicuous black spot at apex; forewing with inner apical cell not conspicuously broader at base than at apex; ocelli slightly above margin between crown and face... ... . . . .Minettae (Baker) Crown marked otherwise; forowins itt inner VebyiGal cell much broader at base than at apex; ocelli cnehole below margin between crown and face . . 2 2. Crown without a cruciate pale marking, median length about equal to inter- ocular width; total length of insect less than3 mm... . eee es Crown with a cruciate pale marking, median nave, one- third greater than interocular width; total length of insect 3mm.ormore........ 4 3. Aedeagus with ae processes extending directly caudad; male pygofer with ventral process inconspicucus and not strongly curved apically. similis (Baker) Aedeagus with atrial processes appearing looped, extending dorsad thence caudad; male pygofer with ventral process conspicuous and strongly curved apically = ae ee . . . . . keiferi, new species 4. Male with ventral Sees proce onenicuods! hook-shaped; aedeagal shaft smoothly, curved, 1: >. toa: . . . . . deeurvata, new species Male with ventral pygofer Sader canntite! not hooked; aedeagal shaft DISEDIA EC ici! a3 be ave Gee A oe ry a ina ines (Baker) Paralebra similis (Baker) FIGURE 4,a-e Protalebra similis Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, supplement, p. 403, 1899. Protalebra (Paralebra) similis McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 151, 1926. Paralebra similis; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 29, 1952. Length of male 2.6-2.8 (type) mm., of female 2.7 mm. Crown with median length equal to interocular width and slightly less than length of pronotum; disc flat; width of head including eyes equal to LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 147 width of pronotum or slightly less. Ocelli slightly below margin be- tween crown and face. Pronotum with lateral margins slightly di- vergent posteriorly. Face almost flat in profile. Hind wing with posterior branch of vein R entire apically. Female seventh sternum with median keel, posterior margin rectilinear; pygofer with few dis- persed pale macrosetae on apical half near ovipositor. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a single row of macro- setae from near base almost to apex. Male pygofer truncate apically (not always obviously so in lateral aspect, but if not then distinctly so in ventrolateral aspect); ventral portion with a distinct lobe (resulting from inrolling of ventral margin) or not; ventral portion with a short inconspicuous process. Ninth tergum with a heavily sclerotized trans- verse bar, without distinct lines of flection laterally. Anal processes absent. Style elongate, slender, without preapical lobe, rounded at apex, apical portion slightly decurved. Aedeagus with preatrium short, slender; dorsal apodeme paired, the arms short, extending caudo- dorsad; atrium V-shaped in cephalic aspect, with a process arising dorsally on each side, expanded in apical half, thence gradually tapered to acute apex which exceeds apex of shaft; shaft arising dorsally in atrium, funnel-shaped, the basal half from broadly to slightly expanded on dorsal margin, a variable portion of apical half curved dorsad (ex- treme apex in type, considerably more in some other specimens ex- amined); gonopore terminal. Ground color of crown and pronotum dull orange, crown fading anteriorly to a narrow submarginal ivory area, posterior margin of pronotum olive, separated from disc by a sharp black line. Scutellum dull yellow, the transverse sulcus, a triangular spot at midlength of lateral margin, and apex, black. Forewing with ground color olive, an elongate inverted U-shaped marking in basal half of clavus con- necting posteriorly with a broader oblique vitta extending from com- missure posterolaterad over half width of corium, a longitudinal vitta in apical third of clavus, the claval suture narrowly in basal half, broadly in apical third, a broad submarginal streak parallel to anterior wing margin over basal two-thirds, interrupted by costal plaque, a dash at midlength of cell R, apical portions of cells R and M and apical cells except areoles in second and fourth apical cells, black; a longitudi- nal vitta at base in corium next claval suture, a diagonal vitta behind coextensive with and parallel to the black oblique clava] vitta, an areole in apex of cell R, and one in outer apical cell and apical veins, white; second apical cell with a hyaline areole. Face black, a narrow transverse basal line, through ocelli, and apex of clypellus, ivory. Legs pale, middle tarsus with a single band, hind tarsus with two bands, a broad femoral and tibial band on each hind leg, black, re- mainer of venter black. 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The type, in the U.S. National Museum, bears the label ‘““Corumba”’ [Brazil] and “May.” The original description stated that the speci- men was collected in April. Specimens with no consistent morpho- logical differences have been observed from Panama, British Hon- duras, Venezuela, Haiti, and the Dominican Republic. Puerto Rico should be added to this range, because Caldwell (1952) illustrated a male. Paralebra keiferi, new species FicurE 4,f—h Length as in P. similis (Baker). Crown with median length slightly exceeding interocular width and four-fifths median length of pronotum; disc flat; width of head including eyes slightly less than width of pronotum. Lateral margins of pronotum, ocelli, face, female pygofer and seventh sternum, and male plates as in similis. Male pygofer with posterior margin broadly rounded; pygofer processes arising ventrally, each with apex hooked dorsad in lateral aspect. Ninth tergum as in similis. Anal processes absent. Style similar to that of similis. Aedeagus with preatrium and dorsal apodemes absent, with a pair of dorsal atrial processes extending slightly cephalad at their bases, thence curved sharply caudad, each process aciculate; shaft slightly expanded on dorsal margin near midlength, much shorter and broader than in similis, apex curved dorsad; gonopore terminal. Color similar to similis but with an additional transverse white streak on face extending between antennal bases, and with an addi- tional transverse black stripe on disc of pronotum, not attaining lateral pronotal margins. Holotype male, allotype female and long series of paratypes of both sexes, Socorro Island, in the Revilla Gigedo group, 2,000 ft., May 8, 1925 (H. H. Keifer), in California Academy of Sciences collection. Male and female paratypes in U. S. National Museum. Paralebra ninettae (Baker), new combination FiGuRE 4,7—l Protalebra ninettae Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 403, 1899. Protalebra (Kallebra) ninettae; McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, p. 152, 1926. Kallebra ninettae; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 23, 1952. Length of male 2.8 mm. Crown with median length almost one- half greater than interocular width and about three-fourths of median length of pronotum; disc convex; width of head including eyes less than width of pronotum. Ocelli slightly above margin between crown and face. Pronotum with lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 149 Face in profile, and posterior branch of vein R of hind wing as in P. similis (Baker). Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a single row of macrosetae in apical two-thirds. Male pygofer with posterior margin regularly convex; pygofer process arising on ventral margin, short, inconspicuous. Ninth tergum as in J Figure 4.—Paralebra. a-e, P. similis: a, style, ventral aspect (type); b, anterior dorsum (type); c, pygofer, lateral aspect (type); d, aedeagus, lateral aspect (specimen from Gara- chine, Panama); e, aedeagus, lateral aspect (type). f-h, P. keiferi: f, style, ventral aspect; g, pygofer, lateral aspect; h, aedeagus, lateral aspect. i-l, P. ninettae (type): 1, style, ventral aspect; 7, anterior dorsum; k, pygofer, lateral aspect; J, aedeagus, lateral aspect. similis. Anal processes absent. Style with preapical lobe, apical extension curved caudoventrad, the tip obliquely truncate in ventral aspect. Aedeagus with preatrium absent: dorsal apodeme well developed, unpaired, triangular in cephalic aspect; shaft elongate, slender, curved slightly caudad at apex with a pair of processes arising dorsally at base and extending to apical fifth of shaft, acute apically; gonopore terminal. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Crown white with a conspicuous apical black spot. Pronotum dark orange with an M-shaped black vitta on posterior half of disc, enclosing a more anterior V-shaped pale marking which in turn encloses a small black triangle situated in middle of disc. Scutellum with basal angles broadly orange, median line on basal half and ex- treme tip, black, anteapical portion broadly white. Basal half of clavus and adjoiming corium striped with olive green and dark, a spot at base of corium, the costal plaque, a spot at apex of claval cell and a transverse dash from commissure through brachial cell, white, the last bordered anteriorly with dark; ground color of apical half of forewing smoky subhyaline, the veins olive green except those border- ing outer apical cell which are dark. Face pale dorsally except a large spot beneath each ocellus, crimson in ventral half except narrow pale lateral margins of genae; basal antennal segment black. Legs pale yellow. Known only from the type, a male from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum collection, and a male specimen from Rio Tabasara, Chiriqui Province, Panama. In my 1952 paper I stated that the style did not possess a preapical lobe. This was erroneous, for the lobe is distinct, but small. I erred also in stating that aedeagal processes arose from the dorsal apodeme. They arise from the base of the shaft near the dorsal apodeme. ‘Third, with only the type at hand, I duplicated McAtee’s erroneous observa- tion that a cell of the forewing was absent in the apical series. More careful observation reveals a very small triangular third apical cell near the wing margin in the type. The third apical cell is very dis- tinct in the Panama specimen. Paralebra mmnettae is easily separable from other species in the genus by external features as set forth in the key. The presence of the preapical lobe of the style is distinctive also, and the entire posterior branch of vein R in the hind wing will separate it from all other species of the genus except similis. Paralebra singularis (Baker) FIGuRE 5,a,6 Protalebra singularis Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, supplement, p. 402, 1899. Protalebra (Plagalebra) singularis; McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soe., vol. 34, p. 151, 1926. | Paralebra singularis; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 29, 1952. Length of both sexes, 3.8mm. Crown with median length more than one-third greater than interocular width, and equal to length of pronotum; disc concave; width of head including eyes less than width of pronotum. Ocelli as in P. similis (Baker). Pronotum with lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face flat in profile. Forewing LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 151 with two discal cells delimited by supernumerary cross veins. Hind wing with posterior branch of vein R evanescent apically. Female seventh sternum very slightly produced posteriorly at middle, the apex obtusely angulate. Male plates not attaining posterior pygofer margin, each with a single row of macrosetae on middle half. Male pygofer produced and regularly convex apically; ventral pygofer process inconspicuous, short; dorsal process arising in basal half of dorsal margin, extending ventrad beyond middle of pygofer disc. Ninth tergum as in similis but with distinct lines of flection laterally. ! \ | | | \ | | d | e Figure 5.—Paralebra. a-b, P. singularis: a, aedeagus, lateral aspect; b, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line represents anal process). c-g, P. decurvata: c, anterior dorsum; d, aedeagus, lateral aspect; ¢, pygofer process, caudal aspect (median line broken); f, aedeagus, ventral aspect; g, pygofer, lateral aspect. Anal processes distinct, short, triangular. Style elongate, slender, with ventral preapical lobe, apex slightly decurved. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; atrium omega-shaped in cephalic aspect, the closed dorsal portion forming the dorsal apodeme, with a process arising at base on each side, extending caudodorsad in a gentle arch, as long as shaft, bisinuate and narrowed at apex with tip decurved; shaft funnel-shaped, bisinuate, the apex directed dorsad; gonopore terminal. Crown with ground color dark orange with a dull ivory cruciate 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 marking, the cross-piece attaining the lateral margins just anterior to eyes. Pronotum as in similis but with a node at middle of transverse black marking. Scutellum orange to yellow, a spot along each lateral margin opposite end of transverse sulcus, and apex of scutellum, black. Forewing with entire clavus and basal half of corium except two large paler spots near base of latter, orange mottled’ with small paler spots, an arcuate vitta beginning at midlength of commissural margin of clavus and extending caudolaterad, broadened apically and ending on costal margin, translucent gray, the broadened apical portion occasionally (type) pale yellow and opaque, the vitta not (type) or only faintly margined with brown im its claval portion; outer apical and outer anteapical cells hyaline, their veins bordered with dark; inner anteapical cell and remaining apical cells smoky, the apices of the first and second traversed by short narrow pale vitta. Face dull gray (type) to pale yellow, a dark-margined pale transverse vitta extending from eye to eye through ocelli, clypellus, lora and portion of adjacent genae darker. Prosternal region dark, remainder of thoracic venter gray, abdomen paler gray, female seventh sternum dark-tipped. Female pygofer grayish brown. Legs pale, hind tarsi with two black annuli. This species is known only from the type and two paratypes, from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum. In addition to the characters in the key, the distinctive shape of the aedeagal processes will serve to separate this from other species in the genus. Paralebra decurvata, new species Figure 5,c-g Length of male, 3.0 mm. Crown with median length one-third greater than interocular width and slightly more than two-thirds length of pronotum; disc convex; width of head including eyes less than width of pronotum. Ocelli as in P. similis (Baker). Pronotum with lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face convex in profile. Hind wing with posterior branch of vein R entire apically. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, setae as in P. singularis (Baker); pygofer with posterior margin regularly convex; a process arising on each side below middle of disc, extending across midline and decurved in caudal aspect, rounded apically; a rod-like process consisting of differentially sclerotized portion of pygofer wall extending horizontally across disc. Ninth tergite triangular, bounded laterally and apically by rod-like heavily sclerotized lines. Anal processes absent. Style slender, broadest anteapically, apex decurved. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct; dorsal apodeme short, liguliform; a pair of atrial processes, broader and shorter than shaft, each gradu- LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 153 ally tapered in apical half, extending parallel to shaft, each with apex acute and curved dorsad; shaft setiform, regularly curved caudodorsad. Ground color of crown clouded ivory. Pronotum pale yellow, with lateral margins deep and a transverse marking in middle of disc paler, orange. Scutellum dull yellow, a marginal spot on each lateral margin opposite end of sulcus, and apex, black. Forewing with basal half of clavus and adjoining portion of corium translucent marked with dull orange; remainder of forewing lacteus with a transcommis- sural narrow band extending from costal margin to costal margin slightly before midlength of clavus, an arcuate narrow pink line across clavus in its apical half contiguous with a similarly colored arcuate line through brachial cell, a smoky spot before apex of clavus, a broad smoky vitta extending from middle of disc of corium apicad along vein Cu, confluent with a second smoky vitta extending from costal margin beyond its midlength caudomesad through apex of cell R, the two vittae filling claval apex and apical portions of cells R, M and Cu, basal portions of first and second apical cells and most of third apical cell; apical portions of second and third apical cells narrowly smoky; apical cross-veins pale. Face and thoracic venter stramineous; pleural portion of pronotum pink; hind tibiae with outer row of setae set in black spots, and with tibial apex, apex of first tarsomere and all of apical tarsomere, black. Holotype male, Mojinga Swamp, Panama Canal Zone, Nov. 15, 1951 (F. S. Blanton), in U. S. National Museum (No. 62674). From other species of the genus, decurvata is readily recognizable by its strong, decurved male ventral pygofer processes and its setiform aedeagal shaft. Genus Trypanalebra Young FIGURE 6 Trypanalebra Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 27, 1952 (type Protalebra maculata Baker by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein KR entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein near midlength of wing, occasionally almost opposite vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell broader at base than at apex; second apical cell parallel-sided; third apical cell variable interspecifically, from sessile to triangular or petiolate. Female seventh sternum with hind margin slightly produced at middle, caudolateral angles rounded; pygofer with multiseriate pale macrosetae parallel to ovipositor. Male plates narrow, elongate, triangular, equal to or exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a longitudi- 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 nal row of macrosetae. Pygofer with hind margin produced and rounded; macrosetae in a vertical or oblique discal row; a pair of processes arising one on each side from inrolled posterior margin or from ventral margin and a weak process on each side arising from dorsal margin and extending ventrad. Ninth tegum with a narrow transverse tergite separated posteriorly and occasionally laterally by a line of flection. Anal processes absent. Style long or short, with- out preapical Jobe. Connective membranous. Aedeagus with prea- trium usually absent; dorsal apodeme unpaired, laterally compressed; @ conspicuous ventral unpaired atrial process much longer than shaft which is short, directed caudodorsad and usually has a pair of processes arising at base or more distad along its length. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing first conjunctiva. Head moderately to strongly produced; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face. Pro- notum broader than head including eyes; lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face convex in lateral aspect. Distribution: Southwestern United States, Central America, and West Indies. Trypanalebra is closely related to Blarea, in the discussion of which distinguishing characters are mentioned. Key to species of Trypanalebra 1. Crown with four black spots along anterior margin; aedeagal shaft without DIOCESSes ae - . . . . . blantoni, new species Crown not so fnukeede pedeueal ener wath pane processes!® . 2S AOR. (2 2. Crown with median esos greater than interocular width; forewing with cell R not in contact with all apical cells; male with ae process elongate, arising on ventral pygofer margin... . . . ziezae (Osborn) Crown with median length less than STHeoetles ices fyevcne with cell R in contact with all apical cells; male with pygofer process short, formed by inrolled posterior pygofer margin. . . ARS oe 3. Aedeagus with dorsal processes arising fem sini arent’ exceeded in length Diy Sinai oe oe ae . . . maculata (Baker) Aedeagus with dorsal saeaewaee iitste fags Honea pocdeee’ almost as long as i ee ee rn A Namie Of 6) per. CEor Sa SS Trypanalebra maculata (Baker) FicureE 6,a-f Protalebra maculata Baker, Invertebrata Pacifica, vol. 1, p. 6, 1903. . Protalebra (Paralebra) pardalis McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soe., vol. 34, p. 151, 1926. Trypanalebra maculata; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 28, 1952. Trypanalebra sp. Young, op. cit., p. 157, fig. 26. Length of both sexes, 2.5-2.6 mm. Head moderately produced with anterior margin broadly rounded in dorsal aspect; median length of crown one-fourth less than interocular width; disc convex; ocelli LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 155 closer to eyes than to median line of head. Pronotum two-thirds longer than crown. Female seventh sternum with hind margin obtusely angulate at middle; pygofer with macrosetae sparse, occur- ring along posterior half of ovipositor. Male plates each with single row of macrosetae on distal two-thirds. Male pygofer with process Ficure 6.—Trypanalebra. a-f, T. maculata: a, anterior dorsum; b, pygofer, lateral aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect; d, style, ventral aspect; e, pygofer process, caudal aspect (median line broken) (specimen from Chinandega, Nicaragua); f, same (specimen from Guadalajara, Mexico). g-h, T. balli: g, pygofer process, caudal aspect (median line broken); h, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7—/, T. blanton1: i, anterior dorsum; j, pygofer, lateral aspect; k, aedeagus, lateral aspect; /, pygofer process, ventral aspect; m—p, T. ziczac (allo- type): m, anterior dorsum; 1, pygofer, lateral aspect; 0, aedeagus, lateral aspect; p, pygofer process, ventral aspect. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 arising on posteroventral margin, variable in shape in lateral aspect but not exceeding posterior pygofer margin and rounded apically, in ventral aspect its apex in the shape of a pruning knife. Ninth tergite delimited laterally by a line of flection. Style short, apical portion slightly decurved, apex acute. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme bilobed; unpaired ventral process much broader than shaft which is curved abruptly ventrad bear base thence abruptly dorsad and curving slightly caudad in apical half of length, giving off a pair of short narrow inconspicuous processes in basal half, these greatly exceeded by apex of shaft. Ground color of dorsum deep shining black, a diamond-shaped median subapical spot and a laterobasal spot on each side touching inner margin of eye on crown, a median campanulate marking border- ing anterior margin, a pair of large irregularly rounded discal markings at midlength, a smaller median marking behind middle, the lateral and posterior margins of the pronotum narrowly, the basal angles narrowly and a large V-shaped marking on the scutellum, four spots in basal half, one in apical half, and a small dot in apex of clavus, three spots in basal half, a very small brachial spot near midlength, two spots op- posite anteapical claval spot, a small spot contiguous to apical claval spot veins bordering apex of cell R, and extreme apex narrowly, of corium, bright yellow, three anteapical areoles along costal margin subhyaline. Face black except a transverse basal band between ocelli and continuing to ocellocular areas there surrounding a black spot on each side, and apex of clypellus and genae, yellow. Legs dull gray, a broad postfemoral and posttibial area and extreme apex of latter, dark; thorax dark; abdomen dull gray to black in male, dark in female except pale seventh sternum. Specimens have been examined from San Marcos, Managua, Granada, and Chinandega, Nicaragua; Concepcién, Guatemala; La Ceiba and Zamorano, Honduras; Pico Turquino, Cuba; Puebla, Mexico; Totalapan, Oaxaca, Mexico; Tucson, Baboquivari Moun- tains, Santa Catalina Mountains, and Sabino Canyon, Ariz.; Del Rio and Cameron County, Tex. The type of Protalebra pardalis McAtee, in the U. S. National Museum, has been studied. Trypanalebra balli, new species FiGcurRE 6,9-h Length of male, 2.9mm. Head as in 7. maculata (Baker). Prono- tum almost twice length of crown. Male plates each with single row of macrosetae over middle third; pygofer processes located as in maculata but more slender at apex in ventral aspect. Style as in maculata, but longer. Aedeagus with shaft and unpaired ventral LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 157 process much similar to maculata; a pair of dorsal processes arising irom dorsal apodeme, much more conspicuous than in the latter species, curved caudoventrad and almost as long as shaft. Color of dorsum as in maculata. Face entirely pale yellow except for two black spots on margin between crown and face, and one on each ocellocular area. Thoracic venter and legs as in genotype. Described from a single male from Tinajas Altas, Ariz., Apr. 23, 1935 (E. D. Ball), in the U. S. National Museum (No. 62675). Trypanalebra blanioni, new species FiGuRE 6,7-l Length of male 2.5 mm., of female 2.5-2.6 mm. Head strongly produced with anterior margin acutely rounded in dorsal aspect; median length of crown more than one-half greater than interocular width; dise flat or slightly concave; ocelli about equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum equal to crown in length. Female seventh sternum with posterior margin regularly convex; pygofer with macrosetae more closely spaced than in JT. maculaia (Baker), occurring along posterior two-thirds of length of ovipositor. Male plates with row of macrosetae extending from near base almost to apex. Male pygofer with process arising along ventral margin, the two processes subparallel, extending caudad but not exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with apex rounded and with small lateroventral subapical projection. Ninth tergum de- limited posteriorly, but not laterally, by a line of flection. Style as in maculata. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme convex dorsally, not lobed; unpaired ventral process much broader than shaft which is broadly U-shaped in lateral aspect; shaft processes absent. Crown ivory with four black spots along anterior margin and a pair of indistinct laterobasal pale yellow spots, one next inner margin of each eye. Pronotum yellow, bordered with white posteriorly, with a black dash along the anterior margin of the white border on each side, each humeral margin with a dark spot. Scutellum with basal angles yellow with a median longitudinal dark mark between them; apical half ivory; transverse sulcus, a spot on each lateral margin at midlength and apex, black. Forewing olive green striped with fuscous in basal half, smoky with pale veins in apical half; a small spot in corium near base of claval suture, a large spot along costa including plaque, inner apical cell, and an arcuate transcommissural marking extending through apical half of clavus and through brachial cell, lacteus, partly bordered with black or fuscous; third apical cell black. Face and venter pale. Holotype and paratype males from Las Tablas, Los Santos Province, Panama, and male paratype from El Real, Darién Province, Panama, 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 in U. S. National Museum (No. 62676). Other Panama specimens of both sexes examined from Fort Clayton and Mojinga Swamp, Panama Canal Zone; Garachiné, Darién Province; Paris and Parita, Herrera Province; Rio Hato and Aguadulce, Coclé Province; and Arraijan and Tocumen, Panama Province. All of the specimens were collected by F. S. Blanton, in whose honor the species is named. Trypanalebra ziczac (Osborn), new combination FIGURE 6,m—p Protalebra ziczac Osborn, Journ. Dep. Agr. Porto Rico, vol. 13, p. 104, 1929. Length of male 2.5 mm., of female 2.5-2.7 mm. Head strongly produced with anterior margin broadly rounded in dorsal aspect; median length of crown one-seventh greater than interocular width; disc flat or slightly convex; ocelli slightly closer to median line than to inner eye margins. Pronotum one-fifth longer than crown. Fe- male seventh sternum with hind margin rectilinear, caudolateral angles rounded; pygofer setae more dispersed than in T. blantoni Young and occurring along almost entire length of ovipositor. Male plates each with single row of macrosetae from near base to apex. Male pygofer with process arising on ventral margin near base, elongate, slightly exceeding posterior pygofer margin in lateral aspect, eradually tapered and bisinuate apically, in ventral aspect the two processes parallel, gradually tapered through most their length, each with apical portion crescentiform with the concave surface medial. Ninth tergum and style asin blanton. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme weakly lobed on dorsal margin; unpaired ventral process about as wide as shaft; shaft with pair of short lateral anteapical expansions, the processes together forming an equilateral-triangle-shaped design in caudal aspect. Crown with ground color sordid brownish gray, a cloverleai-shaped area in anterior half of disc and the hind margin broadly edged with dull ivory. Pronotum and scutellum deep yellow to orange, the former bordered behind with a vitreous rim that is narrowly bordered anteriorly with black. Forewings translucent; each clavus olive yellow to orange, the basal half of inner margin extremely narrowly black, within a narrow hyaline to lacteus vitta parallel to inner claval margin from wing base to slightly behind midlength, extending thence caudolaterad through brachial cell then obtusely angled and extending caudomesad along vein Cu and continuous at its apex with lacteus angulate base of inner apical cell, this elongate zigzag vitta occasion- ally narrowly bordered with smoky in posterior half its length; olive- yellow or orange of clavus extending into brachial cell near its apex, and extending across claval suture at its midlength into corium in LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 159 an arched vitta extending beyond midwidth of corium, thence caudad and narrowing along vein M to yellow or orange base of second apical cell; an oblique vitta extending from behind midlength of costal margin to apex of cell R, and areole of third apical cell darkly, the areoles of first and second apical cells paler, fumose; base of outer apical cell with a black spot next costal margin; costal margin nar- rowly pale yellow in basal half. Face and venter pale except dark mesothorax. The type, a female from Mayaguez, Puerto Rico, is probably in the Ohio State University collection. Caldwell (in Caldwell and Martorell, 1952, p. 99) selected a male allotype from Vieques Island, Puerto Rico, and it is upon this specimen that the above genitalia description is based. In addition to Puerto Rico specimens, a pair of specimens collected at Tamazumchale, Mexico, Dec. 23, 1949, by Dr. R. H. Beamer appear to be conspecific with the Puerto Rican forms. The Mexican female is larger, measuring 3.0 mm. The Mexican specimens have dark orange markings against a slate gray background on the wings, and the transverse facial stripe is orange. Blarea, new genus FIGURE 7 Type of the genus, Blarea brasiliensis, new species. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R evanescent apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein in basal half of wing, slightly basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apical wing margin which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell not greatly wider at base than at apex; second apical cell slender, parallel-sided; third apical cell sessile, short, much broader at apex than at base; outer apical cell short, longer than broad, its base proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates triangular in ventral aspect, exceeding pos- terior pygofer margin, each with single row of macrosetae over apical two-thirds. Pygofer with posterior margin truncate; macrosetae few, in a vertical row on disc; pygofer processes very weak, consisting of differentially sclerotized areas of pygofer wall, one on each side extend- ing from dorsal margin ventrad to middle of disc and one on each side forming an irregular linear area along ventral pygofer margin. Ninth tergum with a trilobed transverse tergite consisting of a pair of slender lateral arms and a small lobate central area, ali delimited by lines of flection from remainder of pygofer. Anal processes absent. Style slender, elongate, without preapical lobe, the apical portion curved mesoventrad. Connective membranous. Aedeagus with preatrium 422758—57——3 160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 distinct, short; dorsal apodeme laterally compressed; unpaired ventral process gradually tapered from near base to acute apex, longer and broader than setiform shaft. Head very slightly produced, crown with median length less than half interocular width; ocelli on very broadly rounded margin between crown and face, closer to median line than to inner eye margins. Pronotum with median length more than three times median length of crown, wider than head including eyes, lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral aspect. Known only from the genotype, from Brazil. In this genus, the form of the male genitalia indicates a close rela- tionship to Trypanalebra. The shorter head, the evanescent posterior branch of vein R in the hind wing, and the lack of paired aedeagal processes in Blarea will serve to separate it from the preceding genus. Blarea brasiliensis, new species FIGURE 7 Length of male 3.7 mm. Male plates in lateral aspect each with apical portion a rounded lobe lying in a sagittal plane. Style extend- ing caudad to midlength of plate, bisinuate in lateral aspect. Aedea- eus with dorsal apodeme strongly compressed laterally at base, the apex slightly expanded; shaft measured at midlength with width less than one-third adjacent width of ventral process, about three-fourths length of ventral process. Crown dull yellow with an apical black spot. Pronotum shining deep brown, anterior submarginal area black, posterior and humeral margins broadly yellow. Wings smoky translucent, costal plaque a b C Ficure 7.—Blarea brasiliensis (type): a, anterior dorsum; J, style, ventral aspect; c, pygofer, lateral aspect; d, aedeagus, lateral aspect. darker, an elongate-oval transcommissural transverse vitta extending slightly laterad of brachial cell of each wing and crossing clavus slightly behind midlength, bright yellow. Face concolorous with crown; clypellus and adjacent apical portion of clypeus black; legs stramineous; remainder of venter black. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 161 Described from a single male from Rezende, Estado de Rio, Brazil, March 1924 (F. X. Williams), in the collection of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association. Relaba, new genus FIGURE 8 Type of the genus, Relaba williamsi, new species. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin to apex of vein M,4.; posterior branch of R occurring as a short spur; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell much broader in basal third than in remainder of length; second apical cell parallel-sided; third apical cell very small, triangular, petiolate; outer apical cell with length greatly exceeding width, not attaining apical wing margin. Male plates not exceeding pygofer, each with longitudinal submar- ginal row of few macrosetae on basal half. Pygofer with posterior Figure 8.—Relaba williamsi (type): a, anterior dorsum; b, apex of forewing; c, style, dorsal aspect; d, style apex, lateral aspect; ¢, pygofer, lateral aspect; f, aedeagus, lateral aspect. margin produced; disc with few macrosetae in a vertical row; with dorsal and ventral pygofer processes. Ninth tergite distinct, trans- verse, delimited laterally by a line of flection, anterior margin bilobed. Anal processes absent. Style short, with preapical lobe. Connective membranous. Aedeagus with preatrium elongate; dorsal apodeme paired; paired and unpaired ventral atrial processes present. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing first conjunctiva. Head weakly produced, crown with median length less than interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face slightly closer to inner eye margins than to median line. Pronotum much longer than crown, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral aspect. Distribution: Ecuador. 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The male genitalia suggest a relationship to Trypanalebra and Blarea, from both of which Relaba can be readily separated by its asymmetrical dorsal aedeagal process. Relaba williamsi, new species FIGURE 8 Length of male 4.0mm. Crown with median length slightly more than two-thirds interocular width and approximately half length of pronotum. Male plates broad basally, each with lateral margin convex and strongly narrowing to mesal margin in basal half, apical half slender and slightly tapered. Pygofer with posterior margin strongly produced and subangulate apically; with few discal macro- setae behind middle of disc; a short, ventral process occurring as thickened edge of mrolled ventral pygofer wall; and a slender acute sclerotized rod arising along dorsal margin, extending ventrad to point near middle of disc. Style very short, in dorsal aspect gradu- ally tapered to slender rounded apex, in lateral aspect with preapical lobe, apical extension short, slightly decurved, acute apically. Aedea- gus with preatrium longer than shaft, very slender; dorsal apodeme consisting of two arched lateral arms each extending dorsocaudad; with a median ventral acute unpaired atrial process almost as long as shaft, and a pair of minute acute processes arising near base, one on each side of unpaired process; shaft flared apically, around gonopore, expanded basally and giving off an unpaired slender process which is directed caudodorsad and asymmetrically curved apically. Crown dull ivory with a pair of round black spots one on each side of median line near anterior margin; disc with a large dull red spot on each side of median line, near middle. Pronotum brick-red, the lateral and humeral margins bordered with ivory and with a longi- tudinal median ivory vitta, the ivory border occasionally extending completely across hind margin, and confluent with posterior prolonga- tion of median vitta. Scutellum dull yellow, a pair of marginal spots opposite transverse sulcus, and apex, black. Forewing with ground color of clavus and adjacent corium translucent orange; a trans- commissural vitta at midlength of clavus extending into corium of each wing, hyaline, bordered with dull smoky; apical portion of each wing hyaline basally and laterally, remainder smoky translucent with a faint transverse hyaline area through appendix and first and second apical cells; apical veins pale; third and fourth apical cells and apex of costal cell bordered with black internally; costa orange in basal half; costal cell with an oblique dark vitta at midlength. Face dull ivory to gray faintly washed with orange near clypeal suture, with a conspicuous interocular orange band below base. Venter and legs pale, except black mesosternum and apex of hind tibia. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 163 Holotype male, Mar. 8, 1923, paratype males, Mar. 25, and Apr. 4, 1923, in collection of Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association and one male paratype, Apr. 4, 1923, in U. S. National Museum. All are from Tena, Ecuador, and were collected by F. X. Williams, in whose honor the species is named. Genus Aphanalebra McAtee FIGURE 9 Protalebra subgenus Aphanalebra McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. vol. 34, p. 152. 1926 (type Protalebra unipuncta Baker by original designation). Aphanalebra; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 20, 1952. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing mar- gin; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; veins M and Cu fused before base of inner apical cell; inner apical cell slender, much broader at base than at apex; second apical cell angular at base, petiolate, slender; third apical cell very small, triangular, long-petiolate; outer apical cell open basally, Ficure 9.—Aphanalebra unipuncta: a, anterior dorsum (type); 6, pygofer, lateral aspect (anal process in broken line) (type); c, forewing; d, hind wing; ¢, aedeagus, lateral aspect (type). almost attaining apical wing margin. Female seventh sternum pro- duced posteriorly, the hind margin convex on each side of a shallow V-shaped median excision; pygofer with macrosetae on posterior two-thirds. Male plates triangular, elongate, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with oblique row of macrosetae in apical half. Male pygofer with apex truncate; macrosetae arranged in an irregular oblique group over disc; processes absent. Ninth tergum a heavily sclerotized transverse area without lines of flection laterally or apically. Two pairs of anal processes present. Style elongate, without a pre- apical lobe, the apex slightly decurved. Connective membranous. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme Y-shaped with- arms widely spaced, giving off a unilateral process that extends caudad almost to apex of shaft; shaft elongate, bisinuate, recurved apically; gonopore terminal. Head produced with anterior margin broadly 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 rounded; crown with median length equal to interocular width; ocelli on broad margin between crown and face, about equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum twice length of crown, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face flat in profile. Distribution: Brazil. The characters in the key will easily separate Aphanalebra from other alebrine genera. The form of the aedeagus is unique in the tribe. Aphanalebra unipuncta (Baker) FIGURE 9 Protalebra unipuncta Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 404, 1899. Aphanalebra unipuncta; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 20, 1952. Length of male 3.1 mm., of female 3.2-3.8 mm. Male pygofer with posterior margin truncate, macrosetae arranged in an oblique eroup over disc. Style with apex appearing truncate in dorsal aspect. Other characters as in generic description. Crown dull ivory with a single apical round black spot. Pronotum olive yellow with a pair of oblique oval markings, one on each side of median line, and a pair of horizontal dashes, one on each side near posterior margin, black. Scutellum orange-yellow, the basal angles, a median streak in basal half and extreme apex, black. Forewing with costal margin broadly hyaline and a transverse transcommissural hyaline area extending to midcorium of each wing across midlength of clavus; basal half of clavus orange with a longitudinal curved black streak that widens apically to border the hyaline area anteriorly ; posterior third of clavus, adjacent corium and apical cells except outer, smoky; longitudinal veins pale orange. Face and venter sordid yellow. This species was originally described from four specimens from Chapada, Brazil. A male of the original series, No. 29519 in the U.S. National Museum, bears a type label. This specimen is here desig- nated lectotype. The other three specimens bear ‘‘paratype”’ labels with the same catalog number, presumably affixed by McAtee in 1926. Osbornulus, new genus Ficure 10 Type of the genus, Dikraneura quadrifasciata Osborn. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point considerably proximad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 165 rounded; inner apical cell narrowest at base, gradually broadening throughout its length; second apical cell almost parallel-sided; third apical cell sessile; outer apical cell longer than broad, its base dis- tinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates triangular, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with single longitudinal row of macrosetae over middle half. Pygofer with posterior margin slightly angularly produced posteriorly; macrosetae irregularly ar- ranged over posterior half of disc; two processes on each side occurring as differentially sclerotized areas of the pygofer wall, one along posteroventral margin, slender basally, broadened at pygofer apex, Ficure 10.—Osbornulus quadrifasciatus: a, anterior dorsum; 8, pygofer, lateral aspect; c¢, style, lateral aspect, and connective; d, style apex, ventral aspect; ¢, apex of forewing; f, aedeagus, lateral aspect (type); g, sternal abdominal apodemes, ventral aspect (broken line represents conjunctiva). the other extending along posterior pygofer margin then caudoventrad across posterior half of disc to the first process. Ninth tergite dis- tinct, transverse, bounded laterally by distinct integumental thicken- ings. Anal processes occurring as a distinct anal collar, extending ventrad to middle of pygofer disc. Style short, without distinct preapical lobe. Connective T-shaped, strongly joined to base of aedeagus. Aedeagus with preatrium elongate, giving rise to two pairs of ventral processes; dorsal apodeme transverse; shaft slender, with- out processes. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing first conjunctiva. Head strongly produced, crown with median length exceeding interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face, about equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum longer than crown, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins slightly divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral aspect. This genus is named in honor of the late Prof. Herbert Osborn of the Ohio State University, who made many contributions to our knowledge of Cicadellidae. 166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Distribution: Bolivia and Brazil. Osbornulus does not appear to be closely related to any of the other genera in the tribe. The form of the aedeagus with its two pairs of atrial processes serves to separate Osbornulus from all of the following genera. Osbornulus quadrifasciatus (Osborn), new combination Figure 10 Dikraneura quadrifasciatas Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus. vol. 18, p. 272, 1928. Elabra quadrifasciata; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 35, 1952. Length of male 3.8 mm. Crown with disc concave, median length almost twice interocular width and more than two-thirds median length of pronotum. Other characters as in generic description. Ground color of dorsum lacteus, a pair of vittae beginning on disc of crown, extending caudad, diverging over pronotum and scutellum, extending entire length of each forewing parallel to commissure, around wing apex and basad along costa to its base, amber to pale brown, interrupted by white clava!l suture and a pair of oblique white vittae at and behind midlength of costa; posterior two-thirds of claval commissure white. Face and venter pale, an amber dash across pleural portion of pronotum on each side, apical hind tarsomere black. The holotype, a male from Provincia del Sara, Bolivia, is in the Carnegie Museum collection. Additional specimens have been examined from Rio Caraguata, Mato Grosso, Brazil. Genus Protalebra Baker FIGURE 11 Protalebra Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 402, 1899 (type Alebra curvilinea Gillette, by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent or not with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell wider in basal third than at apex; second apical cell parallel-sided; third apical cell stalked; outer apical cell elongate, trapezoidal, not attaining apical wing margin, its base distinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates tri- angular, attaining or exceeding posterior pygofer margin, abruptly narrowed at midlength, each with a single row of macrosetae extending from near base to apex. Pygofer with posterior margin produced; macrosetae numerous, irregularly arranged on disc; pygofer processes arising ventrally or absent. Ninth tergum with or without a tergite. Anal processes present, straight, slender, variable in length inter- LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI-—YOUNG 167 specifically. Style elongate, slender, without a distinct preapical lobe; apex slightly decurved. Connective Y-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme vestigial or present and transverse or paired; with a conspicuous asymmetrical dorsal process; shaft slender, elongate, without processes. Head strongly produced; crown with median length exceeding interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face, about equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum with median length exceeding length of crown, wider than head including eyes; lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face convex in lateral aspect. Distribution: Brazil, Argentina, and Virgin Islands. Key to species of Protalebra 1. Male pygofer with dorsal processes only, discal and ventral processes absent; aedeagus with paired dorsal apodemes, each arm bilobed apically. nexa McAtee Male pygofer with discal and ventral pygofer processes in addition to dorsal; aedeagus with dorsal apodeme a transverse bar or absent. ...... 2 2. Aedeagus with dorsal process slender and cylindrical, not broader than shaft; dorsal aedeagal apodeme vestigial. . .... . . .haywardi, new species Aedeagus with dorsal process broad, not cylindrical, conspicuously broader than shaft; dorsal aedeagal apodeme a transverse bar . curvilinea (Gillette) Protalebra curvilinea (Gillette) Figure 11,a-f Alebra curvilinea Gillette, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, p. 710, 1898. Protalebra curvilinea; Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 405, 1899. Length of female 3.2 mm. Crown with median length less than one-third greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Hind wing with submarginal vein not confluent with apical wing margin. Female seventh sternum large, hind margin strongly produced in a broad lobe which is obliquely convex on each side of the straight apex; pygofer heavily setose with pale setae on each side of the ovipositor throughout its length, a few of the setae contrasting black. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin. Male pygofer with posterior margin lobed ventrally, with an almost straight ventral process extending from near base caudo- dorsad to apical margin of pygofer, the two processes convergent in their apical halves in ventral aspect but not approximate apically; dorsal margin with a differentially sclerotized integumental bar extending to midlength of margin, thence curved abruptly ventrad to slightly above middle of disc; disc with a second such bar extending horizontally from near middle to apex; tergum with a basal transverse heavily sclerotized bar with a median triangular posterior projection. Anal processes strong, slender, extending ventrad beyond middle of 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 disc of pygofer. Connective membranous near its articulation with styles, with a Y-shaped heavily sclerotized median portion which is bilobed apically. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme a transverse bar; with a large asymmetrical dorsal process about as long as shaft. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum ivory, a transverse undulate vitta between eyes, a transverse vitta completely across pronotum before middle, and basal angles of scutellum, dull yellow. Forewings hyaline with an omega-shaped lacteus marking on a pale yellow background intersecting commissural margin just behind scutellum, bordering inner margin of costal plaque laterally, extending thence to claval apex, thence caudolaterad to outer apical cell, the anterior transverse portion bordered narrowly with black before and behind. Face and venter entirely pale. Known only from the male type and a female paratype from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum. Protalebra haywardi, new species Figure 11,9-j Length of male 2.8 mm. Crown with median length almost one- half greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin. Male plates as in P. curvilinea (Gillette) but not exceeding posterior pygofer margin; pygofer with ventral portion of posterior margin produced posteriorly in an acute lobe; a process arising ventrally, distad of anterior half of ventral margin, weak, extending caudodorsad, not attaining posterior margin; dorsal and discal integumental bars present as in curvilinea but with latter more oblique and beginning almost at anterior pygofer margin; tergum with transverse bar as in curvilinea but without the triangular pro- jection. Anal processes forming an anal collar, not extending ventrad to discal region of pygofer in lateral aspect. Connective short, Y-shaped, with bilobed apical portion, completely sclerotized. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme vestigial; with a conspicuous elongate slender process, no wider than shaft in lateral aspect, arising dorsad of shaft, extending caudad thence dorsocephalad, apex sharply rounded in lateral aspect, bifid in ventral aspect; shaft slender, elongate, extending parallel to dorsal process almost to apex. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and scutellum ivory, a faint transverse line across disc of crown between eyes dull orange; a transverse vitta across basal portion of disc of pronotum with an acute median posteriorly directed tooth, a trilobed transverse marking across base of scutellum and the median line of the scutellum to apical third, orange yellow. Forewings with ground color translucent yellow, a lacteus circle crossing commissure just behind scutellar apex LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 169 Figure 11.—Protalebra. a-f, P. curvilinea (type): a, anterior dorsum; b, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); c, style and connective, dorsal aspect; d, style apex, lateral aspect; e, aedeagus, lateral aspect; f, the same, caudal aspect. g-j, P. haywardi (type): g, pygofer, lateral aspect; A, anterior dorsum; 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, style and connective, dorsal aspect. k-g, P. nexa: k, anterior dorsum; /, aedeagus, lateral as- pect; m, pygofer, lateral aspect; n, aedeagus, caudal aspect; 0, apex of forewing (type); p, style apex, lateral aspect; 4, style and connective, ventral aspect. 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 and at claval apex, bordering inner margin of costal plaque on each wing, and with an arched extension on each wing from apex of brachial cell to apex of cell R; apical cells subhyaline with a small black spot in areoles of first, second, and third. Face, pleural portion of pro- notum and venter pale. Holotype male, Tucumd4n, Argentina, January—March 1941 (K. J. Hayward), in U.S. National Museum (No. 62887). This species is closely related to curvilinea from which it may be distinguished by the characters in the key and in the above description. Protalebra nexa McAtee Figure 11,k-q Protalebra nexa McAtee, Journ. New York Ent. Soc. vol. 34, p. 150, 1926. Protalebra insularis Caldwell, in Caldwell and Martorell, Journ. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico, vol. 34, p. 94, 1952, new synonymy. Length of male 2.6 mm., of female 2.7-2.8 mm. Crown. with median length more than one-half greater than interocular width and slightly less than median length of pronotum. Hind wing with submarginal vein not confluent with apical wing margin. Female genitalia as in P. curvilinea (Gillette) but with posterior margin of seventh sternum less convex and without dark macrosetae on pygofer. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin. Male pygofer with posterodorsal portion produced posteriorly, subangulate; pygofer with dorsal integumental bar as in curvilinea, the apical vertical portion extending to middle of pygofer disc; ventral and discal processes wanting; tergum without differentially sclerotized area. Anal pro- cesses confluent with lower portion of vertical part of pygofer process. Style weakly biundulate in lateral aspect. Connective Y-shaped with apical portion expanded. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme paired, each arm diverging from long axis of shaft and bilobed apically; dorsal process laterally compressed, longer than shaft, with pair of asymmetrical appendages at apex. Ground color of crown ivory with a faint yellow tint on disc. Pronotum deep yellow, the lateral margins, humeral margins, posterior margin and two anterior extensions from it, ivory. Scutellum deep yellow with an ivory spot on each side of disc at end of transverse sulcus. Forewing lacteus, clavus with a spot at base, a ]-shaped marking at midlength and an anteapical dash, corium with an oblique dash near base, a similar one bordering anterior half of costal plaque and expanding at claval suture, and a line before apical cells on veins M and Cu, yellow, the marking near claval apex sometimes orange; an oblique line behind costal plaque, apex of vein R, and base of outer apical cell black, an oblique irregular marking from apex of clavus to costal margin at third apical cell, involving basal portions LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 171 of apical cells, ivory bordered with black; apical margin broadly smoky. Face, venter and pleural portion of pronotum pale, the posttibiae with apices, and a few of spines, black. The female holotype and two female paratypes from St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, and the male holotype of Protalebra insularis Caldwell from the same island are in the U. S. National Museum. No other specimens have been seen. This species differs from the two preceding species in its lack of discal and ventral processes on the pygofer, its possession of paired and lobed aedeagal apodemes, and its lack of an omega-shaped pattern on the dorsum. Genus Balera Young FigurEs 12, 13 Balera Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 25, 1952 (type Dikraneura pellucida Osborn by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein distinct and free from apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R entire; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein near midlength of wing, much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; all apical cells much longer than broad, parallel-sided, angulate basally, their bases (except first) almost in same transverse line; outer apical cell almost attaining apical wing margin. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, slightly beaked apically in lateral aspect, each with single or double row of weak macrosetae. Pygofer produced posteriorly, occasionally form- ing an apical process which is not differentially sclerotized, without discal macrosetae, with group of small macrosetae near and parallel to posterodorsal margin. Ninth tergum without a tergite or differ- entially sclerotized area. Anal processes weak or absent. Style sigmoid in lateral aspect. Connective V- or Y-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium present or absent; dorsal apodeme absent or present and variable interspecifically; shaft with one or two pairs of apical or anteapical processes. Sternal abdominal apodemes slender and elongate, usually capitate apically, traversing one or two abdominal conjunctivae. Head slightly produced with apex rounded or obtusely angulate; ocelli on broadly rounded margin between crown and face, about midway between median line of head and inner eye margins. Pronotum more than one-half longer than head, broader or narrower than head including eyes; lateral margins subparallel or divergent posteriorly. Face flat to slightly convex, widely divergent from crown in profile. Distribution: Panama, Trinidad, Brazil, and Bolivia. 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The peculiar styles of the males, the capitate elongate sternal abdominal apodemes, and the chaetotaxy of the pygofer set Balera well apart from all other alebrine genera. Key to species of Balera 1. Aedeagus with shaft greatly inflated throughout its length, with three apical lobes. 2). EUnet acd. eww yeh Lee ae pellucida (Osborn) Aedeagus DOt SO... oko esy ve May fo Mn lege asp dey whe We) ee 2 2. Aedeagus with a pair of preapical lateral keels and an apical spiniform process. pusilla, new species Aéedeagus notiso Meo Oe Le. BoO Rt Bel Daa. ee SUGE 3 3. Aedeagus with two pairs of Apical processes, both pairs ‘standine out from S01) 8 eh eae MPRA D REO Acc) UE OP a MMe sis emarginata (Osborn) Aedeagus with a single pair of avoneate retrorse subapical processes appressed CONSIARG rs ek ales auee eer scone meer ee ante . . . . Caraguatae, new species Balera pellucida (Osborn) FIGuRE 12,a-e Dikraneura pellucida Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 18, p. 271, 1928. Balera pellucida; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 26, 1952. Length of male 2.7 mm. Crown short, triangular, the apex broadly rounded; median length seven-eighths interocular width and almost two-thirds median length of pronotum which is not as broad as head including eyes. Male plates each with double row of macrosetae on basal half. Pygofer with posterior margin produced to narrow process which is directed mesad and not differentially sclerotized. Style sigmoid in apical half, with preapical setae on ventral surface. Con- nective V-shaped. Aedeagus inflated, preatrium very short; dorsal apodeme weak; shaft keeled laterally with keels widened apically to form pair of membranous lobes which extend dorsolaterally and are continuous through a similar ventral subapical lobe which extends ventrad. Sternal abdominal apodemes scarcely traversing first conjunctiva. The type has faded. Original description: ‘‘Pale yellowish; vertex and front and anterior part of pronotum tinged with fulvous; elytra subhyaline; clavus tinged with yellow and with dusky apex; apical cells slightly smoky; beneath pale yellow.”’ The holotype, a male from Bolivia, is in the Carnegie Museum. The form of the aedeagus will readily separate this from other species of the genus. Balera caraguatae, new species Figure 12,f-l Length of male 3.3-3.6 mm. Crown short, triangular, the apex broadly rounded; median length more than two-thirds interocular width and more than two-thirds length of pronotum which is slightly LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG t73 wider than head including eyes; lateral pronotal margins slightly divergent posteriorly. Male plates each with single or double row of weak macrosetae on basal half. Pygofer in lateral aspect with posterodorsal portion produced, the posteroventral margin oblique and broadly convex. Style narrow, short, not greatly exceeding apex Ficure 12.—Balera. a-e, B. pellucida (type): a, anterior dorsum; b, apex of forewing; ¢, style, lateral aspect; d, aedeagus, lateral aspect; e, pygofer, lateral aspect. fl, B. cara- guatae (type): f, aedeagus, dorsal aspect; g, same, lateral aspect; h, style and connective, dorsal aspect; 1, style, lateral aspect; 7, anterior dorsum; &, sternal abdominal apodemes, ventral aspect (broken lines represent abdominal conjunctivae); J, pygofer, lateral aspect. of connective; apical half sigmoid in lateral aspect with the apex acute and curved ventrad. Connective Y-shaped, the unpaired portion very short. Aedeagus slightly compressed dorsoventrally with preatrium distinct; dorsal apodeme absent, shaft heavily sclerotized from base to anteapical origin of paired shaft processes, the more distal portion of shaft lightly sclerotized; processes slender extending basad, appressed to shaft, acute at tips. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing two conjunctivae. 174. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Ground color of crown and pronotum dull sordid yellow to dull gray, occasionally with a pair of dull orange markings on pronotal disc. Scutellum gray, the midline paler in basal half. Forewings milky subhyaline, a vitta in clavus parallel to claval suture and one in corium in brachial cell, dull yellow; apex of clavus, a spot in apex of brachial cell, apex of cell R, one in apex of cell M and one in each base of second and third apical cells, smoky. Face sordid yellow with a pair of darker vittae on clypeus; remainder of venter without dark markings. Male holotype and 43 male paratypes, Rio Caraguata, Mato Grosso, Brazil, March 1953 (F. Plaumann), allotype, and 35 female paratypes in Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas; 8 paratypes in U.S. National Museum. One additional specimen from Los Cruces, Panama, and one from Trinidad Naval Base, B. W. I., have been examined. The long recurved aedeagal processes are not found in other species of Balera. Balera pusilla, new species Figure 13,a—d Length of male 3.3 mm. Crown short, triangular with apex sub- angulate; median length about two-thirds interocular width and about half median length of pronotum which is about as wide as head including eyes, with lateral margins slightly divergent posteriorly. Male plates with macrosetae in double row near base of plate, uniseri- ate in apical two-thirds, decreasing in size apically, the row extending to the plate apex. Pygofer produced slightly dorsad apically in a broadly rounded lobe. Anal process short. Style not greatly exceed- ing apex of connective, with preapical lobe distinct, apical extension strongly decurved. Connective triangular with a median keel apically. Aedeagus slender and elongate, preatrium distinct, dorsal apodeme distinct, shaft with a median ventral and paired lateral anteapical keels, the ventral keel produced posteriorly beneath gonopore in a spiniform apical process. Sternal abdominal apodemes as in B. caraguatae. Crown and pronotum greenish yellow, a darker yellow spot on each side of pronotum in posterior part of disc. Scutellum sordid yellow, the transverse sulcus bordered withivory. Forewing hyaline with a faint green stripe in clavus and a similar stripe in brachial cell of corium; costal margin bordered with green in its basal third; a faint smoky spot in claval apex, in apices of cells M and Cu and in bases of each of inner three apical cells; wing apex tinted with smoky. Face and venter sordid unmarked greenish yellow. Holotype male from Las Palmas, Veraguas Province, Panama, Sept. 16, 1953; three paratypes from Aguadulce, Coclé Province, LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 175 Panama, Sept. 25, 1951; and one paratype each from Chiriqui, Chiriqui Province, Panama; Paris, Herrera Province, Panama; Rio Hato, Coclé Province, Panama; and Fort Kobbe, Panama Canal Zone, all collected by F. S. Blanton and in U. S. National Museum (No. 62675). ie Se : et ‘a ae 2 b\ Ficure 13.—Balera. a-d, B. pusilla (type): a, pygofer, lateral aspect; b, style, and con- nective, dorsal aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect; d, aedeagus, caudal aspect. e-h, B. emarginata: e, pygofer, lateral aspect; f, apex of aedeagus, dorsal aspect; g, style, lateral aspect; h, aedeagus, lateral aspect. \ SX The male genitalia will readily distinguish this from other species of Balera. Balera emarginata (Osborn) FIGuRE 13,e-h Empoasca emarginata Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 18, p. 286, 1928. Length of male 3.6 mm. Crown short, very slightly produced, median length slightly less than interocular width and more than‘half of pronotum which is narrower than head including eyes. Male plates each with single row of macrosetae extending from” basal, fourth 422758—57——4 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 almost to apex. Pygofer with midposterior margin produced pos- teriorly in gradually tapering process which is curved sharply dorsad at apex, the tip sharply rounded; in ventral aspect the two processes slightly convergent. Style short and slender, strongly sigmoid, the apex directed ventrad, with few small preapical setae along ventral surface. Connective Y-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium short; dorsal apodeme elongate, slender; shaft extending caudodorsad in basal portion, curved and directed caudad in greater portion of its length, with a pair of flattened lateral processes and pair of dorsal cylindrical processes at apex; gonopore oval, preapical, dorsal. Sternal abdominal apodemes not capitate, traversing one abdominal conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum straw yellow. Forewing pale milky translucent, base of costa, entire clavus, and brachial cell faintly yellow, with a faint fumose spot in apex of brachial cell; apical veins contrasting paler. Face and venter entirely pale yellow. The type and a short series of paratypes from Bolivia are in the Carnegie Museum and are the only specimens known. As stated by Osborn in the original description, the type series appears to be faded. The above color description is from a topotypic male, not determined by Osborn, in the Carnegie Museum. The male genitalia will readily separate this species from other species of Balera. Genus Brunerella Young Figure 14 Brunerelia Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 31, 1952 (type Brunerella magnifica Young by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein distinct apically, close to apical wing margin, extending slightly basad of apex of vein Mj1. as a short spur; posterior branch of R occurring as a long spur; vein Cu, con- fluent with submarginal vein at point proximad of vein m-cu. Fore- wing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell slender, parallel-sided; second apical cell slender, length half or more length of inner apical cell, parallel- sided; third apical cell sessile, slightly broader at apex than at base; outer apical cell much longer than broad, its base distinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Female seventh sternum more than twice length of sixth, posterior margin broadly produced medially; pygofer with numerous irregular pale macrosetae on posterior two-thirds its length. Male plates short, gradually tapered, scarcely exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a longitudinal row of pale discal macrosetae extending from near base almost to apex. Male pygofer LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 177 not strongly produced, with a vertical group of few macrosetae on disc, without processes but with differentially sclerotized rods in pygofer wall. Anal processes present, short. Style short, slightly expanded anteapically; basal portion occasionally with plate-like lobe extending beneath articulating portion of connective. Con- nective slender, shallowly V-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium short, broad; atrium with a pair of lateral apodemes arising from its dorsal portion; shaft slender, without processes or ornamentation. Sterna! abdominal apodemes vestigial. Head short, crown transverse with anterior margin very broadly rounded, with median length more than one-third greater than inter- ocular width; ocelli on broadly rounded margin between crown and face, closer to inner eye margins than to median line of head. Pro- notum short, broad, its width equal to width of head including eyes, lateral margins divergent posteriorly. Face broadly convex. Distribution: Cuba and Mexico. In both of the species treated below, the ventral face of the style is produced, plate-like, in a lobe that extends mesad beneath the articula- tion of the style. In males of magnifica the lobe is clearly defined and has the appearance of a branch of the style. In the allotype of scriptozona the lobe is less extensive and much less clearly defined at its apex. In a recent paper, Linnavuori (1954, p. 132) placed Typhlocyba flavonigra Stal in this genus, and illustrated the type, a female from Brazil. In general form and venation of the forewing the resemblance to the species treated below is close. The venation of the apex of the hind wing differs. No males of the Stal species are known. Key to species of Brunerella Forewing with a broad deep red angular marking in base of clavus, second apical cell usually about two-thirds length of first; male pygofer with posterodorsal margin slightly emarginate..........%0.% magnifica Young Forewing with a narrow pink marking in base of clavus, second apical cell about half length of first; male pygofer not emarginate posterodorsally. seriptozona (Van Duzee) Brunerella magnifica Young FicureE 14,a-f Brunerella magnifica Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 32, 1952. Length of male 3.3-3.5 mm. Crown with median length about one-half greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Forewing with length of second apical cell variable, usually more than half length of inner apical cell. Male pygofer with posterior margin slightly concave. Style with distinct ventral 178 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 lobe extending mesocaudad beneath articulation with connective. Aedeagus in ventral aspect with shaft narrowest at midlength, in lateral aspect with apical fifth curved abruptly caudodorsad. Head with crown ivory white with an irregular orange V-shaped mark in center, the arms broadly touching eyes. Pronotum san- guineous, posterior margin slate-gray, with a dark border between red and gray portions laterally. Scutellum greenish yellow, a slender dark transverse line just before apex. Forewing pruinose with a pale brick-red streak along costa near base, an angulate broad sanguineous vitta, its apex directed mesad, in basal half of clavus, and a contiguous red spot in adjacent corium, the posterior margin of both narrowly edged in black; apical half of clavus except extreme tip and inner half of adjacent corium amber, the corial portion continuing caudad, becoming fumose, and broadening to cover apical cells except few slate-gray fenestrae and brick-red apical veins; base of outer apical cell fumose next costal margin. Face and legs ivory, hind tibia narrowly embrowned apically. Female pygofer black with pale setae. In specimens from Cuba, the red color of the anterior portion of the pronotum invades the more posterior gray portion in a large median tooth that extends nearly to the hind margin of the pronotum, and the darker coloration between red and gray areas is deeper than in the typical variety described above. The angular red markings of the anterior part of the forewing are deeper red and more extensive, forming a deep red line across the basal fourth of wing except hyaline areas, one adjoining scutellum, and one astride claval suture. The amber yellow of the central part of the wings extends completely across both wings nearly as far distad as the apex of the clavus. The wing apices are more deeply dark and the dark markings extend cephalad to include the claval apex. The holotype, a male from Mexico near Jalapa, is in the Snow Entomological Collections. A series of Cuban specimens from Almandares River, near Havana, is in the U. S. National Museum. Brunerella scriptozona (Van Duzee), new combination Figure 14,g-k Protalebra scriptozona Van Duzee, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 12, p. 186, 1923. Length of both sexes (to apex of hind wing) 3.0 mm. Crown with median length more than one-half greater than interocular width and about four-fifths median length of pronotum. Forewing with second apical cell slightly more than half length of inner apical cell. Male genitalia as in B. magnifica Young, but pygofer not distinctly concave along posterodorsal margin, aedeagal shaft not broadened ante- apically in ventral aspect, more gradually curved dorsocaudad in LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 179 apical half in lateral aspect, and style with basal plate-like lobe much less pronounced. Crown dull ivory, in some specimens with a pair of faint yellow oblique vittae on disc. Pronotum pale gray, two angular spots on anterior margin and two similar spots near humeral margins, pink. Forewing with ground color lacteus, basal fourth with an angular vitta in base of clavus connected posteriorly with an undulate line extending Figure 14.—Brunerella. af, B. magnifica: a, anterior dorsum; b, style and connective, dorsal aspect; c, style, ventrolateral aspect; d, aedeagus, ventral aspect; ¢, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); f, aedeagus, lateral aspect. g—k, B. scriptozona (allotype): g, apex of hind wing (in situ); A, anterior dorsum; i, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); 7, aedeagus, ventral aspect; k, aedeagus, lateral aspect. from commissural margin into corium, pale red; middle three-fifths of clavus and most of adjoining corium pale yellow, a spot in claval apex, one in apex of brachial cell, a longitudinal mark in base of appendix, a narrow diagonal line across midlength of inner?apical cell, a narrow transverse arcuate line across basal halves of second;and‘third apical 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 cells and a broad transverse band across wing apex from appendix to inner half of third apical cell, smoky; veins bordering apices of cells R and M and bases of second and third apical cells, crimson. Meso- sterna black in both sexes. Female with face and remainder of venter pale gray except pygofer which has darker markings dorsally and laterally; abdomen black dorsally. Male face and venter as in female, but venter of abdomen black. The holotype, a female from Ceralbo Island, Gulf of California, is in the California Academy of Sciences collections. The above descrip- tion is based on the allotype male, from Puerto Ballandra, Carmen Island, Gulf of California, and a female from Espiritu Santo Island, Gulf of California. Both were loaned by the California Academy of Sciences. Lareba, new genus Figure 15 Type of genus, Protalebra varvata Ruppel and DeLong. Hind wing with submarginal vein distinct at apex but contiguous with apical wing margin to apex of vein M,4.; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at midlength of wing, much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell broad basally, narrower in apical half; second apical cell broader at apex than at base, less than two-thirds length of inner apical cell; third apical cell triangular; outer apical cell wider than long, its base distinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates very elongate, triangular, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a longitudinal row of macrosetae from near base to apex. Pygofer with posterior margin produced, disc with an irregular oblique row of macrosetae; pygofer process arising on posteroventral margin. Ninth tergum with a transverse bar but without delimiting lines of flection. Anal processes absent. Style elongate without preapical lobe. Connective relatively short, papilioniform. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct, dorsal apodeme strap-like, slightly expanded at apex; shaft laterally compressed, appearing bifurcate in lateral aspect, the dorsal ramus bearing the gonoduct. Head short and broad, the anterior and posterior margins of crown parallel; ocelli on very broadly rounded margin between crown and face, about midway between inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum slightly wider than head including eyes; lateral margins slightly divergent posteriorly. Face in profile with contour strongly divergent from line of crown. Known only from the genotype, from Mexico. The relationship of Lareba to other alebrine genera is not clear. Among the broad-headed forms with a sclerotized connective, it is LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 181 distinct from Balera and Brunerella in its elongate styles, possession of pygofer processes and the venation of the forewings; and from Balera additionally in its possession of discal macrosetae on the pygofer. The bifurcate aedeagus in Lareba also differs from the genera mentioned above, and is very similar to that found in Dieceratalebra but this feature is believed to be polyphyletic. Lareba variata (Ruppel and DeLong), new combination Figure 15 Protalebra variata Ruppel and DeLong, Ohio Journ. Sci., vol. 53, p. 226, 1953. Length of male 3.5 mm. Crown with anterior margin broadly rounded, with median length approximately two-thirds interocular width and less than half length of pronotum. Pygofer process sickle- shaped, the two processes widely separated apically in ventral aspect. Styles half length of male plates, gradually tapered, slightly decurved gpa ot oF o ¢ cd ae a | ay ge Figure 15.—Lareba variata: a, anterior dorsum; b, pygofer, lateral aspect; c, pygofer process, ventral aspect (midline broken); d, apex of forewing; e, aedeagus, lateral aspect; f, style and connective, dorsal aspect. and acute apically. Aedeagus with preatrium and dorsal apodeme subequal in length; shaft with ventral ramus very short. Sternal apodemes broad, short, not traversing one conjunctiva. Crown ivory with a pair of distinct black spots on anterior portion of disc. Pronotum with anterior two-thirds yellow suffused with orange; posterior third ivory. Scutellum and ground color of fore- wings yellow, a spot across claval suture near base, a transverse trans- commissural vitta bordered with black anteriorly, crossing midclavus 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 and extending through brachial cell and into cell M in each wing, a small spot at midlength of clavus, apices of cells R and M, outer apical cell and bases of first, second, and third apical cells hyaline; an oblique stripe extending from just behind midcosta to claval apex, thence bordering basal veins of inner three apical cells, and apices of inner three apical cells, smoky. Face and venter pale. The holotype, a male from Cutzamala, Guerrero, Mexico, has been examined from the DeLong collection. The species is known only from Guerrero. Lawsonellus, new genus FIGuRE 16 Type of the genus, Dikraneura attenuata Osborn. Hind wing with submarginal vein distinct at apex but forming a part of apical wing margin to apex of vein M,,,; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point considerably proximad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell broadened gradually towards apex; second apical cell short, less than half length of inner apical cell, parallel-sided; third apical cell sessile; outer apical cell longer than broad, not attaining apical wing margin, its base distinctly proximad of base of third apical cell. Male plates elongate, triangular, attaining posterior pygofer margin, each with a single row of macrosetae extending from near base almost to apex. Pygofer very strongly produced; macrosetae numerous and irregularly arranged; pygofer processes absent. Ninth tergum with an elongate membranous area along middorsum. Anal processes absent. Style short, without preapical lobe. Connective T-shaped, the unpaired portion directed cephalad. Aedeagus with preatrium greatly elongate, longer than shaft; dorsal apodeme simple, short, strap-like; shaft bisinuate, broader at base, with an elongate unpaired aciculate ventral process appearing as a continuation of the long preatrium. Head strongly produced; ocelli on rounded margin be- tween crown and face, closer to inner margins of eyes than to median line of head. Pronotum wider than head including eyes; lateral margins slightly divergent posteriorly. Face flat in profile. Known only from the genotype, from Bolivia. This genus is dedicated to the late Dean Paul B. Lawson of Kansas University, who contributed much to our knowledge of Homoptera through both his own efforts and his encouragement of his associates. In 1952 (loc. cit.), with poor material at hand, I placed this species in Elabra because the form of the head and the venation of the fore- wings were similar to other species of that genus. Subsequent study of a perfect male from the Stettin Natural History Museum reveals LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 183 so many differences—the bizarre aedeagus, the T-shaped connective, the shorter male plates relative to the pygofer, the absence of pygofer processes—that it is deemed advisable to erect a separate genus for the above species. The unpaired ventral aedeagal process suggests a relationship with Habralebra, but in other characters the species of that genus are quite distinct. Lawsonellus attenuatus (Osborn), new combination Fiaure 16 Dikraneura attenuata Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 18, p. 269, 1928. Dikraneura albidula Osborn, op. cit., p. 271. Elabra atienuata; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 35, 1952. Length of male 3.7 mm. Crown with median length more than twice interocular width, and slightly greater than median length of pronotum. Male genitalia as in generic description. Sternal abdominal apodemes short, not traversing one conjunctiva. Crown, pronotum, and scutellum ivory, with a broad median sordid yellow vitta on crown expanded posteriorly and continuing over pronotum to its hind margin, the lateral margins suffused with orange on the pronotum. Forewings yellowish translucent with a poorly delimited deeper yellow tint along commissure to claval apex in each Figure 16.—Lawsonellus attenuatus: a, anterior dorsum (type); b, pygofer, lateral aspect (type); c, aedeagus, lateral aspect; d, apex of forewing; e, apical portion of style, lateral aspect. wing and a similar marking in corium parallel to costal margin from base to midlength of wing; second apical cell with a yellow cloud in base. Face and venter pale. Known only from the type, the type of the synonym, both in Car- 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 negie Museum, and a male specimen in the Stettin Natural History Museum, all from Bolivia. Genus Habralebra Young Fieures 17-20 Habralebra Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 33, 1952 (type Protalebra nicaraguensis Baker by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein almost or completely confluent with apical wing margin to apex of vein M,,.; posterior branch of vein R nearly always evanescent apically; vein Cu, confluent with sub- marginal vein at point considerably proximad of vein m-cu. Fore- wing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell almost parallel-sided; second apical cell less than two-thirds length of inner apical cell (exception: H. bifasciatella, new species); third apical cell sessile; outer apical cell triangular, its base opposite to or very slightly basad of base of third apical cell. Male plates elongate-triangular, attaining or slightly exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each narrowed in apical half with longitudinal row of macrosetae on middle half, apex lobate and turned dorsad. Pygofer with posterior margin produced or rounded, disc with single vertical row of macrosetae; a process usually arising near conjunctiva dorsally. extending ventrad; ventral margin rolled mesad and often giving rise to a process which is directed caudad. Ninth tergum with a trans- verse bar-like or triangular tergite which is almost always delimited laterally by a line of flection. Anal processes present or absent. Style with or without preapical lobe. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme usually well developed, Y- or T-shaped; atrium giving rise to large ventral unpaired atrial process (absent in bifasciata (Gillette)) that is usually thicker (exceptions: willinki, new species, and terminalis (Osborn)) than apical half of long tapering shaft. Head produced with apex rounded; crown with median length exceeding interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face, about equi- distant from inner eye margins and median line of head. Pronotum longer than crown, wider than head including eyes, lateral margins strongly divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral as- pect. Color pale, with golden reflections, usually with black or orange markings. Distribution: West Indies, Central America, and South America. The relationship of Habralebra to the other alebrine genera is prob- lematical. Considering H. alliodorae (Caldwell and Martorell) alone, the almost bifurcate aedeagal shaft, the chaetotaxy of the pygofer, the form of the ventral pygofer processes, and the absence of a pre- apical lobe in the style, are suggestive of Diceratalebra, but alliodorae is undoubtedly much more closely related to the other species of LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 185 Habralebra included here. These stand as a group well apart from all other genera in the characteristic venation of the forewings, form of the aedeagus, bright golden color marked with black or orange, and apart from Diceratalebra particularly in the additional characters of the dorsal aedeagal apodeme (not elongate, as in Diceratalebra) and the tubular form of the aedeagal shaft, which is laterally compressed in Diceratalebra. The holotype of Protalebra transversalis Baker (Invertebrata Pacifica, vol. 1, p. 6, 1903), a female, has been examined and it appears to belong in this genus. Males are needed from the type locality, Acapulco, Mexico, to establish its identity. Key to species of Habralebra 1. Aedeagus with unpaired ventral process wanting . . . bifasciata (Gillette) Aedeagus with unpaired ventral process present ........... 2.2 2. Aedeagal process less than half length of shaft. ........... 2.8 Aedeagal process more than half length of shaft ..... Tem) ot ack 3. Aedeagal process vestigial, occurring as a minute tooth; Pao process in lateral aspect exceeding posterior Eons, margin; ghuls with apical ex- tension weakly curved. ... . . . . . terminalis (Osborn) Aedeagal process pronounced; Byeoter Be aceds in lateral aspect not attaining posterior pygofer margin; style with apical extension strongly curved. trimacualata (Gillette) 4. Aedeagus with unpaired ventral process elongate-setiform, narrower than shaft measured at midiength. .... . . . . .Wiilinki, new species Aedeagus with unpaired ventral process ase or short, not setiform, broader than shaft measured at midlength ..... ; ATS 5. Aedeagal shaft in ventral aspect with apical wane appearing ence cruciata, new species Aedeagal shaft notso. ... See gi Je ME be il ot Te ute: eg aie aie oD 6. Pygofer without ventral atcha pa ii hu rere hae re re Pai bey Pygofer with distinct ventral processes . . . ene ememeg. Were meee) 7. Style with apical extension broadly expanded a pew 8 Style with apical extension not expanded at apex. bifasciatella, new species 8. Aedeagus with preatrium elongate; ventral aedeagal process with width at midlength distinctly less than twice width of shaft in lateral aspect, long, slender and gradually tapering . . . . . . .gillettei, new species Aedeagus with preatrium wanting; cai hedeaen process with width at midlength distinctly greater than twice width of shaft in lateral aspect, short, broad, abruptly tapered at apex . . . . . .williamsi, new species 9. Pygofer with ventral process exceeding posterior pygofer margin, decurved. alliodorae (Caldwell and Martorell) Pygofer with ventral process not attaining a pygofer margin, not decurvéd 24)0.).°. is) SOE TS LO 10. Style with apical arene Sra japered ai apex; pe eoree pees elongate in lateral aspect; dorsal aedeagal apodeme Y-shaped with very short TESTO Ae OS 8 Zine We APY uc eis NMR iF RSE gee han Ran ea nA 8 ae | 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Style with apical extension abruptly rounded at apex; pygofer process very short in lateral aspect; dorsal aedeagal apodeme Y-shaped with very long PINS a Spe, poe Sag ale eee So ue: eo ee eels ae amoena (Baker) 11. Aedeagus with shaft gently curved; connective trapezoidal; ventral pygofer process doubly right-angled in ventral aspect . . panamensis, new species Aedeagus with shaft straight; connective Y-shaped; ventral pygofer process more smoothly curved in ventral aspect ..... nicaraguensis (Baker) Habralebra nicaraguensis (Baker) Figure 17,a-f Protalebra nicaraguensis Baker, Invertebrata Pacifica, vol. 1, p. 6, 1903. Habralebra nicaraguensis; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 34. 1952. Length of male 3.1 mm. Crown with median length slightly more than one-third greater than interocular width and three-fourths median length of pronotum. Male pygofer with posterodorsal margin produced posteriorly and rounded apically; ventral pygofer process in lateral aspect extending caudodorsad, not attaining pygofer margin, gradually tapered from base to apex; in ventral aspect the two ventral processes subparallel, each process with a lateral anteapical lobe and a slender curved tapering apical portion; dorsal pygofer margin thickened and giving off a slender differentially sclerotized integu- mental bar directed anteroventrad to middle of pygofer disc. Ninth tergum with a distinct narrow transverse tergite. Anal processes absent. Style without distinct preapical lebe, slightly broadened at midlength. Connective Y-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium dis- tinct; dorsal apodeme well developed, Y-shaped, the arms short and broad; atrium giving off an unpaired broad falcate process conspic- uously thicker than apical half of shaft, extending dorsad almost as far as shaft; shaft straight. Sternal abdominal apodemes not tra- versing one conjunctiva. Crown and pronotum ivory suffused with yellow. Scutellum brown, a pair of longitudinal lines before transverse sulcus, and the anteapical portion, black; apex and two anteapical marginal spots ivory. Forewing yellowish translucent with a smoky longitudinal vitta along commissure in basal half of clavus, the marking expanded laterally towards claval suture at apex; apex of clavus and of adjoining brachial cell, basal half of inner apical cell and base of second apical cell smoky, forming an hourglass-shaped pattern on the wings in repose; wing apices smoky. Face and venter pale yellow. The holotype, a female from San Marcos, Nicaragua, is in the Pomona College collection. The above description is based on a male specimen, from Mexico, in the collection of D. M. DeLong. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 187 Habralebra panamensis, new species Figure 17,9-7 Length of male 3.0-3.1 mm., of female 3.2 mm. Proportions of head and pronotum as in H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Female seventh sternum with caudolateral angles broadly rounded, posterior margin transverse; pygofer heavily setose with all of setae pale. Male pygofer with posterior margin slightly produced dorsally and sub- truncate; ventral pygofer process much as in nicaraguensis in lateral aspect; in ventral aspect curved abruptly mesad, then abruptly caudad, each curve through 90°; dorsal thickening of pygofer wall as in nicaraguensis but with the ventral portion digitiform, not acute apically. Ninth tergite as in nicaraguensis. Anal processes submembranous. Style as in nicaraguensis but with apex more rounded. Connective trapezoidal. Aedeagus as in nicaraguensis, but with shaft gently curved caudad throughout its length and exceeding the unpaired ventral process in length. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing one conjunctiva. Color variable. Crown and pronotum ivory suffused with orange. Scutellum varying from orange marked with black (type) as in nicaraguensis, to orange yellow with an anteapical dark spot, or pale yellow with basal angles gray (allotype). Forewings varying from the design in nicaraguensis but with the transcommissural claval marking hourglass-shaped and deeper hued than the more posterior similarly shaped marking (type) to a design where the more anterior transcommissural marking is orange except a black apical portion, or (allotype) a design in which the anterior marking is reduced to a dark spot in base of corium and a narrow transverse line at midclavus. Face and venter pale yellow. Holotype male, allotype female, and one male paratype from Mindi Dairy, Panama Canal Zone, Dec. 3, 1951 (F. S. Blanton) are in U.S. National Museum (No. 62677). H. panamensis is very closely related to nacaraguensis from which it may be most readily distinguished by the characters in the key, above. Habralebra williamsi, new species Figure 17,k—n Length of male 3.8 mm. Crown with median length about one- fourth greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Male pygofer with posterior margin subtruncate, posterodorsal and posteroventral margins rounded; ventral pygofer process bisinuate, in ventral aspect with basal portion longer and 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 directed caudad, apical portion directed mesad thence caudad; with one dorsal pygofer process as in panamensis, and a second process consisting of a barlike integumental thickening extending from near base caudoventrad to middle of disc. Ninth tergite as in nicaraguensis Anal process very short, truncate apically. Style with distinct Ks ibs 3 es \¢ . | I | I I 1 Mm | se Figure 17.—Habralebra. a-f, H. nicaraguensis: a, anterior dorsum; b, aedeagus, lateral aspect; c, apex of forewing; d, style and connective, dorsal aspect; ¢, pygofer, lateral aspect; f/, pygofer process, ventral aspect. gj, H. panamensis: g, pygofer, lateral aspect; h, pygofer process, ventral aspect; 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, style and connective, dorsal aspect; k-n, H. williamst (type): &, aedeagus, lateral aspect; /, pygofer, lateral aspect; m, pygofer process, ventral aspect; 7, style and connective, dorsal aspect. (In f, h, and m the broken lines represent the midventral line of the specimen.) LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 189 preapical lobe and with apical extension strongly expanded apically, the apical margin obliquely truncate. Connective short Y-shaped, the unpaired portion broad. Aedeagus similar to that of panamensis, but with ventral process broader and longer. Crown and pronotum dull orange, the latter with a pale spot along each anterolateral margin. Scutellum black except dui! yellow basal angles and anteapical short transverse vitta, extreme apex ivory. Forewings golden hyaline, each with a broad transverse marking across midlength of clavus from claval suture to commissure and a conspicuous dot near base of corium, black; a broad marking along each commissure from claval apex to base of second apical cell, forming with its counterpart on opposite wing an hourglass-shaped dark smoky pattern; apical cells pale smoky except a narrow paler area separating the apical area from the darker area more cephalad. Face dull gray except a paler median vitta, remainder of venter pale. Holotype male, Tena, Ecuador, Mar. 29, 1923 (F. X. Williams), in collection of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters Association. From panamensis and nicaraguensis to which it is closely related, williamsi is readily distinguished by its expanded style apex and externally by the conspicuous black dot in the base of the corium of the forewing. The dot is very small in panamensis, absent in nicaraguensis. Habralebra alliodorae (Caldwell and Marterell), new combination FicgurE 18,a—d Protalebra alliodorae Caldwell and Martorell, Journ. Agr. Univ. Puerto Rico, vol 35, p. 88, 1952. Length of male 2.9 mm. Crown with median length one-third greater than interocular width and four-fifths median length of pronotum. Female seventh sternum with lateral angles rounded, posterior margin transverse, slightly emarginate at middle; pygofer with few elongate pale macrosetae. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with posterior margin broadly rounded; ventral pygofer process strongly arched, the apex directed caudoventrad, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, in ventral aspect smoothly curved mesad then caudo- laterad; with an additional barlike integumental thickening arising on disc near base extending caudoventrad beyond middle of disc. Ninth tergum with a distinct triangular tergite delimited by lines of flection. Anal processes absent. Style slender, gradually tapered, without a distinct preapical lobe, apex acute and slightly decurved. Connective a transverse bar. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct, dorsal apodeme elongate, T-shaped; shaft broad in basal half, apical half much narrower, arcuate, curving gradually caudad, with ventral process short, cultrate, curved strongly towards shaft. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vor. 107 Crown and pronotum dull gray, forewings hyaline with two trans- verse dark bands, the more anterior including the scutellum and basal third of the clavus, the more posterior in breadth extending from apex of clavus to midlength of inner apical cell, extending laterad, narrow- ing rapidly on anterior margin from middle of cell M to very narrow extremity on costal margin. Venter entirely pale. Ficure 18.—Habralebra. a-d, H. alliodorae: a, pygofer, lateral aspect; b, aedeagus, lateral aspect; c, pygofer process, ventral aspect; d, style and connective, dorsal aspect. eh, H. amoena (type): e, pygofer, lateral aspect; f, pygofer process, ventral aspect; g, aedeagus, lateral aspect; A, style and connective, dorsal aspect. i-—m, H. bifasciatella (type): 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, pygofer, lateral aspect; k, anterior dorsum; /, style and con- nective, dorsal aspect; m, style apex, lateral aspect. (In figures c and f the midventral line is broken.) LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 191 The holotype, a male from Rio Piedras, Puerto Rico, is in the U.S. National Museum. A specimen has also been examined from Cayamas, Cuba. From the foregoing three species, to which it is closely related, alliodorae may be easily separated by its longer ventral pygofer process, and its very distinct aedeagus which differs in that the shaft and the unpaired ventral process are fused through approximately half the length of the former. Habralebra amoena (Baker) Figure 18,e-h Protalebra amoena Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 404, 1899. Habralebra amoena; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 34, 1952. Length of male 3.56 mm. Crown with median length one-third greater than interocular width and three-fourths median length of pronotum. Male pygofer broadly rounded apically; ventral pygofer process short, not attaining posterior pygofer margin, with an apical beak directed caudad, other pygofer processes as in H. williamsi Young. Ninth tergite asin H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Anal processes absent. Style elongate with distinct preapical lobe, apical extension rounded at tip. Connective Y-shaped, the unpaired portion short. Aedeagus with preatrium absent; dorsal apodeme elongate Y-shaped; shaft abruptly narrowed on posterior margin near base, apical two- thirds slender, directed dorsad and very slightly caudad; unpaired ventral process stout, crescentiform, not attaining apex of shaft. Sternal abdominal apodemes very short, not traversing one con- junctiva. Ground color of crown and pronotum golden yellow, crown with discal area washed pale orange, pronotum with discal area bright orange. Ground color of scutellum ivory, the basal angles buff, a narrow anteapical transverse band black. Forewing hyaline, a small black dot in corium near base, an irregular vitta adjoining commissure in basal half of clavus, orange; an indistinct vitta in brachial cell extending abruptly mesad through apical half of clavus to commissure, pale orange; an inverted C-shaped mark beginning at apex of brachial cell, extending along commissure in basal half of inner apical cell, then laterad into base of second apical cell, smoky; apical portions of first and second apical cells broadly smoky. Venter completely pale, the face and pleural portion of pronotum ivory. This species is known only from the type, a male, from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum. The style apex, with its preapical lobe and apical extension not broadened at apex, and the aedeagal shaft, narrowed on the posterior margin near base, will serve to separate amoena from the foregoing species of Habralebra. 422758—57——5 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Habralebra bifasciatella, new species FigurE 18,i-—m Length of male 2.7 mm. Crown with medium length one-sixth greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Forewing with second apical cell measured along inner margin more than two-thirds length of inner apical cell measured along its outer margin. Male pygofer with posterior margin strongly produced in a triangular lobe; ventral pygofer processes absent; disc with very few macrosetae in vertical row; dorsal margin giving off a slightly curved digitate process on each side, each process extend- ing caudoventrad slightly beyond middle of disc and free from pygofer wall in cephalic aspect; a short aciculate diagonal process consisting of thickened integument near center of disc. Ninth tergite as in H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Anal process distinct, slender, acute apically, not attaining middle of pygofer disc. Style slender, elongate, with small preapical lobe and short decurved apical exten- sion. Connective semi-ovate. Aedeagus with preatrium wanting; dorsal apodeme transverse;shaft gradually tapered, regularly arched, the apex curved ventrad; ventral unpaired process digitiform, exceed- ing shaft in length, rugose anteapically. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing one conjunctiva. Crown dull yellow. Pronotum golden. Scutellum fumose with a small median basal yellow spot, the area on each side of the transverse sulcus and extreme apex, dull yellow. Forewing golden translucent with a broad smoky band across basal third of clavus extending into corium, and a broad, slightly paler band across appendix and bases of apical cells, becoming narrower at costal margin. Face and venter stramineous. Holotype male, Mojinga Swamp, near Fort Sherman, Panama Canal Zone (F. S. Blanton), in U. 8. National Museum (No. 62678). From the preceding species of Habralebra, bifasciatella is easily distinguished by its lack of a ventral pygofer process. Habralebra willinki, new species FIGURE 19,a-e Length of male 3.3 mm. Crown with median length almost one-third greater than interocular width and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Female seventh sternum more than twice length of sixth, with lateral margins produced and rounded to hind margin which appears as a shallow emargination; pygofer heavily setose on posterior two-thirds, with all of setae pale. Male pygofer with posterior margin slightly produced at midlength, the apex rounded; ventral pygofer process short, slightly sinuous, extending caudomesad, not attaining midventral line; dorsal pygofer process LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 193 and ninth tergite asin H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Anal process slender, truncate apically, not reaching middle of disc of pygofer. Style with distinct preapical lobe, apical extension not strongly broadened at apex, decurved, with a small preapical tooth on dorsal face. Con- nective triangular. Aedeagus with preatrium wanting; dorsal apodeme well developed with an anteroventrad-directed lobe and a pair of short lobes directed dorsad; shaft elongate, broader on basal portion, narrower and slightly arched caudodorsad in apical half; ventral process slender, aciculate, much shorter than shaft. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown and pronotum golden yellow, the antero- lateral portions of pronotum paler. Scutellum with ground color ivory, basal angles golden, margined internally with dark, a preapical transverse marking black. Forewings transparent with golden reflections, a transverse vitta across commissure in basal third of clavus, evanescent anteriorly, becoming darker posteriorly, not attaining claval suture of either wing; inner anteapical portions of wings with dark margins in form of hourglass, apical cells faintly fumose. Venter entirely pale. Holotyle male, Ledesma, Jujuy Province, Argentina, Feb. 10, 1950 (A. Willink and F. Monrés), in collection of Miguel Lillo Foundation, Tucumdan, Argentina. A female specimen from Nova Teutonia, Brazil, is in the Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas. This species differs from all others in the genus in the slender setiform unpaired ventral process of the aedeagus. Habralebra trimaculata (Gillette) FIGurE 19,g2 Alebra trimaculata Gillette, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, p. 712, 1898. Habralebra trimaculata; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 34, 1952. Length of female 3.5 mm. Crown with median length one-third greater than interocular width, and two-thirds median length of pronotum. Female seventh sternum very large, more than three times length of sixth sternum, posterolateral portions broadly rounded, posterior margin gradually and very slightly produced and rounded at middle; pygofer with numerous irregularly arranged pale macrosetae over apical two-thirds. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with ventral pygofer process short, having pronounced lateral lobe, apical portion slender, curved gradually posterolaterad, acute apically; with dorsal and oblique discal processes as in H. williamsi Young. Ninth tergite as in H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Anal processes arcuate, acute apical- ly, not attaining middle of pygofer disc. Style elongate, with distinct preapical lobe and apical extension curved laterad, apex quadrate. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Connective triangular. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct; dorsal apodeme Y-shaped, the unpaired portion elongate; ventral process short, broad, not half length of shaft which is broader in basal half, slender, and slightly arched posterodorsad in apical half. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing one conjunctiva. Crown, pronotum, and scutellum golden yellow tinged with ivory. Forewing transparent with golden reflections at base, along claval suture and along basal portion of costal margin; a commissural spot at apex of basal third of clavus and an oval one at apex of clavus, extending into brachial cell, black, a transverse spot through inner apical cell at midlength, extending into basal portion of second apical cell, smoky. Venter entirely pale except dark tarsal claws. This species is known only from the type, a female, from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum, and a male from Ledesma, Jujuy Province, Argentina, in the collection of the Miguel Lillo Foundation, Tucuman, Argentina. It is not certain that the sexes are correctly associated, but the male agrees with the type in almost every detail. The distinct but short unpaired aedeagal process, less than half the length of the shaft, will separate trimaculata from other species of Habralebra. Habralebra terminalis (Osborn) Ficure 19,j-n Alebra terminalis Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 15, p. 451, 1924. Length of male 3.6 mm. Crown with median length subequal to interocular width, and one-half median length of pronotum. Male pygofer with ventral portion of posterior margin produced and rounded; ventral pygofer process acute apically, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, arched in ventral aspect, the two processes appearing like reversed parentheses. Style not greatly exceeding connective in length, with preapical lobe distinct. Connective large, Y-shaped with unpaired portion very short. Aedeagus with preatrium short, dorsal apodeme small, shaft smoothly curved caudad, gradually tapered, with a minute denticle near its base on ventral surface. Sternal abdominal apodemes short, not exceeding two conjunctivae. Ground color of crown yellowish ivory, a pair of discal spots deeper yellow. Pronotum golden with three submarginal oval ivory spots near anterior margin. Scutellum golden yellow with basal angles dull yellow and transverse sulcus broadly bordered behind with ivory. Forewing hyaline with indefinite yellow suffusions outlining paler areas from wing base to claval apex; apical portions of first and second apical cells, and base of second apical cell, smoky. Face and venter dull yellow. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 195 | | | 1 I | I | ! ! | | | | | | | | | | | | | k p' g Yt Figure 19.—Habralebra. a-e, H. willinki: a, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); b, pygofer process, ventral aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect; d, style apex, lateral aspect; ¢, style and connective, ventral aspect. g-i, H. trimaculata: g, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); h, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, style and con- nective, dorsal aspect. j—n, H. terminalis (type): 7, pygofer, lateral aspect; k, left side of pygofer, ventral aspect; /, style and connective, dorsal aspect; m, style apex, lateral aspect; 7, aedeagus, lateral aspect. o-r, H. bifasciata (type): 0, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line is anal process); p, pygofer process, ventral aspect; g, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, style and connective, dorsal aspect. (In b, k, and p the midline of the specimen is represented by a broken line.) 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Known only from the type, a male from Bolivia, in the Carnegie Museum. This species, in the vestigial toothlike unpaired ventral aedeagal process, differs drastically from other species of Habralebra. Habralebra bifasciata (Gillette) FIGuRE 19,0-r Alebra bifasciata Gillette, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, p. 711, 1898. Habralebra bifasciata; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 34, 1953. Length of male 3.3 mm., of female 3.5 mm. Crown with median length approximately one-sixth greater than interocular width and about three-fourths median length of pronotum. Female seventh sternum more than twice length of sixth, hind margin produced and broadly rounded; pygofer setae as in H. trimaculata (Gillette). Male pygofer in lateral aspect with posterodorsal margin broadly rounded, posteroventral margin forming an almost right-angled lobe; ventral pygofer process short, acute apically, the two processes shaped like reversed parentheses; dorsal pygofer process extending ventrad past middle of pygofer disc; with an anterior oblique barlike process before middle of disc. Ninth tergum with triangular tergite. Anal processes weak. Style slender andZelongate, without distinct preapical lobe. Connective broadly U-shaped. Aedeagus with preatrium elongate, dorsal apodeme short, Y-shaped, the arms widespread, shaft slender, short, gradually decurved, provided with dispersed minute basally- directed projections, ventral process rudimentary, occurring as short, broad rounded projection. Entirely pale yellow except two broad transverse brownish black stripes on dorsum, one across basal portion of forewings and entire scutellum, its hind margin traversing clavus at about apex of basal third length of latter; the other across anteapical portion of fore- wings, over apex of clavus and basal half of inner apical cell, abruptly narrowed at costal extremity. This species is known only from the male type and a female paratype in the U. S. National Museum. Both were collected in Chapada, Brazil; the former in April, the latter in August. The other specimens in the type series belong to another species. The complete absence of an unpaired ventral aedeagal process serves to set this species apart from others in the genus. Habralebra gillettei, new species FigurE 20,a-c Alebra bifasciata (part.) Gillette, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 20, p. 711, 1898. Length of male 3.2-3.5 mm., of female 3.3-3.5 mm. Crown with median length slightly greater than interocular width and three- LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 197 fourths median length of pronotum. Female seventh sternum with a broad median keel ending posteriorly in a blunt tooth; lateral niargins produced posteriorly, each into a distinct rounded lobe; pygofer setae as in H. panamensis Young. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with posterodorsal portion slightly produced in a short lobe; ventral pygofer process wanting; dorsal process extending ventrad beyond middle of pygofer disc; disc with a short barlike integumental Ficure 20.—Habralebra. a-c, H. gillettei (type): a, pygofer, lateral aspect; b, aedeagus, lateral aspect; c, style and connective, dorsal aspect. d-h, H. cruciata: d, pygofer, lateral aspect; ¢, aedeagus, lateral aspect; f, apex of aedeagus, caudal aspect; g, style and con- nective, dorsal aspect; h, style, lateral aspect. (In a and d the broken line represents the anal process.) thickening. Ninth tergite as in H. nicaraguensis (Baker). Anal process as in H. bifasciatella Young. Style short, with distinct preapical lobe and with short foot-shaped apical extension that is variable apically, either with apical margin broadly convex or shal- lowly concave (type). Connective V-shaped. Aedeagus with pre- atrium elongate, dorsal apodeme short T-shaped, shaft broad in 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 basal third, slenderly cylindrical in apical two-thirds; unpaired ventral process strongly divergent from shaft, expanded basally, gradually tapered to acute apex. Sternal abdominal apodemes very short, not traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown and pronotum pale yellow to sordid orange. Scutellum, except pale yellow to white basal angles and median basal spot, black, apex ivory. Forewings translucent lacteus to trans- parent, each with basal third of clavus, an adjoining dot on corium (occasionally absent), a small spot near costal margin in basal third, and a large blotch along commissural margin extending from apex of clavus to midlength of inner apical cell and from commissure to base of outer cell, black, the apical blotches of the forewings in repose shaped like an hourglass. Venter entirely pale, the discal portion of the face occasionally slightly darker. Holotype male (USNM 62679) from Chapada, Brazil, April, and paratype male, same data (both misdetermined paratypes of Alebra bifasciata Gillette), in U. S. National Museum; paratype male from Campinas, Brazil, in Pomona College collection; numerous male paratypes from Rio Caraguata, Mato Grosso, Brazil, March 1952 (F. Plaumann), in U. S. National Museum and in Snow Entomologi- cal Collections; female paratypes from Salta Province, Argentina, Jan. 9, 1949 (M. Aczel), and Ledesma, Jujuy Province, Argentina, Feb. 10, 1950 (A. Willink and F. Monrés), and two male paratypes from Salta Province, Argentina, Jan. 31, 1950 (R. Golbach) in collec- tion of Miguel Lillo Foundation, Tucumén, Argentina; and one male paratype from Provincia del Sara, Bolivia, in Stettin Natural History Museum. This species is closely related to cruciata but differs in the expanded apex of the style and the aedeagal shaft which lacks the transverse expansion found in cruciata. The more anterior transcommissura] marking of the forewings is orange In cruciata. Habralebra cruciata, new species Figure 20,d-h Length of male 3.5 mm. Crown with length about one-fourth greater than interocular width and about two-thirds median length of pronotum. Male pygofer with posterior margin broadly rounded, weakly bilobate; ventral and discal processes absent; dorsal process as in H. gilletter Young but not attaining middle of dise of pygofer. Ninth tergite occurring as a transverse rod, not delimited by a line of flection laterally. Anal processes submembranous. Style elon- gate, with weak preapical lobe and with apical extension gradually curved ventrad, its dorsal surface with a small protuberance near midlength; style apex rounded. Connective shallowly U-shaped. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 199 Aedeagus with preatrium wanting, atrium with lateral margins flared cephalolaterad; dorsal apodeme very short T-shaped; shaft bisinuous with a pair of auriculiform appendages near midlength, the shaft appearing cruciate in caudal aspect; ventral aedeagal process as long as shaft, abruptly curved caudad before apex. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing two conjunctivae. Ground color of crown and pronotum pale yellow, a broad pink spot on disc of pronotum. Scutellum with basal angles dull yellow, the intervening area brown, apical half ivory, a transverse anteapical stripe and a pair of triangles, one on each side before middle of lateral margin, black. Forewings hyaline, a large transcommissural brick- red spot across claval bases, its hind margin bordered with black; apical cells, except outermost, fumose, the darker area extending cephalad into claval apex, apex of brachial cell and adjacent portion of cell M; an indistinct streak along basal portion of costal margin and a similar area in brachial cell, golden yellow. Venter entirely pale. Holotype male, Campinas, Brazil, in Pomona College collection. Omegalebra, new genus FIGURES 21-23 Type of the genus, Protalebra vexillifera Baker. Hind wing with submargina! vein usually confluent with apical wing margin; posterior branch of vein R evanescent apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point much proximad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell broader at base than at apex; second apical cell usually parallel-sided, its length measured along inner margin two-thirds or more length of inner apical cell measured along the common margin; third apical cell stalked; outer apical cell longer than broad, not attaining apical wing margin; cells R and M with anteapical widths about equal; color including a conspicuous omega-shaped marking (exception: lenticula). Female seventh sternum greatly produced posteriorly, in length equal to or greater than length of exposed portion of ovipositor in those species in which female is known; pygofer with numerous well dispersed pale macrosetae except near base, a few of these contrasting black in some species. Male plates elongate, triangular, at least attaining, usually exceeding, posterior pygofer margin, each with a longitudinal row of pale macrosetae which either extends full length of plate or occupies only the middle half, in some species with some of the setae contrasting black. Male pygofer with dispersed macrosetae, not in rows (excep- tion: ogloblinz); pygofer processes present, their origin variable interspecifically but not arising on dorsal pygofer margin. Ninth 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 tergum with a pair of dorsolateral lines of flection. Anal processes present or absent. Style with a distinct preapical lobe. Connective U-, V-, or Y-shaped, usually extending caudad one-half length of shaft or more. Aedeagus variable interspecifically. Head produced, triangular, crown with median length equal to or exceeding interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face. Pronotum longer than crown, wider than head including eyes, lateral margins divergent posteriorly; posterior margin usually bisinuately concave, occasionally smoothly concave. Distribution: West Indies, Central America, and South America. In addition to the species included in the key below, Protalebra omega Van Duzee (Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 8, p. 75, 1907), described from females and of which additional females have been examined from Jamaica during this study, should be placed here. The omega-shaped markings of the forewings are also found in Protalebra and Paralebra. Key to species of Omegalebra 1. Aedeagus with a large ventral process which is forked apically and with a pair of processes arising at base of shaft... . . . . ogloblini, new species. Aedeagus without such processes, ea es with processes arising apically or anteapically on shaft. .... PRR E er 2. Aedeagus strongly arched in lateral arin. Piel ler: NR le oe eae Aedeagus straight or very slightly curved, not Serones nrebeds 10. Mea 3. Male pygofer process arising ventrally, unbranched; pygofer with postero- dorsal portion not strongly produced; aedeagal shaft unarmed; length of male 3.2-3.3 mm.; anterior portion of omega-shaped marking completely bordered with Bleek segue ; . . Mmatogrossana, new species Male pygofer process arising does, Wnda ©: pygofer with posterodorsal portion strongly produced; aedeagal shaft aan a few retrorse anteapical teeth on dorsal margin; length of male 3.8-3.9 mm.; anterior margin of omega-shaped marking with black border interrupted medially. barbata, new species 4. Pygofer process arising ventrally, or apically and with a posteroventral thick- ening of pygofer wall; aedeagus with minute processes on shaft... .. 5 Pygofer processes arising apically and without diag thickening of pygofer wall; aedeagus without processes .. . aoe ere 5. Aedeagal processes anteapical and lateral on gna concen tacky U- Shaped fg joie Uk . . . . . balloui, new species Aedeagal process eta loteratne comrade connective Y-shaped with un- paired portion thick. . . . 6 6. Aedeagus with dorsal ppedene T- chee innate Gudiulate apace, the dorsal and ventral apical processes asymmetrical; posterior border of transverse portion of omega-shaped marking not red. . . . .morrisoni, new species Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme laterally compressed; shaft straight, the apical processes symmetrical, posterior border of transverse portion of omega- shaped marking red. ......... +... . .blantoni, new species LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 201 7. Pygofer with process bifurcate; dorsal aedeagal apodeme circular in caudal aspect; transverse portion of omega-shaped marking red-bordered posteriorly vexillifera (Baker) Reemmichiapovercusractersi/ti).? Giens aise. va ed wot) .iiroe) iret. 8 8. Pygofer process longer, arising as a thickening of posterodorsal pygofer margin; dorsal aedeagal apodeme saddle-shaped in lateral aspect; extreme apex of Pen eO UG TOLCHOG i kos Kec ce aU EB cute erc paid isu euhayn’ lenticula (Osborn) Pygofer process short, arising apically on the posterior pygofer margin, the margin not thickened; dorsal aedeagal apodeme not saddle-shaped in lateral aspect; extreme apex of style notched ......... cordiae (Osborn) Omegalebra vexillifera (Baker), new combination FIGURE 21,a—h Protalebra vexillifera Baker, Psyche, vol. 8, p. 404, 1899. Length of male 3.4 mm. Crown with apex sharply rounded; median length approximately equal to interocular width. Pronotum with median length almost twice median length of crown; posterior margin smoothly or sinuately concave. Ocelli about midway between inner margins of eyes and median line of head. Male plates gradually tapered, extending as far caudad as posterior pygofer margin, each with row of macrosetae from near base to apex. Pygofer with posterior margin broadly rounded; pygofer process arising on posterior pygofer margin, biramous, the ventral branch more elongate and extending mesad. Ninth tergite present, bounded laterally and apically by lines of flection. Anal processes short, weak, expanded apically, not attaining middle of pygofer disc. Style with foot-shaped apical extension. Connective Y-shaped, the unpaired portion broad, extending caudad more than half length of shank of style. Aedeagus with preatrium short, dorsal apodeme semicircular, shaft slender, short, nearly straight, without processes. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum ivory, a V-shaped marking on anterior portion of pronotum, and a short submarginal vitta near and parallel to humeral margin on each side, pale orange; a marginal black spot on each side of scutellum and a preapical trans- verse stripe, black. Forewing with ground color pale yellowish trans- lucent, with a conspicuous omega-shaped lacteus marking crossing commissure at scutellar apex on each wing, attaining costal wing margin opposite midclavus, thence extending along vein M to its apex thence directed laterad and ending in apex of cell R, the transverse portion bordered anteriorly with black, posteriorly with crimson; veins forming bases of apical cells pale, margined with dull yellow, the yellow coloration darkening laterally and becoming fumose and filling third apical cell. Face and venter pale except bases of post- 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 tibial spines and some of spines themselves, black. Pleural portion of pronotum pink. Known from the type series, from Chapada, Brazil, in the U. S. National Museum. Omegalebra lenticula (Osborn), new combination FIGuRE 21,i-k Protalebra lenticula Osborn, Journ. Dep. Agr. Porto Rico, vol. 13, p. 103, 1929. Length of both sexes 2.8-3.1 mm. Crown with apex obtusely rounded, median length slightly greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length about one-third greater than median length of crown. Ocelli closer to median line than to eyes. Female pygofer without contrasting black macrosetae. Male plates exceed- ing apex of posterior pygofer margin, each with row of macrosetae from near base almost to apex. Male pygofer with ventral half of pesterior margin produced posteriorly in short weak lobe; pygofer process arising along posterodorsal margin, extending ventrad, the apical half elongate-triangular, the apex extending ventrad slightly beyond ventral pygofer margin; macrosetae in irregular arrangement parallel to dorsal and posterior pygofer margin. Ninth tergite absent. Anal processes absent. Style short, with short curved apical extension which bears a protuberance near its base. Connec- tive Y-shaped with unpaired portion short. Aedeagus with preatrium short, dorsal apodeme saddle-shaped in lateral aspect, slightly flat- tened on dorsal surface; shaft slender, almost straight, without processes. Sternal abdominal apodemes not attaining first conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum ivory; disc ot crown with broad triradiate pale yellow to orange marking, its lateral arms attaining inner margins of eyes, its posterior arm attaining posterior margin of crown; pronotum with broad U-shaped similarly- colored marking extending from anterior margin to posterior half of ‘disc, posterolateral angles yellow to orange; scutellum with basal angles yellow to ivory, transverse sulcus narrowly, a triangle on each lateral margin slightly basad of transverse sulcus and a broad ante- apical transverse stripe, black. Forewings with omega-shaped marking obsolete, ground color whitish translucent, a transverse band, narrow at base of costal plaque, gradually broadened mesally and occupying basal third of clavus, fuscous posteriorly, abruptly fading anteriorly; apical half of clavus except tip, and adjacent corium pale yellow, the intervening claval suture contrastingly paler; a diagonal black vitta, interrupted on disc, extending from posterior margin of costal plaque caudomesad, becoming gradually LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 203 a eT Ficure 21.—Omegalebra. a-h, O. vexillifera: a, anterior dorsum; b, pygofer process, ventral aspect (broken line is midline of specimen); c, pygofer, lateral aspect; d, style and connective, ventral aspect; ¢, style apex, mesal aspect; f, same, caudal aspect; g, aedeagus, lateral aspect; h, aedeagus, ventral aspect. 1-k, O. lenticula: 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 7, pygofer, lateral aspect; k, style and connective, dorsal aspect. /-9, O. cordiae: 1, pygofer, lateral aspect; m, pygofer process, ventral aspect (broken line is midline of specimen); 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect; o anterior dorsum; ?, style and con- nective, dorsal aspect. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 broader, to commissure in region of claval apex, thence caudolaterad along and outlining paler bases of second, third, and fourth apical cells to costal margin, thence gradually fading, extending parallel to and near apical wing margin, not attaining inner apical cell; inner apical cell weakly fumose in apical half. Ivory to pale yellow beneath, the pleural portion of the pronotum marked with orange to a variable degree. This species is known only from Puerto Rico. The type is in the Herbert Osborn collection at the Ohio State University. Omegalebra cordiae (Osborn), new combination FIGuRE 21,l—p Protalebra cordiae Osborn, Journ. Dep. Agr. Porto Rico, vol. 18, p. 102, 1929. Length of male 2.8 mm.; of female 2.7-3.0 mm. Crown with apex more broadly rounded than in O. vezillifera (Baker); median length one-fourth greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length slightly greater than median length of crown. Ocelli about midway between inner eye margins and median line. Female seventh sternum as long as exposed portion of ovipositor; posterior margin angular but with apex truncate; pygofer with all macrosetae pale. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with row of macrosetae in middle half. Male pygofer in lateral aspect with pos- terodorsal portion slightly produced; with a posterodorsal submar- ginal group of few macrosetae; pygofer process arising near middle of hind margin, extending caudad, short, obliquely truncate apically in lateral aspect, bifid with short rami in ventral aspect. Ninth tergite as in verillifera. Anal processes absent. Style with distinct preapical lobe and boot-shaped apical extension. Connective large, Y-shaped, extending caudad more than half length of shank of style. Aedeagus with preatrium well developed; dorsal apodeme T-shaped; shaft slender, straight, without processes. Crown entirely dull yellow or dull yellow with ivory spots at base and apex. Pronotum dull yellow or ivory with diffuse yellow discal spots, humeral margins faintly pink. Scutellum yellow or ivory with a@ very narrow anteapical transverse black band. Forewings with ground color translucent yellow to hyaline, the chief marking a large omega-shaped design involving both wings, crossing commissural margins in their basal thirds, extending laterad on each wing to costal margin near its midlength thence mesocaudad to apex of cell M, thence slightly laterad to apex of cell R, contrasting bright yellow or lacteus, the transverse portion of the design bordered anteriorly with contrasting black, the longitudinal portions similarly bordered later- ally, mesally and apically; occasionally with faint additional longi- LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 205 tudinal dark markings in basal and apical portions of clavus; apical half of brachial cell usually with a faint longitudinal dark vitta; veins at bases of apical cells black-bordered; apical portions of second, third and fourth apical cells darkly fumose. Face and venter pale except dark spots at base of posttibial spines and dark apices of posttibiae. Pleural portion of pronotum occasionally faint pink. Sternal abdominal apodemes attaining second conjunctiva. The type, from Aguirre, Puerto Rico, is in the Ohio State University collection. Other specimens have been examined from Ponce and Cayey, Puerto Rico, from Vieques Island, and from St. Thomas, Virgin Islands. The host plant was reported to be Cordia alliodora by Martorell (in Caldwell and Martorell, 1952, p. 93). Omegalebra blantoni, new species FIGURE 22,a—d Length of male 2.8-2.9 mm., of female 3.1mm. Crown with apex broadly rounded; median length one-fourth greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length approximately one-half greater than median length of crown; posterior margin shallowly, sinuately concave. Hind wing with submarginal vein not confluent with wing apex. Ocelli closer to eyes than to median line of head. Female seventh sternum as long as exposed portion of ovipositor, truncate apically; pygofer with a few macrosetae contrasting black. Male plates exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a row of macrosetae, some of which are conspicuous and black, on middle half. Male pygofer with posterior margin broadly rounded, dise with few irregu- larly arranged macrosetae near dorsal portion of posterior margin; pygofer process arising along ventral pygofer margin, curved abruptly mesad thence caudomesad at apex, apical portion gradually tapered and acute. Ninth tergite absent. Anal processes as in O. veaillifera (Baker). Style as in O. lenticula (Osborn). Connective thick, V-shaped, extending caudad to point opposite midlength of shank of style. Aedeagus with preatrium short; dorsal apodeme laterally com- pressed; shaft elongate, slender, with laterally compressed flange at apex. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum ivory; crown with a transverse discal orange or gray marking extending from eye to eye, and a pair of gray spots anteriorly; pronotum with a Y- (type) or V-shaped dull orange marking on anterior half of disc, humeral margins narrowly red; scutellum as in vezillifera. Forewing with ground color dull yellow, markings as in vezillifera. Face, venter and pleural portion of pronotum as in vezillifera but with antennal bases orange. 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Holotype male, Tocumen, Panam4 Province, Panama, July 1, 1953 (F. S. Blanton), in U. S. National Museum (No. 62680), paratypes from Fort Clayton, Mojinga Swamp, and Mindi Dairy, Panama Canal Zone, and from El Retiro and Rio Hato, Coclé Province, Panama. QO. blantoni is similar to ballowi, new species, in the form of the pygofer and its processes and in the form of the style, and to morrisoni, new species, in the last feature and in the form of the aedeagal shaft. From balloui, blantont may be separated by its laterally compressed aedeagal apex and distinct aedeagal apodeme; from morrisoni by the form of the pygofer processes (see illustrations) and the characters mentioned in the key. This species is named for its collector, who collected the type series and whose extensive collections in Panama have provided material for a greater understanding of the Western Hemisphere leafhopper fauna Omegalebra balloui, new species FIGURE 22,e-4 Length of female 3.3 mm. Female with apex of crown rounded; median length approximately one-fifth greater than interocular width. Pronotum of female with median length one-half greater than median length of crown; posterior margin shallowly, sinuately concave. Ocelli as in O. vexillifera (Baker). Female seventh sternum as long as exposed portion of ovipositor, posterior margin strongly produced with an apical subquadrate lobe; pygofer without contrasting black macrosetae. Male plates gradually tapering, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a row of macrosetae on middle half. Male pygofer with posterior margin broadly rounded, posterior portion of disc with few irregularly arranged macrosetae; pygofer process arising along ventral margin, its free portion extending caudomesad from middle of posterior pygofer margin, short, slender, acute apically. Ninth tergite not differentiated. Anal process weak, almost attaining middle of pygofer disc. Style short, with preapical lobe strong, very short apical extension. Connective thickly U-shaped, extending distad almost as far as style apices. Aedeagus with preatrium dis- tinct; dorsal apodeme wanting; shaft elongate, slender, with pair of anteapical processes which are rolled ventrad. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing one conjunctiva. Color, based on females: Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum dull yellow, crown with a faint spot at apex and one on each side on anterior margin, pronotum with a submarginal spot at middle of anterior margin, a faint longitudinal vitta on each side of disc and a transverse submarginal area at middle of posterior margin, dull ivory. Scutellum yellowish white, the basal angles yellow, a black spot at midlength of each lateral margin. Forewings with ground LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 207 color yellowish hyaline, the omega-shaped marking lacteus, crossing commissure in basal half of clavus, not contiguous with apex of scutellum, the transverse portion bordered anteriorly with black, the longitudinal portion partially bordered with black on outer and inner margins; each wing with cross veins mostly pale, bordered with smoky, third apical vein covered by a black mark which extends mesad along apical wing margin to inner apical cell. Face and venter pale, antennal bases and pleural portion of pronotum yellow, a spot at apex of posttibia and at apex of first hind tarsomere, black. Holotype female and female paratype, San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Rica, January 1937 (C. H. Ballou), in U. S. National Museum (No. 62681). The illustrations have been made from a topotypic male specimen represented only by wings and abdomen, the remainder having been lost from the cardboard point. The relationships of this species are discussed under blantona, above. Omegalebra morrisoni, new species FIGuRE 22,j-l1 Length of male 2.8 mm. Crown with apex sharply rounded; median length one-fourth greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length one-third greater than median length of crown; posterior margin shallowly sinuately concave. Ocelli nearer to inner eye margins than to median line of crown. Male plates gradually tapered, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with row of macro- setae on middie half. Pygofer with posterior margin not produced, its posterodorsal portion shallowly emarginate; disc with sparse, irregularly arranged macrosetae on dorsal portion; pygofer process arising on posterior margin, short, stout extending mesad and ventrad, acute apically. Ninth tergite absent. Anal processes membranous. Style as in O. blantoni Young. Connective Y-shaped, unpaired portion broad. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct, dorsal apodeme T-shaped in cephalic aspect, apex expanded as in blantoni but not symmetrical as in that species. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum dull ivory; crown with a faint bilobed discal transverse orange vitta; pronotal markings as in O. verillifera (Baker); scutellum with basal angles and an anteapi- cal median marking pale yellow, a very narrow transverse anteapical stripe, black. Forewings with ground color gray, the apical two-thirds of claval suture and the omega-shaped marking hyaline, the latter crossing commissure in basal half of clavus, not contiguous to scutel- lum, its transverse portion narrowly bordered anteriorly with black with a pale orange more anterior border, bordered posteriorly with pale yellow, its longitudinal portions bordered with gray except for black border at costal margin of wing; cross veins, except black 422758576 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 base of outer apical cell, pale, dark-margined, the wing apex black- margined from third apical cell to outer margin of apex of first apical cell; a fumose area near midlength of first and second apical cells. Holotype male, “Duarte, Santo Domingo City, Republic of Domi- nica, July 21, 1917” (Harold W. Morrison), in U.S. National Museum (No. 62682). | The relationships of morrisoni are discussed above, under blantoni. This species is dedicated to its collector, who has collected many leafhoppers in the Caribbean area and who has made major contri- butions to homopterous taxonomy. Omegalebra ogloblini, new species FIGURE 22,m—q Length of male 3.5mm. Similar to O. vexillifera (Baker) in all gross features except anterior margin of crown which is more rounded in dorsal aspect. Male plates slightly exceeding posterior pygofer mar- gin, each with row of macrosetae over middle half. Pygofer with posterodorsal portion produced posteriorly and emarginate at apex, with an oblique row of macrosetae on posterior portion of disc and two additional submarginal ones near base of dorsal margin; pygofer process arising at apex from an elongate horizontal integumental thickening over disc, extending caudomesad, short, slightly sinuate, gradually tapered. Ninth tergite absent. Anal processes strong, cultrate. Anterior margin of ninth tergum with a pair of conspicuous, anteriorly directed apodemes. Style with short, decurved apical ex- tension. Connective V-shaped with a pair of small apical dorsal lobes. Aedeagus with preatrium short, dorsal apodeme trilobate; shaft inconspicuous, straight, simple-tubular, extending posterodor- sad, with a pair of minute, lateral processes and with a single large ventral process which is gradually tapered and curved dorsad to the apex which is bifid, the branches approximate. Sternal abdominal apodemes traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown and pronotum ivory, each with a V-shaped discal marking, that of crown yellow, of pronotum, orange; pronotum with a pair of widely-spaced round spots on posterior half of disc, dull yellow, humeral margins pink. Scutellum with ground color dull ivory, basal angles dull orange, a median Y-shaped marking gray, a spot at midlength of each lateral margin, and apex, black. Forewings with ground color gray with a lacteus omega-shaped marking crossing commissure distinctly behind apex of scutellum, its lateral and apical portions as in vevillifera, the transverse portion bordered sharply with black anteriorly, with a narrow triundulate red border posteriorly; apical third of clavus pale grayish translucent; a dark gray undulate longitudinal marking on each wing forming an inner border to longi- LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 209 ee Ficure 22.—Omegalebra. a-d, O. blantoni (type): a, pygofer, lateral aspect; b, pygofer process, ventral aspect; c, style and connective, dorsal aspect; d, aedeagus, lateral aspect. et, O. balloui: e, style and connective, dorsal aspect; f, pygofer, lateral aspect; g, pygofer process, ventral aspect; h, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 1, aedeagus, ventral aspect. 7-1, O. morrisoni: 7, aedeagus, lateral aspect; k, pygofer, lateral aspect; /, style and connective, dorsal aspect. m-g, O. ogloblini: m, pygofer process, ventral aspect; n, aedeagus, caudal aspect; 0, pygofer, lateral aspect; p, style and connective, dorsal aspect; g, style apex, lateral aspect. (In b, g, and m the broken line represents the midline of the specimen.) 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 tudinal portion of the omega-shaped marking, attaining commissure just behind claval apex, extending thence caudolaterad along bases of apical cells, filling apical portion of third apical cell, thence extending submarginally around wing apex and fading, ending in inner apical cell, a faint fumose marking in first and second apical cells near their midlengths. Face ivory, antennal bases orange; posterior part of pleural portion of pronotum pink; posttibiae as in verillifera. Holotype male, Loreto, Misiones Province, Argentina, Dec. 6, 1931, (A. A. Ogloblin), in U. S. National Museum (No. 62716); male para- type, Santa Catarina, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, Apr. 29, 1950 (F. Plau- mann), in Snow Entomological Collections. The bizarre form of the aedeagus and the presence of the dorsal apodemes on the anterior margin of the ninth tergum are distinctive features. The species is named in honor of Mr. Ogloblin, who has collected many interesting species in Argentina. Omegalebra maicgrossana, new species FIGURE 23,a—d Length of male 3.2-3.8 mm. Crown with apex broadly rounded; median length equal to interocular width. Pronotum with median length more than one-half greater than median length of crown; posterior margin shallowly concave. Ocelli closer to inner eye mar- gins than to median line of crown. Male plates gradually tapered, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a row of pale macro- setae on middle half. Pygofer with caudoventral margin strongly produced at midlength; disc with few irregularly arranged macrosetae; pygofer process arising ventrally, extending dorsocaudad, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, in lateral aspect slightly expanded on ventral margin near midlength, gradually tapered in apical half; pygofer wall with a diagonal, differentially sclerotized rod extending from antero- dorsal portion of disc posteroventrad to pygofer process near its mid- length. Ninth tergum with a basal transverse sclerotized rod and a pair of lateral membranous lines, roughly delimiting a tergite which is not delimited apically. Anal processes short, weak. Style elongate, with slight preapical lobe and unmodified apical extension. Connec- tive as in O. vexillifera (Baker) but with unpaired portion narrower. Aedeagus with preatrium very short; dorsal apodeme short, T-shaped, shaft short, recurved. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing one conjunctiva. Dorsum as in vexillifera, but with posterior portion of omega-shaped marking narrowly double-margined medially, singly margined with black and with veins forming apical cells margined with black. Face, venter and pleural portion of pronotum as in vevillifera. LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 211 Holotype male and 12 male paratypes, Rio Caraguata, Brazil, March 1953 (F. Plaumann), in Snow Entomological Collections and five male paratypes, same data, in U. S. National Museum. In addi- Figure 23.—Omegalebra. a-d, O. matogrossana: a, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line represents anal process); b, style and connective, dorsal aspect; c, style apex, lateral aspect; d, aedeagus, lateral aspect. e—-1, O. barbata: e, style, lateral aspect and connec- tive; f, style, ventral aspect; g, anterior dorsum; h, pygofer, lateral aspect; 1, aedeagus, lateral aspect. tion to the type series, a teneral male from Sao Paulo, Brazil, was ex- amined from the U. S. National Museum. Omegalebra barbata, new species FIGURE 23,e-7 Length of male 3.8-3.9 mm., of female 4.0mm. Crown with apex ob- tusely rounded; median length slightly greater than interocular width. Pronotum with median length more than one-half greater than median length of crown; posterior margin varying from rectilinear to very shallowly concave. Ocelli as in O. vezillifera (Baker). Female seventh sternum with posterior margin greatly attenuate and truncate apically, more than three times length of exposed portion of ovipositor; pygofer 212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 with a few of the macrosetae contrasting black. Male plates each slightly flared apically, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, with row of pale macrosetae from near base to apex. Male pygofer greatly produced posteriorly, posterior margin rounded; dorsal portion of disc with numerous irregularly arranged macrosetae; pygofer process arising on posterodorsal pygofer margin, biramous, the ventral ramus more elongate and directed ventrad. Ninth tergum consisting of a narrow, heavily sclerotized ring dorsally. Anal processes absent. Style with preapical lobe present but not pronounced; apex curved ventrad. Connective broadly V-shaped, not extending caudad to apex of basal half of shank of style. Aedeagus with preatrium elon- gate; dorsal apodeme a narrow collar dorsally, expanded lateroventrad into an auriculiform process on each side; shaft crescentiform, the dorsal margin with several short, retrorse anteapical teeth. Sternal abdominal apodemes not traversing one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum, and scutellum bright ivory, a pair of dots, and a more posterior pair of dashes on disc of crown, a Y-shaped discal marking and a submarginal row of dots near anterior and lateral margins of pronotum, and basal angles of scutellum yel- lowish gray; humeral margins of pronotum pink; apex of scutellum black. Forewings with omega-shaped marking as in vevillifera but with the transverse portion much more angular, its black anterior and red posterior borders consisting of oblique lines on each wing; humeral portions of wing gray, the triangular area enclosed by the arms of the “omega” tan, and extending caudolaterad along contrast- ingly paler bases of apical cells, completely filling the triangular third apical cell; outer apical cell and an adjoining submarginal area, lacteus. Face, venter and posttibiae as in vexillifera. Apex of female seventh sternum black. Holotype male, allotype female, and male paratype, Santa Catarina, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, May 4, 1950 (F. Plaumann), in Snow Ento- mological Collections; paratype male, same data, in U. S. National Museum. A specimen from Campinas, Brazil, in the Pomona College collection has also been examined. Erabla, new genus FiGuRE 24 Type of the genus, Protalebra lineola Osborn. Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing mar- gin; posterior branch of vein R entire, ending in costal margin before apex; vein Cu; confluent with Sere vein at point much basad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around wing apex which is smoothly rounded; inner apical cell much broader in basal third than in remainder of length; second apical cell with length LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 213 measured along inner margin more than two-thirds length of inner apical cell measured along the common margin; second and third apical cells triangular and petiolate; outer apical cell not attaining apical wing margin, with length exceeding width. Cells R and M about equal in length and anteapical width. Male plates triangular, in length exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with a multiseriate group of pale macrosetae in basal half. Pygofer with apical processes and a vertical row of anteapical macrosetae. Ninth tergum heavily Neo b C d ( By hice i b Figure 24.—Erabla lineola (paratype): a, anterior dorsum; b, style and connective, dorsal aspect; c, apex of hind wing; d, apex of forewing; ¢, right sternal abdominal apodeme, ventral aspect; f, aedeagus, lateral aspect; g, pygofer, lateral aspect. sclerotized along median line but without a distinct tergite. Anal processes absent. Style with distinct preapical lobe. Connective transverse. Aedeagus with distinct preatrium, dorsal apodeme and ventral unpaired process. Sternal abdominal apodemes short, not traversing one conjunctiva. Head slightly produced and rounded anteriorly with median length of crown about equal to interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face, equidistant from eyes and median line of head. Pronotum wider than head includ- ing eyes; lateral margins divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex in lateral aspect, strongly divergent from contour of crown. Distribution: Guatemala. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Erabla lineeola (Osborn), new combination FIGURE 24 Protalebra lineola Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 18, p. 263, 1928. Length of male 2.9 mm. Crown with median length subequal to interocular width. Pronotum with median length almost twice me- dian length of crown. Male pygofer with posterior margin produced and with a deep, curved emargination; with few macrosetae in vertical row on upper half of pygofer. Connective in a transverse vertical plane. Aedeagus with preatrium broad and flat; dorsal apodeme laterally compressed; shaft slender, tubular, elongate, the apex curved slightly cephalad, with an aciculate, unpaired basal process extending caudad near its origin, sharply curved through 90° and extending dorsad beyond apex of shaft. Crown, pronotum and scutellum dull yellowish brown, the basal angles and median line of scutellum darker. Forewing yellowish translucent before apical cells, with a transverse marking, narrow at midcostal margin, becoming broader towards commissural margin, with three slender oblique vittae extending basad from its anterior margins, one in clavus, two in corium, black; apical cells fumose with hyaline areoles in outer, and base of inner apical cells, and a transverse hyaline anteapical area from third apical celt through appendix. Face and venter dull yellow. Known only from the type series from Los Amates, Guatemala, in the Ohio State University collection. The above description is based on a male paratype loaned through the kindness of Dr. J. N. Knull of that institution. Genus Rabela Young FIGURE 25 Rabela Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 21, 1952 (type Protalebra tabeburae Dozier, by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein obsolete apically; posterior branch of vein R occurring as a short spur; vein Cu, confluent with sub- marginal vein at point much proximad of vein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is smoothly rounded; veins R and M concurrent before inner basal angle of outer apical cell, all the apical veins thus arising from cell M; inner apical cell narrower basally than at apex; second apical cell parallel-sided; third apical cell long-stalked; outer apical cell longer than broad, not attaining apical wing margin. Female seventh sternum with posterior margin produced posteriorly in a triangular projection which is rounded api- cally; pygofer with multiseriate pale macrosetae near ovipositor along LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 215 posterior two-thirds its length. Male plates elongate triangular, ex- ceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with an oblique double row of pale macrosetae in basal two-thirds. Male pygofer with posterior margin produced posteriorly, with an apical pygofer process, with one or few macrosetae along posterodorsal margin. Ninth tergum heavily sclerotized along middorsal line but without a tergite. Anal processes short and spine-like or absent. Style with preapical lobe well developed or not, apex expanded and truncate in broadest aspect. Connective Y-shaped, with apex slender or very broad. Aedeagus with preatrium distinct; dorsal apodeme bilobed or not; elongate, slender, curved strongly cephalad, without processes. Head with median length of crown exceeding interocular width; ocelli on margin between crown and face, closer to eyes than to median line of head. Pronotum at least one-half longer than crown; broader than head in- cluding eyes; lateral margins divergent posteriorly. Face slightly convex, its profile strongly divergent from contour of crown. Distribution: Florida, West Indies, and South America. This genus does not appear to be very closely related to the others treated here. The chaetotaxy of the male pygofer and the presence of the preapical lobe of the style are suggestive of a relationship to Rhabdotalebra Young, but in Rabela the characteristic nearly semi- circular form of the aedeagal shaft and the expanded apical portion of the style are quite distinctive. Key to species of Rabela Forewing with commissure fuscous in basal half of clavus; male with sternal apodemes conspicuous and traversing two conjunctivae; aedeagus with dorsal PE TERE Ve cer Bae 2 One ae er a, ee ee tabebuiae, (Dozier) Forewing with commissure not dark-margined in basal half of clavus; male with sternal apodemes inconspicuous and traversing one conjunctiva; aedeagus with a single process extending caudad from dorsal portion of apodeme. australis, new species Rabela tabebuiae (Dozier) FIGuRE 25,a-g Protalebra tabebuiae Dozier, Journ. Dep. Agr. Porto Rico, vol. 10, p. 260, 1927- Protalebra bictncia Osborn, Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 18, p. 259, 1928. Rabela tabebuiae; Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 22, 1952. Length of male 2.7-2.8 mm., of female 2.9-3.0 mm. Head very weakly produced, with anterior margin broadly rounded; median length about one-third greater than interocular width. Male pygofer with a submarginal row of four macrosetae near posterodorsal margin, with posteroventral margin produced posteriorly in a short process that is directed dorsocaudad, the two processes parallel in caudal aspect. Anal processes absent. Style with preapical lobe well 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 developed, with apical extension somewhat expanded and truncate at apex in broadest aspect. Connective with length and least width of the unpaired portion and arms subequal. Aedeagus with cephalic portion of dorsal apodeme giving off a pair of short lobes, each extend- ing ventrolaterad; shaft very long, slender, curved through 180°, its apex directed anteroventrad. Sternal abdominal apodemes con- spicuous, fused medially, extending caudad across two abdominal conjunctivae. Ground color of crown and pronotum ivory, a median longitudinal vitta extending full length of crown and continued over most of pronotum and a pair of broad submarginal vittae, one along each lateral pronotal margin, pale orange. Scutellum unmarked yellow. Forewing translucent, with yellow reflections in portion from base to claval apex, a narrow dark line extending along anal wing margin, continuing apicad along commissural margin to midlength of clavus, thence abruptly laterad to costal margin, broken at claval suture and in corium, a similar transverse black line extending from apex of clavus to costal margin through base of outer apical cell; second and third apical cells heavily black-bordered. Face and venter pale. The type, a male from Rio Piedras, Puerto Rico, is in the U. 8. National Museum. Other specimens have been examined from Miami, Fla.; several Puerto Rico localities; St. Thomas, Virgin Islands; and Cayamas, Cuba. This species occurs on Tabebuia pallida. Rabela australis, new species Figure 25,h—l Length of male 3.0 mm., of female 3.1mm. Head more angularly produced than in R. tabeburae (Dozier), the apex rounded; median length almost one-third greater than interocular width. Male pygofer with a single macroseta near posterodorsal margin in apical third, with posterior margin strongly produced near midlength, giving off spine-like pygofer process that is directed caudad and slightly mesad, the two processes very slightly convergent in ventral aspect. Anal processes short, spine-like. - Style with preapical lobe poorly developed, apex curved laterad, expanded and truncate apically. Connective with unpaired portion much broader than either of the short arms. Aedeagus with dorsal apodeme laterally compressed, with a dorsoventrally flattened apical lobe extending caudad, shaft crescentiform, shorter than in tabebuiae, not decurved apically, gonopore on posterior surface in basal third. Sternal abdominal apodemes short, triangular, not fused, extending caudad to point slightly beyond one conjunctiva. Ground color of crown, pronotum and scutellum dull orange; LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 2G crown with disc and a pair of anterior lobes dull ivory; pronotum bordered narrowly with gray posteriorly, with an interrupted arcuate black stripe between gray margin and disc; scutellum with basal angles and a broad median longitudinal marking, smoky, a transverse —<—$<—<— rr/N a wW~e—re een -- - - Figure 25.—Rabela. a-g, R. tabebuiae: a, anterior dorsum (type); 8, pygofer, lateral aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect; d, sternal abdominal apodemes (broken lines represent conjunctivae); ¢, apex of hind wing (above) and entire forewing (below); /, style and connective, ventral aspect; g, style apex, ventrolateral aspect. A-I, R. australis: h, style and connective, dorsal aspect (type); 7, anterior dorsum (paratype); 7, pygofer, lateral aspect (broken line represents anal process) (type); &, sternal abdominal apodemes (broken line represents conjunctiva); /, aedeagus, lateral aspect (type). anteapical area black, apex ivory. Forewing with ground color greenish brown to claval apex, thence hyaline to wing apex, a bilob- ate transverse area in basal half of clavus, a spot at claval midlength , 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 extending Jaterad through corium and broadening to include costal plaque, gray narrowly margined with black; costal cell with black irorations anteapically; apex of brachial cell with a yellow areole; second, third and fourth apical veins black; a broad fumose marking covering all of appendix but apex, and all of first and second apical cells but their bases and apices. Face and venter pale; pleural portion of pronotum dull orange to gray; ovipositor black at base and apex, pale in most of apical half. Holotype male, May 4, 1950; allotype female, May 5, 1950; two male paratypes, May 4, 5, 1950, and three female paratypes, May 5, 1950, from Santa Catarina, Nova Teutonia, Brazil (F. Plaumann), in Snow Entomological Collections, and one male paratype, May 5, 1950, and two female paratypes, May 4, 5, 1950 (other data as in holotype), in U. S. National Museum. This species can be readily distinguished from tabebuiae by its color and the characters mentioned in the key. Its shorter aedeagal shaft which is not decurved apically, the much broader style apices and the absence of paired apodemal processes on the aedeagus will also separate australis from the genotype. Genus Elabra Young FIGuRES 26, 27 Elabra Young, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 35, p. 35, 1952 (type Protolebra eburneola Osborn, by original designation). Hind wing with submarginal vein confluent with apical wing margin or nearly so; posterior branch of vein R entire apically; vein Cu, confluent with submarginal vein at point much basad of crossvein m-cu. Forewing with appendix not extending around apex which is usually smoothly rounded; inner apical cell narrower at base than at apex (exception: costaricensis); second apical cell usually parallel- sided or nearly so, with length less than two-thirds length of inner apical cell; third apical cell as long as or longer than second apical cell Ficure 26.—Elabra. a-c, E. eburneola: a, pygofer, lateral aspect (pygofer process and anal process not shown); b, style and connective, dorsal aspect; c, aedeagus, lateral aspect. d-h, E. parana: d, anterior dorsum; ¢, aedeagus, lateral aspect; f, apex of forewing; g, style and connective, dorsal aspect; h, pygofer, lateral aspect. i—m, E£. parallela: 1, anterior dorsum; 7, style and connective, dorsal aspect; k, style apex, lateral aspect; /, aedeagus, lateral aspect; m, pygofer, lateral aspect. m-g, E. morrisoni (type): , pygofer, lateral aspect; 0, style and connective, dorsal aspect; p, sternal abdominal apodemes (broken lines represent conjunctivae); g, aedeagus, lateral aspect. r-s, E. morrisonti isthmusi (type): r, style and connective, dorsal aspect; s, aedeagus, lateral aspect. (In h. m. and n the broken lines represent the anal process.) LEAFHOPPER TRIBE ALEBRINI—YOUNG 219 Figure 26.—For explanation see facing page. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 (exception: parallela); outer apical cell with length equal to or greater than width; cell M wider apically than cell R. Male plates triangular, exceeding posterior pygofer margin, each with an oblique row of macrosetae some of which are conspicuously larger and black (excep- tion: eburneola). Pygofer with posterior margin produced or smoothly rounded; with irregularly arranged macrosetae on disc, processes present or absent. Ninth tergite wanting. Anal processes usually present (absent in sarana), their length variable interspecifically. Style usually without preapical lobe, with apex slightly decurved. Connective usually in form of crossbar but occasionally shallowly U-shaped or triangular. Aedeagus with preatrium usually present and elongate; dorsal apodeme distinct and bilobed; shaft very slender (exception: sarana), with or without processes. Head strongly produced, median length of crown at least one-half greater than interocular width; ocelli on rounded margin between crown and face, equidistant from inner eye margins and median line of head or slightly closer to inner eye margins. Pronotum wider than head including eyes, lateral margins divergent posteriorly. Face strongly divergent from contour of crown in profile. Sternal abdominal apodemes variable interspecifically. Color pale with various markings. Distribution: Puerto Rico, Central America, and South America. The relationships of this genus with others are problematical. The elongate, sinuous aedeagus in some species is suggestive of certain species of Barela, but the more produced head, the short apical cells of the forewing and the transverse dorsal aedeagal apodeme set the species of Elabra well apart. Key to species and subspecies of Elabra 14. Aedeagus. with processes... 4.0. 2 os. nny ee Aedeagus without processes... . Mae Mee es SR 7 2. Aedeagal process occurring on basal half ue chats length of male 3.0 mm. (Brazil) . SS tee As Ai . . « parana (Osborn) Aedeagal sewasstis arising on apneall helt of hate lanes of male 3.2-3.6mm. 3 3. Male pygofer with processes arising on posterior margin and extending ventrad; aedeagus without preatrium (Bolivia). : . . « .Sarana (Osborn) Male pygofer without processes; aedeagus Tith prontnire elongates* se Henbury, Australia 240 25 9. 6 Henbury, Australia 30 3 10. 0 Warbar, Arabia 328 40 8.0 Goose Lake cavities (in cm.) (in cm.) 1 11 10 ie 2 7 11 0. 63 3 2 8 0/255 4 5 11 0.45 SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 361 Since a small meteorite striking a larger one would penetrate the large body and possibly volatilize, there might be nothing left to be identified. It is likely that the impact would not disturb the struc- ture of the Ni-Fe alloy in the large body very far beyond the limits of the crater, but we are not certain of this point. Wave action urthin a cavity.—If cavities existed in an iron before it entered our atmosphere or if they formed quickly after the iron entered, we must not neglect the changes that wave action would make within a hole. The lateral flow of heated air over the forward side would pass over the opening to the hole, inducing wave action. The crests of these waves would strike the sides and be reflected back from the bottom of the cavity. Solid particles ablated from the surface would get into the cavity and be hurled against the side walls and bottom. More work would be done on the side walls than on the bottom. Possibly the ablation on the walls would exceed that on the exposed surface of the meteorite. The reasons for this could be: (1) The heat might be higher within the cavity than on the exposed surface; (2) the side walls would be both heated and to some degree ablated with a bombardment of heated particles; and (3) perhaps the frequency of impacts against the side walls would be greater than the collisions on the surface of the iron. The wave action within a cavity during the fall of a meteorite is complex, and our limitations prevent us from fully analyzing the reactions. However, we believe that the most violent action would occur just inside the opening, and if this is true, the tendency would be to widen the opening faster than the cavity is deepened. Are the cavities primary structures?—Since we seem to have no satisfactory explanation for the formation of a cavity in an iron meteorite during its fall, the possibility must be considered that cavities existed before the meteorite entered the atmosphere. More metal is ablated from the forward side of a falling meteorite than from any other surface. But on a tumbling body no surface receives the extensive ablation that the front side does when the mass holds a fixed position. The Goose Lake iron has no truncated cavities and no zone of granulated metal along any of its edges. These facts, together with the features previously discussed, to us constitute evidence that this iron fell with a lower velocity than many of the other meteorites. We believe that the surfaces of the Canyon Diablo specimens discussed previously were ablated after the cavities were made. Their shape and the fact that several of their cavities are truncated by the surface, exposing 2 inches of a tubelike depression on the down-slope 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 side, indicate that these holes already existed when the outside surface was being ablated. It is unrealistic to assume that the cavities in the Canyon Diablo irons were much deeper than the combined length of the trough and the depth of the present holes. If it is assumed that these holes were 4 inches deeper than they are now, the cavities would have been about 6 to 10 inches deep and possibly less than an inch wide. A hole of such dimensions would seem most improbable. If 2 to 4 inches were lost from one side of the meteorite, the diam- eter of the meteorite would have decreased 4 to 8 inches. If that much metal were ablated from an iron such as the Goose Lake speci- men, the percentage of weight lost would be large. But if our assump- tion of the metal lost by ablation is high—and it probably is—the dimensions of the meteorite would not have been greatly reduced in flight, in which case the present mass may still have some of its primary cavities. Cavities, as far as we know, do not occur within iron meteorites. If these are preflight features, it means that no sizable piece was broken from the Goose Lake iron during its fall through our atmos- phere. Also, it is unlikely that this meteorite came from the metallic core of some planet, for if it had, the implication would be that cavities existed there, and such a condition seems improbable. It might be suggested that these cavities were filled with some mineral which has since vanished, but it is generally assumed that meteorites rather reliably represent the body in which they formed and also that the composition and structure of the portion that was lost in flight are essentially the same as those of the mass still re- maining. There is no evidence that any low density minerals were concentrated near the outside edges of the larger meteorites. The metallography of the metal in the overturned rims of cavities needs further study. In a section cut through the rim of a cavity in the Goose Lake iron (pl. 6), the Widmanstatten pattern was neither obliterated nor granulated. Granulated zones have been found around the outside edges of several iron meteorites, and those zones are usually wider than the overhanging lips of metal around the cavities. In general there is little evidence that heat penetrated the Goose Lake meteorite; the limited evidence found is discussed in the section dealing with the metallography. However, the feature which did indicate a thermal change was found near the surface of this iron. After reviewing all the evidence or possibilities outlined in this paper relative to the origin of cavities, we are inclined toward the view that the deep, narrow holes in the Goose Lake iron existed before it entered our atmosphere. The specific manner in which they were SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 363 formed is not understood, but our basic reasons for thinking that they are preflight may be summarized as follows: The most common flight markings on iron meteorites are the broad, shallow depressions called ‘‘thumbmarks” which definitely originated during the fall through the atmosphere. The Goose Lake meteorite has many more deep, narrow cavities and fewer ‘‘thumbmarks” and threadlike flight markings on its surface than most iron meteorites. The fact that this iron lacks the surface features which suggest a high velocity of fall favors the preatmospheric origin for its cavities. No evidence was found that heat penetrated this specimen to any appreciable depth. The depth of the cavities, their peculiar shape, and the overturned rims around them cannot be explained by the thermal penetration we observed, by the original shrinkage of the metal, or by terrestrial weathering. The possibility that cavities represent something that was burned out during the flight through our atmosphere seems most unlikely because in the many sections cut through this iron, no inclusions were found that even approached the dimensions of the cavities. Furthermore, the length of time this iron was in flight through the atmosphere seems insufficient for enough heat to penetrate to the depth of the cavities and melt the quantities of metal that might have filled them. Cavities are narrower at the openings than within; if they were made by air streaming over the surface of a meteorite during its flight, surely the openings would be widened faster than the cavity was deepened. Finally, if cavities like these originated during the flight in our atmosphere, it seems strange that they occur in only a small percentage of the known iron meteorites. Summary A 2,573-pound iron meteorite from Goose Lake, Modoc County, Calif., found in 1938, is described, and a general discussion of the cavi- ties in iron meteorites is presented. Thechemistry, metallography, and physical features of this and seven other meteorites from widely scattered places are given. The cavities in this iron, a conspicuous feature, are discussed, and reasons are stated why they are believed to be primary features. The cavities are compared with those in other meteorites. A study of the cavities indicates: (1) That this meteorite is not much smaller now than when it formed in some primordial body; (2) that no large piece broke off during flight; and (3) that this probably is not a portion of the metallic core of the planetlike body where it was formed. The origin of cavities is a complex subject, and only the general theories of their formation are here outlined. It is our hope that this 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 generalized discussion will stimulate further investigations of cavities in iron meteorites. Although we believe that the cavities in this meteorite existed before it entered our atmosphere, we do not infer that all meteoritic cavities are preflight. The Cincinnati, Ohio, Meteorite Piates 10, 12 This iron meteorite was said to have been found near a dwelling in Cincinnati, Ohio, and was classified as a nickel-poor ataxite. It was first mentioned by Wulfing in 1897, and later by Cohen in 1898 and 1905; a summary of the former descriptions was published by Farring- ton in 1915. When Perry in 1944 studied this specimen, which was obtained from the American Museum of Natural History, he observed numerous inclusions and identified them as phosphide bodies. Most of these small inclusions were rounded and gave the appearance of having been diffused by preterrestrial reheating. Since these particles were abundant, we suspected that there was more phosphorus in this iron than was shown in the analysis. Because of this and of the possibility that other chemical determinations might be unreliable, a restudy of the meteorite was made. A 16.33-gram slice was removed from the sample lent by the Amer- ican Museum of Natural History and was dissolved in HCl (1 part HCl, 2 parts H,O). The gas given off was passed through a solution of lead acetate. The lead sulfide was recovered, converted into lead sulfate, and calculated to sulfur. The residue, which weighed 0.0067 gram, was so small that it was impossible to make an analysis, but chemical tests proved that this residue was rhabdite. TaBLE 4.—Chemical composition of the Cincinnati, Ohio, meteorite 1 2 Sjostrom (in New analy- Cohen, 1898) sis Fe 94. 47 94, 12 Ni 5. 43 5. 33 Co 0. 68 0. 74 Cu 0. O1 no de P 0. 05 0. 19 S 0. 05 0. 006 Rhabdite = 0. 05 Total 100. 69 100. 436 Density 7. 68 repr a! Mol. ratio Fe 16. 41 16. 51 SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 365 The agreement between the densities of the two samples indicates that the sample we restudied was similar to the one Sjostrom had. However, these densities are low for meteoritic iron. The pieces restudied came from a small specimen that was somewhat altered, and it was therefore impossible to avoid including some altered material. There was not enough oxidization to make a significant difference in the analysis, but the included phosphide and the oxide reduced the density of the iron. The main difference between these analyses is in the phosphorus content; the reanalysis has almost four times as much phosphorus as Sjostrom reported. The higher value is more consistent with the metallography shown in plate 12. The amount of schreibersite or rhabdite in the analyzed sample may be calculated from the phosphorus reported. To simplify the calculation, the phosphorus content of the mineral was rounded off at 15 percent. Thus, the sample reported in analysis 2 contains 1.26 percent of phosphides by weight. For some reason most of the phos- phide inclusions are soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, which is contrary to the usual finding. The photomicrographs of the Cincinnati iron (pl. 10) indicate that the rhabdite reacted with the matrix. This reaction, we believe, occurred subsequent to the original segregation of the rhabdite and either before the meteor entered our atmosphere or during its fall through the air. When the temperature of the mass was raised, the inclusions partly redissolved in the matrix. The cooling process which followed was so rapid that the material taken up from the matrix in the reheating process could not be rejected. We suspect that the reheating had something to do with making the phosphide soluble. Also, we found in other meteorites, where similar metallographic evidence of reheating occurs, that an appreciable amount of phosphorus dissolved in the same strength of acid. Because many old analyses of iron meteorites are inaccurate, it is worthy of note when one which seemed to be incorrect was found to be good. We express our appreciation to Dr. Frederick H. Pough, formerly of the American Museum of Natural History, for making this meteorite available for restudy. Summary A new analysis confirms the old analysis with the exception of the phosphorus determination. The phosphide mineral in the meteorite is largely soluble in acid. This iron apparently was reheated after it originally cooled. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, Meteorite Puatses 11, 13-15 This 292-pound iron was found in a field along Miller’s Run, Allegheny County, Pa., in 1850. Shortly thereafter the main mass was carried to Pittsburgh and wrought into a bar; thus most of the meteorite was lost to science before it was studied. Since there are conflicting statements in the descriptions of this iron, a reinvestigation was desirable. When the Pennsylvania meteorites are plotted on a map, the Pittsburgh, New Baltimore, Mount Joy, and Shrewsbury irons lie on a line starting near Pittsburgh and extending eastward for about 180 miles. Because of this alinement it might be suspected that the falls are related. Our reexamination of the Pittsburgh meteorite makes it possible to compare the four Pennsylvania irons and also one from Wooster, Ohio, lying on the same line but to the west of Pitts- burgh. The data on the Pittsburgh meteorite were summarized by Farring- ton (1915b) and by Stone (1932), and, since their publications are more readily accessible than the original descriptions, no references are made to the earlier work on this meteorite. We were fortunate in having two specimens because they differ in some respects. The Yale sample is granulated, indicating that it had been reheated, whereas the Harvard sample apparently had undergone no thermal treatment. The Pittsburgh meteorite has been classified as both a coarse octahedrite and a hexahedrite by Farrington (1915b), but it is definitely a coarse octahedrite. Most of its kamacite occurs im irregular masses, but one area in the Yale specimen shows a Widmanstatten structure (pl. 11, top). The Yale sample is granulated, so that the outline of many of its kamacite areas are not sharply defined ; thus measurements of the widths of those bands are unsatisfactory. The average width for several of the lamellae in plate 11 is 2.08 millimeters. The orienta- tion of the cut was not determined, but the lamellae are wide enough to place the Pittsburgh iron among the coarse octahedrites. The irregular kamacite areas in the Harvard sample are partly bounded by taenite. Open fractures occur between some of these kamacite granules, but this is a common feature for coarse octahedrites. One small trigonal plessite area was found. The kamacite in the Harvard specimen shows three sets of Neumann lines, but none was found in the Yale sample. Possibly they were lost when the piece was heated. Most of the kamacite areas in this meteorite are not enclosed by a continuous band of taenite. When the taenite thickens, its centers SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 367 consist of dark, untransformed alpha-zamma iron. Numerous rhabdite needles occur in some of the kamacite (pl. 13); cohenite inclusions were identified (pl. 15), and a few plessite areas were found (pls. 14, 15). Since both the Harvard and Yale sections were small, neither con- tained much of the original crust of the meteorite; the small amount that remained was similar on both. The surface oxide and other features show clearly that the two samples came from the same meteorite. Our analysis was made on a piece taken from the Yale specimen. The sample was dissolved in HCI (1 part HCl, 2 parts H,O), and the magnetic part of the insoluble residue was retained in the flask by attaching a strong magnet to the bottom of the container while the solution was filtered to recover the carbon. By counting the grains in a portion of the magnetic residue, we estimated that there was about 10 percent cohenite and 90 percent rhabdite in the residue, and both minerals were later identified by X-ray. TaBLE 5.—Chemical composition of the Pittsburgh meteorite (1) (2) (3) (4) Calculated composition Hildebrand’s New analysis after correcting Genth’s analysis analysis by E. P. for rhabdite (Farrington, (Farrington, Henderson and cohenite 1915b) 1915b) Fe * 91.6 92.15 92. 80 93. 38 Ni 6. 77 6. 99 4, 66 5. 89 Co 0. 66 0. 67 0. 39 1. 24 P 0. 12 0. 22 0. 25 0.15 Ss 0. 018 0. 018 0. 03 0. 05 Cu -— — 0. 03 0. 05 C — 0. 001 — — Cr — -—- — 0. 2 Mn — — 0. 14 — Rhabdite Cohenite OMe age ra als 100. 00 98. 30 100. 80 ® By difference. As the residue contained rhabdite as well as a small amount of cohenite, and as some loss occurred during the picking operations, we decided to correct the figures for Fe, Ni, Co, and P for the quan- tities contained in the residue. The nickel content of rhabdite was arbitrarily set at 25 percent, the phosphorus at 15 percent, and the cobalt at 0.75 percent. The difference between the sum of these elements and 100 was taken to be iron. Incompleted studies by the authors show that cohenite has a fixed composition, with a carbon 368 “PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 content of approximately 6.5 percent; therefore, the iron it contains can be obtained by difference. Thus, if our estimates for the pro- portions of rhabdite and cohenite and the assumed compositions are about right, it is possible to correct the analysis in column 1 of table 5, for these two minerals. The adjusted analysis is given in column 2 of the table. The specimen analyzed had a density of 7.89, which is low for a meteorite belonging to the coarsest octahedrite group (Henderson and Perry, 1954). But the sample selected contained traces of oxide and some included minerals, and it had been thermally treated, all of which reduce the density of meteoritic iron. NEW YORK PENNSYLVANIA OHIO WEST VIRGINIA ) MARYLAND VIRGINIA Figure 6.—Map showing the locations of the iron meteorites that have been found in eastern Ohio and in Pennsylvania. 1, Wooster, Wayne County, Ohio; 2, Pittsburgh, Allegheny County, Pa.; 3, New Baltimore, Somerset County, Pa.; 4, Mount Joy, Adams County, Pa.; 5, Shrewsbury, York County, Pa. The five iron meteorites plotted in figure 6 were found almost on a straight line extending about 275 miles eastward from and slightly south of Wooster, Ohio. There are no historical records of the date of fall of any of these irons, but the pattern of distribution might sug- gest that all five represent a meteor shower. Their analyses are listed in table 6. | The Wooster, Ohio, meteorite apparently has not been reinvesti- gated since Smith (1864) described it. He gave the density of this iron as 7.901, and by calculating the density from the analysis we got 7.903. Such agreement indicates that. the analysis is consistent with the density Smith reported; hence the analysis is essentially correct. SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 369 This reanalysis of the Pittsburgh iron, the reanalysis of the Mount Joy iron (Henderson, 1941), and the analyses of the New Baltimore (Merrill, 1923) and the Shrewsbury (Farrington, 1910) irons are all TABLE 6.—Chemical composition of the five meteorites located in figure 6 Wooster, Pittsburgh, New Balti- Mount Joy, Shrewsbury, Ohi Pa Pa. Jey, 10 : more, Pa. Fe 93. 61 92.15 93. 25 92. 93 90. 84 Ni 6. 01 6. 99 6. 42 5. 76 8. 80 Co 0. 73 0. 67 0. 32 0. 61 trace P 0. 13 0. 22 0. 087 = 0. 29 S == 0. 018 — ae 0. 01 C = 0. 001 0. 015 cael — Si = = 0. 01 — — sufficiently different to make it certain that these are independent meteorites. Furthermore, when sections of the five irons are com- pared, structural differences can be seen in their etched patterns. Summary This reanalysis brings the composition of the Pittsburgh iron into agreement with that of other meteorites having similar structures. The Pittsburgh iron differs from other iron meteorites that have been found along the southern border of Pennsylvania. The metallography of the meteorite is discussed. The Breece, New Mexico, Meteorite PLATE 16 An iron meteorite weighing approximately 50 kilograms from near Breece, McKinley County, N. Mex., was described by Beck, La Paz, and Goldsmith (1951) as a medium octahedrite containing lamellae of cohenite. This is the first reported occurrence of cohenite lamellae. Previous to that study, we had examined the Breece meteorite witbout recognizing cohenite, and after the above-named authors reported cohenite in Reichenbach lamellae we restudied the sample of that iron in the U.S. National Museum. Our speciment (pl. 16) is very similar to the one pictured by Beck, La Paz, and Goldsmith. We tested each of the lamellae shown in plate 16 by etching tests without getting any typical reactions for cohenite. Powders from these lamellae were also X-rayed, and in each case the pattern proved to be that of schreibersite. Perry (1944, pl. 47) pictured inclusions similar to those in our plate 16 and referred to them in a way which indicated that he believed them to be troilite. Although he did not call them troilite, Perry described 433890—58——-3 | 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 them ‘‘as an example of Reichenbach lamellae remarkable for their fineness and regularity.’ Since all the other illustrations in Perry’s plate 47 were troilite, the inference is that he considered the lamellae in the Breece iron to be troilite. Two samples, together weighing 21.69 grams and both contaiming the elongated inclusions which had once been identified as cohenite, were prepared for analysis. Since the densities of these pieces were 7.86 and 7.87, apparently both portions had about equal quantities of these lamellar inclusions. Both samples were dissolved in HCl (1 part HCl, 2 parts H,O), as a result of which the cohenite and schreibersite should concentrate in the residue. After the kamacitic iron dissolved, a strong magnet was attached to the bottom of the flask to hold the magnetic residue in the container while the solution was decanted off. A visual examination of this residue showed that it contained two minerals. The most abundant one had the color and luster of the mineral which occurred in the lamellae shown in plate 16. The other was a dark carbonlike particle, feebly magnetic, brittle, and very soft. Cohenite and Carbon Pseudomorphs of Cohenite This dark component was unlike anything we had seen in a meteor- ite. Because of the size of some of these aggregates, it was difficult to believe that they could be common in iron meteorites and have escaped detection until now. Others who had examined this iron apparently had not observed these carbon aggregates. We found them because our sample was dissolved so that the analyst could observe the progress of the acid attack on the meteorite. Cohen (1897c) found a carbon compound in the Cranbourne meteorite that may have been similar to the carbon we recovered. As the Cranbourne iron contains cohenite, possibly the black carbon agegregrate that Cohen noticed was iron carbide that had become graphitized. When some silicate minerals are attacked by acid they will leave a skeleton made of one of their constituents, and carbon in cohenite may behave in the same way. The color and luster of these dark bodies from the residue of the Breece iron were remarkably constant. Some were soft, black, and slightly magnetic, others were nonmagnetic. The X-ray pattern was different from those of graphite, cohenite, or schreibersite. — Thus, if cohenite is slightly soluble in dilute hydrochloric acid, possibly it existed in the portion we analyzed from the Breece iron. Its decomposition products may have escaped unnoticed as hydro- carbons, and perhaps those carbonlike aggregates were a product of the reaction of the acid on cohenite. SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 371 Cohenite obtained from another meteorite was given a prolonged treatment in dilute hydrochloric acid. Detectable amounts of hydrocarbons were liberated, but, what is more unusual, some car- bon pseudomorphs of cohenite formed. Since these had the shape and color of cohenite, the unaided eye could not distinguish them from that mineral. However, these pseudomorphs are essentially nonmagnetic, while cohenite is strongly magnetic. A characteristic TaBLE 7.—Spacings of unknown black. residue from HCl solution of the Breece, N. Mezx., meteorite } Fe Radiation, Fe Ka = 1.9373 A Intensity d (A) Intensity d (A) 3 4, 46 1 2. 51 3 4, 23 i 2. 34 2 4.13 5 2.18 1 3. 73 5 is 1 3. 44 2 2. 06 7 3. 35 3 2. 00 10 3. 06 5 tO 9 3. 01 4 1. 93 9 2. 96 3 1, 91 1 2. 88 4 1. 86 1 By George Switzer. feature of most cohenite inclusions is the small island of kamacite enclosed within the grains. These carbon pseudomorphs had a sharply defined hole, which must be the place where some kamacite dissolved out. The soft aggregates of carbon found when the Breece iron was dissolved are possibly similar in origin to the carbon pseudomorphs of cohenite, but perhaps these should be called skeletons or aggregates of carbon. Although we obtained no such well-defined carbon pseudomorphs when the Breece iron was dissolved, we will concede that these black carbon aggregates indicate that some cohenite was concealed in the sample we dissolved. Although we failed to detect cohenite in that portion of the Breece iron, Beck, La Paz, and Goldsmith isolated and identified some from this meteorite. Those authors, however, were mistaken in reporting that cohenite made up the Reichenbach lamallae, because. we tested all the lathlike inclusions and found them to be schreibersite. Beck recovered enough cohenite to analyze and identify it by X-ray. Because the density Beck reported for cohenite was closer to schreibersite than to cohenite, we became suspicious of the identi- fication. His X-ray film of cohenite matched the lines in our standard 433890—58——4 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 cohenite film, but we could not understand why the lines in his film were indistinct. Now we suspect that the cohenite Beck X-rayed was partly graphitized or carbonized. Although present in limited amounts in the Breece meteorite, cohenite is difficult to detect; yet it is a rather common mineral in coarse octahedrites. Cohenite apparently becomes less and _ less abundant as the Ni content increases above that which is normal for the coarse octahedrites. Nickel apparently partly graphitizes or carbonizes the cohenite; thus it is unlikely than an iron meteorite like the Breece would contain more than a trace of cohenite. Further- more, since carbon pseudomorphs are made by prolonged treatment of cohenite in dilute HCl, possibly the carbon aggregates we found originated from cohenite. Thus, the acid treatment given the sample may have partly carbonized the cohenite that Beck X-rayed. Chemical Analyses of the Matrix and the Schreibersite in the Breece Meteorite Table 8 contains all the reported analyses of this meteorite. The failure of Martin (analysis 2) to report phosphorus probably influ- enced Beck, La Paz, and Goldsmith to call these lamellae cohenite. All the other analyses show phosphorus, and all except No. 5 show only traces of sulfur. Possibly, Carlisle’s sample contained a bit of troilite. TABLE 8.—Findings, by various analysts, of the chemical composition of the Breece, N. Mez., meteorite (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) Henderson (new analysis) Martin! Herpers ? Nichols 2 Carlisle 3. Fe 89. 627 89. 87 89. 97 90. 06 88. 69 Ni 9. 167 9, 26 9. 46 8. 67 9. 58 Co 0. 635 0. 89 0. 19 0. 62 1. 02 NS) trace 0. 11 trace 0. 03 0. 23 C trace 0. 03 — — 0. 10 P 0. 571 0. 00 0. 219 0. 47 0. 46 Cl a 0. 00 — —_ — Cu — 0. 00 0. 002 0. 02 — 1 In Beck, La Paz, and Goldsmith (1951, p. 537). 2 Personal communication from §. K. Roy, Chicago Museum of Natural History. 8’ Personal communication from L. La Pax, University of New Mexico. The magnetic portion of the insoluble residue makes up 3.63 percent of the meteorite by weight. If the schreibersite in the material repre- sented by analyses 1, 4, and 5 of table 8 is calculated, all these analyses contain about the same amount of schreibersite. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY aie TABLE 9.—Chemical composition of the insoluble residue (schreibersite) from the Breece meteorite Analysis by Analysis by Carlisle Ratio Henderson Ratio Fe 60. 82 1. 09 a 59. 93 1. O71 Ni 24. 52 0. asl 52 24. 18 0. 412}2. 93 Co 0.15 0. 002 0. 014 0. 002 P 13. 19 0.425 1 15. 75 50% G1 S 0. 00 0. 00 — ~ C 1. 06 0. 09 b Q. 002 — * By difference. b Carbon not determined, but observed. The carbon that Carlisle reported, 1.06 percent, was not all derived from the decomposition of cohenite by acid used to dissolve the sample, because if there is 1.06 percent carbon and all of it came from cohenite, the Breece meteorite would contain about 7 percent cohenite. Such quantities of cohenite are not present in this meteorite. Al- though some of the carbon Carlisle reported may have been derived from cohenite, most of it represents disseminated carbon in the meteoritic iron. Summary The mineral in the lamellar inclusions formerly was incorrectly identified as cohenite. This restudy proves that the mineral is schreibersite and confirms the presence of cohenite in this meteorite. The Tombigbee, Alabama, Meteorite PLATE 17 The Tombigbee meteorite was restudied because the old analyses reported less nickel than we believed should occur in a hexahedrite. Since hexahedrites are essentially kamacitic iron and usually contain about 5.5 percent Ni, it seemed important to check the accuracy of some analyses reporting low nickel percentages. If such analyses are correct, some explanation must be given for the apparent deficiency of nickel. This meteorite contains many large schreibersite inclusions as well as rhabdite needles; therefore, it is particularly suited to an investiga- tion of the composition of the phosphide inclusions, the kamacitic groundmass, and the kamacite adjacent to the large schreibersite bodies. Since the areas to be analyzed were selected from a slice about one-eighth inch thick (pl. 17), it was possible to have some control over the homogeneity of the selected samples. The findings reported 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE’ NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 are based upon studies of special areas, thus they do not truly represent the composition of the meteorite. A representative analysis of a meteorite such as this one is possible only if special attention is given to the selection of the sample. To sample the Tombigbee iron properly, it is necessary to get the actual proportion of inclusions and matrix in the main mass. Because of this difficulty the analyses of such a meteorite may vary more than those of the normal hexahedrites or fine-grained octahedrites. Farrington (1915b) gave a comprehensive summary of the historical and descriptive data on this iron, which he called De Sotoville. Foote (1899) described six specimens that were found along a straight line about 16 kilometers long. Three pieces were from south of De Soto- ville in Choctaw County, Alabama, and three from farther north, in Sumter County. It is important to note that the heaviest of the six was the one farthest north and the smallest was at the south. All were found between 1858 and 1886 and were extensively altered when discovered. Classification This meteorite has been classified in three different ways: Berwerth (1903) called it an ataxite; Klein (1903) called it a finest octahedrite; and Farrington (1903) noted its cubic character. Brezina and Cohen (1904) observed that different pieces of this iron had different struc- tures. They said: Mass 1 considered by itself alone, may be regarded as hexahedral iron; Mass VI, as the same, though possessing in places a granular structure, while in Mass III only traces of Neumann lines are visible . . . . It must be assumed that various masses of the De Sotoville iron were originally normal hexahedrites and in varying degree of extent were subject to agencies which wrought a change of structure. Probably different degrees of heating may account for the difference, which in the case of some of the masses may have been carried to the extent of softening or complete melting of the entire mass .... It cannot be determined with cer- tainty whether the masses in question were heated by the finders, as so often happened in the case of meteoric iron, or whether a secondary softening took place before or during their fall .... Since, however, in the neighborhood of the displacement and veins, occur structural changes similar to those of the apparently thermally altered portions, the conclusion may be drawn that the thermal process is also not of artificial or terrestrial origin, but of the same cosmic nature as the mechanical changes; and that through heating and pressure there was a gradual change of a hexahedral iron into an ataxite . . Perry (1944) classified the Tombigbee iron as a hexahedrite. It has a clear primary granulation and shows no diffusion around the phos- phide needles. Neumann lines are profuse but delicate, and their diverse orientation in the grains is similar to that occurring in typical hexahedrites. Although taenite and plessite may be present in this iron, they were not observed. The numerous dark spots scattered through the SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 375 meteorite are, we assume, phosphide particles; however, they are visible only in higher magnification and are distinct from rhabdite. The kamacite shows a microscopic granulation, but no evidence was found of any octahedral arrangement. Chemical Composition An area containing a large schreibersite inclusion and a narrow zone of enclosing kamacitic iron was selected from the prepared slice for an analysis of both the kamacite and schreibersite. The portion selected, which weighed 23.379 grams, was placed in HCl (1 part HCl, 2 parts H,O) until all the kamacite dissolved. The analysis of the acid- soluble part gives the composition of the kamacite adjacent to the schreibersite. The insoluble residue, the schreibersite, was then dissolved in HNO; and separately analyzed, table 10. TABLE 10.—Chemical composition of swathing kamacite and schreibersite in the Tombigbee meteorite Swathing Schreiber- kamacite Ratio site Ratio Fe * 95. 64 1. 712 71. 78 1. 285 Ni 3. 78 0. 064 12. 03 0. 205;—2. 98 Co 0. 58 0. 009 0. 58 0. 009 P — — 15. 59 0.503 —1 Fe Mol. ratio ————— = 23.45 ol. ratio Nit Go « By difference. <2 fr few bees oP Nines or hexanedrites 1s about 16.50. This average does not include several octahedrites that have been incorrectly classified as hexahedrites. It does include several analyses which we suspect are not entirely accurate. Thus, a molecu- lar ratio of 23.45 for swathing kamacite is so different from the average kamacite in a hexahedrite that some reason must be given in explana- tion. The material analyzed in table 10 consisted of 16.8 percent schreiber-: site and 83.2 percent kamacite. Probably the material analyzed as swathing kamacite was a mixture of kamacite adjacent to the phos- phide and some of the groundmass. In some unpublished studies we found that the swathing kamacite around schreibersite bodies con- tained several percent less Ni than the groundmass of the meteorite. A composite analysis, calculated from the analyses of the matrix and the schreibersite in table 10, shows that the abundance of Fe, Ni, and Co in an area made up of both kamacite and schreibersite is similar to that in a normal hexahedrite. The average molecular ratio 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 TABLE 11.—A composite analysis of an area in the Tombigbee iron consisting of kamacite and schretbersite, and an average analysis of hexahedrites (1) (2) Composite analysis ef an area consisting Average of of kamacite and hexahedrites _ schreibersite Fe 91. 86 93. 76 Ni 5. 10 5. 51 Co 0. 64 0. 56 Ve 2. 64 — FeS 0. 016 — Insol. 0. 01 — Fe Mol. ratio Nit Go LEC 1: 16. 45 A comparison of the molecular ratios of a composite analysis of a section of the Tombigbee iron with that of an average of 39 iron, 41 nickel, and 39 cobalt determinations on different hexahedrites shows that the Tombigbee iron is a hexahedrite rich in phosphide inclusions. Other areas from the matrix in this iron were analyzed to verify the composition of the matrix. ‘These analyses are given in tables 12 and 13. Swathing kamacite contains 0.55 percent less Ni than the average of the analyses of the ground mass (table 14). However, it is more than likely that the swathing kamacite studied was con- taminated by some of the matrix. Possibly the kamacite adjacent to the phosphide contains less Ni than our findings report. TaBLE 12.—Chemical composition of the average kamacite in groundmass in the Tombigbee meteorite, remote from any schreibersite inclusions Grams Percent Ratio Fe 10. 5570 94. 19 1. 687 Ni 0. 4927 4, 39 0. 074 Co 0. 0773 0. 69 0. 011 P wot eae Insol. 0. 0070 0. 06 11. 1340 99. 33 : eye Mol. ratio NitGo 7 22:84 Weight of original sample, 11.208 gm. Weight of recovered materia!, 11.134 gm. Unaccounted for, 0.074 gm. (0.66 percent). All the unaccountable portion in table 12 should not be assigned to an error in the iron determination, although some of it may belong there. After all the soluble material had dissolved, the insoluble SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 377 residue had such a low density and was so finely divided that the solution could not be decanted without carrying off some of the residue. Unfortunately, this solution was decanted onto a paper filter and when an effort was made to recover the residue enough was embedded in the filter to account for most of the loss. Another sample of the matrix was selected at some distance from a schreibersite body to confirm the composition of the matrix and to get enough rhabdite to determine its nickel and cobalt content. The portion selected, weighing 28.603 grams, was dissolved in 1 part HCl and 4 parts H,O in a flask. The vapors were condensed and returned to the solution to prevent the acid from concentrating. The insoluble residue weighed 0.2425 gram and consisted of magnetic particles that had the identical form and color of the rhabdite we had recovered from other meteorites. Thus, the matrix of the Tombigbee iron contains about 1 percent of rhabdite. This residue was dissolved in HNO; and HCI so that the nickel and cobalt determinations could be made. The matrix of this iron, the portion that dissolved in the 1-4 HCl, was partially analyzed. Both analyses are given in table 13. TaBLE 13.—Partial analyses of the kamacite and rhabdite in groundmass in the Tombigee meteorite Kamacite Rhabdite Fe ®95. 09 — Ni 4. 28 19. 53 Co 0. 63 0. 58 P None b Cu — trace Insol — 0. 83 * By difference. b Qualitatively confirmed but not determined. The point we desire to prove is that the kamacite adjacent to the schreibersite is essentially different from the matrix that 1s remote from these large phosphide bodies. The data for the preceding tables that support this contention are summarized in table 14. Table 14.—Comparison of analyses of the Tombigbee meteorite Composite Swathing analysis Kamacite in groundmass kamacite (Table 11) (Table 12) (Table 13) (Table 10) Fe 91. 86 94, 19 95. 09 95. 64 Ni 5. 10 4, 39 4, 28 3. 78 Co 0. 64 0. 69 0. 63 0. 58 P 2. 64 ae — aaa VOL. 107 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 378 2: uy oat 6S “GT 8S ‘0 dé 0 8¢ 0 6S ‘6I 89 ZI £0 “ZI 86 09 OL TL 82 TL DIop MAN GOGT ‘Uayo) Dvwp Nan (OT) (6) (8) TOR PQoud OfSLagiadlyos) "21g o6ed WO UOISSNdSIp 99g | ce al 7 = = = = d = G9 0 £9 0 69 0 IZ 0 8¢ 0 9¢ 0 ze) ve 7 20 'F 82 'F 68 F £8 E 81S o9 € IN 09 “G6 oS “G6 60 “G6 61 'F6 OF “G6 £9 “G6 98 “C6 aT GO6T “Uayo) GObT‘Uayog (sishjouD np man FOGT “Uayog (ananuny GERI ‘1007 101}.10 q ) pun purzarg §=Bburyywmg) DIOP Na NT DIDp NaN (2) (9) (g) (7) (€) (Z) (1) INIDULD YY ayisoajau aagbiquoy, ay42 uo sashjnup fo iunmung— ey] @I1av J, SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 379 A comparison of the nickel content of the swathing kamacite with that of the kamacitic groundmass shows that the kamacite adjacent to the schreibersite contains less nickel. We believe this to be the first time that this has been shown. In table 15 the nickel content of the schreibersite is shown to be between 12.03 and 12.58 percent and that of the rhabdites 19.53 percent. Thus, the rhabdite contains about 7 percent more nickel than the schreibersite. All available previous analyses of the Tombigbee meteorite are given in table 15. The Ni content of the kamacite in the matrix of this iron ranges between 3.62 and 4.39. The analyses of schreibersite agree fairly well. Brezina and Cohen (1904) noted that the Tombigbee schreib- ersite was unusually low in Ni and asked if the rhabdite in this iron contained more Ni than the schreibersite. The new analysis con- firms the low Ni content of the schreibersite, and the partial analysis of the rhabdite shows that the smaller phosphide bodies contain much more Ni than the schreibersite. Farrington (1915a) listed 24 schreibersite analyses. The one with the lowest Ni, 10.72 percent, came from the Zacatecas meteorite (Cohen 1897a, p. 49). Only five of those analyses had less than 15 percent Ni. In the Tombigbee iron the Ni is near the average of the hexahedrites, the schreibersite contains slightly more than twice as much Ni as the matrix, and the rhabdite has between four and five times as much as the matrix. It will be interesting to see if similar differences exist in other meteorites of this type. A Theory for the Origin of Swathing Kamacite The partition constant governing the distribution of Ni between kamacite and schreibersite is unknown. We suspect that the phos- phide molecule which existed while the matrix was at higher tem- peratures was essentially an iron phosphide. At temperatures just below those at which the Ni-Fe alloy solidified, the phosphide probably was a liquid and was deficient in Ni. At temperatures above 1000° C. the Ni-Fe matrix is a solid and in the gamma phase, but the phosphide is still a liquid. At this temperature the nickel entering the phosphide and replacing iron is assimilated by the phosphide. The replaced iron solidifies because the temperature is below its melting point. These particles of rejected iron migrate to the edge of the phosphide. The above process happens simultaneously with the formation of the Ni-impoverished zone surrounding the phosphide inclusion. The diffusion rate of iron into the matrix must be slower than the rate at which nickel enters the phosphide; otherwise these swathing zones 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 would not exist. Thus, we suspect the following theory outlines the origin for the swathing kamacite around schreibersite inclusions. The swathing zone represents a reaction zone. Possibly the liquid phosphide that segregated at a high temperature was essentially Fe;P, and the Ni-Fe matrix that enclosed it was in the gamma phase. As Ni migrates from the matrix into the phosphide, Fe is replaced. The rejected Fe which migrated to the edge of the phosphide together with the enclosing Ni-impoverished zone effectively sealed off the available source of Ni. Thus, the swathmg kamacite may represent two processes, the rejection of the iron from the phosphide and the formation of a zone of Ni-impoverished iron in the matrix that en- closed the schreibersite. Perry (1944) reports eutectic structures in schreibersite bodies in the Chesterville, Cincinnati, and Rio Loa meteorites. He explains the structures by saying that the schreibersite bodies were remelted and that the liquid phosphide absorbed kamacite from the ground- mass. Then, as the liquid cooled, the absorbed Fe, in the excess of the Fe-Fe,;P eutectic ratio, was rejected in the form of droplike particles in the interior and in a border around the periphery. Whatever process produced these droplike kamacite particles that occur within the phosphide inclusions, we suspect their presence indicates that the temperature was lowered too rapidly for the drops to migrate the short distance to the periphery of these bodies. This idea is supported by the way these features occur in the Cincinnati and the Rio Loa irons, although in those meteorites the structures were found in the zone of alteration. In all probability the swathing kamacite is made during the original cooling. The metal in the zone containing both Ni-impoverished iron and the iron rejected from the schreibersite is in the gamma phase and, being Ni-poor, transforms to kamacite at higher tempera- tures than those at which the matrix will transform. The swathing zones around sizable schreibersite bodies are wider than the kamacite lamellae within the Widmanstatten structures because the displaced iron from the phosphide accumulated against the Ni-impoverished iron. There is no difference in the appearance of the matrix in the Tom- bigbee iron and the swathing kamacite because both are kamacitic iron. However, the matrix and the zone adjacent to the phosphide inclusions have different hardnesses (table 16). We have also observed differences in the chemical composition of swathing zone around schreibersite and the matrix in other meteorites. At the time the Ni-Fe alloy solidified, most of the phosphide had been rejected as large liquid blobs. Some phosphide, however, dis- solved in the matrix and that portion became enriched in nickel. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 381 Phosphide is more soluble in taenite than in kamacite. Both the taenite and rhabdite, which separate as the temperatures are lowered, contain increased percentages of nickel. The information needed to follow the changes in composition that occur in the phosphide that separates from the matrix as cooling takes place is not available. Hardness Measurements on Swathing Kamacite A series of Knoop hardness tests were made on the Tombigbee meteorite at the Department of Metallurgy, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, through arrangements made by Prof. H. H. Uhlig. These values, given in table 16, show a progresive increase in hardness as the distance from the phosphide increases. The Knoop hardness TaBLE 16.—Knoop hardness numbers on swathing zone around schreibersite, load 100 grams, in Tombigbee meteorite Test Knoop No. 211. 253. 246. 253. 233. 246. 253. 274. CONOR WH eH nAonwnoowded & values confirm the analytical results by showing that there is a differ- ence in the composition of the metal in the swathing zone around schreibersite bodies and in the matrix. The lowest value reported was 211.6, and the highest 274.4. The higher value we suspect is essentially that of the matrix. Dalton (1950) reported that the hardness of hexahedrites is consistent at about 180 on the Knoop scale and that the hardness of kamacite in octahedrites is approximately 260. Hexahedrites Containing an Abundance of Schreibersite The La Primitiva, Chile, iron (Cohen, 1897b, p. 123) is rich in schreibersite and was classified as an altered hexahedrite. We assume that Cohen meant the meteorite had a structure modified by reheating rather than weathering or chemical alteration. Prior (1914), in a description of the Angela, Chile, meteorite, said this iron “is honey- combed by schreibersite, which on one piece is estimated to amount to nearly a quarter of the mass.”’ La Primitiva and Angela are now regarded as the same meteorite. The kamacite in the Soper, Oklahoma, iron (Henderson and Perry, 1948b) is unusually low in nickel. Here the numerous phosphide in- clusions occur as small masses between kamacite grains. Apparently, 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 this iron solidified before the phosphide could coalesce. With the phosphide scattered as small bodies, the contact between the schreiber- site and kamacite is greater than if the schreibersite is segregated into one large body. Hence, a favorable opportunity existed for the phos- phide bodies in the Soper to acquire more nickel than did the schreiber- site in the Tombigbee iron. The Soper schreibersite contains 15.61 percent Ni, while the large inclusions in the Tombigbee contain only between 12.02 and 12.58 percent. TABLE 17.—Chemical composition of kamacite in the Soper, Angela, and La Primitiva meteorites Soper Angela La Primitiva Fe 93. 35 95. 03 94. 72 Ni 4.11 4, 52 4.72 Co 0. 51 0. 65 0. 71 12 — trace 0. 18 Since the above analyses of the groundmass of the Soper and Angela meteorites are free from phosphorus and were made on material con- taining no schreibersite, all the nickel belongs to the kamacite. The La Primitiva analysis shows 0.18 percent P, or about 1.2 percent schreibersite. If this mineral contains the same percentage of nickel as the Soper schreibersite, and if the La Primitiva analysis was cor- rected for that amount of schreibersite, then the nickel content of the kamacitic groundmass in La Primitiva is approximately the same as that found in Angela. Summary Analyses of the matrix, the metal adjacent to the large schreibersite bodies, the large schreibersite, and the rhabdite needles of the Tom- bigbee meteorite are given. The distribution of Ni in the matrix is uniform, but the zone of swathing kamacite immediately enclosing the large schreibersite contains less Ni than the matrix. The evidence indicates that large schreibersite bodies became enriched in Ni. The diffusion of Ni from the matrix into the swathing kamacite zone or the diffusion of the rejected iron from the phosphide into the matrix was not fast enough to equalize the abundance of Ni in the matrix and the swathing kamacite. The hardness measurements show a difference between the matrix and the swathing kamacite. Thus, the matrix of those hexahedrites which have many large phosphide bodies enclosed within them may contain less nickel than the average hexahedrite. A few analyses of other meteorites of this type are given. SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 383 The Soroti, Uganda, Africa, Meteorite PuaTEs 18,19 Fall and Description The Soroti meteorite fell about 12 miles northeast of Soroti, Uganda, Africa (lat. 1°41’ N., long. 33°38’ E.) at 1.10 (probably p. m.) on Sept. 17, 1945. It was named after the native village of Soroti by R. O. Roberts (1947), who first described it and to whom we are indebted for both the historical records and the samples we studied. The District Commissioner at Teso, in a report dated Sept. 22, 1945, stated: . at almost exactly 10 minutes past one on Monday 17th of September, a low rumble, as of thunder, but without claps, was heard. It was, indeed, so similar to thunder that people indoors took little notice for half a minute. It rose slightly in volume and its persistence soon drew everyone to look skyward. Many thousands of feet high (wild guess is 20,000) a vapor trail could be seen. This trail extended across the sky which was clear as it could be. After about a minute the sound abruptly stopped. The trail disintegrated after about 5 minutes. Everybody had a different idea as to the direction, I personally thought north- south, another European thought south-north, and all points of the compass were mentioned. A woman from Melok village, about 3 miles southwest of Katine Etem (Gom- bolola) Headquarters said, ‘‘I was sitting in my hut with my three children yesterday morning. I heard something like thunder. So I went out of my hut and went to a tree nearby with my oldest child. I told him to kneel down and pray to God. We had just knelt down, when a thing came from the sky and went into the ground near the tree. I and my child were blinded by smoke for a little while. When we could see again, I went to the place where the thing had fallen.” There was found a small crater a foot deep and only 3 feet from the spot where they had been praying. Other pieces of metal were found scattered around within a radius of a mile or more. Some are believed to have fallen in Omunyal Swamp. Pieces brought to the District Office evoked great interest and some 500 people had seen it within an hour of the arrival in Soroti. Many hundreds more have come to see them since. Summarizing, it may be stated that the phenomenon was observed in Eastern Buganda, at Aloi, 18 miles to the East of Lira in Lango District, at Budaka, 17 miles west-south of Mbale, in Mbale District, and at Soroti and Tosoma, in Teso District, that is, within an area of at least 4,200 sq. miles. Fragments of the meteorite are known to have fallen only in Teso, particularly near Soroti. The velocity of the Soroti meteorite at the time the native woman heard the noise may have been greater than the speed of sound, although the terminal velocity of the piece which struck near her was not high. Of course it is impossible to prove that the sounds first heard originated when those pieces were sheared off, for probably 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 many pieces were broken off the meteorite while it was decelerating. Most of these pieces either were essentially consumed in the air or fell unnoticed and have not as yet been found. Thus, possibly the noise that the woman heard originated back along the path of the meteorite. Sound waves travel at greater speeds than those at which the fragments would fall, so that the noise could be heard several seconds before any of the pieces landed. The sounds that were heard may have been produced when the meteorite encountered or passed through the sound barrier. The noises which alerted the native mother possibly were made after the pieces were broken off. We were given the two small specimens for restudy and a picture of all four specimens. The approximate weights of the four Soroti specimens are 1,000, 700, 190, and 170 grams. The specimens consist of nickel-iron and troilite and have rough surfaces similar to that of a pallasite. Numerous bits of metal pro- trude from the surface of the specimen, some of them partly coated with a black fusion crust in which delicate flight markings are pre- served. The troilite is covered with a thicker crust of fusion products than the Ni-Fe alloy, probably because troilite melts at a lower temperature. The cross section through the two Soroti specimens (pl. 18, top) shows that the distribution of the metallic veins determined the shape of the meteorite. The troilite is held by the Ni-Fe alloy in the same way that olivine is held in the pallasites. Apparently the troilite on the surface receded by ablation during the flight slightly faster than did the metallic phase and for reasons given on page 392. The troilite exposed on the surface is badly fractured, indicating that mechanical action probably had as much to do with the loss of troilite as thermal action. The black crust covering many of the troilite areas on this meteorite may be essentially the fusion product of troilite, although possibly some material from the Ni-Fe alloy contaminates it. In color and texture, the fusion crust on the troilite is indistinguishable from the crust on the Ni-Fe alloy, but there is no reason to suppose that it should be otherwise. The unique character of this meteorite, we believe, makes it worthy of a class name. The name sorotiite is proposed for meteorites con- sisting of Ni-Fe and troilite which have structures similar to those of the pallasites. Normally one studies the polished surface of a slice through a meteorite and then selects a typical area from that slice for the chemical analysis. As it did not seem desirable to slice either of these SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 385 two small specimens and consume the material in the chemical analy- sis, we decided to cut them in half with a hacksaw and use the cuttings in the analysis. A few of the pieces of metal that fell off during the cutting had some troilite attached to them. These were picked out, and with the use of a steel needle we then removed much of the troilite. These pieces were next hammered on a steel block in an attempt to break off more troilite, and although most of the remaining troilite was removed, possibly some of it was beaten into the iron. After the battered pieces of metal were brushed to remove the loosely attached troilite, they were added to the magnetic portion of the saw cuttings. Dust from the hacksaw blade may possibly have contaminated the sample, and some troilite may have been lost as a fine powder, but we estimate that these disadvantages were more than offset by the advantages of having cross sections from two pieces of this iron available for study and of preserving more material. The magnetic material from the saw cuttings, consisting of Ni-Fe alloy and schreibersite, was placed in a flask and covered with 1 part of HCl and 3 parts of H,O. The gas given off was passed through acidified lead acetate solution. The portion that dissolved in hydro- chloric acid was decanted off for analysis. The magnetic residue, later identified as schreibersite, made up 0.98 percent of the sample. The lead sulfide that formed in the lead acetate solution was con- verted to lead sulfate and calculated as sulfur. The results given in table 18 closely approximate the composition of the Ni-Fe phase and the troilite. Roberts (1947) gives Fe as 91.13 and Nias 8.87. As our sample was of necessity prepared in a manner not entirely satisfactory, we prefer to consider the results as a partial analysis. TABLE 18.—Partial analysis of the Soroti meteorite Ni-Fe phase including Ni-Fe phase schreibersite Troilite Schrezbersite Fe 83. 51 84. 21 62. 80 — Ni 12. 67 12. 80 — 13K Co 0. 62 0. 62 — yavsrols P 0. 00 0.15 — 15. 65 Ss 0. 81 0. 81 35. 84 _- Fe 8]. 41 1. 41 — — Schreibersite 0. 98 — — — Cr os — b 0. 062 — Insol. — — 0. 53 == * Calculated from sulfur. > Determined on separate sample. 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The percentages of Fe, Ni, and Co in the metallic phase of the Soroti iron agree with the composition of the meteorites in table 19. Metallographically the Alt Bela (Smycka, 1899) and the Illinois Gulch (Cohen, 1900) irons are different. The Widmanstatten struc- tures of the Carlton (Howell, 1890), Edmonton (Henderson and Perry, 1947), and Soroti meteorites are so similar that it would be dificult to distinguish between them if only the Ni-Fe phases were compared. TaBLE 19.—TIron, nickel, and cobalt content of four meteorites that are similar chemically to the Soroti. Illinois Soroti Edmonton! Carlton ! Alt Bela 2 Gulch 2 Fe 84. 21 86. 61 86. 54 85. 34 86. 77 Ni 12. 80 1257 DAS 77, 12. 89 12. 67 Co 0. 62 0. 79 0. 63 0. 41 0. 81 1 Also similar metallurgically to Soroti. 2 Different metallurgically from Soroti. Roberts (1947) reported the density for the largest Soroti specimen to be 5.86. The density of a meteorite like the Soroti would vary depending upon the proportion of Ni-Fe to troilite. The measured densities of the four halves of our two specimens were 5.98, 6.11, 6.16, and 6.24. An average of all the reported densities on this meteorite is 6.07, but since there was a little oxide on each specimen, the true density would be slightly higher than 6.07. Henderson and Perry (1954) demonstrated that the densities of hexahedrites, coarsest octahedrites, and nickel-poor ataxites can be calculated very closely from the chemical analyses. It is not known, however, whether the density of a meteorite containing as much plessite as the Soroti can be accurately calculated. The density of the magnetic portion was found to be 7.864 by substituting the needed data in the following formula, but a density so determined may be low because the magnetic portion contained 2.22 percent of troilite. Where S=schreibersite, T=troilite, and d=density: 100 Zo ole!) 70 St Ni) 1s ee ae ee d of Fe’ dof Ni’ d of Co’ dofT ‘d ofS Density of magnetic portion= The analysis of the Ni-Fe portion probably should be corrected for the 2.22 percent FeS before the density is calculated, because there is not that much troilite in the metallic portion of this meteorite. Table 21 gives the analysis of the magnetic portion of the Soroti meteorite before and after it was corrected for troilite. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 387 TaBLE 20.—Recalculation of the partial analysis (table 8) of the Sorott meteorite Ni-Fe phase Composition of Percentage of including schreibersite components in schreibersite deducted Ni-Fe analysis Fe 84. 21 OS71 83. 50 Ni 12. 80 0. 137 12. 67 Co 0. 62 0. 01 0. 61 P 0.15 0. 15 — FeS 2. 22 — 2. 22 Schreibersite — — 0. 99 TABLE 21.—Analysis of the magnetic part of the Soroti tron before and after deducting the troilite; also, the calculation of the density of the metallic phase Analysis Percentage of after deduct- components ing FeS, in Ni-Fe calculated Density of analysis to 100% constituents Quotient Fe 83. 50 85. 41 + 7. 86 = 10. 866 Ni £2560 12. 96 —_ 8. 90 = 1. 456 Co 0. 61 0. 62 = 8. 90 = 0. 069 Schreibersite 0. 99 1. 01 -b 7. 00 — 0. 144 Troilite 25 22 — — — 12. 535 Density corrected for aie .977 12.535 Roberts (1947) calculated the density for the metallic phase at 7.95, but the formula he used is not entirely reliable. The relative proportions of N-Fe and troilite in the Soroti can be obtained by the following formula, where x= weight percentage of troilite 100 —x=weight percentage of Ni-Fe 6.07 =average density of meteorite 7.977=calculated density of Ni-Fe 4.77=density of troilite we have x ,100—x_ 100 £77 7.977 6.07 By the above calculation, the troilite makes up 46.727 percent and Ni-Fe 53.274 percent by weight of this meteorite. To make the percentage more useful to the reader who examines plate 18 (top), the weight percentage of troilite has been recalculated to volume percent- age as follows: 433890—58——_5 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Weight percentage of troilite Son eee = Volume proportion of troilite (1) Weight percentage of Ni-Fe Deadity oF NEEE = Volume proportion of Ni-Fe (2) Substituting in equation (1) we have 46.727 4.77 = 9.796, and substituting in equation (2) we have oe (ue 6,678. Thus, the total volume proportion of troilite and Ni-Fe is 16.474. Reducing to volume percentage of troilite we have 9.796 16.474 X 100= 59.46. And reducing to volume percentage of nickel-iron we have 6.678 16.474 X 100= 40.45 Summarizing, the Soroti meteorite has 46.727 percent of troilite and 53.274 percent of nickel-iron by weight; and it has 59.46 percent of troilite and 40.54 percent of Ni-Fe by volume. Metallography The unique feature of this iron is the ratio between the troilite and the Ni-Fe, although neither phase by itself is unusual. Of all the many meteorites that have been studied, none resembles this iron. It is therefore unlikely that numerous examples of this type will be found, but it does not necessarily follow that such meteorites could not be relatively abundant among those that enter our atmosphere. The kamacite bands in the Soroti, measured in the direction of the cut, have a width of less than 1 millimeter. Schreibersite, which so commonly occurs between the troilite and the metal in other irons, in this case is essentially within the Ni-Fe alloy. The zone of swathing kamacite that encloses the entire Ni-Fe portion is nearly twice as thick as the average kamacite lamella in this meteorite. Since nickel does not replace iron in troilite, as it does in schreibersite, the additional widths of swathing kamacite must have a different explana- tion from that given for the swathing kamacite around the schreiber- site in the Tombigbee iron (p. 379). Possibly troilite at higher temperatures had some excess iron which, as cooling took place, was rejected and the swathing kamacite was produced. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 389 Troilite is both immiscible in molten Ni-Fe and of lower density than Ni-Fe. Hence, if FeS and Ni-Fe were slowly cooled from a melt, the FeS, or troilite, should completely segregate from the Ni-Fe phase and exist as a liquid above the solidified Ni-Fe phase. The abundance of plessite and the narrow kamacitic lamellae are inter- preted to indicate a rather rapid cooling or perhaps a sudden relief of pressure. Although the mechanism of producing a meteorite containing about 50 percent troilite dispersed in a network of Ni-Fe alloy is not under- stood, the process should be no more complicated than that which produces a pallasite. If an acquiescent body of molten material with the composition of a pallasite slowly cooled, olivine would solidify before the Ni-Fe. As the density of olivine is lower than that of Ni-Fe, it should completely separate itself from the metal if the cooling takes place slowly in an appreciable field of gravity. Due to surface cohesion, the olivine might carry up some metal, but surely not enough to account for the Ni-Fe in pallasites. Apparently such a simple condition did not exist in the case of the Soroti. Thus, it is pertinent to speculate about the conditions that did exist and those which seem to be consistent with the structures and mineral assemblages found in pallasites and in meteorites like the Soroti. Pallasites probably cooled from a magna, with the olivine solidifying first. Regardless of its lower density, the olivine in pallasites is mixed with Ni-Fe alloy, indicating either that the body in which the pallasites formed was small or that there were no appreciable gravitational forces. Pallasites or meteorites like the Soroti iron could, however, be made in a large body if the process took place near the center, because there the gravitional forces would be neglibile. Troilite in the Soroti meteorite is analogous to the olivine in pal- lasties, and for this reason the comparison of the occurrence of olivine and troilite in meteorities should be pursued further. Olivine is much more abundant than troilite in stony meteorites, but less so in iron meteorites. Occasionally olivine occurs in an iron meteorite which is not a pallasite, but such an iron could originate adjacent to a pallasitic ageregrate. Abundance of Troilite in Meteorites Troilite is relatively abundant in meteorites. According to Daly (1943), the chondrites contain about 5 percent FeS and the achondrites about 1.5 percent. According to these figures troilite is 4 times more abundant in chrondrites and 12 times more abundant in achondrites than it is in metallic meteorites. However, the sections of meteorites in museum collections and the pictures of sections in published descrip- tions do not support Daly’s figures. 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 A preliminary investigation of the abundance of troilite in a few irons was made. If there were more troilite than the above data indicate, it would support our contention that material such as that occurring in the Soroti iron could exist in quantities in the body from whence meterorites came. Daly probably obtained his figures for sulfur from the chemical analysis, but our experience indicates that this is the wrong place to get such information. An author describing an iron meteorite is generally more interested in the metallic matrix than in an inclusion like troilite. Thus, the analyses of most of the irons are not suited for the calculation of sulfur because the troilite areas were not included in the portion selected for study. To investigate this, the sulfur in a number of irons was calculated. The sulfur content of four coarse octahedrites (table 22) was estab- lished by measuring the width across a section and then measuring the total distance occupied by troilite along that line. Similar parallel traverses were made at one-eighth inch intervals. TABLE 22.—Comparison of sulfur percentages determined chemically by analyses of coarse octahedrites with sulfur percentages determined statistically by measuring sections from the same meteorites (The sulfur chemically determined is a weight percentage and is not equivalent to sulfur reported in the last column, which was obtained after estimating the percentage of troilite in the total area of a slice.) | Chemical determination Statistical determina- tion Meteor Ie At OS AO EA) Reference % Sulfur | % Troilite | % Sulfur in section | in section @oolnewAustralia=e se === eee Hodge-Smith, 1937__....--.------ BP-7/ 4.76 1.73 Henderson, Losi = See NONE || 222s Pa ee ce Canyon Digblow Ariz =e seen INOissans 190422254 Vie tas SS trace 5. 95 2.17 Barninger. 1190528 a ee ee oe QO. OO4. Y i3 ok Se ie gn Merrill & Tassin, 1907___-_--__-- 0: 005" | 3292-224 See eae Se Merrill, 1913 =e he ek O20). 4) =.= ee eee Buddhue 9500's eee O. 932 eo bee PR a See ek Odessa Nex) 26 ees a st Mierrill 922) 223 2p SUB ee 0. 03 3. 43 1.15 Beck & La Paz, 1951. -=--------= 0. 02' “+ Jae See eee Osseo" Canad ayes ae sees Marbles 1938220 ee Se eee None 3.42 25 ‘Wichita’ County;"Lex. 2 22 555 2a eee ee ce RE See eee 2. 72 1.00 When more than one section of a specimen was measured, a weighted average was calculated for the percentage of troilite. We do not claim that the coarse octahedrites selected are representative for that group. Only a small number of sections have been measured through the Canyon Diablo and the Odessa meteorites, whereas there are tons of the Canyon Diablo and possibly many hundreds of pounds of the Odessa iron. Also the areas that were measured on both were too small to represent either meteorite. Yet the per- centages so obtained appear to be more reliable than the values Daly reported after calculating the analysis of a sample weighing but a few grams. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 391 The measurements reported in table 22 were made on the same meteorite that the chemist analyzed but not on the same sample. Troilite (stoichiometric FeS) with NiAs crystal structure is ex- clusively a meteoritic mineral, with the one exception of the Del Norte, Calif., occurrence. According to Eakle (1922), the California troilite occurs in a serpentine in an old copper mine. Apparently no specimens were found with the troilite in the matrix. We are not challenging the terrestrial origin of the California troilite, but it is important to keep its uniqueness in mind. If the theory proposed in the following pages for the disintegration of a meteorite made of about 50 percent troilite and 50 percent Ni-Fe is correct, possibly meteoritic troilite is scattered over the earth; however, the chances of finding such specimens would be very slim indeed. Meteorites Like the Soroti Are Likely To Be Consumed in Flight All meteorites are fragments of some large cosmic body. It would be impossible for a meteorite such as the Soroti to be broken from its parent mass without acquiring a rough and hackly surface, with projecting veins of metal extending slightly beyond the troilite. Also, the troilite occurring all over the surface and perhaps that occurring slightly below the surface would be fractured, as troilite is brittle at normal temperatures. In the Soroti, such troilite probably was brittle at the temperature existing when the original body broke up. (Gunard Kullerud, of the Geophysical Laboratory, reports in personal communications that FeS made at 550° C. appeared to be more brittle than FeS made at 400° C.) Most meteorites seen in collections have rather evenly rounded surfaces, but this does not mean that they entered our atmosphere with a smooth surface. Possibly a prominent external irregularity on a mass entering the atmosphere is removed during the interval the meteorite undergoes its maximum deceleration. After the mete- orites with homogeneous textures become rounded, their dimensions probably decrease only slightly during the remainder of their flight. A surface made up of either troilite or olivine held in a network of metal will not become smooth because of stresses and strains. The mechanical forces applied to such a surface supplements the loss of material by normal thermal ablation; hence the vapor trails from such meteorites should be more pronounced and enduring than those from homogeneous meteorites. The most violent reactions occur on the forward face of a falling meteorite. Enough energy was released in the collision of the air molecules with the Soroti meteorite to vaporize both the Ni-Fe alloy and the troilite. Many irons show that heat-softened metal flowed over their surfaces. Troilite, which has a lower melting point than 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 the Ni-Fe alloy and 1s brittle, was either burned away or mechanically lost at a faster rate than the Ni-Fe alloy. Thus an aggregrate of minerals like the Soroti, in which small veins of metal protrude from the surface, loses more material from its surface than the average meteorite. Furthermore, the reduction possibly continues through more of the flight than in the case of a homogenous meteorite. After the velocity of the Soroti meteorite was decelerated to a point where the temperature on its front face was not high enough to heat the sides, possibly physical action continued to disintegrate the brittle troilite. A spine of Ni-Fe alloy extending beyond the surface might, by means of the atmospheric drag, be bent backward. If this happened, the spine of Ni-Fe would fracture the sulfide against which it is pressed, with a simultaneous breaking of the bond between the metal and the troilite on the forward side of the metallic spine. Such a falling meteorite may undergo major changes in its form during flight, and, if so, it probably would not hold a fixed position. If such a body tumbles during its high-velocity flight, fractures would be produced and widened between the metal and the troilite over all surfaces. Such violent action may shatter more of the troilite and cause the loose pieces to fall out. As the troilite is lost, more rough metal surfaces would become exposed, and these, in turn, would be subjected to the shearing-off process. Thus, the stresses and strains applied to these meteorites with hackly surfaces, such as those of the Soroti type and the pallasites, cause material to be lost as long as the mass is moving with a velocity high enough to cause bending of the metallic veins. ‘Troilite, because of its low melting point, should react to the temperatures on the front of such a meteorite after the other minerals have ceased to react. In addition, the FeS and Ni-Fe portions have different thermal conduc- tivities and coefficients of expansion. Therefore, both thermal and mechanical stresses are operating simulteneously on the surface of such a meteorite during its fall. Summary This meteorite fell Sept. 17, 1945, at 1.10 (probably p. m.) near Soroti, Uganda, Africa. Four pieces were recovered, together weighing 2,060 grams. The composition and metallography of the meteorite are given. The abundance of sulfur in iron meteorites is discussed, and a probable reason is given for the variety of such meteorites as the Soroti iron. This iron represents a new type of meteorite, analogous to the pallasites, with troilite taking the place of olivine. The name sorotiite is proposed for this type. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 393 The Keen Mountain, Virginia, Meteorite PLaTEs 20-22 A 14.75-pound iron meteorite, a new hexahedrite, was found in 1950 by Fred Matney at approximately 30 feet from the crest of the south face of Keen Mountain, Buchannon County, Virginia, near the head waters of Pigeon Branch. The coordinates of the point of discovery are lat. 37°13’ N., long. 82°0’ W. Mr. Matney observed this dark object along a path he frequently used. It attracted his attention because it was noticeably different from the other rocks. When he discovered it was metallic he cut off a small piece and sent it to the U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D.C. Dr. Charles Milton, of the Survey, suspected it was a meteorite and referred the correspondence to the U. S. National Museum. When Mr. Matney learned that his specimen was a meteorite and that the National Museum was interested in it, he offered to bring it to Washington on his next trip north or hold it until someone from the Museum would visit him. Gordon Davis of the Geophysical Labora- tory, Washington, D. C., was in the Museum shortly after this speci- men was identified, and, since he was going to Buchannon County, Virginia, he offered to negotiate with Mr. Matney for the meteorite. When Mr. Davis delivered the iron to Washington, Stuart H. Perry bought it and presented it to the National Museum. Description The Keen Mountain meteorite probably fell recently, although the fall was not witnessed. On its surface there are sizable patches of unaltered black fusion crust that contain flight markings. In a few places the silver color of the Ni-iron alloy can be seen through the fusion crust. However, on the surface of this iron, patches of loosely attached oxide as well as some small corrosion pits occur. The meteorite, according to Mr. Davis, was found at a place where it would be wet by ground seepage for about four months of each year. Proba- bly no iron meteorite would remain fresh in such an environment very long. Although it is impossible to establish the year it fell, we suspect its weathered surface could develop within five or ten years if it was wet as much of the time Mr. Davis estimates. Thus, the Keen Mountain iron possibly fell between 1940 and 1950. Apparently this fall attracted no local attention. Mr. Matney, who lived close to where the meteorite was found, did not associate it with any meteor display. Finding this iron near the top of the southern slope of Keen Mountain indicates that it did not come from a northerly direction. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 The rough areas shown in plate 20 are due to surface alteration. Some of the corrosion pits range between 2 and 4 millimeters in width and are about the same in depth. When this meteorite was received the pits were nearly filled with loosely bonded brown iron oxide. The rust was removed from most of these places to probe the depth of the oxidization. The depression in the central part of plate 20 (top) is about 7 or 8 millimeters deep. After 2 or 3 millimeters of oxide were removed from this cavity, troilite was exposed at the bottom. The bottom dimensions of this cavity are approximately 8 by 10 millimeters, while the diameter at the surface is nearly 15 millimeters. Apparently, during the flight of this iron through our atmosphere, this deptpesion increased in diameter faster than it deepened. The surface of the iron surrounding this cavity is covered with fusion crust containing flight markings. However, some oxidization is superimposed on some parts of the fusion crust. Since the surface of the iron surrounding this depression has a black crust over it, this feature was made during the flight of the meteorite in our atmosphere. Some of the troilite in this depression was burned away during the flight, so the heat generated on the surface was not sustained long enough to remove all the sulfide. The delicate striae preserved in the glossy fusion ‘aaa and the shape of this meteorite indicate that the forward face during most of its flight through the atmosphere is the one shown in plate 20 (bottom). A study of the surface features of unaltered meteorites is important but unfortunately this topic has not attracted much attention. Plate 20 shows the surface features of the Keen Mountain iron and permits others to interpret these features. The Keen Mountain meteorite cannot be paired with any other meteorite. If other pieces fell they have not been found, and if such pieces are not discovered soon they will be weathered and it will be difficult to relate them to this iron. The other known hexahedrite from Virginia was found 100 miles east of Keen Mountain, at Indian Valley, Floyd County, in 1887. It was described by Kuntz and Weinschenk (1892) who said: In the spring of 1887 a mass of meteoritic iron was turned up by John Showalter while plowing his tobacco patch, situated in Indian Valley Township near Carroll and Pulaski lines and near the base of the south side of Floyd Mountain, 6 miles south east of Radford Furnace, Virginia.... This meteorite weighs 31 pounds . The surface of the iron is very much corroded and is entirely covered with a limonite crust, only a little of the original crust is visible. On the exterior are deep depressions from 2 to 4 cm. in diameter. Although both hexahedrites were found on the southern face of mountains we believe this is only a coincidence. SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 395 A slice 2.5 millimeters thick was cut for study (plate 21, bottom) and three areas were selected for density determinations. We assumed that the area with the highest density was the purest kamacite, so this portion was analyzed. TABLE 23.— Density measurements of three areas from one slice of the Keen Mountain meteorite before and after the oxide was removed Density of piece as Density of piece after Area it was removed oxide was removed 1 7. 766 7. 907 2 7. 908 7. 908 3 7. 859 7. 895 Composition All but a small proportion of area 2 (table 23) dissolved in dilute HCl. The insoluble part was filtered off, weighed, and found to have the crystal habit of rhabdite. A partial analysis of this residue is shown in table 24. The rhabdite in this section of the Keen Mountain iron makes up 0.98 percent by weight. The nickel content of the rhabdite was determined. We obtained phosphorus by calculation, because rhabdite has a fixed phosphorus content. TABLE 24.—Analysis of the acid soluble part of the Keen Mountain meteorite, a partial analysis of the reside, and a calculated composite analysis of the meteorite (1) (2) (3) Portion that Composite dissolved in Partial analysis analysis of HCl of rhabdite the meteorite Fe «92. 92 2 46. 80 93. 38 Ni 5. 28, 5. 27 37.4 5. 65 Co 0. 72 b 0. 50 0. 73 P 0. 04 > 15. 00 0. 19 Ss none none none C 0. 06 — 0. 06 100. 00 100. 00 100. 00 : a. Molecular ratio NitGo Go 16.46 * By difference. > See discussion (p. 397). The composition of the meteorite may be estimated by combining the analyses in columns 1 and 2 of table 24. The cobalt content in several rhabdite analyses averaged about 0.50 percent; therefore, that value was assumed to be present. The iron in each case was 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 obtained by difference. Chemically the composite analysis is similar to other hexahedrites. Both the Cincinnati (pl. 10) and the Keen Mountain (pl. 22) meteorites have eutectic structures; also, some phosphorus in both irons dissolved in acid. Possibly the process that produced these eutectic structures had something to do with the making of the phosphides soluble. Certainly the phosphorus in both meteorites originally was either in a rhabdite or schreibersite body and was insoluble in dilute hydrochloric acid. In the analyzed specimen of the Keen Mountain iron, 25 percent of all the phosphorus dissolved in dilute acid. All the insoluble residue, which consisted of rhabdite needles, was used in a nickel determination. Unfortunately, there was not enough material for a complete analysis. ‘The rhabdite in the Keen Mountain iron contains about 37 percent nickel. The sulfur content was determined by estimating the volume of troilite in the slices shown in plate 21 (bottom). The volume per- centages (3.49 and 4.25, obtained by two different methods) were averaged, and 3.91 percent is reported for the troilite content of this meteorite. | Since only a few slices have been removed from this meteorite, we do not know whether they represent an average for this iron. More sulfur than phosphorus is present in the slices thus far removed. However, there may be more phosphorus in the Keen Mountain iron than sulfur because the phosphides are uniformly dispersed through the metal while sulfur occurs as localized troilite. Hexahedrites as well as all iron meteorites probably contain much more sulfur and phosphorus than their analyses indicate. Possibly the error in the abundance of sulfur is greater than the error in the abundance of phosphorus. Metallography The zone of granulated metal immediately underlying the crust (pl. 21) usually is assumed to represent the penetration of heat into the meteorite during its flight. It is important to establish where the greatest thermal penetration occurs on oriented meteorites. Nininger (1940) said that it was unreasonable to expect the front face of oriented meteorites to show the deepest penetration of heat because the maximum ablation occurs on the front of a falling meteorite. | Two sections cut through the Keen Mountain meteorite (pl. 21) show a zone of granulation around the edges of the cuts. The thick- ness of the zone is not uniform in both slices. The slice with the widest zone of granulated metal was removed where section AA’ SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 397 crosses the specimen (pl. 20, top). The place where the granulation is the widest corresponds to the lower edge of what we believe was the front face. Our opinion about the orientation of this specimen was based on the shape of the meteorite and on the flight markings. The Bruno, Canada, iron (Nininger, 1936) is another example of thermal alteration within a hexahedrite. Unfortunately, the illus- tration Nininger used did not show the magnification; therefore, it gives one the impression that the heated zone around this iron is unusually thick. On a recent visit to the American Meteorite Museum in Sedona, Ariz., we examined the iron and found that the pictures Nininger published in both 1936 and 1952 were enlarged nearly three times. Thus the thermal penetration into the Bruno iron is about the same as occurs in the Keen Mountain specimen. The Neumann lines in plate 21 (top) are curved, but this is not the first time such Neumann lines have been observed. Such lines in- dicate some deformation after the Neumann lines formed because originally they were straight. Some normal rhabdite occurs in the kamacite in this meteorite but two unusual habits for rhabdite are shown in plate 22 (top). Both rhabdites are made up of fragmented particles. One consists of a localized path of similarly orientated particles separated by a narrow channel of kamacite. The other phosphide inclusion is an elongated wavy-body, but in place of being a continuous unit it consists of a series of broken segments. When these phosphides formed they possibly were no different from the normal phosphides seen in most meteorites. We think these unusual habits indicate a thermal reaction: the matrix was heated high enough for the phosphide particles to react with the surrounding alloy. Since these peculiar phosphide inclusions occur close to the surface, they may have been made during the flight of the iron through the atmosphere. This and other evidence indicates that a study of the phosphide inclusions within meteorites may provide an excellent means of determining the thermal penetration into iron meteorites. The manner in which the rhabdite was obtained for the analysis precluded it from being anything but an average of the phosphide particles in this meteorite. The Keen Mountain rhabdite, which con- tains 37 percent of Ni, falls within the upper limits of the nickel values for rhabdite. Unfortunately, there are not enough analyses of this mineral to determine if this rhabdite is unusually rich in nickel. The rhabdite from the Annaheim, Canada, meteorite (Johnston and Ellsworth, 1921) had 41.36 percent Ni; and the rhabdite in the Cran- bourne, Australia, meteorite (Cohen, 1897c) had 42.16 percent Ni. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Both of these irons are coarse octahedrites, so there is more nickel available for the rhabdites to acquire than there is in the Keen Mountain meteorite. Plate 21 (top) shows a phosphide body consisting of a cluster of orientated particles separated by channels of kamacite. Some structural features, possibly Neumann lines, extend to the border of these phosphide bodies. Some acicular features existing in the kamacite may be structures of a rapidly cooled metal. Such cooling would arrest the solution of the phosphide in the kamacite. While a high temperature is sustained in the Ni-Fe alloy, nickel may migrate from the kamacite into the phosphide where it replaces iron that is returned to the kamacite. All Ni-Fe phase diagrams show that the solubility of nickel in kamacite decreases as the temperature is raised. The nickel content of schreibersite varies; thus, as the temperature is increased, nickel must enter this mineral from the kamacite because there is no other place for nickel to come from. The solubility of the phosphide in kamacite apparently increases as the temperature is raised. To understand the thermal changes observed in this iron, some knowledge of the temperature-time relationship for the structures in meteoritic iron is needed. There are rhabdites in the center of this piece that have a normal habit. Their presence indicates that reheating took place after the mass was broken from the body in which it was formed. Although reheating may have occurred prior to the flight through our atmos- phere, most likely these changes were made during the flight in our atmosphere. The thermal changes noted in the Keen Mountain iron are not as extensive as those described in the Social Circle, Georgia, meteorite (Henderson and Perry, 1951) or the Murnpeowie, Australia, meteorite (Spencer, 1935). Since the diffusion of Ni and Fe is slow, there is a possibility that the changes noted in the phosphide inclusions in the Keen Mountain meteorite took place outside our atmosphere. Although almost everyone will agree that the thermal changes noted around the out- side of the Keen Mountain iron were made during flight within the atmosphere, there is a possibility that the zone of metal in which these thermal changes are preserved is the remains of some more extensive thermal reaction that took place around the outside of the mass prior to its entry into our atmosphere. The increased solubility of the phosphide in the kamacite probably has more to do with the formation of the jagged boundaries of these phosphide bodies than the molecular exchanges of Ni and Fe. In the Cincinnati, Ohio, iron (pl. 10) we found eutectic structures similar to those in the Keen Mountain iron. We believe the eutectic struc- tures resulted from the phosphide particles reacting with the kamacite SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 399 when the temperature was raised. The cooling which followed ap- parently was rapid, and since all the iron that separated as blebs did not get beyond the limits of the phosphide body, some small blebs of iron were trapped (pl. 22, bottom). All the various structures described in the Keen Mountain meteorite were observed in a single slice. However, the phosphide inclusions arranged parallel to the Neumann lines in the center of the slice are enclosed by a zone of granulated metal around the edge; this means that the reheating occurred after the Keen Mountain iron was small. There is no data on the rate heat will penetrate a hexahedrite, and we do not know the temperature at which the peculiar features noted in these phosphides will form. Moreover, the zone of granulated metal around the edges of the section indicates that no sizable pieces were broken off during the flight of this mass in our atmosphere. Apparently most students of meteorites think that iron meteorites fall as single bodies, but it is possible a large hexahedrite could separate along a cleavage and produce several smaller bodies. A fusion crust would form over the fragments and perhaps some thermal penetra- tion would start the moment the larger mass breaks into pieces. Stony meteorites break during their fall and produce individual pieces that are covered with fusion crust, so why can’t irons oc- casionally behave in the same manner? Summary A new 14.75-pound hexahedrite from Buchanan County, Virginia, is described. Chemical analyses of the matrix and the rhabdite inclusions are given. Certain metallographic features resulting from the penetration of heat into the meteorite are described. Literature Cited Axutov, N.S., anp Bruxuatov, N. L. 1941. Magnetic methods for the study of the structure of iron meteorites. Meteoritica, vol. 1, pp. 23-31, pls. 1-16. ANONYMOUS ' 1939. Great meteorite found by two Crocket men. Cubelet Press, vol. 4, No. 10, p. 7. (California and Hawaiian Sugar Refining Corp., Ltd.) BARRINGER, A. M. 1905. Coon Mountain and its crater. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 861-886. Beck, C., anp La Paz, L. 1951. The Odessa, Texas, siderite. Pop. Astron., vol. 59, No. 3, pp. 145-151. Beck, C., La Paz, L., anp Goupsmira, L. H. 1951. The Breece,: New Mexico, meteoritic iron. Mineralogical Mag., vol, 29, pp. 531-537. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 BERWERTH, F. 1903. Verzeichnis der Meteoriten im k. k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseum. Ann. k. k. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vol. 18, pp. 1-90. Brezina, A., AND CoHEN, E. 1904. Uber Meteoreisen von De Sotoville. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Math-naturw. Klasse, Abt. 1, pp. 89-103. BuppDHUE, J. H. 1950. New chemical analyses of Canyon Diablo, Arizona, and Arispe, Sonora, Mexico, siderites. Pop. Astron., vol. 58, pp. 190. Camp, J. M., AND Francis, C. B. 1951. Making, shaping and treating of steel. Especially pp. 571-574. (U. S. Steel Co.) CoueEn, E. 1897a. Meteoreisen-Studien, V. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus., Wien. vol. 12, heft 1, pp. 42-62. 1897b. Meteoreisen-Studien, VI. Ann. Naturhist. Hofmus., Wien, vol. 12, pp. 119-126. 1897c. Ein neues Meteoreisen von Beaconfield, Colonie Victoria, Australien. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, vol. 2, pp. 1035-1050. 1898. Uber das Meteoreisen von Cincinnati, Vereinigte Staaten. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, vol. 32, pp. 428-430. 1900. Meteoreisen-Studien, XI. Ann. k. k. naturhist. Hofmus., Wien, vol. 15, pp. 351-3583. 1903. Meteoritenkunde, Heft 2. Strukturformen; Versuche kiinstlicher Nachbildung von Meteoriten; Rinde und schwarze Adern; Relief der Oberflache, Gestalt, Zahl und Grésse der Meteorite. xii+302 pp. 1905. Meteoritenkunde, Heft 3. Classification und Nomenclatur; Kornige bis dichte Eisen, Hexaédrite, Oktaédrite mit feinsten und feinen Lamellen. xvi+419 pp. CuLLIson, J. §., AND MuILENBURG, G. A. 1934 A newly found meteorite from Lanton, Howell County, Missouri. Journ. Geol., vol. 42, pp. 305-308. Datton, F. K. 1950. Microhardness testing of iron meteorites. Journ. Roy. Astron. Soe. Canada, vol. 44, pp. 1-11, 185-195. DAY Rak; 1943. Meteorites and an earth model. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 54, pp. 401-455. EAkue, A. S. 1922. Massive troilite from Del Norte County, California. Amer. Miner- alogist, vol. 7, pp. 77-80. Epwargps, A. B., anp Mawson, D. 1946. The Moorumbunna meteorite. Trans. Roy. Soc. Australia, vol. 70, pp. 348-353, 2 pls. FARRINGTON, O. C. 1903. Catalogue of the collection of meteorites, May 1, 1903, Field Colum- bian Mus. Publ. 77, Geol. Ser. No. 2, 9 pls. 1910. New Pennsylvania meteorite. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 29, pp. 350-352, 2 plates. 1915a. Meteorites. 233 pp., 65 illustrations. (Privately published.) 1915b. Catalogue of the meteorites of North America to January 1, 1909. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 13, 513 pp., 36 pls. SEVEN SIDERITES—-HENDERSON AND PERRY 401 Foorr, W. M. 1899. Note on a new meteoritic iron found near the Tombigbee River in Choctaw and Sumter Counties, Alabama, U.S. A. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4., vol. 8, pp. 153-156. GRANTHAM, D. R., AND OaTEs, F. 1931. The Mbosi meteoritic iron, Tanganyika Territory. Mineralogical Mag., vol. 22, pp. 487-493. Guprey, D. J., anp MartuHeson, R. S. 1950. Wolf Creek meteorite crater, Western Australia. Journ. Geol., vol. 58, pp. 30-36. Reprinted in Smithsonian Inst. Ann. Rep. for 1950, pp. 317-3235, illus. HENDERSON, E. P. 1941. Corrections to published analyses of meteorites. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 239, pp. 407-411. 1949. The Aggie Creek meteorite from Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 34, pp. 229-232, 1 fig. 1951. A restudy of the Coolac, New South Wales, Australian meteorite. Pop. Astron., vol. 59, pp. 205-209. HENDERSON, E. P., anp Perry, 8. H. 1942a. The Freda, North Dakota, meteorite, a nickel-rich ataxite. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 92, pp. 21-23, pls. 1-4. 1942b. Meteorites and their metallic constituents. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst. for 1942, pp. 235-251, pls. 1-6. 1947. The Edmonton, Kentucky, meteorite. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 107, No. 13, pp. 1-4. 1948a. The Drum Mountains, Utah, meteorite. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 110, No. 12, pp. 1-7, pls. 1-5. 1948b. Reexamination of the Soper, Oklahoma, meteorite. Amer. Mineral- ogist, vol. 33, pp. 692-694, 2 pls. 1949. The Pima County (Arizona) meteorite. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 99, pp. 353-355, pls. 19-20. 1951. A restudy of the Social Circle, Georgia, meteorite. Amer. Min- eralogist, vol. 36, pp. 603-608, 2 figs. 1954. A discussion of the densities of iron meteorites. Geochim. Cos- mochim. Acta, vol. 6, pp. 221-240. Hopee-Smirtu, T. H. 1937. An unrecorded meteorite from Coolac, New South Wales. Rec. Australian Mus., vol. 20, pp. 180-132, 1 pl. Howe ., E. D. 1890. Notice of two new iron meteorites from Hamilton Co., Texas, and Puquios, Chile, S. A. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 40, pp. 223-226. JOHNSTON, R. A. A., AND Exitswortu, H. V. 1921. The Annaheim meteorite. Proc. and Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, ser. 3, vol. 15, sec. 4, pp. 69-92, 14 pls. KLEIN, C. 1903. Die Meteoritensammlung der Ko6niglichen Friedrich-Wilhelms Uni- versitat zu Berlin, am 5 Februar 1903. Sitzber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, No. 7, pp. 139-172. Kuntz, G. F., anp WEINSCHENK, E. 1892. On two meteoric irons. Amer. Journ. Sci, ser. 3, vol. 43, pp. 424-426. A402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 LEONARD, F. C. 1939a. Preliminary announcement of the Goose Lake, California, meteorite. Science, vol. 89, p. 508. 1939b. The Goose Lake siderite, California’s largest known meteorite. Pop. Astron., vol. 47, pp. 322-324, 2 figs. 1940. The Goose Lake siderite; the largest known meteorite of California. Griffith Observer, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 2-8, illus. 1950. On the identification and the recovery of the Goose Lake, California, siderite. Pop. Astron., vol. 58, pp. 516-517; also Contr. Meteorit- ical Soc., vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 323-334. Linsey, E. G. 1939a. The great Goose Lake meteorite. Eastbay Astron. Assoc., pp. 1-3 (mimeogr.). 1939b. The giant Goose Lake meteorite from Modoc County, California. California Journ. Mines Geol., rep. No. 35, pp. 308-312, 3 figs. MaRBieE, J. P. Wwe} 1938. The Osseo, Canada, meteorite. Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 23, pp 282-285, 2 pls. MERRILL, G. P. 1913. On the minor constituents of meteorites. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 35, pp. 509-525. 1922. Meteoric iron from Odessa, Ector Co., Texas. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 3, pp. 335-337. 1923. The New Baltimore, Somerset County, Pennsylvania, meteoric iron, supplemental note. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 6, pp. 262-264, 1 pl. ) 1929. Thestory of meteorites. Smithsonian Sci. Ser., vol. 3, pt. 1, especially pl. 32. Merri, G. P., anp Tassin, W. . 1907. Contributions to the study of the Canyon Diablo meteorite. Smith- sonian Misc. Coll., vol. 50, pp. 203-215, 4 pls. Motssan, M. 1904. Nouvelles recherches sur la météorite de Cafion Diablo. Compt. Rend. Paris, vol. 1389, pp. 773-780. Nasu, L. K., anp Baxter, G. P. 1947. The determination of the gases in meteoritic and terrestrial irons and steels. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc., vol. 69, pp. 2534-2544. NININGER, H. H. 1936. The Bruno meteorite. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 31, pp. 209-222, 7 figs. 1940. A new type of nickel-iron meteorite from the vicinity of the Arizona Meteorite Crater. Pop. Astron., vol. 48, pp. 328-332. 1952. Out of the sky. 336 pp., 22 figs., 52 pls. PALACHE, C., AND GONYER, F. A. 1932. Two new iron meteorites from Chile and Texas. Amer. Mineralogist, vol. 17, pp. 357-359, pls. 1, 2. Perry, S. H. 1944. The metallography of meteoric iron. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Buil. 184, especially p. 79. SEVEN SIDERITES—HENDERSON AND PERRY 403 Prior, G. T. 1914. The meteorites of Uwet, Kota Kota and Angela; redeterminations of nickel and iron in the Baroti and Wittekrantz meteoric stones. Mineralogical Mag., vol. 17, pp. 127-134. 1923. The meteoric iron of Karee Kloof and the meteoric stones of Leeuw- fontein and Sinai Peninsula. Mineralogical Mag., vol. 20, pp. 134-139, 1 pl. Roserts, R. O. 1947. Meteorites in Uganda. Uganda Journ., vol. 11, pp. 42-46. Simmons, K. 1942. Cranial capacities by both plastic and water techniques with cranial linear measurements of the Reserve Collection; White and Negro. Human Biol., vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 473-498. Smiru, J. L. 1864. A new meteoritic iron from Wayne County, Ohio, and some remarks on a recently described meteorite from Atacama, Chile. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 38, pp. 385-387. Smycxa, F. 1899. Bericht itiber das erste mahrische Meteoreisen, gefunden bei Alt Bela. Programm. des bohischen Gymnasium in Makr-Ostrau, 7 pp. Spencer, L. J. 1935. Murnpeowie (South Australia), a granular type meteoric iron. Mineralogical Mag., vol. 24, pp. 13-20, pls. 1-3. Stone, R. W. 1932. Meteorites found in Pennsylvania. Bull. Pennsylvania Topogr. Geol. Surv., ser. 4, bull. G2, pp. 350-352. Tuomas, R. N. 1953. (Cavities in meteorites.) Paper presented at Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Astron. Sec., Boston, Mass., Dec. 30, 1953. Wricut, F. W., anp WuHrpp es, F. L. 1953. The photographic Perseid meteors. Harvard Coll. Observ. Techn. Rep. 11, pp. 1-38. Woutrine, E. A. 1897. Die Meteoriten in Sammlungen und ihre Literature. Pp. xlvi + 460. ZAVARITZKEIT, A. N., AND Kvasna, L. G. 1952. Meteorites of the U.S. 8S. R. Publ. Acad. Sci. U. S. 8. R. for 1952, illustr. on pp. 34 and 53. lsiceia, dilyr eae ommays, fies oe, ra i 2) | yur ue adaneret auTos bas. aude ‘ ers ToT, ee caimacah Lab honing £ish, sith id Bhi a, oe ake csloebsdalne ~ AEN taaeGivda qf, ab, iiaiaidinat i : } hy Dee. . aot stthetens oy i Pate ® ca lathern wee a iis RCLAT gies Rogol ibinaviy te ne T, bite, pi loB VBA ooeeA rand, 3a : odnonstd Ey | : edt We att ‘aig; mils? yma fod BtAVT By Anat ea! Bhs ee Fane ia 4 iviz GG ep ast Buu. ropassheney Cee er Maeva 4 S8Or at FT BB in Good fdet A fa hs A odd Wa. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 1 General view of the Goose Lake meteorite. Note the rim of curled metal bending into the large cavity at the left. (Chabot Observatory photograph.) PROC, U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 2 View of the Goose Lake meteorite. This probably is the rear face of the meteorite because it has fewer layers of deformed metal than the opposite side. Both white rods are 8 inches long. The upper one shows two cavities, which are connected below the bridge of metal. The hole below the upper end of the rod connects with the cavity under the metal bridge. A model of the large cavity at the center of the picture is shown in the bottom photographs of plate 4; its volume is 686 cc. ‘The small round hole near the bottom center with one end of the white rod showing is the opening of the tunnel through the meteorite. ‘The flat area, upper right, is where the slices were cut off. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 3 A view of a portion of the face of the Goose Lake meteorite. It is assumed that this portion was part of the front face during most of the fall because there are more layers of deformed metal. A model of the cavity, left of center, is shown in the lower photographs of plate 5. The arrow locates the large cavity leading to the tunnel. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 4 Tor.—Two views, normal to each other, of a cast of a depression on the rear face of the Goose Lake meteorite. In the photo at right, the lower left corner of the cavity is close to the surface of the meteorite; the broken line at bottom indicates where the surface of the meteorite crosses at the opening. Botrom.—Two views, normal to each other, of a cast of a hole in the meteorite. The dotted line on photograph at right locates the opening to the surface of the meteorite. The space between lines in the center strip represents 1 cm. PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY PLATE 5 Top.—TIwo views, at right angles to each other, of a cavity in the Goose Lake meteo- rite that appears to be twisted and restricted in width about midway of its depth. The diameter of the opening at the surface is approximately 50 percent of the maximum width of this cavity. | Borrom.—Two views, at right angles to each other, of a cast of a cavity in the forward face of the meteorite. The width of the cross section at the widest point is about double the diameter of the surface opening. | The space between lines in the center strip represents 1 cm. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 6 CENTIMETERS A cross section through a wide but shallow cavity in the Goose Lake meteorite. ‘The dark crescent is the shadow formed by the bent lip, which has curled back into the depres- sion until it reaches the plane of the cut. Note the curved kamacite at the upper edge of the cavity. The Widmanstatten structure runs to the limits of this cavity. At the edges, the structure appears slightly distorted because the metal is so thin that it was de- formed by the grinding and polishing. ; HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 7 PROG. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 “1YsIy sulinp powotul JIOM OP [IULE] OTOBULE oUt UsdIM}9q SUIA] SUIJA Yep uly} 9], OISTIQIIIYIS polesuoly “spueqd O}IOVUe oq UsIM}9q INIIO SVI1V oyissoyd SNOIIWUIN AY = 9} ‘uroqyed uo} eSUPLUpI MA out ydnistp SIIpPOg Ipoyeyjoo OSIVOD ¥ SI 9}1IO9} 9UL IVT 9SOO0L) OULL, PROC, U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 ‘ HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 8 An irregular atypical plessite field about 1 inch below the surface of Goose Lake meteorite. Area at bottom is filled with spheroidized taenite and enclosed by a dark border of imper- fectly transformed taenite. Rest of the field is kamacite with some darkened taenite. Dark area in the upper right corner is imperfectly transformed gamma-alpha mixture with orientated (white) kamacite lamellae. Small schreibersite bodies are at the left and at the upper left corner of the plessite field. (Picral applied for 30 seconds; magnification, 100.) PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 9 & oy A plessite field in the Goose Lake meteorite, the central part of which shows spheroidized taenite. At the top, left, and bottom, the kamacite lamellae are orientated. At center left is an irregular schreibersite body. Invading hydroxide, due to weathering, appears as dark area along a grain boundary (lower right), a border along the lower end of the plessite field as a much thicker curved area, and adjacent to the schreibersite body. (Picral applied for 30 seconds; magnification, 100.) PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 10 is eters SPR DAE - 0 6-4 6 3 73" Be “ The Cincinnati meteorite. Explanation on facing page. PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 11 Slices of the Pittsburgh meteorite. The slice shown at top was lent by Yale University; that shown at bottom was lent by Harvard College. (Magnification, 2.) EXPLANATION oF Prate 10 (Opposite) The Cincinnati meteorite. ‘Torp.—The phosphides in the Cincinnati meteorite are rounded and appear to have been diffused by reheating. ‘This structure indicates that reheating was for a brief interval and was followed by quick cooling. (Picral applied for 40 seconds; magnification, 150.) Botrom.—An iron phosphide eutectic of unusual fineness and regularity. ‘The excess of iron that was rejected in the cooling was unable to migrate to the edge of the structure. A feature with such perfect structure is indicative of slow cooling. (Picral applied for 60 seconds; magnification, 100.) PROG. U.S: NAT. MUS. VOE- 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 12 on eo = 2 ee 5 @ of An area in the central part of the Cincinnati meteorite showing numerous rhabdites. Many of these have frayed ends and some have irregular sides, indicating only that these inclusions had undergone little change in the reheating. (Picral applied for 80 seconds; magnification, 50.) HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 13 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 ite. ittsburgh meteor le llel arrangement, 100. 10ns In a para inclus ite habd ite containing r Kamac ) ion, . (Magnificat HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 14 PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 i f beige Be sa a ka te ~s, Lay hae Ah Wis 2 * j r, ah 2 oe 8 oe (Serinm burgh meteorite. 1tts fication, 100.) P ? ae magni ated kamac seconds l ied for 70 granu i ite surrounded b Coarse pless ? appl . picrate PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 15 A large cohenite with the characteristic kamacite inclusions, Pittsburgh meteorite. Above this cohenite there occurs an elongated plessite area, in one corner of which is a dark island of gamma-alpha iron; in the opposite upper corner there are some delicate acicular kamacite needles. The kamacitic groundmass is granular, and small dark grains are localized along the boundary of the kamacite. (Picral, 5 percent, applied for 130 seconds; magnification, 50.) PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 16 View of the Breece meteorite. Samples were taken from five of the long lathlike inclu- sions, Reichenbach lamellae, for X-ray, and in every case the film matched the lines on the standard schreibersite film. (Natural size.) PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 17 An etched cross section of the Tombigbee meteorite. Numerous irregular schreibersite bodies are dispersed in the matrix; the rhabdite inclusions are not shown. ‘The areas selected for analysis are outlined. (Natural size.) EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18 The Soroti meteorite. Torp.—Macrophotographs of two specimens taken in reflected light so that the plessite fields appear white. (Natural size.) Botrom.—An area of fine octahedrite structure, the kamacite bands enclosing lamellae of taenite. Dense (imperfectly transformed) plessite in the interstices. (Picral, 4 percent, applied for 12 seconds; magnification, 50.) PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 18 i XN ia P » ton \ The Soroti meteorite. Explanation on facing page. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19 The Soroti meteorite. ‘Torp.—The central inclusion with the dark spots is schreibersite » and it contacts a dark hexagonal body, troilite. ‘The kamacite practically surrounding the schreibersite and extending downward to the lower right and left corners of the plate contains transformation structures. ‘The large inclusion below the troilite and kamacite was not positively identified, but its chipped surface suggests schreibersite. Thelight area at the lower right also may be schreibersite. ‘The dense plessite fields at the left, right, and top have lamellae of kamacite. (Picral 5 percent, applied for 40 seconds; magnification, 50.) Botrom.—A plessite area with needles of kamacite. Much of the kamacite shows lines which may be transformation structures or Neumann lines. ‘Transformation structures may simulate Neumann lines very closely. The dark area at the upper right corner is troil- ite. (Picral, 5 percent, applied for 40 seconds; magnification, 50.) PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 19 The Soroti meteorite. Explanation on facing page. EXPLANATION OF PiaTE 20 The Keen Mountain meteorite. ‘Top: Troilite is exposed on the bottom of the depression in the center of this face after about two millimeters of oxide were removed. ‘The surface of the meteorite immediately surrounding this depression is partly corroded and some of the oxidization products rest on an unaltered fusion crust. The cuts, at the right end, were made by the finder before the object was identified. ‘The slice used in the analysis (pl. 21, bottom) was cut along the line made by projecting A to A’. (About two-thirds natural size.) Bottom: This meteorite lacks the typical ‘“thumbmark” depressions common to most iron meteorites. ‘The shallow cavity at the lower right is surrounded with unaltered fusion crust in which flight markings are present. The file mark above the depression exposes fresh metal. The rougher surfaces represent corrosion. If the guide lines (at the sides and bottom of the picture) were projected they would cross over the spot believed to be the center of the forward face (stagnation point) during the fall of this meteorite. (Natural size.) PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 20 The Keen Mountain meteorite. Explanation on facing page. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21 The Keen Mountain meteorite. ‘Torp.—The curved Neumann lines in the central portion end abruptly at the inner edge of the granulated zone. Sufficient heat was absorbed by this iron to granulate the metal from 7 to 9 millimeters in from the existing surface and to obliterate the Neumann lines. The fractures in the thermally altered zone possibly represent a volume adjustment made when the outside shell was reheated. The reheating and rapid cooling of the outside zone may have had something to do with the deformation of the Neumann lines and the displacement of the phosphide lamellae shown in plate 22 (bottom). (Magnification, 1.2.) Borrom.—This thin slice was removed about 15 millimeters further into the meteorite than the slice pictured at top, and the thermally granulated zone around the edges is not as wide as the zone shown in that slice. “The Neumann lines in the center are slightly deformed. This slice was cut along the dotted lines and the density of sections 1-3 was determined. The analysis was made on section No. 2. (Magnification, 1.3.) PROC. U. S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 21 The Keen Mountain Meteorite. Explanation on facing page. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22 The Keen Mountain meteorite. ‘Tor.—A group of phosphide particles with their pointed ends lying in the same direction and separated by channels of kamacitic iron. ‘This habit suggests that these phosphides reacted with the matrix. The phosphide in the lamella at the left is broken into small segments but the particles are not separated very far. There are many such lamellae in this slice. Fewer rhabdites occur in the kamacite immediately adjacent to these long lamellae than are found in the kamacite some distance away. Many of these long lamellae are not straight and we assume that they have been deformed by movement of the kamacitic matrix. (Magnification, 150.) Borrom.—These inclusions indicate Fe-Fe3P eutectic structures which formed by re- heating. The rhabdite lost its criginal form and became rounded. ‘This eutectic inclusion could be formed by melting but possibly these bodies never became liquid. After their reheating, they cooled so fast that the excess iron could not migrate beyond the limits of the inclusion. (Magnification, 150.) PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 107 HENDERSON AND PERRY, PLATE 22 ae The Keen Mountain meteorite. Explanation on facing page. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1958 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Ane INCRE aN 4 3) Lye XWGEAMo PFN PAUERY ste fe OM O, 5 y Gopse = OR! NN a 4g THSONOS. ITV INGTON (OS bo x \ Ee SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1958 No. 3389 NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS OF THE FAMILY BRACONIDAE (HYMENOPTERA) IN THE U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM By C. F. W. MursesBecxk ! The parasitic Hymenoptera of the Neotropical region are still mostly undescribed; accordingly it is not possible to give specific names for the majority of samples that are received for identification. In the Braconidae alone a very considerable number of new species from Neotropical localities have accumulated in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, most of them received from workers interested in the biological control of various insect pests. For some of these new species, names have been wanted for a rather long time. Finally, a beginning is being made on the task of naming and describing them. For the present paper I have selected forms that, because of their host associations or distribution or because they add significantly to our understanding of the superspecific groups involved, are of more than usual interest. Unfortunately, it is not at present feasible, or possible, to include workable keys to the Neotropical species of such 1U. S. Department of Agriculture, Entomology Research Branch, Insect Identification and Parasite Introduction Section. 405 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 large genera as Apanteles, Opius, and Meteorus, but for a few small groups this has been done. In addition, two new genera are described and some new synonymy and new combinations are indicated. - For the drawings I am indebted to Mr. R. A. Cushman, artist of the Entomology Research Branch, U. S. Department of Agriculture. Genus Microctonus Wesmael The species of this genus often have been assigned erroneously to Perilitus Nees, and the single known South American species identi- fiable as a Mucroctonus was described by Szepligeti as Perilitus brasiliensis. It appears to be closely similar superficially to the second of the two new species described here. Microctonus brasiliensis (Szepligeti), new combination Perilitus brasiliensis Szepligeti, Termes. Fuzetek, vol. 25, p. 80, 1902. This species was described from a single male from Brazil in the collection of the Hungarian National Museum. Microctonus audax, new species Figures 1,k; 4,e This new species is distinguished from the other known South Amer- ican species by its large eyes, short malar space, and evenly rugulose, nonareolate propodeum. FremMauLe: Length about 3 mm. Head broader than thorax; face broader than long, minutely punctate; eye longer than narrowest width of face; clypeus punctate, twice as long as malar space, its base defined by a sharply impressed line; frons, vertex, and temples smooth and shining; a dimple-like impression between posterior ocelli; antennae usually 30- to 33-segmented, about as long as body. Mesoscutum smooth and shining; notaulices foveolate and meeting behind in a rugose area that is divided by a median longitudinal carina; median lobe with short, sparse pubescence; lateral lobes bare; scutellum strongly convex, impunctate, polished; propodeum uniformly closely rugose, without prominent carinae, its posterior face vertical and conspicuously hollowed out in the middle; mesosternal groove coarsely foveate; mesopleuron smooth and shining above, extensively rugulose punctate below; radial cell on wing margin nearly as long as stigma; lower abscissa of basella shorter than nervellus. Abdomen at widest point much narrower than thorax; first tergite more than twice as long as broad at apex, the petiole polished, the expanded portion finely aciculate; remainder of abdomen polished; ovipositor sheath a little shorter than hind femur. Head black; temples, cheeks and mandibles more or less brown; antennae dark brown to black; thorax black, sometimes reddish brown NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 407 on sides and below; legs including all coxae reddish brown; wings hyaline, stigma yellowish, margined with brown; abdomen reddish brown, first tergite more or less blackish. Matz: Like the female but usually somewhat darker in color, with thorax entirely black, abdomen mostly piceous, posterior coxae darkened at bases, hind tibiae and tarsi more or less darkened, some- times all tarsi dark; also the antennae longer than the body, normally 34- to 36-segmented; face broader than eye height; malar space two- thirds as long as clypeus. Type: USNM 63044. TYPE LOCALITY: Santa Fé, Argentina. Described from 8 females and 8 males reared from adult weevils of the genus Listroderes by H. L. Parker in October 1944. According to Dr. Parker the female has the remarkable habit of ovipositing in the host weevil through the mouth. Microctonus berryi, new species This new species apparently is very similar to Microctonus brasi- liensis (Szepligeti) but smaller, and is further distinguished by the somewhat shorter antennae, yellow scapes, and reticulate propodeum. FrmMaue: Length about 2.56 mm. Head slightly broader than thorax; face at least 1% times as broad as long, not distinctly punctate, covered with very short pile; clypeus slightly longer than malar space; frons, vertex, and temples smooth and polished; antennae with about 24 segments. Mesoscutum smooth and shining; lateral lobes bare; surface of middle lobe with short pubescence; notaulices sharply impressed, foveolate, meeting at posterior margin of mesoscutum; a short median keel extending forward from point of union of notaulices; scutellum slightly convex, impunctate; dorsal face of propodeum reticulate, with two large, transverse, nearly smooth areas at base, posterior face rugulose, excavated in the middle; mesosternal groove finely foveolate; mesopleuron smooth and polished, sometimes with a few coarse punctures below; venation essentially like that of M. audaz; radial cell on wing margin two-thirds as long as stigma; first abscissa of radius less than half as long as width of stigma; lower abscissa of basella and nervellus subequal. Abdomen at widest point only slightly narrower than thorax; first tergite much more than twice as long as broad on caudal margin, smooth and polished on basal third, usually striate beyond; remainder of abdomen polished; ovipositor sheath fully as long as hind femur. Head yellow, with a small blackish spot enclosing ocelli; antennal flagellum brown, paler toward base beneath; scape reddish yellow; dorsum of thorax including propodeum blackish, with scutellum 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 and areas bounding notaulices reddish; pleura and sternum reddish yellow; wings hyaline, stigma yellowish bordered with brown; legs reddish yellow, all tarsi and posterior tibiae fuscous to blackish; abdomen yellowish brown, first tergite piceous except at base where it is yellowish. Maus: Differs from the female in the slightly longer antennae, which have around 26 segments, in having the thorax black except for the yellowish prothorax and reddish mesopleura, in the nearly smooth first tergite, and in having the second and following tergites piceous. Type: USNM 63045. TypE Locautity: Angol, Chile. Described from 11 females and 7 males reared by Paul A. Berry from a chrysomelid on willow, Mar. 9, 1941, at Angol, Chile; 2 females and 1 male reared by L. Duran from adults of the chrysomelid Plagiodera erythroptera (Blanchard), October 1940, at Panquehue, Chile; and 1 female reared by H. L. Parker from the same host at Angol, Chile, Feb. 22, 1941. Genus Meteorus Haliday Meteorus eaclidis, new species FicuREs 1,2; 2,6 This new species is closely similar to townsendi Muesebeck but dis- tinguished by having the middle lobe of mesoscutum convex rather than shallowly impressed, by the relatively wider cubitellan cell, by the paler tegulae, and by the noninterstitial recurrent vein. Moreover, the cocoons of this species are formed singly whereas those of M. townsendi are arranged in a compact mass that is encased in loose silk. FrmMaue: Length about 4 mm. Head a little wider than thorax, smooth; temples gradually receding; occipital carina narrowly inter- rupted at middle; face 1% times as broad as long; malar space longer than basal width of mandible; ocellocular line about twice the diameter of an ocellus; antennae a little longer than body, usually 30- to 32- segmented. Thorax stout; notaulices sharply impressed; middle lobe of meso- scutum convex, not impressed down middle, weakly punctate; scutellum convex, polished, 1% times as long as the large bifoveate sulcus at its base; propodeum coarsely rugose-reticulate, the posterior declivity deeply excavated medially; side of pronotum smooth and shining except for the median depression, which is crossed by a few strong rugae; mesopleuron mostly smooth but with the broad longi- tudinal impression coarsely rugose; hind coxae punctate; longer cal- carium of hind tibia about as long as second segment of hind tarsus; NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 409 radius issuing from beyond middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius as long as, or longer than, second, the latter about half as long as second intercubitus; radial cell nearly attaining extreme apex of wing; recurrent vein joining first cubital cell; lower abscissa of basella longer than nervellus; cubitellan cell at narrowest point at least 1% times as wide as greatest width of radiellan cell. Abdomen a little narrower than thorax; first tergite without dorsal fossae, finely, closely aciculate except at base, the ventral margins joined from base to postpetiole; ovipositor sheath shorter than hind tibia. Honey yellow; palpi paler; antennae black; tegulae brownish yellow, blackish on outer margins; wings noticeably infumated; stigma and veins dark brown; hind tibia black apically; hind tarsus fuscous, basal half of metatarsus pale. Matz: Differs in no significant details from the female. Type: USNM 63046. Type Locality: Sio Paulo, Brazil. Described from four females and one male reared from Eacles magni- fica Walker by E. J. Hambleton at the type locality June 10, 1935, and 18 females and 11 males reared from an unidentified lepidopterous larva at Tiete, Sao Paulo, Brazil, in February 1939 by M. Antonio and submitted by L. O. T. Mendes. Meteorus kraussi, new species FicuREs 3,d,2 This species immediately suggests M. vulgaris (Cresson), but the ventral margins of the first tergite are closely joined from the base to the postpetiole; the postpetiole is more coarsely sculptured, and the malar space is much longer than in M. vulgaris. Fremate: Length about 3.5 mm. Face very finely roughened, subopaque, at its narrowest point fully as wide as length of eye; malar space distinctly longer than basal width of mandible; vertex and temples polished; temple convex, three-fourths as wide as eye; ocell- ocular line more than twice as long as greatest diameter of an ocellus; antennae a little longer than body, 26- to 28-segmented. Mesoscutum shining, shallowly punctate, the lateral lobes very weakly so; propodeum coarsely reticulately sculptured; 1st abscissa of radius usually about as long as 2d; recurrent vein interstitial with first intercubitus; nervulus slightly postfurcal; lower abscissa of basella much longer than nervellus; legs very slender. First tergite without dorsal fossae; ventral margins of petiole closely joined throughout; postpetiole closely longitudinally striate; ovipositor 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 sheath a little shorter than abdomen; ovipositor greatly thickened toward base, as in M. vulgaris. Honey yellow; antennae more or less brownish; postpetiole a little darkened, at least laterally; wings hyaline, stigma hyaline, margined with brown; legs brownish yellow, hind tibiae and tarsi weakly infuscated. Matusz: Like the female in essential details. Types: USNM 63047. | TYPE LOCALITY: Cuernavaca, Mexico. Described from 23 females and 3 males reared by N. L. H. Krauss Aug. 28, 1944, from a lepidopterous larva on Hupatorium adenophorum. Another series of 16 females and 1 male is labeled “Cuernavaca, Mex., Nov. 1944, N. L. H. Krauss,” without further data. As in the case of M. sean, a number e individuals fey in a single host caterpillar. Genus Centistes Haliday The genus Leiophron was proposed by Nees in 1818 (Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. Carol., vol. 9, p. 303). He showed that he was basing the genus on three species but, unfortunately, he did not name or describe any of them in that paper. All three were described in 1834 (Hymenopterorum ichneumonibus affinium, Monographie, vol. 1, pp. 44, 45) when Nees treated the genus in more detail. In the meantime, however, Haliday (Ent. Mag., vol. 1, pp. 263, 264, April 1833) had placed three new species in Leiophron, describing them very briefly in a key, and Curtis (British Entomology, vol. 10, p. 476, November 1833) had included nine, one of which, pallipes Curtis, he had designated as type. In 1839 Westwood (Introduction to the modern classification of insects, vol. 2, Synopsis p. 62) selected aier Nees as type of Leiophron, which permitted use of the generic name in its original sense, and that concept has been generally adopted. However, recently the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (Bull. Zool. Nom., vol. 4, pp. 130, 346, 1950) has de- clared that in the case of generic names proposed before January 1, 1931, without originally included species, only those species which are first referred to such a genus after publication of the name may be considered eligible for type selection. Accordingly, Viereck’s designation of Leiophron apicalis (Curtis) Haliday (U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 83, p. 83, 1914) must be accepted as the first valid designation; and since L. apicalis is considered to be congeneric with the type of Euphorus Nees, this generic name must be suppressed as a synonym of Leiophron. For Leiophron of Authors it seems to be necessary to use Centistes Haliday, the synonymy of which is as follows: NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 411 Ancylus Haliday, Ent. Mag., vol. 1, p. 261, 1833. Preoccupied by Ancylus Mueller, 1774, in Mollusca. Type, A. cuspidatus Haliday, by designation of Viereck, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 83, p. 10, 1914. Centistes Haliday, Ent. Mag., vol. 2, pp. 459, 462, 1835. Type, Ancylus cuspidatus Haliday, by monotypy. Ancylocentrus Foerster, Verh. Naturh. Ver. Preuss. Rhienl., vol. 19, p. 254, 1862. Type, Ancylus excrucians Haliday, by monotypy. Euphoridea Ashmead, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, p. 116, 1900. Type, Euphoridea claripennis Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation. Liosigalphus Ashmead, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, p. 125, 1900. Type, Liosigalphus politus Ashmead, by monotypy and original designation. Pygostolus Haliday, 1833, was proposed as a subgenus of Leiophron; It is, however, quite distinct from that genus, being, in fact, properly placed in the Blacinae rather than in the Euphorinae; but although it is very closely related to Centistes (which it antedates), I consider it generically distinct. It differs most conspicuoulsy in the long ovipositor sheath, which is half as long as the abdomen, in the presence of a basal median plate on the first tergite, which is defined by carinae that converge caudad, and by having the radius going to the extreme apex of the wing. Centistes epicaeri, new species Ficures 1,1; 3,a This is apparently the first species of the genus to be recorded from the Neotropical region. It is very similar to the European C. lituratus (Haliday) but may be distinguished at once by the lack of a ventral tooth near the apex of the hind coxa. From C. edentatus (Haliday), another European species, it differs especially in its much larger and virtually parallel-sided first tergite. FremMaue: Length about 3mm. Head strongly transverse; temples receding; frons and vertex polished; face slightly broader than long, with minute and faint punctures; malar space not quite as iong as clypeus; antennae filiform, about as long as body, usually 30-seg- mented; ocellocular line very slightly longer than greatest diameter of an ocellus; occiput completely carinately margined. Mesoscutum shining; notaulices shallow but distinct, meeting well before posterior margin of mesoscutum; mesonotal lobes faintly punctate anteriorly; scutellum smooth, convex; propodeum basally with two very weak, irregular, slightly divergent, median longitudinal carinae, each extending to posterior declivity and there leading into a tranverse carina that extends to the lateral margin; the two large basal areas of propodeum smooth basally toward middle, finely punctate- rugulose laterally and posteriorly ; posterior declivity gradual, rugulose; mesopleuron with a long, finely foveolate, longitudinal furrow; wing venation as illustrated. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Abdomen narrower than thorax; first tergite at spiracles fully half as wide as propodeum is wide at base, parallel-sided from spiracles to apex and closely, finely striate; remaining tergites smooth and polished ; ovipositor sheath and ovipositor as illustrated. Black; lower half of clypeus, mandibles, and antennae, basally below, dark brown; legs uniformally brownish yellow except for hind coxae, which are blackish toward bases; wings hyaline, stigma dark brown. Mate: Unknown. Type: USNM 63048. TYPE LocALity: Santa Ana, El Salvador. Described from 114 female specimens reared by Paul A. Berry in 1951 from Epicaerus capetilensis Sharp, a curculionid on coffee. Genus Leiophron Nees Leiophron Nees, Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., vol. 9, p. 303, 1818. No species. Leiophron Nees, Haliday, Ent. Mag., vol. 1, p. 263, 1833. Three species. Type, L. apicalis (Curtis) Haliday, by designation of Viereck, 1914. Euphorus Nees, Hymenopterorum ichneumonibus affiinium, Monographie, vol. 2, p. 360, 1834. Type, H. pallicornis Nees, by monotypy. New synonymy. As pointed out in the foregoing discussion under Centistes, the type of Huphorus is congeneric with the species which must be accepted as type of Levophron under a recent ruling of the International Com- mission on Zoological Nomenclature. Accordingly, Euphorus must be suppressed as a synonym of Leiophron. Genus Microgaster Latreille Five species are now known from the Neotropical region that belong in that section of the genus Microgaster in which (1) the habitus is that of Apanteles, (2) the propodeum lacks a median longitudinal carina and has, instead, a more or less distinct areola, (3) the mesoscutum is covered with shallow, separated punctures, and (4) the second cubital cell is minute, with the second intercubitas hyaline and arising from the first intercubitus rather than from the end of the first abscissa of radius. After more is known about this group it may prove advisable to set it off as a separate genus. For the present it seems best to keep it in Microgaster. The structural differences between the five Neotropical species are rather subtle and not easily defined, but the following color key will distinguish these forms. 1°) Phoraxi black’! 24. IRAP eG QOS Fc 2 At least mesoscutum ‘testaceous %. 'ocs) 5/2) 8) 3 ol i Le ee 3 2. Hind coxa black, at least on basal half; abdomen black, with second and third tergites sometimes testaceous ........ ecdytolophae Muesebeck Hind coxa entirely reddish yellow; abdomen reddish yellow, with apical tergites usually black or blackish. . ....... jocarae, new species NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 413 3. Thorax entirely testaceous; abdomen testaceous except at apex. imitator (Ashmead) At least propodeum black; first tergite black or piceous ......... = Hee Wings'somewhat smoky iiil:i ou. nts. blanchardi, new name Wings clear hyaline, iridescent . ........ diaphaniae, new species Microgaster ecdytolophae Muesebeck Microgaster ecdytolophae Muesebeck, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 61, Art. 16, pp. 21, 24, 1922. This species, which is widely distributed in the Nearctic region where it occurs from Nova Scotia to Texas, has also been reared in Cuba from Hippia insularis (Grote) and in Guatemala from Rhobondo guarisana Walker. Microgaster jocarae, new species This new species is very similar to M. diaphaniae but with the thorax black and the abdomen pale yellow except for blackish median spots on the fourth and following tergites. Fremaue: Length about 3 mm. Face closely punctate and sub- opaque; clypeus slightly longer than malar space, punctate; vertex and temples punctate and rather dull; frons weakly punctate toward sides and directly below ocelli; head abruptly declivous behind ocelli; occiput polished, impunctate; antennae about as long as the body. Mesoscutum more densely punctate than in M. diaphaniae and less shining, the punctures larger and almost or quite contiguous; disc of scutellum polished, with only a few scattered, weak punctures; polished area on lateral face of scutellum large, broadly triangular; propodeum finely rugulose, with a fairly well defined, more or less pentagonal areola, and weakly delimited, largely smooth and shining, apical lateral areas; mesopleuron polished but with sharp punctures anteriorly and below as well as a few in upper posterior angle; meta- pleuron polished except at posterior margin where it is rugulose; hind coxa with an elongate, flattened, finely rugulose area on dorsal edge toward base, punctate on outer face; inner calcarium of hind tibia much longer than outer and more than half as long as metatarsus; stigma short and broad, shorter than metacarpus, emitting radius from beyond its middle; first abscissa of radius arched and joining first intercubitus in an even curve; second intercubitus very short, inconspicuous; second cubital cell minute; nervellus nearly straight and nearly perpendicular to anterior margin of wing. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite broadening very slightly caudad, longer than broad, smooth and shining except for a few scattered punctures on posterior half; second and following ter- gites smooth and polished, the plate of the second three times as broad on posterior margin as long and defined laterally by oblique grooves, 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 its posterior margin arcuate; ovipositor sheath slender but broadening eradually to near apex, about as long as hind tibia. Head and thorax black; clypeus, labrum, mandibles, and palpi yellow; scape yellow with a dark streak outwardly toward the front; flagellum dark brown; tegulae and wing bases yellowish white; wings hyaline, stigma and most of veins brown, second intercubitus hyaline; anterior and middle legs entirely yellow; posterior leg yellow except apex of femur, apical two-fifths or more of tibia, and tarsus, which are black; abdomen entirely yellow above and below except for median blotches on fourth and following tergites which are sometimes joined to form a median dark streak. Mats: Like the female but with the apical abdominal tergites more extensively black. Type: USNM 63049. TYPE LOCALITY: Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba. Described from four females and three males reared by A. Otero from the larva of Jocara ferrifusalis Hampson. The U.S. National Museum has, in addition, nine males of the same species reared from Pilocrosis inguinalis Guenée, at Cayey, Puerto Rico, Jan. 7, 1941, by L. F. Martorell. Microgaster imitator (Ashmead) Urogaster imitator Ashmead, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1900, pt. 2, p. 288, 1900. Microgaster imitator (Ashmead), Wilkinson, Bull. Ent. Research, vol. 21, p. 157, 1930. This species is known only from the unique type, described from St. Vincent, which is in the British Museum. Microgaster blanchardi, new name Apanteles areolaris Blanchard, Arthropoda, vol. 1, No. 1, p. 6, 1947. Although this species belongs in a group whose members have the habitus of Apanteles, it falls in Microgaster as that genus is currently defined. With its transfer to Microgaster the specific name needs to be changed, since it is preoccupied by Microgaster areolaris Thomson, 1895. The species is known to me only from the original description. Apparently the type is the only known specimen. It is recorded as having been reared from an unidentified larva of Gelechiidae on Solanum bonariensis in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Microgaster diaphaniae, new species This new species is exceedingly similar to M. blanchardi Muesebeck, which I know only from the original description, but apparently it may be distinguished by its clear hyaline, iridescent wings. In M. blanchardi the wings are said to be a little smoky. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 415 FEMALE: Length about 3 mm. Face much broader than long, closely punctate and subopaque; malar space slightly shorter than clypeus; temple narrow, rounded, punctate; head evenly hollowed out behind, descending vertically directly behind the ocelli; antennae about as long as the body. Mesoscutum shining, with sharp, but shallow, separated punctures, those on posterior half being more than a puncture’s width apart; prescutellar furrow finely foveolate; disc of scutellum flat, impunctate, polished; polished area on lateral face of scutellum large, triangular; propodeum weakly rugulose at base, and with a rather well defined areola and large apical lateral areas that are smooth and shining; mesopleuron smooth and shining except for well-separated punctures anteriorly and below; metapleuron polished; hind coxa smooth and shining except on dorsal edge which is finely rugulose; inner calcarium of hind tibia much longer than outer and more than half as long as metatarsus; first abscissa of radius slightly arched, much longer than first intercubitus; second cubital cell minute; second inter- cubitus very weak; nervellus straight. Abdomen slender; plate of first tergite broadening very slightly caudad, much longer than broad at apex, and with a few large, scattered punctures on caudal half; second tergite much shorter than third, smooth and polished, the median plate set off by lateral, oblique grooves; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath slender but broadening gradually apically, about as long as hind tibia. Head black; clypeus, labrum, mandibles, and scape except for a dark blotch outwardly, reddish yellow; antennal flagellum dark brown; thorax black except prothorax and mesonotum which are testaceous or reddish; tegulae and wing bases pale yellow; wings hyaline, costa, stigma and most of the veins brown; anterior and middle legs entirely yellow, posterior leg yellow except femur at apex, apical two-fifths or more of tibia and the tarsus, which are blackish; abdomen black, sometimes third tergite more or less reddish toward apex, and occa- sionally third and fourth tergites largely reddish. Mats: Like the female except that the mesoscutum tends to be dark red rather than testaceous. Tyre: USNM 63050. TypE Locatity: San Pedro de Montes de Oca, Costa Rica. Described from 2 females and 8 males reared from Diaphania nitidalis (Stoll), February 1935, by C. H. Ballou; 5 females from La Ceiba, El Salvador, received from Vera Wellborn; and 8 females and 2 males (most of the specimens headless) collected by J. Camelo-G. at Tuxtepec, Oaxaca, Mexico, in June 1934. The U. S. National 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Museum also has 4 female specimens reared from D. nitidalis in Federal District, Brazil, July 1945, by C. R. Gongalves, that differ from the material from Central America and Mexico in having the scutellum testaceous. Structurally all are essentially the same and I do not believe that even subspecific rank for the Brazilian specimens is warranted. Genus Promicrogaster Brues and Richardson Promicrogaster Brues and Richardson, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 32, p. 499, 1913. Type, P. terebrator Brues and Richardson, by monotypy and original designation. This genus is very similar to Microgaster Latreille, and when more species are known it may prove to be untenable. For the present, however, it seems best to recognize it as a separate genus distinguished from Microgaster by the following combination of characters: Head very thin, the temples strongly receding; clypeus not separated from face; labium protruding conspicuously and deeply bifurcate at apex; areolet of forewing minute; longer calcarium of hind tibia not more, usually less, than half as long as metatarsus; disc of scutellum longer than broad, the polished area each side of disc occupying nearly all of lateral face; hypopygium large, plowshare-like; ovi- positor sheath much longer than abdomen. Distribution, Neo- tropical. Key to the known species of Promicrogaster 1. Propodeum with a prominent median longitudinal carina; first tergite not narrowing caudad, smooth and puNyae ; malar space at least half as long as eye; length ‘about: /6 imma. cc: OS 5. 1) 2 ee ae Propodeum without a median carina; Ress taunts naregane caudad and rugulose or coarsely punctate on ical half; malar space much shorter; length usually 4to 5mm... . ee eee ee a 2. Middle and hind legs beyond coxae ineseiy flaca terebrator Brues and Richardson Legs reddish yellow... . . . . Miranda, new species 3. Abdomen largely reddish pellow Abo awe ontinele so below; hind coxae not black basally; length about 5 mm... . oy cae mantis, new species Abdomen black, the third and following eeamene narrowly white on posterior margins; hind coxae black basally; length not over 4 mm. polyporicola, new species Promicrogaster terebrator Brues and Richardson Promicrogaster terebrator Brues and Richardson, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 32, p. 500, 1913. This species is known from a single specimen collected at Cheno- powu, British Guiana. It is apparently exceedingly similar to P. miranda, from which it differs most conspicuously in the color of the legs, the middle and hind legs beyond the coxae being black. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—-MUESEBECK 417 Ficure 1.—a-—/, Anterior and posterior wings of: a, Opius aldrichi, new species; b, O. diver- gens, new species, c, Fornicia ballowi, new species; d, Percnobracon secundus, new species; é, Phaenocarpa anasirephae, new species; f, Optus toxotrypanae, new species; g, Leurinion primum, new species; h, Opius capsicola, new species; 1, Meteorus eaclidis, new species; j, Apanteles coffeellae, new species; k, Microctonus audax, new species; 1, Centistes epicaeri, new species. m,n, Dasylagon aegeriae, new species: m, stigma and first and second cubital cells; 7, nervellus. 0, Microplitis minutalis, new species: stigma and first and second cubital cells. », Promicrogaster miranda, new species: portion of anterior wing. 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 f At \ ver H/i sy ida yy A Al Paley} 8 ui CU SPIRO Ss sees | are ype Figure 2.—a, First and second tergites of Apanteles concinnus, new species; b, propodeum of Meteorus eaclidis, new species; c, lateral view of head of Leurinion primum, new species; d, propodeum and abdomen of Apanteles paradoxus, new species; ¢, front view of head of Promicrogaster miranda, new species; f, first and second tergites of Apanteles coffeellae, new species; g, propodeum of Dasylagon aegeriae, new species; h, front view of head of Opius toxotrypanae, new species; 1, cocoon of Apanteles concinnus, new species. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 419 A, Figure 3.—a, Lateral view of abdomen of Centistes epicaeri, new species; b, front view of head of Opius divergens, new species; c, front view of head of Phaenocarpa anastrephae, new species; d, ovipositor of Meteorus kraussi, new species; ¢, front view of head of Opius capsicola, new species; f, lateral view of abdomen of Opius aldrichi, new species; g, first tergite and, h, propodeum of Leurinion primum, new species; 7, ventral view of first abdomi- nal segment of Meteorus krauss1, new species. 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Ficure 4.—a, Dorsal view and, b, lateral view of Percnobracon secundus, new species; ¢; dorsal view of body of Fornicia balloui, new species; d, first and second tergites of Apanteles schini; ¢, base of abdomen of Microctonus audax, new species; f, first, second, and third tergites of Apanteles alius, new species; g, first and second tergites of Apanteles malthacae, new species. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 421 Promicrogaster miranda, new species FIGURES 1,p; 2,e This species is known to me from a single female specimen. It is very similar to the genotype, P. terebrator Brues and Richardson, 1913, but may be distinguished by its reddish yellow legs. FremaLe: Length 6 mm. Head much narrower than thorax; clypeal foveae below level of lower eye margins; malar space more than half as long as width of face; clypeus unusually long, rather flat, broadly emarginate at apex; face and clypeus closely punctate and thickly hairy; vertex and temples finely and closely punctate, the punctures in large part concealed by the dense pilosity; antennae a little shorter than the body. Thorax very stout; mesoscutum closely punctate and densely pilose; disc of scutellum longer than broad at base, with a few scattered punctures and with a fringe of long hairs along the sides; polished area each side of the disc triangular and occupying nearly all of the lateral face of scutellum; propodeum finely roughened toward base, with coarse rugae apically and with a complete, prominent median longitudinal carina; mesopleuron punctate and hairy anteriorly and below the longitudinal impression, smooth and virtually bare in the impression and above it, posterior groove foveate; metapleuron coarsely punctate and thickly hairy; hind coxa nearly as long as femur, smooth and shining; inner calcarium of hind tibia not quite half as long as metatarsus; stigma very narrow, at least three times as long as its greatest breadth, much shorter than metacarpus; first abscissa of radius about as long as 1st abscissa of cubitus, evenly arched, five times as long as first intercubitus; second cubital cell minute; second intercubitus very weak. Abdomen large; first tergite parallel-sided, gently and broadly excavated on basal half, emarginate at apex, its lateral margins promi- nent, its lateral apical angles rounded, its surface smooth and shining; second tergite smooth and shining, at least three times as broad as long down the middle where it is much longer than at the sides; third and following tergites smooth and polished; hypopygium large and plow- share-shaped; ovipositor sheath slender, 4 mm. long. Head and thorax black; clypeus reddish yellow except at base; labrum and scape testaceous; pedicel and flagellum of antenna dark brown; tegulae and wing bases white; wings whitish hyaline; costa yellowish white; stigma brown, pale at base and apex, most of the veins hyaline; legs, including all coxae, yellowish red; posterior legs a little more reddish than the others and having the apices of tibiae and the tarsi blackish; abdomen reddish yellow with black blotches medially on tergites 4 to 8, those on tergites 5 and 6 the largest. 433891—58——2 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Type: USNM 63051. TyPsE LocaLity: Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Described from a single female collected by James Zetek early in 1944. Promicrogaster munda, new species In habitus and size this species approaches P. miranda, but in the sculptured first tergite, the lack of a median carina on the propodeum, and the relatively short malar space it is more similar to P. polypori- cola, from which it is easily distinguished, however, by the color characters given in the key. FremMaue: Length 5 mm. Face and clypeus with shallow, closely placed punctures; malar space longer than clypeus but less than one- third as long as eye or width of face; antennae about as long as body. Mesoscutum shining but covered with closely placed, shallow punc- tures and fine hair, the hair longest and most conspicuous in the con- verging, shallow depressions of posterior half that represent the un- developed notaulices; propodeum finely rugulose, without a median carina, not or barely longer than scutellum; mesopleuron finely, closely punctate and shining except posteriorly where it is polished and impunctate; metapleuron smooth at base, finely rugulose at apex; hind coxa large, fully twice as long as propodeum, shining, weakly punctate; stigma three times as long as broad; metacarpus much longer than stigma; outer side of first cubital cell strongly arched; nervellus a little curved. Abdomen compressed, much narrower than thorax; sclerotized plate of first tergite narrowing gradually from base to apex, finely rugulose on apical half; median plate of second tergite smooth and shining, defined laterally by oblique grooves, more than twice as wide on posterior margin as long down the middle, about half as long as third; third and following tergites smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath 1 times as long as abdomen; ovipositor decurved at apex. Head and thorax black; scape reddish brown at base in front; lower edge of clypeus and the labrum reddish yellow; palpi and labium a little paler; tegulae transparent yellow; wing bases pale yellow; wings hyaline, stigma dark brown; legs, including all coxae, reddish yellow (hind tarsi missing); abdomen reddish yellow, median plate of first tergite apically, and the fourth and following tergites medially, piceous; ovipositor sheath blackish. Typz: USNM 63052. TypE Locauity. Tegucigalpa, Honduras. Described from a single female specimen collected July 23, 1917, by F. J. Dyer. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 423 Promicrogaster polyporicola, new species This new species may be distinguished from P. terebrator and P. miranda by its smaller size, lack of a median carina on the propodeum, sculptured first tergite and relatively shorter malar space; from P. munda it is easily separated by its smaller size and by the color characters given in the key. FEemMaA.e: Length about 4mm. Face and clypeus strongly shining, covered with closely placed, very shallow punctures; malar space about as long as clypeus, less than one-third as long as width of face; ocellocular line hardly twice as long as greatest diameter of an ocellus; antennae a little shorter than body. Mesoscutum shining, closely punctate and covered with short pubescence; disc of scutellum smooth and shining, with only a few scattered punctures, the polished area each side of the disc triangular and occupying nearly all of the lateral face; propodeum finely rugulose, with two rather weak, irregular, posteriorly convergent carinae that meet near the middle; stigma about twice as long as wide; second cubital cell minute, barely noticeable, smaller than in any of the other known species of the genus; nervellus straight; hind coxa about as long as hind femur but not nearly twice as long as propodeum, smooth and polished, with only a few punctures on outer upper edge toward base; inner calcarium of hind tibia not nearly half as long as meta- tarsus. First tergite narrowing slightly caudad, its basal width about equal to median length of propodeum, finely rugulose; sclerotized plate of second tergite nearly four times as broad on posterior margin as long down the middle, much shorter laterally than at middle, smooth and polished but sometimes with a row of indefinite punctures just before caudal margin; the following tergites smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath longer than abdomen or hind tarsus; ovipositor strongly decurved at apex. Black; labrum, mandibles and scapes yellow; clypeus more or less reddish on lower half; wings hyaline; stigma dark brown except for a small yellow spot at extreme base; tegulae testaceous; wing bases pale yellow; legs brownish yellow, hind coxa black above at extreme base, hind femur blackish at extreme apex and hind tibia narrowly yellow at base. Matus: Like the female in essential particulars. Tyre: USNM 63053. TypE LocaLity: Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Described from six females and three males reared by James Zetek October and November 1941 from a lepidopterous larva infesting a polyporaceous fungus of the genus Fomes. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Dasylagon,” new genus Dasylagon, new genus, resembles Promicrogaster Brues and Richard- son in its relatively short tibial spurs, long ovipositor and in not having the clypeus distinctly separated from the face; it resembles Microgaster Latreille in general habitus and in having the labium not prominently protruding and not deeply bifurcate. From both genera it differs in its very coarsely areolated propodeum and sinuate nervel- lus, and in having the head, thorax, and coxae, especially the sides of the thorax, conspicuously hairy. Head much narrower than thorax, immargined behind; antennae 18-segmented, long and thick; eyes hairy; thorax stout; both head and thorax, and the coxae also, conspicuously hairy; prescutellar furrow coarsely foveate; propodeum areolated, the separating carinae very prominent; prepectus immargined; second cubital cell minute; nervel- lus sinuate; wings very weakly hairy basally; longer calcarium of middle tibia much shorter than middle metatarsus; that of hind tibia less than half as long as hind metatarsus; abdomen broad basally; first tergite very large; hypopygium large, plowshare-like; ovipositor much longer than abdomen. Type: Dasylagon aegeriae, new species. Key to the two known species of Dasylagon A prominent median carina from base of propodeum to base of areola; nervulus postfurcal by not more than its length........ aegeriae, new species Propodeum with a small median area instead of a median carina basad of areoia; nervulus postfurcal by much more than its length . . . . simulans, new species Dasylagon aegeriae, new species FiGuRES 1,m,n; 2,9 D. aegeriae is distinguished from the only other known species as shown in the preceding key. Frmaue: Length about 5.5 mm. Head noticeably hairy, about two-thirds as wide as thorax; face at least as wide as eye height, smooth and shining with only extremely shallow punctures; malar space as long as clypeus, weakly punctate; ocellocular line twice as long as diameter of an ocellus; antennae as long as the body, the apical third tapering noticeably. Thorax and coxae covered with long, conspicuous hair; mesoscutum strongly shining, with small, separated punctures; prescutellar furrow divided into six or seven large foveae; disc of scutellum longer than broad, flat, with some weak punctures laterally; lateral face of scutel- 2From the Greek dasys, hairy, and Jagon, side. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 425 lum with a large, triangular, hairless, polished area which is separated from the disc by a coarsely foveate groove; metanotum with a few strong rugae and a sharply defined ovate median area; propodeum with two large basal areas separated by a median longitudinal carina that extends to the areola; areola pentagonal, flanked on each side by a large, coarsely rugose area; spiracular area small but sharply de- limited; all carinae of propodeum very prominent; mesopleuron smooth and polished, weakly punctate anteriorly ; metapleuron rugose; stigma three times as long as broad; outer side of first cubital cell strongly arched; second cubital cell tiny, the second intercubitus very short and slender; nervulus postfurcal by not more than its length; forewing very sparsely hairy on basal half, the submedian cell almost entirely glabrous; nervellus strongly sinuate; inner cal- carium of middle tibia only a little more than half as long as meta- tarsus, that of hind tibia about one-third as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen broad basally, narrowing strongly from second tergite to apex, entirely smooth and polished; first tergite very large, broader than propodeum is long, nearly parallel-sided behind the spiracles, somewhat narrowed in front, usually with five or six weak punctures near lateral margin well before apex, posterior margin strongly sinuate; second tergite strongly transverse, its posterior margin straight; hypo- pygium prominent, plowshare-shaped; ovipositor sheath slender, about as long as head and thorax combined and with a small hook at apex. Black, the long and abundant hair of head, thorax, and coxae con- trastingly pale; labrum red; palpi and labium yellowish brown; antennae entirely black; wings hyaline, stigma nearly black; legs reddish brown, the coxae and trochanters black and the middle and hind tarsi blackish; ovipositor sheath black. Mats: Essentially like the female. Typr: USNM 63054. TypE LocaLity: Medellin, Colombia. Described from three females and one male reared by F. Luis Gallego from an unidentified aegeriid larva in March 1954. Dasylagon simulans, new species This new species is very similar to D. aegeriae, but it may be dis- tinguished without difficulty by use of the characters given in the key. In addition, the face is noticeably smoother and the scutellum more strongly sculptured. Maus: Length about 6 mm. Head much narrower than thorax, densely hairy; face wider than eye height, smooth and shining, im- punctate; malar space about as long as clypeus; ocellocular line less than twice as long as diameter of an ocellus. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Thorax and coxae conspicuously hairy; mesoscutum strongly shining, covered with minute, shallow, separated punctures; prescutellar fur- row divided into five or six large pits; disc of scutellum longer than broad, rather strongly, in part confluently, punctate; the large polished area of lateral face of scutellum separated from disc and from mesoscu- tum by coarsely foveate grooves; propodeum rugose, with a small, nearly square, basal median area followed by a large, more or less obovate areola; on each side of these a large basal lateral area, and a still larger apical lateral area the apical lateral angle of which extends prominently caudad; spiracular area nicely defined and rather large; all carinae of propodeum very prominent; mesopleuron closely, finely punctate except for a narrow polished strip along caudal margin; metapleuron coarsely rugose; stigma three times as long as wide; radius curved outwardly, more than three times as long as first inter- cubitus and four times as long as second; nervulus postfurcal by con- siderably more than its length; wings very sparsely hairy basally; nervellus slightly sinuate; hind coxa smooth and shining; inner spur of middle tibia about two-thirds as long as middle metatarsus; inner spur of hind tibia less than half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen much narrower than thorax, entirely smooth and polished; first tergite very large, longer than broad, broader than propodeum is long, narrowed from spiracles to base, parallel-sided behind spiracles, slightly emarginate behind; second tergite much shorter than third, three times as broad as long, its posterior margin nearly straight. Black, with the abundant pubescence of head and thorax silvery; clypeus, mandibles and palpi reddish yellow; wings clear hyaline, stigma dark brown; legs reddish yellow, with all coxae and trochanters and the hind tarsi black. Frmaue: Essentially like the male; ovipositor as long as head and thorax combined. The only available female specimen has part of its abdomen destroyed, for which reason the male is selected as holo- type. Type: USNM 63055. TYPE LOcALITY: Tegucigalpa, Honduras. Described from one male and one female collected June 13, 1918, by F. J. Dyer. Genus Microplitis Foerster Microplitis minutalis, new species FIGuRe 1,o This is the smallest species of Microplitis known to me. It is, further, unusual in having all femora somewhat thickened and in having a narrow, triangular, median plate on the second tergite set off by oblique grooves. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 4927 FremMaue: Length about 1.6mm. Head as broad as thorax; temples convex, about as broad as eyes; face broader than eye height, minutely, closely punctate; clypeus very short, about one-fourth as long as face; malar space about as long as clypeus; antennae as long as head and thorax combined. Thorax depressed, wider than high; mesoscutum smooth and shining, sparsely and very weakly punctate anteriorly, impunctate posteriorly ; prescutellar furrow very fine, with numerous minute foveolae; disc of scutellum flat, smooth and polished; propodeum only slightly decli- vous, largely smooth and shining, with only a little weak, indefinite sculpture; mesopleuron smooth and shining, its posterior groove coarsely foveate; metapleuron smooth and shining; stigma about as long as metacarpus; radius perpendicular to anterior margin of wing and not longer than first intercubitus; second intercubitus weakly developed; hind coxae a little longer than propodeum, smooth and shining; all femora noticeably thickened; inner spur of hind tibia longer than outer and half as long as metatarsus. First tergite narrowing from base to apex, less than half as wide at apex as at base, smooth and shining, with only a little, very weak sculpture laterally near apex; second tergite with a narrow, triangular, median plate, which is more than twice as long as wide at base and slightly longer than wide at apex, smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath slightly exserted, slender. Piceous black; mouthparts piceous; antennae black; tegulae brown- ish black; wings hyaline, stigma dark brown without a pale spot at base; all coxae, trochanters, and femora black; tibiae and tarsi brown. Mats: Like the female except for the antennae, which are as long as the body. Type: USNM 63056. Typr Locatity: Angol, Chile. Described from 7 females and 5 males reared from a lepidopterous leaf miner March 13, 1941, by Paul A. Berry. Microplitis sordidus (Ashmead), new combination Apanteles sordidus Ashmead, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1900), p. 279, 1900. Microplitis carinaia Ashmead, Idem, p. 293, 1900. New synonymy. Upon examination of the type of sordidus in the British Museum some years ago I found it to belong to the genus Microphitis and to be identical with M. carinatus, over which it has page priority. Both were described from the island of St. Vincent. Genus Fornicia Brulle Fornicia Brullé, Jn Lepeletier, Histoire naturelle des insectes. Hyménoptéres, vol. 4, p. 511; pl. 44, fig. 3, 1846. Odontofornica Enderlein, Ent. Mitteil., vol. 1, p. 260, 1912. 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 In the venation of the forewing, in the hairy eyes, and in the 18- segmented antennae, this genus is like Apanteles Foerster, but it differs conspicuously from that genus, as well as from all other known Microgasterinae, in having the basal three tergites fused into a large, convex carapace within which the remaining abdominal segments are retracted. It is further distinguished from all other Microgasterinae except Dirrhope Foerster in having the prepectus carinately margined. In some species the scutellum is unidentate at the apex, in others it is bidentate, which is the case for all the known Neotropical species. The nervellus is strongly sinuate in all species I have seen. Key to the Neotropical species of Fornicia 1.. Median keel of mesoscutum complete... .........0% 1. ese 2 Median keel of mesoscutum present on posterior half but vanishing anterior- Dor ual eit te cages Coe aaa | 2. Mesoscutum finely meccone ae dull, met eancianes or Sretlece: pleura not unusually ‘hainys liq? Volt | Danesh.) Fe ee eee balloui, new species Mesoscutum shining, not alihageous nal rather punctate or rugulose, especially before posterior margin; pleura so densely hairy that integument is obscured. pilosa Cushman 3. Mesopleuron smooth and shining; mesoscutum smooth, impunctate before posterior margin; notaulices shallow but distinct. . . . . clathrata Brullé Mesopleuron punctate over most of its surface; mesoscutum strongly, con- fluently punctate or rugose before posterior margin: notaulices not distinct. surinamensis, new species Feornicia balloui, new species FIGURES I,c; 4,c This new species is distinguished from the other known Neo- tropical species of Fornicia by its finely alutaceous and mat mesos- cutum. Fremaute. Length about 4 mm. Face much broader than long, smooth and shining, with only very shallow setigerous punctures; clypeus with a conspicuous rounded tubercle medially at base; malar space equal to basal width of mandible; frons polished, impressed; temple gradually receding directly from eye margin; occiput polished, impunctate; antennae at least as long as body. Thorax very stout, only slightly longer than broad; mesoscutum alutaceous and dull, with a small rugulose area each side anteriorly at origin of notaulices; notaulices shallow but rather broad and longi- tudinally rugulose, nearly parallel throughout; midway between notaulices a well defined and complete longitudinal carina; prescutellar furrow broad and deep; disc of scutellum coarsely rugose, strongly bidentate at apex; mesopleuron polished except narrowly along anterior margin where it is punctate rugulose; metapleuron rugose; hind coxa NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—-MUESEBECK 429 polished; inner calcarium of hind tibia slightly more than half as long as the broadened metatarsus. Abdomen very stout; the three tergites comprising the carapace rather well defined; first tergite vertical in front, the declivity mar- gined above by a scalloped carina, from which there is a median longi- tudinal keel that is distinct to apex of first tergite and more poorly defined beyond; surface of all three tergites very coarsely longi- tudinally rugose reticulate; apex of third tergite very weakly emar- ginate; hypopygium not surpassing apex of third tergite; ovipositor usually concealed. Black; labrum and palpi brown; antennae entirely black; wings hyaline, stigma and veins dark brown; anterior and middle legs yellowish brown beyond trochanters, except extreme bases of tibiae which are whitish and the apical segment of each tarsus which is dark brown or black; hind leg entirely black except for a conspicuous white annulus covering basal third of tibia and the white calcaria. Mats. Like the female in all significant particulars except in the color of the hind legs, the femur being yellowish brown with the apex broadly black, and the tibia tricolored, as usual in males of this genus, with approximately the middle third black, the basal third whitish, and the distal third yellowish brown. Typr: USNM 63057. TYPE LOCALITY: Caracas, Venezuela. Described from 19 females and 6 males reared from larvae of an unidentified species of the cochlidiid genus Szbine, by C. H. Ballou, for whom the species is named. This is the longest series of any species of Fornicia I have seen. Fornicia pilosa Cushman Fornicia pilosa Cushman, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 79, Art. 14, p. 12, 1931. This is an unusually hairy species. It is still known only from the holotype female, from Costa Rica. Fornicia clathrata Brullé Fornicia clathrata Brullé, In Lepeletier, Histoire naturelle des insectes. Hymén- optéres, vol. 4, p. 512, pl. 44, fig. 3, 1846. Although the author expressed uncertainty concerning the sex of the specimen, the description leaves little doubt that the type is a male. The type locality is Bahia, Brazil. I am treating as this species five males taken by EH. J. Hambleton on March 27, 1930, at Vicosa, Minas Geraes, Brazil, although they have been identified only by comparison with the original description and that description is not altogether satisfactory. 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Fornicia surinamensis, new species F. surinamensis is distinguished from F. clathrata Brullé, as I under- stand that species, by its closely and strongly punctate mesoscutum and finely punctate mesopleuron. Mate. Length about 4mm. Head about half as wide as thorax; face very finely but closely punctate; clypeus smooth and shining; ocellocular line a little longer than diameter of an ocellus; distal third of antenna tapering strongly. Thorax very short and stout; mesoscutum closely punctate, con- fluently so anteriorly and also before posterior margin; median keel of mesoscutum weak and incomplete, being distinct only on posterior half; notaulices not distinct; scutellum rising a little caudad, coarsely rugose, strongly bidentate at apex; propodeum with a small, sub- triangular, smooth and polished, basal median area; each side of this a transverse, basal lateral area that widens laterally and is defined behind by a sinuate carina; laterad of the basal lateral area a small, sharply defined spiracular area; areola very broad and largely smooth; mesopleuron very finely punctate and subopaque over most of its sur- face, smooth and polished along caudal margin; metapleuron coarsely rugose except for a small polished space at base; radius longer than intercubitus; stigma and metacarpus subequal; inner side of stigma at least twice as long as outer; nervellus strongly sinuate; hind coxa shining but finely, closely punctate; inner calcarium of hind tibia a little more than half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen extremely convex, very coarsely reticulate rugose, with a median longitudinal keel from basal declivity to end of abdomen, this keel irregular and not well defined on second and third tergites; third tergite shorter than first or second, medially sharply emarginate at apex. Black; palpi pale except at bases; antennae brownish yellow on basal half, dark brown beyond; tegulae and wing bases black; wings hyaline, stigma dark brown with a small pale spot in the membrane at base; all coxae black; trochanters blackish; all femora red, the posterior pair black at apices; fore and middle tibiae and tarsi yellow; hind tibia white on basal third, black on middle third and red on distal third; hind metatarsus black. Type: USNM 63058. TYPE LOCALITY: Paramaribo, Surinam. Described from a single male reared from a cochlidiid larva on coconut Feb. 2, 1954. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 431 Genus Apanteles Foerster Apanteles aciculatus (Ashmead) Urogaster aciculatus Ashmead, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1900), p. 289, 1900. Pseudapanteles sancti-vincenti Ashmead, Idem, p. 291, 1900. (Not Apanteles sancti-vincentti Ashmead, idem, p. 279.) New synonymy. Apanteles thoracicus Muesebeck, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, p. 534, 1921. New synonymy. This name was proposed to replace the preoccupied sancti-vincentt. Study of the types of Urogaster aciculatus and Pseudapanteles sancti-vincenti in the British Museum showed them to be the same species. The replacement name, A. thoracicus, was proposed before there had been an opportunity for examination of the types. A. aciculatus was described from Grenada and A. sancti-vincent. from St. Vincent, both in the British West Indies. Apanteles carpatus (Say) Microgaster carpatus Say, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 1, p. 263, 1836. Urogaster solitarius Ashmead, Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1900), p. 287, 1900. Preoccupied by Microgaster solitarius Ratzeburg, 1844, which has been trans- ferred to Apanteles. New synonymy. Protapanteles hawatiensis Ashmead, Fauna Hawaiiensis, vol. 1, p. 362, 1901. Apanteles piceoventris Muesebeck, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, p. 515, 1921. Replacement name for the preoccupied Urogaster solitarius (Ashmead). New synonymy. Apanteles igae Watanabe, Ins. Mats., vol. 7, p. 97, 1932. This species, which is a parasite of the clothes moths and certain other related Tineidae, is virtually world-wide in distribution. I saw the type of Urogaster solitarius (Ashmead) in the British Museum and found it to be Microgaster carpatus (Say). It was described from the island of Grenada, British West Indies. Apanteles balthazari (Ashmead) Urogaster balthazari Ashmead, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1900, p. 284, 1900. Urogaster meridionalis Ashmead, Idem, p, 285, 1900. New synonymy. Examination of the types in the British Museum showed that these names apply to the same species. Accordingly, Urogaster meridionalis is suppressed as a synonym of Apanteles balthazari, which has page priority. The former was described from St. Vincent and Grenada, the latter from Grenada. Apanteles coffeellae, new species FiauReEs 1,7; 2,f This species runs to Apanteles laevicoxis Muesebeck in my key to the Nearactic and West Indian species,* but it differs from that form 3 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, p. 488, 1921. 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 most conspicuously in its smoother mesoscutum, in having well- developed costulae on the propodeum, and in having the plate of the first tergite strongly narrowed apically and the second and third tergites confluent, in its dark tegulae, and in its much smaller size. A. leucochiloneae Cameron, which is closely related, is at once sepa- rated by its whitish tegulae and hyaline stigma and by lacking costulae on the propodeum. Fremaue: Length barely 2mm. Face shining, faintly punctate; frons polished ; vertex and temples weakly punctate; temples rounded, not receding from eye margins; antennae about as long as the body. Thorax stout; mesoscutum with sharp, though shallow, closely placed punctures over most of its surface, becoming progressively smoother caudad, impunctate and polished before posterior margin; prescutellar furrow a fine punctate line; disc of scutellum nearly flat, impunctate, polished; polished area on lateral face of scutellum tri- angular, large, extending nearly to base of disc; propodeum largely smooth and shining with distinct costulae and a weakly defined, broad, pentagonal areola; mesopleuron and metapleuron impunctate, polished, the fine impressed line between them not punctate or foveolate; hind coxa impunctate, polished and with an elongate flattened area outwardly above at base; inner calcarium of hind tibia hardly half as long as basitarsus; stigma unusually short, only two-thirds as long as metacarpus; first abscissa of radius about as long as intercubitus, not angled with the latter but joining it in an even curve; petiole of first discoidal cell about as long as recurrent vein; nervellus straight, perpendicular to mediella, not curving behind toward base of wing. Abdomen short, entirely smooth and polished; plate of first tergite narrowing strongly to apex where it is only one-third as broad as at base; second tergite confluent with third and with a short, oblique eroove on each side at base; hypopygium large, prominent; ovipositor sheath very slender, as long as hind femur. Black; labrum pale yellow; palpi white; antenna dark brown above, yellowish brown beneath, pedicel usually darker than scape and first flagellar segment; legs yellow with base of middle coxa and the hind coxa black, and posterior tibia apically and posterior tarsus more or less dusky, posterior femur immaculate; tegulae and wing bases brownish black, wings hyaline, stigma brown, costa pale yellow, veins hyaline except outer side of first cubital cell; membranous margins of first tergite and venter of abdomen toward base dark brown or piceous. | Mate: Differs from female only in the darker legs, the middle femur being slightly dusky, and the posterior femur, together with the posterior tibia except at base, piceous. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 433 Type: USNM 63059. TYPE LOCALITY: Guadeloupe, French West Indies. Described from 7 females and 8 males reared from Leucoptera coffeella (Guérin-Méneville), Sept. 29, 1937, by F. Sein, Jr.; and 1 female and 7 males reared by Mr. Sein in Puerto Rico from Acrocercops dives (Walsingham). Apanteles lipomeringis, new species This species is distinguished from all known related species by being entirely yellow except for the antennal flagellum and by having the first tergite deeply longitudinally channeled and the propodeum provided with an unusually prominent median longitudinal carina. FemMa.e: Length about 2.6 mm. Head noticeably hollowed out behind; temples receding; face and clypeus minutely punctate and shining; malar space not quite as long as clypeus; frons and temples smooth and shining; antennae not tapering to apices, about as long as the body. Mesoscutum weakly, minutely punctate and shining, like face; prescutellar furrow finely foveolate; disc of scutellum flat, slightly broader at base than long, smooth and shining; propodeum smooth, with a very prominent, complete, median longitudinal carina; meso- pluron and metapleuron impunctate, polished; hind coxa smooth and polished; inner calcarium of hind tibia longer than outer but hardly half as long as metatarsus; metacarpus longer than stigma; first abscissa of radius about as long as intercubitus and strongly angled with it; nervellus oblique but not curved toward base of wing. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite narrowing from base to apex, at widest point about half as wide as propodeum, deeply, longitudinally channeled along middle line from base almost to apex, mostly smooth with only a few weak punctures on apical third; median plate of second tergite defined laterally by strongly oblique grooves, broader at base than long, about twice as wide at apex as at base, impunctate, polished; remainder of abdomen polished ; ovipositor sheath slender, about as long as hind tarsus. Entirely yellow, with only flagellum and a blotch on front of scape brown; wings subhyaline; stigma, costal margin, and veins brown. Mate: Like the female except for the longer, somewhat tapering antennae and the relatively slightly longer second tergite. Type: USNM 63060. TYPE LOCALITY: Summit, Canal Zone. Described from 1 female (type) and 6 males reared from the larva of Lipomerinz prismatica Walsingham, Apr. 14, 1927, by James Zetek, under his No. 2793. 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Apanteles alius, new species FIGURE 4,f This species is very similar to Apanteles glomeratus (Linnaeus), and is easily confused with that species. It may be distinguished, however, by the paler coxae, the darker costa, the less shining and more evenly sculptured mesoscutum, the absence of a median longitudinal im- pression at the base of the propodeum, and the relatively broader second tergite, the sculptured part of which is not defined laterally by oblique grooves as in A. glomeratus. From A. opsiphanis Schrottky, which is known to me only from the original description, it differs in the much paler legs and the smoother second tergite. In both A. glomeratus and A. opsiphanis all coxae are black or blackish. FremauLe: Length about 2.5 mm. Face smooth and shining, faintly punctate each side of middle; antennae slender, at least as long as the body. Mesoscutum closely, evenly punctate and subopaque; prescutellar furrow sharp, foveate; disc of scutellum smooth and pol- ished, with only a few scattered, shallow punctures; propodeum strongly rugulose, the median longitudinal carina incomplete or want- ing, the spiracles prominent; mesopleuron largely smooth and polished, posterior groove finely foveolate; metapleuron impunctate and polished on basal half, rugose and dull on apical half; hind coxa smooth and shining but with a small, flattened, punctate area on upper edge at base; inner calcarium of posterior tibia not, or barely, longer than outer and not distinctly half as long as metatarsus; metacarpus slightly longer than stigma; first abscissa of radius perpendicular to anterior margin of wing, longer than intercubitus and joining it in a weak angle; nervellus strongly oblique but straight. Abdomen rather stout, almost as broad as thorax; sclerotized plate of first tergite broadening gradually from base to apex, a little longer than broad at apex, smooth on basal half, punctate apically; second tergite rectangular, more than twice as broad as long, much shorter than third, smooth and polished medially, usually finally rugulose toward sides; second suture very fine; third and following tergites impunctate, polished; ovipositor sheath subexserted. Black; labrum and mandibles brown; palpi pale yellow; antennae wholly brownish black; wings hyaline; stigma and veins brown; anterior and middle legs, including coxae, yellow, immaculate; hind leg yellow with basal half of coxa, apex of femur, apex of tibia and the tarsus, black; abdomen bright yellow on sides and beneath on basal half. Maus: Differs from the female only in its considerably longer and more slender antennae. Type: USNM 63061. Type Locauity: El Valle, Venezuela. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 435 Described from 14 females and 1 male reared from Opsiphanes ec. cassiae (Linnaeus) on Musa sapientum at the type locality, Mar. 16, 1939, by C. H. Ballou; and 4 females and 1 male reared from Opsiphanes sp. at Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil, July 27, 1937, by H. F. G. Sauer. Apanteles ornatricis, new species This species is very similar to Apanteles orobenae Forbes and A. glomeratus (Linnaeus), but differs from the former in not having the mesoscutum confluently punctate, in the paler coxae, in the nar- rower first tergite and in the straight nervellus, and differs from the latter in the more completely sculptured first tergite and the shorter radius. Fremaue: Length about 2.3 mm. Head about as wide as thorax; face closely, shallowly punctate, about as wide as eye height; malar space as long as clypeus; antennae as long as body. Mesoscutum rather uniformly punctate, the punctures contiguous but not confluent; prescutellar furrow with around eight foveae; scutellum large, smooth and shining; propodeum rugose, usually with a more or less distinct median longitudinal carina; mesopleuron smooth and polished except for a small area below tegula which is confluently punctate; metapleuron rugose except for a small polished space at base; radius issuing from slightly beyond middle of stigma and not longer than intercubitus, with which it is sharply angled; nervellus strongly oblique but perfectly straight; hind coxae smooth and polished, impunctate; inner calcarium of hind tibia barely longer than outer and less than half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite distinctly longer than broad, broadening only very slightly from base to apex, closely tugulose, the apical angles somewhat rounded off, membranous margins broad apically; second tergite much shorter than third, with a central rugulose area that is twice as wide on posterior margin as long; laterally second tergite smooth and shining, without sutures delimiting the sculptured part; third and following tergites smooth and polished; Ovipositor sheath subexserted. Black; labrum reddish yellow; antennae brownish black with scape sometimes pale beneath; tegulae and wing bases dark brown; wings hyaline, stigma brown; anterior coxae piceous; middle coxae yellow, piceous at bases above; hind coxae black, yellowish apically below; remainder of legs honey yellow, except extreme apices of hind femora above, hind tibiae apically and hind tarsi, which are weakly infuscated ; abdomen black, yellow beneath on basal half, also lateral unsculptured margins of first and second tergites yellowish and sometimes the third tergite more or less reddish yellow apically. Matusz: Like the female but with the middle and hind coxae more completely piceous or black. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Type: USNM 63062. TypE Locauity: Chincina, Colombia; altitude 1380 meters. Described from 6 females (including holotype) and 6 males reared from Utetheisa ornatriz (Linnaeus) at the type locality by A. Cabal-O. May 14, 1942; 9 females and 2 males reared from the same host at La Esperanza, Colombia, by R. Paul Roba, Jan. 26, 1938; 16 females reared from U. ornatriz, ‘Valle de Medellin y Atlantico,’’ Colombia, and 9 females and 12 males, also from that host, reared by R. de Tella at Campinas, Brazil, in 1952. © Apanteles politiventris, new species This new species may be readily recognized by the combination of a large, apically squarely truncate, and completely polished central plate of the first tergite and an ovipositor sheath that is nearly 1% times as long as posterior tarsus. FrmMaue: Length about 2 mm. MHead thin; malar space a little longer than clypeus; clypeal foveae represented by two sharp punc- tures which are on or below lower level of eyes; face, clypeus, frons, and vertex smooth and shining; temples faintly punctate posteriorly; antennae about as long as the body. Thorax stout, a little broader than high; mesoscutum largely very finely, contiguously or confluently punctate and opaque, but smooth and shining at posterior margin, thickly covered with short pile; disc of scutellum flat, impunctate and polished; polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, rather small; propodeum punctate and shining on dorsal face, but with some rugae on posterior face, and with a large, roughly circular areola which is smooth and shining and sharply margined; costulae not distinct; mesopleuron smooth and polished, the posterior furrow minutely foveolate; metapleuron smooth and polished except narrowly at apex; hind coxae smooth and polished; inner calcarium of hind tibia barely longer than outer and not half as long as metatarsus; metacarpus a little longer than stigma; first abscissa of radius slightly curved, much longer than intercubitus which it joins in a very weak angle; nervellus slightly curved. Abdomen smooth and polished with no trace of sculpture; median plate of first tergite large, parallel-sided, only slightly longer than broad, squarely truncate at apex, with no indication of a median fovea but slightly impressed in the apical lateral angles; plate of second tergite more than four times as broad as long, much shorter laterally than at middle, its posterior margin very faint; ovipositor sheath very slender, distinctly longer than the abdomen. Black; scape black; flagellum dark brown; palpi somewhat infus- cated; legs black or blackish; trochanters, apical half of fore femur, fore tibia and tarsus, bases of middle and hind tibiae, and middle NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 437 tarsus except last segment brownish yellow; tegulae and wing bases whitish; wings whitish hyaline; costa yellowish white; stigma hyaline margined with brown; metacarpus brown; other veins hyaline. Type: USNM 63068. TYPE LOCALITY: Santurce, Puerto Rico. Described from 13 females reared by A. S. Mills on May 19, 1934, from lepidopterous larvae on Pluchea purpurascens. Apanteles impiger, new species Most similar to Apanteles pseudoglossae Muesebeck but without distinct costulae on the propodeum, with ovipositor sheath relatively much longer and with the male legs and tegulae darker. FrMAaue: Length 2.3 mm. Face closely shallowly punctate; clypeus punctate; malar space as long as clypeus; temple rounded; vertex and temples closely punctate; antenna about as long as body and covered with conspicuous, short, white pubescence. Thorax stout; mesoscutum closely, in part confluently, punctate, more or less rugulose posteriorly, mat; scutellar furrow deep and broad, strongly foveolate; disc of scutellum flat, shining, smooth al- though sometimes with a few very weak punctures; polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, remainder of lateral face trav- ersed by numerous carinae radiating from polished area; propodeum rugulose and dull except in the areola which is large, more or less pentagonal, and open at base, costulae incomplete or wanting, pos- terior lateral angles not prominent; mesopleuron smooth and shining except anteriorly and below where it is closely punctate and dull, impressed line along posterior margin very fine and faintly foveolate; metapleuron smooth except at extreme apex; hind coxa smooth, shining; inner calcarium of hind tibia slightly more than half as long as basitarsus; first abscissa of radius slightly curved, very slender, longer than intercubitus which it joins in an even curve; metacarpus longer than stigma; nervellus curved below toward base of wing. Abdomen rather narrow, shorter than thorax; plate of first tergite large, parallel-sided to apical fourth and then narrowing a little to apex, closely rugulose and dull except for a narrow, shallow, and sometimes poorly defined, median longitudinal impression on apical half which is shining; plate of second tergite about twice as wide at base and nearly four times as wide at apex as long down the middle, mostly smooth and polished, but sometimes a little rugulose along apical margin; hypopygium acute at apex, extending slightly beyond apex of last dorsal segment; ovipositor sheath about as long as hind tibia. Black; palpi yellow; antenna entirely black, including scape; tegulae and wing bases yellow; wings hyaline, costa yellow, stigma 433891—58——-3 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 and outer side of first cubital cell pale brown, other veins hyaline; legs entirely bright yellow except anterior coxae piceous, middle and hind coxae black and apices of posterior tibiae and the posterior ‘tarsi infuscated; hind femora with no suggestion of infuscation at apices; abdomen entirely black above and below. Matz: Essentially like the female, but tegulae and wing bases brownish, trochantines of all legs, middle and hind femora, and apical half of posterior tibia piceous. Cocoons: Solitary, pure white. Type: USNM 63064. TyPE Locatity: Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. Described from 8 females and 7 males reared from the melonworm, IDaphania hyalinata (Linnaeus), Nov. 10, 1948, by H. K. Plank. I have also seen 3 specimens reared from the same host at Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba, by A. Otero, Sept. 28, 1931. Apanteles croceicornis, new species This new species is recognizable by the unusual color combination of the antenna, the scape being black and the flagellum orange yellow, and by the strongly tuberculate lateral angles of the propodeum. Fremaue: Length about 2.6mm. Face and clypeus minutely punc- tate and shining; temples strongly convex; malar space as long as clypeus; antennae slightly shorter than body. Mesoscutum evenly and contiguously punctate and rather dull, the punctures minute and very shallow; disc of scutellum smooth and shining; polished area on lateral face of scutellum large, semicircular, the area anterior to it crossed by numerous strong rugae; propodeum entirely rugose, with a distinct areola that is margined by strong carinae on posterior half, costulae incomplete, posterior lateral angles very prominent, tuberculate; mesopleuron polished above and pos- teriorly, closely strongly punctate and dull below and anteriorly; metapleuron mostly smooth but rather dull; hind coxa smooth and shining; inner calcarium of hind tibia not distinctly half as long as metatarsus; first abscissa of radius and intercubitus subequal, meeting in a strong angle. Abdomen narrower than thorax; plate of first tergite nearly parallel- sided on basal half, narrowing strongly from middle to apex, about as wide at apex as second tergite is long, closely rugulose except at base and with a poorly defined, elongate, impressed area in middle of pos- terior half, extreme apex smooth and polished; lateral membranous margins of first and second tergites very broad; plate of second tergite strongly transverse, nearly three times as broad at apex as it is long or broad at base, defined laterally by sharp, oblique grooves, faintly alutaceous and opaque; remainder of abdomen smooth and shining; ovipositor sheath nearly as long as hind femur. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 439 Black; scape black, pedicel and basal two-thirds of flagellum orange yellow, apical fourth of flagellum brownish; tegulae and wing bases entirely yellow; wings hyaline, stigma and veins light brown; legs including all coxae and tarsi golden yellow; plates of first and second tergites black, the membranous margins yellow; third tergite mostly yellowish, usually blackish at base and sometimes at apex; venter of basal three abdominal segments bright yellow; abdomen beyond third segment entirely black. Mate: Like the female except in having the antennae yellow almost to the apices, in the relatively narrower plate of second tergite and in the largely piceous third tergite. Cocoon: Pure white, solitary. Typz: USNM 63065. Type Locauity: Cafiete, Peru. Described from two females and two males reared by E. J. Hamble- ton from Asciodes anormalis (Guenée) on sweet potato. Apanteles malthacae, new species FIGURE 4,g Exceedinglyzlike Apanteles sarrothripae Weed and rather difficult to distinguish from that species; however, the central plates of the first and second tergites are narrower, and, unlike that of A. sarro- thripae, the hind coxa has the outer upper edge more or less flattened toward base and confluently punctate; furthermore, the hind femur is blackish at apex whereas that of A. sarrothripae is wholly yellow. Frma.e: Length about 2.6 mm. Face smooth and shining; an- tenna about as long as body; vertex and temples polished; ocellocular line at least twice as long as diameter of an ocellus. Mesoscutum strongly shining and nearly smooth, with only very minute, extremely shallow, separated punctures; scutellum smooth and shining; propodeum smooth and shining across base, its posterior declivity gradual and weakly roughened; mesopleuron smooth and polished but with some shallow separated punctures below anteriorly; hind coxa with a confluently punctate, more or less flattened area on outer upper edge toward base; inner spur of hind tibia very slightly longer than outer and not, or barely, half as long as metatarsus; radius longer than intercubitus and strongly angled with it. Abdomen compressed, less than half as wide as thorax; first tergite narrowing gradually caudad, three times as long as broad at apex, finely rugulose on apical half; sclerotized plate of second tergite triangular, nearly twice as long and more than twice as wide on posterior margin, as broad at base, finely rugulose; third and following tergites polished; ovipositor sheath extending slightly beyond apex of abdomen. 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Black; antennae blackish, scape brownish yellow beneath; stigma dark brown; tegulae and wing bases yellow; anterior and middlelegs entirely yellow, including coxae; hind legs yellow, with coxae, apices of femora and of tibiae, and more or less of the tarsi black or blackish. Type: USNM 638066. TyPE LocALIty: Rio Blanco, Vera Cruz, Mexico. Described from 17 females and 31 males reared by Owen J. Smith in 1951 from the larvae of Malthaca sp. on wild grape. Apanteles concinnus, new species FItGuRE 2,4a,1 This new species somewhat resembles Apanteles muesebecki Blanch- ard but it is easily distinguished by the exceptionally long and narrow sclerotized plate of the second tergite, the presence of some sculpture on the plates of both the first and second tergites, and the darkened base of the hind tibia. Reared specimens are easily identified by the very unusual cocoons (fig. 2,2). Frmae: Length about 2.6 mm. Face flat, shining, almost im- punctate, and with a low median keel above; temple narrow but not sharply receding; malar space at least as long as clypeus; antennae slender, longer than body. Mesoscutum shining, with numerous, but not contiguous, minute, and very shallow setigerous punctures; scutellum convex, impunctate, polished; propodeum shining, smooth basally, a little roughened behind middle; mesopleuron and metapleuron and hind coxa polished, impunctate; inner calcarium of hind tibia half as long as metatarsus; first abscissa of radius arising from middle of stigma, as long as, or a little longer than, intercubitus. Abdomen madd half as wide as thorax; nen of first tergite nar- rowing from base to apex where it is less can half as wide as second tergite is long, weakly roughened on apical third, smooth at extreme apex; plate of second tergite narrowly triangular, its basal width equal to apical width of first tergite, its apical width about equal to its length, its sides defined by straight, sharply impressed lines that diverge caudad, its surface mostly smooth and polished but with a little very weak sculpture toward lateral apical angles; third and fol- lowing tergites smooth and shining; ovipositor sheath not surpassing last tergite. Black; antennae entirely black; palpi pale yellow; tegulae yellow; wing bases brownish; wings hyaline, stigma and veins brown; legs testaceous, hind coxae piceous, extreme apex of hind femur, base and apex of hind tibia and the hind tarsus infuscated; basal half of abdomen yellow on sides and venter. Mate: Like the female in essential details. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 441 Cocoon: White, solitary. Of remarkable form, being 6-sided, with two large concave lobes representing extensions of the cocoon wall at the posterior end, and with the rim of the anterior end ornamented with six slightly flaring elongate lobes, each one nearly as long as anterior width of cocoon. Type: USNM 63067. TYPE LOCALITY: Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Described from three females and two males reared by H. F. G. Sauer in July and October 1937; and three females and one male reared in July 1937 by L. Mendes. Both series are from the type locality and from larvae of an unknown species of Lepidoptera. Apanteles stenomae, new species This new species immediately suggests Apanteles concordalis Cam- eron, which it closely resembles in sculpture and color as well as in general structure. However, it is smaller; it lacks distinct costulae on the propodeum (which are well developed, in A. concordalis), and it has a more slender abdomen, with the first tergite about twice as long as broad at apex. FEMALE: Length about 2.6 mm. Face as wide as eye height, closely and more or less confluently punctate, and subopaque; ver- tex and frons finely rugulose and largely dull; antennae a little shorter than body. Mesoscutum strongly, closely, and in part confluently punctate and dull; dise of scutellum flat, faintly shagreened, and with scattered, very shallow punctures; polished area each side of disc rather large but not nearly extending to base of lateral face, the broad depression in front of it largely smooth and shining (in A. concordalis it is crossed by a number of strong, longitudinal rugae); propodeum rugose, with a well defined areola which narrows caudad and is open at base; costulae wanting; spiracular area defined by an irregular carina; apical lateral angles of propodeum acute, projecting caudad; mesopleuron mat, confluently punctate anteriorly, but the punctures becoming progressively weaker and more widely separated on a shagreened sur- face posteriorly; metapleuron polished at base, dull, and sculptured apically; radius nearly perpendicular to anterior margin of wing, some- what longer than intercubitus and weakly angled with it; nervellus strongly curved behind toward base of wing; hind coxa impunctate but weakly shagreened and mat on outer side; inner spur of middle tibia very nearly as long as middle metatarsus; that of hind tibia much longer than outer and about half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite nearly parallel- sided, about twice as long as wide at apex, finely longitudinally rugu- lose, and with a low median tubercle just before middle, behind 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 which there is a poorly defined median longitudinal impressed area; median plate of second tergite 2% times as broad on posterior margin as long medially, defined laterally by fine, sharply impressed, poste- riorly divergent grooves, the surface of the plate virtually smooth, with only a faint suggestion of sculpture; third and following tergites smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath at least as long as hind tarsus. Black; antennae, including scape, blackish; maxillary palpi pale except basally; tegulae pale yellow; wing bases piceous; wings hyaline, stigma and veins hyaline; legs black, the anterior femora pale distally, the anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi brownish yellow, and the hind tibia yellowish brown on basal half. Matz: Like the female but a little smaller and with the antennae a little longer than the body. Type: USNM 63068. TypPE LocaLity: El Valle, Venezuela. Described from 14 females and 5 males reared by C. H. Ballou from larvae of a species of Stenoma, Sept. 30, 1941. Apaniteles dentatus, new species Characterized especially by very prominent posterior lateral angles of the propodeum, sharply margined propodeal areas, a punctate scutellum, a median fovea on the first tergite, a straight posterior margin of the second tergite, and an unusually long ovipositor. FEMALE: Length about 3.2 mm. Face closely punctate, sub- opaque, with an indication of a median keel; upper part of frons, vertex, and temples strongly punctate, in part confluently so; anten- nae about as long as body. Mesoscutum closely, strongly punctate, the sculpture becoming more or less longitudinally rugulose posteriorly as a result of confluence of punctures and extending to extreme posterior margin; prescutellar furrow deep and broad, foveolate; disc of scutellum with scattered but sharp and distinct punctures, shining; polished area on lateral face of scutellum subtriangular, extending at least halfway toward base of scutellum; propodeum rugose and dull; areola large, obovate, narrowed posteriorly, weakly closed anteriorly; costulae present; apical lateral areas rugose; apical lateral angles acute and strongly produced caudad; mesopleuron coarsely, confluently punctate and opaque on anterior half, mostly smooth and shining behind, the im- pression with fine, concentric striulae; metapleuron with a small anterior section impunctate and polished, the larger posterior portion coarsely rugulose; posterior coxa largely smooth and subopaque, with a flattened punctate area on outer upper edge at base; inner calcarium of hind tibia about half as long as metatarsus; metacarpus conspicuously longer than stigma; first abscissa of radius much longer NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 443 than width of stigma or than intercubitus; nervellus strongly curved toward base of wing. Abdomen about as long as thorax; plate of first tergite broadening imperceptibly caudad, at least 1% times as long as broad at apex, apical half rugulose and with a large median longitudinal fovea; plate of second tergite mostly smooth and shining but with a few weak punctures along the practically straight posterior margin, the plate four times as broad as long and half as long as third tergite; third and following tergites smooth and shining; ovipostor sheath uniformly slender, considerably longer than hind tarsus. Black; labrum brownish; palpi pale; scape pale brown at base; tegulae and wing bases yellow; costa yellow toward base, darkening toward stigma; wings clear hyaline; stigma dark brown; all coxae entirely black, anterior and middle legs entirely testaceous beyond coxae; posterior trochanter and femur deep testaceous, the latter blackish at apex; posterior tibia yellowish white on basal fourth, testaceous beyond except for a broad blackish apical band; metatarsus pale yellow at base, remainder of tarsus blackish. Cocoon: Solitary; pure white; not cylindrical, but with four or five rather flat surfaces, the posterior end extended nipple-like. Type: USNM 63069. TYPE LOCALITY: Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Described from 6 female specimens, all from the type locality, the type and 1 paratype reared from Platynota rostrana (Wlkr.) by H. F. G. Sauer on Aug. 8, 1937, 2 paratypes reared from an unknown lepidop- terous larva by E. J. Hambleton in April 1936, 1 paratype from Para- ptila sp., reared by Mr. Hambleton on Jan. 5, 1937, and 1 paratype from a lepidopterous larva on citrus reared by Mr. Hambleton on Mar. 6, 1939. Apanteles hedyleptae, new species Very similar to Apanteles parallelis (Ashmead), which is known only from the unique type from St. Vincent in the British Museum, but distinguished from that species by its sculptured first tergite, yellow tegulae, and darker hind femora. Fremaue: Length about 2.8 mm. Head smooth and shining; face with some very weak and minute punctures; malar space not quite as long as clypeus; face narrowing slightly below, at narrowest point not quite as broad as eye height; antennae almost as long as body; temples convex, not strongly receding. Mesoscutum shining, with extremely shallow, separated punctures; disc of scutellum flat, smooth and shining, polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, not large; propodeum convex, smooth and shining, with only scattered punctures on dorsal surface and a 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 little rugosity in apical lateral angles; mesopleuron entirely smooth and polished; radius arising from beyond middle of stigma, not longer than intercubitus; nervellus very oblique but straight; hind coxa very large, smooth and shining, and with a conspicuous, flattened, weakly punctate area on outer upper edge basally; inner calcarium of hind tibia slightly longer than outer but much less than half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen much narrower than thorax; first tergite parallel-sided, smooth and polished on basal half, very finely roughened and subopaque apically, with a very shallow, poorly defined, median longitudinal impressed area on caudal half immediately in front of which is a low polished tubercle; plate of second tergite very transverse, four times as wide as long, defined laterally by fine oblique grooves, its posterior margin a little curved, so that plate is longer medially than laterally, its surface largely smooth but sometimes with delicate longitudinal roughening; remaining tergites smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath at least as long as hind tibia. Black; palpi pale; antennae entirely black; tegulae and wing bases yellow; wings hyaline, stigma dark brown; legs brownish yellow, with all coxae black, and hind femora on upper and lower edges, hind tibiae apically, and hind tarsi more or less infuscated. Maus: Unknown. Type: USNM 63070. TYPE LocaALity: Barceloneta, Puerto Rico. Described from 17 females reared from Hedylepta indicata Lederer in beans and 5 females reared from Maruca testulalis Geyer, also in beans. All the specimens are from the type locality and were reared in February 1950 by H. K. Plank. Apanteles conformis, new species This new species is exceedingly like Apanteles taiidicida Wilkinson, which was reared from the hesperiid Talides sergestus Cramer in British Guiana, but it may be distinguished from that species by its blackish tegulae, nonangulate nervellus, and more extensively blackish hind femora of the female. From A. disputabilis (Ashmead), which was described from the island of St. Vincent and which it also closely resembles, it differs most conspicuously in its dark tegulae and stigma and in having the nervellus strongly curved behind, toward base of wing. In all three species the malar space is rather long and is covered with a pale yellow blotch. FremaLe: Length about 3.7 mm. Head smooth and shining, not distinctly punctate, covered with fine and rather dense pubescence; malar space longer than clypeus and about one-third as long as width of face; antennae as long as body. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 445 Mesoscutum shining, very finely punctate, the punctures separated and posteriorly becoming sparse and very weak; prescutellar furrow with eight or ten foveae; disc of scutellum a little longer than broad, smooth and polished, impunctate; polished area each side of disc fairly large and subtriangular but not extending nearly to base of lateral face; propodeum rugose, completely areolated, the separating carina very prominent, the areola very large, broadly oval, closed at base by the caudal margin of the small basal median area; mesopleuron smooth and shining, weakly punctate anteriorly, and with a long hair arising from each puncture; metapleuron coarsely rugose except for a small polished space at base; radius directed outward, considerably longer than intercubitus which it joins in a sharp angle; hind coxae smooth and polished; inner calcarium of hind tibia much longer than outer and half as long as metatarsus First tergite nearly parallel-sided, smooth basally, finely rugulose on posterior half where there is a median longitudinal, slightly impressed area that is sharply margined anteriorly but indefinitely delimited behind; second tergite more than half as long as third, three times as broad as long, its posterior margin straight; second and following tergites polished; ovipositor sheath rather slender, slightly longer than hind metatarsus. Black; malar space covered by a large, pale yellow spot; labrum and palpi light brown; antennae entirely black; tegulae black, wing bases brown; wings hyaline basally, a little clouded apically; costa, stigma, and veins dark brown; all coxae black and the trochanters largely so; hind femur blackish on apical half; hind tibia at extreme apex and hind tarsus, except metatarsus basally, piceous to black. Mats: The single available male has the hind femora black only at the apices; otherwise it is similar to the females. Type: USNM 63071. Typr Locauity: El] Valle, Venezuela. Described from 17 females and 1 male reared Mar. 8, 1939, by V. Obregon from an unknown hesperiid larva on Canna indica. Apanteles megastidis, new species Very similar to Apanteles thurberiae Muesebeck but distinguished by its reddish yellow hind femora and its strongly developed propodeal costulae. Frmaue: Length about 4mm. Head uniformly closely and finely punctate and more or less mat; temples receding; clypeus punctate like face; malar space longer than clypeus; antennae a little shorter than body. Mesoscutum closely, in part confluently, punctate and dull; prescu- tellar furrow very fine, comprised of about ten small foveae; disc of 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 scutellum longer than broad, flat, smooth, and polished; a large, tri- angular, polished area each side of dise covering nearly all of lateral face of scutellum; propodeum finely rugose dorsally, with a large, ovate areola that is open at base, and with strong costulae that set off large, shining, lateral apical areas which are traversed by a few strong, irregular rugae; mesopleuron shining, closely punctate anteriorly, the punctation becoming more sparse behind and vanishing before poster- ior margin; no longitudinal impression below on mesopleuron; meta- pleuron posteriorly confluently punctate and dull; radius much longer than intercubitus, the latter only weakly oblique; nervellus very slightly curved; hind coxa smooth and polished outwardly, closely punctate above toward base; inner calcarium of hind tibia much longer than outer and very nearly or quite half as long as hind metatarsus. First tergite parallel-sided except for the short portion before spiracles which narrows somewhat to the base, nearly 1% times as long as broad at apex, the surface smooth and polished basally but weakly punctate rugulose on posterior half, and there with a poorly defined median longitudinal area that is rugulose; second tergite three times as wide as long at the middle, about two-thirds as long as third, and, like all the following tergites, smooth and shining; ovi- positor sheath a little longer than abdomen or hind tarsus; ovipositor decurved at apex. Black; palpi pale; antennae entirely black; tegulae and wing bases transparent, pale yellowish; costa yellow; stigma hyaline, weakly margined with brown; metacarpus brown; all coxae black; remainder of legs reddish yellow, with hind trochanters basally, apices of hind femora and of hind tibiae, and the hind tarsi blackish. Mats: Essentially like the female. Cocoon: Single, pure white, about 6 or 7 mm. long. Typr: USNM 63072. TYPE LocALITy: St. Augustine, Trinidad, British West Indies. Described from 6 females and 7 males reared from larvae of an unidentified species of the pyraustid genus Megastes, in February 1943, by A. M. Adamson. Apanteles paradoxus, new species FIGurRE 2,d This new species is remarkable for having a distinctly areolated propodeum and at the same time a subexserted ovipositor and a very large, rectangular, coarsely sculptured second tergite. It somewhat resembles Apanteles aletiae Riley, a parasite of Alabama argullacea (Hbn.) and Gonodonta nutriz (Cram.) in the West Indies and south- eastern United States, but may be immediately distinguished from that species by its unusually prominent propodeal carinae and by its very large, posteriorly broadening, and closely rugulose first tergite. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 447 FrmMa.e: Length about 2.3 mm. Face smooth and shining, with only indistinct punctation; malar space much longer than clypeus; vertex smooth and shining; temple with an impunctate and polished band directly behind eye, shallowly punctate and subopaque behind this; antennae longer than the body. Thorax stout, about as high as broad; mesoscutum dull and with large, closely placed but clean-cut punctures that are not confluent; furrow at base of scutellum deep, strongly foveolate; disc of scutellum a little convex, polished, impunctate or with a few very shallow punctures; polished area on lateral face of scutellum semicircular, the large area in front of it longitudinally rugose; propodeum areolated, the areas defined by prominent carinae, the two basal areas smooth at base, the broad pentagonal areola and the two large apical areas rugose; mesopleuron smooth and polished except anteriorly where it is closely, strongly punctate and dull, posterior groove very finely foveolate; metapleuron polished on anterior half, rugulose and dull on posterior half; posterior coxa mostly smooth and shining but with some scattered distinct punctures and with an elongate, flattened, punctate area on outer upper edge at base; inner calcarium of hind tibia longer than outer and about half as long as basitarsus; meta- carpus longer than stigma; first abscissa of radius slightly longer than intercubitus, a little curved and not strongly angled at the point of junction with it. Abdomen short and broad; first tergite very large, broadening steadily toward apex, as broad at apex as long, strongly rugulose, and with a narrow median longitudinal fovea beyond the middle; second tergite about as long as third, about three times as broad as long and completely, strongly, longitudinally rugulose; second suture sharp and straight; third and following tergites combined about as long as first, impunctate, polished; hypopygium not projecting beyond apex of last tergite; ovipositor sheath barely exserted. Black; palpi pale; labrum and mandibles dark brown; scape yellowish brown beneath, otherwise antenna brownish black; tegulae and wing bases yellowish brown; wings hyaline, stigma and veins light brown; anterior and middle legs entirely yellowish except for the black coxae and slightly dusky tarsi; hind coxae black; hind trochanters light brown; hind femora mostly piceous; hind tibiae blackish on distal two-thirds, pale on the basal third; hind tarsi dark brown. Maus: Like the female in all significant particulars. Cocoons: Pure white, and gregarious but not embedded in a mass of silk. Type: USNM 63073. Types Locatity: Paso Ancho, San Sebastian, Costa Rica. Described from 28 females and 2 males reared by C. H. Ballou in November and December 1936 at the type locality from a larva of a 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 notodontid, apparently a species of Hemiceras, on Inga roussoviana, and 60 females and 16 males reared from Hemiceras sp. ‘‘on Inga coffee tree,” at Santa Tecla, El Salvador, by Paul A. Berry. Apanteles schini, new species Ficure 4,d This new species is exceedingly like the Nearctic Apanteles palea- critae Riley, a parasite of the cankerworms, but differs in having the punctures of the mesoscutum definitely sharper and even anteriorly not contiguous, in the more coarsely sculptured propodeum and first tergite, and in the nearly straight nervellus. Frmaue: Length about 2.3 mm. Frons and vertex smooth and shining; face about as wide as eye height, indistinctly punctate and subopaque; malar space considerably longer than clypeus; antennae about as long as the body. Mesoscutum uniformly covered with distinct, separated punctures, shining; prescutellar furrow foveolate laterally, not distinctly so medially; disc of scutellum smooth and shining but with a few scattered punctures; propodeum more declivous than in A. pale- acritae, finely rugulose except in the large lateral apical areas which are smooth and shining; apical lateral angles of propodeum not projecting at all caudad; mesopleuron smooth and polished except anteriorly where it is weakly punctate and subopaque; metapleuron smooth and shining; radius much longer than intercubitus; nervellus oblique but virtually straight and not curved behind toward base of wing as in A. paleacritae; hind coxae very large, twice as long as propodeum, smooth and shining, and with a conspicuous elongate, flattened, punctate area on outer upper edge toward base; inner calcarium of middle tibia a little longer than middle metatarsus; inner calcarium of hind tibia much longer than outer and much more than half as long as hind metatarsus. Abdomen not more than half as wide as thorax and conspicuously compressed apically; first tergite broadening very slightly caudad, nearly twice as long as broad at apex, closely and finely rugulose; second tergite with its median plate set off laterally by deep, poste- riorly divergent furrows, almost as long as broad at base, distinctly broader at apex than long, the surface finely rugulose laterally and behind, smooth medially and toward base, sometimes largely smooth and shining; third and following tergites entirely smooth and polished, with no suggestion of punctation or other sculpture even on third; ovipositor sheath barely exserted. ; Black; labrum reddish yellow; palpi pale yellow; antennae more or less brownish beneath toward bases; tegulae and wing bases yellow; wings hyaline, stigma and veins brown; anterior and middle coxae eee ee NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 449 blackish basally; hind coxae black; remainder of legs reddish yellow except for apex of hind femur, apical half of hind tibia and the hind tarsus, which are black. Matusz: Like the female in all essentials. Tyez: USNM 63074. TYPE LOCALITY: Guaratuba, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Described from 39 females and 5 males reared in March 1954 by N. L. H. Krauss from larvae of an unidentified species of the butterfly family Riodinidae feeding on the Brazilian pepper tree, or Christmas- berry tree, Schinus terebinthifolius. Apanteles kraussi, new species This new species resembles Apanteles lunatus (Packard) but is larger and more coarsely sculptured. It differs further in having the second tergite about as long as the third and in having the hind femora black or blackish. FremMa.e: Length about 3 mm. Head shining, covered with very shallow, minute, setigerous punctures; malar space longer than clypeus or basal width of mandible; face narrower than eye height; antennae a little shorter than body. Mesoscutum strongly convex, contiguously, and in part confluently, punctate, mat; prescutellar suture with nine or ten foveae; disc of scutellum large, convex, sculptured like mesoscutum; propodeum rugose, with a median longitudinal carina; mesopleuron closely, shallowly punctate anteriorly and below, polished in front of the posterior foveolate furrow; longitudinal impression on lower part of mesopleuron with a short, finely foveolate groove; radius much longer than intercubitus and not sharply angled with it; nervellus strongly oblique but not curved toward base of wing; hind coxa punctate rugulose, and dull; inner calcarium of hind tibia barely longer than outer and less than half as long as hind metatarsus. First tergite broadening gradually caudad, about as broad on posterior margin as propodeum is long, entirely finely rugulose and dull; second tergite rectangular, twice as broad as long and about as long as third, sculptured like the first; third and following tergites smooth and shining except for a suggestion of weak roughening bas- ally on third; ovipositor sheath barely exserted. Black; palpi pale yellow; tegulae honey yellow; wing bases blackish; wings hyaline, stigma brown; fore and middle coxae piceous, hind coxae black; remainder of legs reddish brown, with apical segment of hind trochanter, hind femur, apex of hind tibia, and the hind tarsus more or less blackish. Matz: Like the female in all essential respects. Cocoon: Single, buff in color. 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Type: USNM 63075. TYPE LOCALITY: Cuernavaca, Mexico. Described from 12 females and 17 males reared by N. L. H. Krauss in June 1945 from Morpheis ehrenbergi Geyer. I take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. Krauss, who has contributed extensively to our knowledge of the habits and host relations of Braconidae. Genus Gnaptedon Haliday Gnaptodon minutus (Ashmead), new combination Liophron [sic] minutus Ashmead, Journ. Linn, Soc. London, Zool., vol. 25, p. 132, 1894. The type, from St. Vincent, which I saw some years ago in the British Museum, is a Gnaptodon which has lost the second intercu- bitus. I have observed, from material in the U. S. National Museum, that in very small specimens of this genus the second intercubitus sometimes drops out. Genus Opius Wesmael Opius capsicola, new species FicuREs 1,h; 3,e This species belongs in the cereus group. Structurally it is virtually identical with Opius cereus Gahan, but it even more closely resembles O. fluminensis Costa Lima, agreeing with that species and differing from OQ. cereus in its definitely infuscated wings and piceous posterior legs. It may be distinguished from O. fluminensis by the more or less extensive blackish markings of vertex, frons, and face, by the con- spicuously yellow apex of stigma, and by the absence of black markings on the apical abdominal segments of the female. FremMaue: Length about 5mm. Head as broad as thorax; temple not receding; malar space distinctly longer than basal width of man- dible or median length of clypeus; face smooth except for scattered weak punctures each side of middle line; lower margin of clypeus bisinuate; a distinct opening between clypeus and mandibles; ocel- locular line nearly three times as long as diameter of an ocellus; an- tennae a little longer than body, usually 48- to 55-segmented. Thorax stout; notaulices strongly impressed, smooth; middle lobe of mesoscutum prominent; scutellar sulcus deep and long, and divided by a median, longitudinal keel; propodeum areolated, the carinae strong, as in O. cereus and QO. fluminensis; mesopleuron without a furrow; first abscissa of radius shorter than greatest width of stigma; second abscissa about as long as first intercubitus; radial cell not attaining extreme apex of wing; recurrent vein usuaily inter- stitial with first intercubitus; nervulus very slightly postfurcal ; radiella NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 451 wanting; mediella much longer than lower abscissa of basella; post- nervellus distinct; second segment of posterior tarsus not longer than fifth. Abdomen stout, smooth, and polished; first tergite with a large, nearly parallel-sided, embossed area which is margined by prominent keels that are obsolescent apically; ovipositor sheath much longer than the abdomen. Honey yellow; vertex, frons, and middle of face more or less exten- sively piceous; antennae entirely black; apices of mandibles black; palpi pale yellow; wings rather strongly infumated; hind legs piceous, coxa above and more or less of apical half of femur testaceous. Matz: Like female except in having head more extensively black and apical tergite black. Typz: USNM 63076. Type Locauity. El Cermeno, Panama. Described from 61 specimens reared by James Zetek on Nov. 21, 1939, from puparia of a species of Anastrepha in seed capsules of Manihot esculenta under Zetek No. 4618. Presumably the hosts were either Anastrepha pickeli Costa Lima or A. moniez Costa Lima, or both. Opius toxotrypanae, new species Figures 1,f; 2,h Structurally, this new species is very similar to Opius crawfordi Viereck, but it is readily distinguished from that species by its black thorax. Frema.e: Length about 7.5 mm. Face much broader than long, distinctly, finely punctate, and with a short and broad median keel just below antennae; clypeus weakly punctate, its anterior margin acutely toothed at the middle; a distinct opening between clypeus and mandibles; malar space at least as long as median length of clypeus and longer than basal width of mandible; temple fully two-thirds as wide as eye and not receding; ocellocular line not distinctly three times as long as diameter of an ocellus; antennae longer than body, 56- segmented in the type. Mesoscutum polished; notaulices sharply impressed anteriorly, obliterated behind; middle lobe of mesoscutum with two shallow im- pressions at anterior margin; prescutellar sulcus a large semicircular pit that is divided into two parts by a low median longitudinal septum; propodeum polished, with a median area, only the posterior part of which is defined by carinae; mesopleuron polished and without a longitudinal impression; metapleuron polished; radius arising from middle of stigma; radial cell not quite attaining wing apex; second abscissa of radius and first intercubitus subequal; recurrent vein 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 interstitial; mediella as long as lower abscissa of basella and on a straight line with it. Abdomen smooth and polished; first tergite with two prominent dorsal longitudinal keels setting off a large, nearly parallel-sided, elevated, median area and extending nearly to posterior margin of the tergite; ovipositor sheath longer than the body. Head black, extreme apex of malar space brownish yellow, tips of mandibles red, a small brownish yellow spot on each side of frons next to the eye; antennae completely black; thorax piceous black, varied with brownish, especially on mesoscutum and propodeum; propodeum sometimes entirely brown, or even yellowish; legs black, each leg with the apex of the second segment of trochanter and the extreme base of femur yellowish or reddish; anterior and middle tarsi pale except the apical segments; wings deeply infumated, stigma reddish brown except at base, its extreme base and veins of basal part of wing blackish; abdomen entirely yellow; ovipositor sheath black. Maus: Differs in no significant respects from the female. Type: USNM 63077. TyPE LocALITy: Santa Engracia, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Host: Toxotrypana curvicauda Gerstaecker. Described from 14 female and 7 male specimens reared from the above host at the type locality by M. McPhail in 1936. Opius aldrichi, new species Figures 1,a; 3,f This new species is distinguished particularly by the conspicuous transverse areas of contrastingly pale color before and behind the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal sutures and by the unusually slender legs. FnmMaue: Length about 2.6 mm. Head a little wider than thorax, entirely smooth and polished; face a little wider than long; anterior margin of clypeus recurved, very gently arched; a very narrow, incon- picuous opening between clypeus and mandibles; malar space barely as long as median length of clypeus and a little shorter than basal width of mandible; temple gradually receding, about half as wide as eye; vertex slightly convex; ocellocular line at least three times the diameter of an ocellus; antennae very slender and much longer than the body, 40-segmented in the type; basal segment of flagellum much longer than the second and more than three times as long as thick; all flagellar segments longer than broad. Thorax a little higher than wide; notaulices impressed for a very short distance, completely wanting behind the anterior third of meso- scutum; mesoscutum without a posterior discal fovea, completely = NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 453 polished; scutellar furrow with eight or ten small pits; scutellum polished and rather flat; propodeum closely rugulose over its entire surface; mesopleuron with a small, shallow, nonfoveolate impression below; metapleuron polished; legs very slender; fourth segment of posterior tarsus nearly twice as long as broad; inner calcarium of pos- terior tibia more than one-third as long as metatarsus; radius arising from before middle of stigma, its first abscissa only one-fourth as long as first intercubitus, the second gradually thinner toward apex and much longer than first intercubitus, the third slightly arched and going to extreme wing apex; last two abscissae of cubitus subequal; recurrent vein interstitial; nervulus postfurcal by nearly its own length; second discoidal cell closed; mediella a little shorter than basal abscissa of basella and at least three times as long as nervellus. Abdomen as long as head and thorax combined; first tergite about twice as broad at apex as at base, with two low subparallel dorsal ridges bounding a long median area that narrows gradually on apical third; surface of tergite mostly smooth with a little longitudinal roughening adjacent to dorsal ridges on apical half; remaining tergites smooth and polished; the apical margins of the third to the sixth tergites and the basal margins of the fourth to the sixth apparently more weakly sclerotized, these areas usually broadened medially and ereatly narrowed at the lateral margins of the tergites; seventh tergite entirely weakly sclerotized; ovipositor sheath about half the length of abdomen, shorter than posterior tibia. Head black; malar space, clypeus, mandibles except apices, and scape yellow; some rufous shadings around margins of eyes and about antennal foramina; antennal flegellum brownish yellow on basal three- fifths with the apical margins of the segments blackish, black on apical two-fifths; thorax black, prosternum pale brown; tegulae pale yellow; wings hyaline, veins and stigma pale brown; legs entirely yellow except base of posterior tibia and the posterior tarsus, which are dusky; dor- sum of abdomen black except on the more weakly sclerotized parts adjoining the third, fourth, and fifth sutures, which are yellowish white; venter of abdomen yellowish white with a row of conspicuous black spots on each side; ovipositor sheath black. Mate: Like the female in all essential characters. Type: USNM 63078. TyPsE LocaLity: Antigua, Guatemala. Described from three specimens of each sex collected May 1 and May 2, 1926, by J. M. Aldrich. Opius auripennis, new species This new species very closely resembles Opius cereus Gahan, but it differs in the color of the wings. These are definitely yellow except 433891—58——4 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 for the narrow apices of the anterior pair, which are contrastingly infuscated. Fremaue: Length about 5mm. Face nearly twice as broad as long, weakly punctate, malar space much longer than clypeus or basal width of mandible; clypeus smooth, its anterior margin bisinuate; a distinct transverse opening between clypeus and mandibles; ocellocular line about three times the diameter of an ocellus; temples about half the eye width, not receding; antennae noticeably longer than body, about 60-segmented in the type. Thorax short and compact; notaulices smooth, complete, meeting in a broad polished impression; middle lobe of mesoscutum noticeably elevated; scutellar sulcus deep, divided into two large pits by a median septum; propodeum areolated, with a short median basal carina fol- lowed by an elongate median area which narrows posteriorly; meso- pleuron polished, with a short, shallow, smooth, longitudinal impres- sion; stigma emitting radius from slightly beyond its middle; first in- tercubitus a little longer than second abscissa of radius and about three times as long as the first abscissa of radius; recurrent vein inter- stitial; radial cell not attaining extreme apex of wing; last abscissa of radius more than twice as long as first and second abscissae com- bined; mediella fully as long as basal abscissa of basella; postnervellus weak but distinct. First abdominal tergite polished, with a large median elevated area defined by two prominent longitudinal keels that extend nearly to the apex of the tergite; remainder of abdomen smooth and shining; ovi- positor sheath nearly as long as the body; hypopygium prominent. Honey yellow; antenna completely black, including scape and pedi- cel; posterior tibia blackish on apical third; posterior tarsus a little infuscated; wings yellow, apex of anterior wing fuscous; stigma and veins yellow; ovipositor sheath blackish. Matusz: Essentially like the female. Type: USNM 63079. TyPE LocALiIty: La Campana, Panama. Described from two females and three males. The two females and two of the males were reared from Anastrepha serpentina (Wiedemann) in Calocarpum mammosum in August 1936 by James Zetek, under his No. 3714; the remaining male was reared from the same host at Rio Abajo near Panama City in April 1935, under Zetek No. 3475. Opius zeteki, new species This new species closely resembles Opius auripennis, which is de- scribed above; however, it is immediately distinguished by its mostly black head and its blackish femora. It is also very similar to O. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—-MUESEBECK 455 crawford: Viereck, but it may be at once separated from that species by the color of its wings. Frema.e: Length about 5.56 mm. Face about twice as broad as long with minute scattered punctures; malar space slightly longer than basal width of mandible; clypeus subtriangular, its apical margin bisinuate; a rather large opening between clypeus and mandibles; temple very slightly receding, about half as wide as eye; ocellocular line at least three times diameter of an ocellus; antennae a little longer than the body, tapering slightly to apex, 59-segmented in the type. Notaulices smooth, complete, meeting in a broad shallow depression; scutellar furrow divided into two large pits by a median longitudinal septum; propodeum areolated, with a short basal median longitudinal carina which is followed by a long narrow area extending to posterior margin; lateral longitudinal carinae complete, very prominent, and strongly bowed outwardly on posterior half of propodeum; a short basal transverse carina extending from base of the median area on each side to the lateral carina; mesopleuron with a very weak, smooth, longitudinal impression; radius arising from middle of stigma; second abscissa of radius not longer than intercubitus; recurrent vein inter- stitial; mediella slightly longer than basal abscissa of basella; post- nervellus distinct. Abdomen narrow at base, broadening to apex of third tergite, polished; first tergite with two prominent dorsal longitudinal keels that nearly attain posterior margin and set off a large parallel-sided area; ovipositor sheath very nearly or quite as long as the body. Honey yellow; head black with the part below the lower level of the eyes constrastingly yellowish white; tips of mandibles black; antennae black, brownish black basally; anterior and middle coxae and tro- chanters, also their tibiae and tarsi, pale yellow; anterior and middle femora except at the extremities brownish black; posterior leg brownish black, second segment of trochanter mostly pale yellow, basal two- thirds of tibia concolorous with the body, tarsus weakly infuscated; wings yellow including veins and stigma, apex of anterior wing con- trastingly infumated; ovipositor sheath brown to blackish. Maus: Like the female except in having the dark color of the anterior and middle femora a little less extensive. Typr: USNM 63080. Type LocaLity: La Campana, Panama. Described from 14 females and 4 males reared by James Zetek from Anastrepha fraterculus (Wiedemann) in Psidium guajava, and a series of 7 females and 2 males labeled “ex Anastrepha striata and fraterculus, La Sabanas, Panama City, J. Zetek Coll.’’ I take pleasure in naming this interesting and attractive species in honor of Mr. Zetek, who has 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 reared many species of Opius and has contributed much valuable material in this genus to the U. S. National Museum. Opius divergens, new species Figures 1,6; 3,6 This new species is structurally almost identical with Opius werecki Gahan. It is readily distinguished from that species, however, by its largely black thorax and darker legs. Fremaue. Length 4.5 mm. Head a little narrower than thorax, strongly transverse, the temples narrow and receding; face smooth and shining, only a little broader at insertion of antennae than long; eyes very large, diverging below; clypeus only half as long as basal width of mandible and about as long as malar space, its anterior margin not sinuate or toothed; a large opening between clypeus and mandibles; ocellocular line not distinctly twice as long as the diameter of an ocellus; antennae longer than the body, 55-segmented in the type. Thorax stout; mesoscutum polished; notaulices sharply impressed but extending only one-third the distance to posterior margin of mesoscutum; a conspicuous, somewhat elongate, median, dimple-like impression on mesoscutum posteriorly; prescutellar sulcus usually divided into four distinct pits; scutellum broader at base than long, completely polished; propodeum more or less areolated, with a rather conspicuous, somewhat irregular, arched, basal transverse carina, a median area broadening caudad and a large lateral area each side of this; mesopleuron polished with a well defined oblique foveolate im- pression anteriorly; radius arising from before middle of stigma; second abscissa of radius more than three times as long as first and considerably longer than first intercubitus; third abscissa of radius sinuate, ending in extreme apex of wing; recurrent vein joining second cubital cell; nervulus interstitial; mediella definitely shorter than basal abscissa of basella; postnervellus absent. Abdomen smooth and polished; first tergite about as broad at apex as long, with two prominent dorsal keels, originating at base, con- verging gradually as far as middle and then parallel for a short distance, obliterated before apex of tergite; two weaker carinae, one originat- ing on the inner side of each of those keels at the middle of the tergite, converging posteriorly, and sometimes uniting to form a short median keel; ovipositor sheath straight, about as long as the second and fol- lowing tergites combined. Head black; malar space, clypeus, and the mandibles except tips yellowish brown; antennae entirely black; thorax blackish with the pronotum anteriorly, scutellum, propodeum, and metapleura brownish to yellowish, the propodeum and metapleura being the palest; wings NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—-MUESEBECK 457 strongly infumated; stigma and veins dark brown; legs including the coxae brownish black; abdomen yellow, a fuscous mark on first ter- gite between the apical third of the dorsal keels; ovipositor sheath black, brownish toward apex. Matusz: Like the female in all important details but with the coxae more conspicuously yellow at bases. Type: USNM 63081. Typr LocauyTy: Tamaulipas, Mexico. Host: A dipterous larva in persimmon. Described from 9 females and 11 males reared in May 1936 by M. McPhail. Genus Phaenocarpa Foerster Phaenocarpa anastrephae, new species FicuRESs 1,e; 3,c This species differs conspicuously from other species of Phaenocarpa known to me by its incomplete notaulices, by its relatively large eyes, by the absence of nervellus, and by having the first brachial cell very weakly defined posteriorly and distally. Frema.e: Length about 3mm. Head a little broader than thorax, smooth and shining; face more than twice as wide as long; mandibles broadening apically, the median tooth acute, the lateral teeth broadly rounded off; eyes large, nearly circular in outline, more than twice as wide as the temples; antennae more than 1} times as long as the body, very slender, 39-segmented in the type, the first flagellar segment a little thickened basally and about half as long as the second, which is much the longest segment; ocellocular line not more than half the diameter of an eye; postocellar line not distinctly as long as diameter of an ocellus. Thorax compact; notaulices distinct anteriorly, obsolescent poster- iorly; a median dimple-like impression on mesoscutum posteriorly; mesopleural furrow curved, foveolate; propodeum largely smooth and shining and with a short basal median carina followed by a narrow, carinately margined, median, longitudinal area; propodeal spiracles small; legs slender, posterior femur weakly thickened toward apex, posterior tibia somewhat curved; radius arising from beyond middle of the rather narrow stigma and going to extreme apex of wing; first abscissa of radius very short, second about twice as long as first inter- cubitus; cubitus nearly attaining wing margin; second abscissa of eubitus more than half as long as recurrent; subdiscoideus interstitial ; hind wing very narrow, radiella incomplete, nervellus wanting. Abdomen somewhat narrower than thorax, more or less compressed ; first tergite longitudinally aciculate, with two nearly complete, poste- riorly convergent keels; remainder of abdomen smooth and shining; 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 hypopygium large but barely extending as far posteriorly as apex of last tergite; ovipositor sheath very slender, a little shorter than thorax and abdomen combined. Yellow; stemmaticum black, and a fine median longitudinal line extending from stemmaticum across vertex and occiput to the neck also black; scape, pedicel, and base of first flagellar segment yellow; remainder of antenna dark brown except for a subapical yellowish white annulus covering six to eight segments; posterior tibia and tarsus more or less brownish black; wings hyaline; stigma and veins brown. Mate: Differs in no essential detail from the female, although the apex of the abdomen is blackish, and the antennal annulus is narrower or even wanting. Type: USNM 63082. Types LocaLity: La Campana, Panama. Described from 36 females and 42 males reared at the type locality “from Anastrepha in Spondias nigrescens” by J. Zetek in 1937, and 16 females and 10 males, reared from Anastrepha mombinpraeoptans Sein, Taboga Island, Panama, by Mr. Zetek in October 1938. Leurinion,* new genus Distinguished from the known genera of Hormiini by the absence of any trace of an occipital carina; and from Hormius Nees, which it most closely resembles, it differs further in having the prepectus im- margined and the subdiscoideus arising from about the middle of the outer end of the first brachial cell. Head transverse; eyes large, protruding, bare; temples very nar- row, receding strongly; a distinct circuliform cavity between clypeus and mandibles; occiput gently convex, immargined. Prepectus im- margined; prescutellar furrow wide, propodeum with a complete median longitudinal carina; forewing with three cubital cells; radial cell large, extending to apex of wing; first brachial cell closed, emitting subdiscoideus from about the middle of its outer end; radiella wanting. First tergite widening caudad, with two large, slightly depressed areas of weaker sclerotization occupying most of the posterior half and divided by a median longitudinal keel; the following tergites largely membranous, as in Hormius and Parahormius; ovipositor short. Type: The following new species. Leurinion primum, new species FicurEs l1,g; 2,c; 3,9,h FEMALE: Length about 2mm. Head wider than thorax, smooth and polished; malar space a little longer than basal width of mandible; 4 From the Greek lewros, smooth, and inion, occiput. NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—-MUESEBECK 459 ocelli minute and close together, ocellar triangle barely wider than length of ocellocular line; antennae a little longer than body, usually 20- to 22-segmented, very slender, even the segments of apical third more than twice as long as wide. Mesoscutum rather flat, covered with minute, very shallow, closely placed punctures; notaulices sharply impressed anteriorly but vanishing before middle of mesoscutum; furrow at base of scutellum broad and deep, not foveolate; scutellum rather flat, smooth and polished; mesopleuron polished, without a longitudinal furrow below; propodeum smooth and polished but with a strong, median longitudinal carina; legs very slender; shorter spur of hind tibia very short and not easily seen, longer spur barely as long as apical width of tibia; second abscissa of radius a little longer than first and nearly or quite as long as first intercubitus; recurrent interstitial or barely entering second cubital cell; nervulus interstitial or slightly postfurcal; nervellus very short; postnervellus wanting or faintly indicated by a short back- wardly directed stub. Abdomen at widest point about as wide as thorax; ovipositor sheath about half as long as hind femur. Yellow with antennae and mesoscutum more or less piceous; wings clear hyaline, stigma hyaline, veins pale; legs pale yellow. Mate: Essentially like the female. Tyre: USNM 63083. TYPE LOCALITY: Piura, Peru. Described from 35 females and 10 males reared by P. A. Berry on Aug. 25, 1945, from cotton buds. Genus Oncophanes Foerster Oncophanes mexicanus, new species This new species resembles Oncophanes nigriventris Muesebeck in having the abdominal segments beyond the third retracted and the second and third tergites forming a solid carapace. It differs from O. nigriventris in having the abdomen reddish yellow and com- pletely, strongly striate. FrMALe: Length about 3 mm. Head as wide as thorax, smooth and shining; face as wide as eye height; malar space longer than clypeus or basal width of mandible; antennae very slender, a little shorter than body, usually 24-segmented, first flagellar segment considerably longer than second. Mesoscutum smooth and shining; notaulices complete, very fine, meeting in a small, roughened area; disc of scutellum smooth and polished; prescutellar sulcus deep and more than half as long as disc of scutellum, divided into two large foveae by a median longitudinal septum; propodeum completely areolated, the areas smooth and 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 shining with only occasional weak and short rugae, the areola pentag- onal; mesopleuron with a rugulose area in upper anterior angle, beneath tegula, otherwise smooth and polished except for a short longitudinal foveolate furrow below; metapleuron rugulose; radius issuing from middle of stigma; first abscissa of radius about half as long as the second abscissa, which is slightly longer than first inter- cubitus; recurrent vein interstitial with first intercubitus; nervulus postfurcal by about its length; radiella represented by a short spur. Abdomen in widest part as broad as thorax; first tergite broadening gradually caudad, about as broad at apex as long, striate on a granular surface, spiracles prominent; second and third tergites fused, the suture wanting or indicated only laterally, entirely striate on a granular surface; fourth and following segments completely retracted; ovi- positor sheath very slender, about as long as hind femur. Head and thorax black; clypeus and mandibles reddish brown; antennae brownish black with scape and pedicel more or less reddish yellow; tegulae and wing bases yellow; wings hyaline, stigma and veins brown; legs including all coxae yellow, the apices of the hind tibiae and the hind tarsi infuscated. Matz: A little smaller and more slender; otherwise like the female. Type: USNM No. 63084. TYPE LOCALITY: Cuernavaca, Mexico. Described from 15 females and 1 male reared from a lepidopterous larva on Eupatorium adenoptorum by N. L. H. Krauss in January 1945. Genus Percnobracon Kieffer Percnobracon secundus, new species Figures 1,d; 4,a,b I have not seen the genotype and only described species of Percnobracon Kieffer, which appears to belong in the Hecabolini, but the present species is apparently congeneric although it differs from the original description of P. stenopterus Kieffer in several significant respects and is clearly a different species. The antennae are 16- to 18-segmented instead of 21-segmented as in the genotype; the anterior margin of the mesoscutum is not rounded but rather truncate and subangulate laterally, while the complete median furrow of the mesoscutum ascribed to P. stenopterus is lacking in this new species; and the propodeum is not gradually declivous as it is said to be in P. stenopterus but has a nearly horizontal dorsal face which is separated from the abrupt vertical face by a straight carina. Fremaue: Length about 2.5 mm. Head transverse but at least half as long as wide as seen from above, completely carinately mar- gined behind; eyes slightly divergent below; malar space as long as NEW NEOTROPICAL WASPS—MUESEBECK 461 antennal scape; face, frons, and vertex finely rugulose striate, the striae transverse; occiput transversely striate; temples and cheeks finely aciculate; opening between clypeus and mandibles small, circular; antenna much shorter than the body, slender, filiform, 16- to 18-segmented, the first and second flagellar segments the longest and subequal. Thorax short and compact; prepectus margined by a strong carina; mesoscutum finely alutaceous and with a few longitudinal ridges medially on posterior half; notaulices absent except for weak indica- tions just behind the lateral angles of the anterior margin of the mesoscutum ; furrow at base of scutellum broad and deep and provided with several longitudinal septa; disc of scutellum subtuberculate, small; dorsal face of propodeum rectangular, defined laterally and posteriorly by low carinae, very delicately irregularly sculptured; abrupt posterior face of propodeum smooth and shining; mesopleuron delicately alutaceous and with a sharply impressed longitudinal furrow below; metapleuron smooth and polished; hind coxa not angulate at base below; calcaria of posterior tibia very short; venation of forewing as illustrated; the first discoidal cell with numerous long bristles; hind wing lacking radiella, cubitella, and nervellus; sub- costella incomplete. Abdomen petiolate; first segment strongly arched, about half as wide at base as at apex, its apical width less than half its length, its surface weakly longitudinally wrinkled posteriorly, the spiracles prominent and situated at about the middle of the segment; confluent second and third tergites broadening caudad, at apex broader than thorax, finely longitudinally aciculate each side of the middle, the aciculations ex- tending beyond the middle; remainder of abdomen smooth and polished; ovipositor sheath very slender, about as long as propodeum and abdomen combined. Dark brown to piceous, antenna yellowish on basal half; abdomen black toward apex; anterior wing fuscous with two complete transverse hyaline bands, a broad one basad of first discoidal cell and a narrower one across base of stigma and base of first cubital cell; narrow outer margin and also base of the wing behind medius hyaline; hind wing entirely clear hyaline. Matz: Agrees with female in all significant respects. Type: USNM 63085 TyPE LocaLity: Piura, Peru. Described from 8 females and 6 males reared by Paul A. Berry from an unknown host, thought to be either lepidopterous or bruchid, in pods of a species of Caesalpina. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1957 { fait pet eee a fail “alta rn WEED: Gabi. ah cape iar es. Dae, ae bi ; i & MALAY ‘trae Misa ail. tie MI POy te et '* SERCH. ev erhar mn fe: thi Bee sath sayeth send, nal s -ii ne pate lad ey) Ursa salletidiva: oe i Tent fine an + ahilig ae Tad tsvods : ics ero rey ie fine eotee aaPioe A, vee vital a ig ea Hi et a a poe a baby car lincinorg aclu adi ae Heo beblaiww, - * * ats Md a sree! ceien Hispinias Tek sare anit! hraibpaivellas Tiean PL cisdcat sal shige xo 59 SED + ib Le od ed * 7 é. ; . mn a Pav af ‘ z. * “25 ancwatieane sis oth hes ahs shies. ERS: Oe ibis Sel het” - — ee erie ; foams ats Ahopig. ee Lol. oa neds eh iene dye GU aoe ; gayi’ UR IIN PEASE. mes 1a etal ane - OB UNT ARON adele ties shard tl aie ‘BAT radar roy ooleegtir seceaenty duxth + t o fronncdl Ader Bt taducte jot ore Paes. a yer cuca id ger rae : Poe . Py ie" a a ¥, cy MATL th AMEE CR ee arch anne EEA ay tL ay One he 988 oon a re nly 7 oe p. ® eae Oe mite Stet Feared: peat rtin one jy ee PS ary SURE ET ER Eee ey ee aes ni at ae diet ates 4 eS | siacsohi dal f Oe intahh. eh ieee : eel fe" ~ i readqgonacral prittia ac fes any pov: ll a ere by VERA THEMEN Ue ee PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM issued SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 107 Washington : 1958 No. 3390 NORTH AMERICAN COPEPODS OF THE FAMILY NOTODELPHYIDAE By Paut L. Itie! Introduction The notodelphyid copepods are almost universally inhabitants of the body cavities of ascidians. Correlated with this specialized mode of existence is the elaborate series of structural modifications displayed by these organisms. Preservation of fundamental characteristics, in spite of a high degree of adaptive radiation, renders the group a well- defined natural unit. The members of this family are poorly known, however, over the greatest extent of their occurrence and information concerning North American representatives is particularly meager. Despite their interesting biological features, these ascidicoles have been neglected by the taxonomist and ecologist alike. To the specialist on copepods the principal limitation on availability of notodelphyids is the obvious fact that their occurrence is dependent upon that of the host organisms. The methods of obtaining and working over ascidians do not form a usual part of the operations of workers on the copepods. Considering the significant biological implications of the ascidicoles, they have received little notice from the specialists on ascidians. It is rare to chance upon a note in the 1 Department of Zoology, University of Washington, Seattle, Wash. 463 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 literature on ascidians that even mentions these almost constantly present associates. The record of these organisms, from the standpoint of world distribution, is equally scanty. The only outstanding faunistic records are provided by the excellent knowledge available of occurrence of ascidicoles on the coasts of the Scandinavian countries and on the Mediterranean shores of Europe. As a result of the lack of distributional knowledge and ignorance of the majority of extant forms, the systematics of this group is in a very undeveloped state. The scattered references to the group have never been brought together on a large scale. The neglect of the ascidicoles is undoubtedly at least partially due to the fact that both they and their hosts have distinctly minor practical or economic importance. The worker on the copepods thus is confronted first with the problem of obtaining host material, and then with the even ereater difficulty of obtaining valid determinations of the host species. No large-scale work has been published on the North American notodelphyids. The records available from this area, including Greenland, are from the reports of Blake (1933), Gray (1938), Hansen (1923), Henderson (1931), Herdman (1898), Huntsman (1912), Pearse (1947, 1952), Stephensen (1913), and Wilson (1920, 1982, 1935a, 1935b). The present material has been available from the most diverse situations in North America. Although the primary aim has been the establishment of the North American representation of the family Notodelphyidae, a thorough study along these lines has required careful perusal of the records of world distribution. Since this is the first time a compilation of such extent has been available, the opportunity is taken of presenting a bibliography of the notodelphyids and synonymies of the species. References compiled in the bibliog- raphy are all those which were thought significantly to affect taxo- nomic evaluation or provide definite information as to distribution. Incidental references to various of the genera or species are scattered throughout the whole of the literature on copepods and complete coverage of such items was not attempted. In the listing of hosts, all the different names used by authors are presented, although it is presumed some are synonymous. Further, these are quoted as found in the literature, with such attribution of authority as provided in the reference concerned only. The task of bringing the usages in- volved and the identifications of hosts into accordance with the modern classification of ascidians must devolve upon a specialist in that field. There is still the need for similar treatment of the remaining families of ascidicolous copepods. It is hoped that the present attempt will NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 465 demonstrate that the project is a rewarding one in terms of the array of biological information disclosed. In the genera not actually studied in the present work the taxonomy of the earlier workers is accepted and the scheme of G. Sars (1921) is used, supplemented, where it is incomplete, from Schellenberg (1922). However, the necessity of proposing new genera to recognize the new information concerning the anatomy of the group brought forth from the study has led to the formation of six new combinations as nomenclatural concepts. Most of the reallocations of species have involved those originally proposed in the genus Doropygus, which, by combining the work of Sars in 1921 and the present study, has been finally subdivided into four genera. The present study has produced records in 11 genera of 23 species, of which 14 are described as new to science. New findings of zoogeographic interest include the rediscovery of a typical arctic species, unreported since its original description, now found in collections ranging from Point Barrow, Alaska, to the Gulf of Maine, and to the north coast of Siberia. Still another instance is the establishment of the occurrence of a long-known Mediterranean species in considerable numbers along the Gulf Coast of Florida. A large number of species seems to be entirely restricted to North America, but such findings as the above leave reason to assume that some of these species will be found to have wide distributions. The almost cosmopolitan species, Doropygus pulez Thorell, has been found only on the east coast of North America. Only six typically European species have so far been found in the American fauna. Acknowledgments The present study has been made possible by the encouragement and considerable contribution of a large group of colleagues and associates and the authorities of a number of institutions. It is a pleasure to record my indebtedness as a partial expression of my eratitude. The use of facilities and materials was made possible by the kind offices of the authorities of the United States National Museum; the American Museum of Natural History; the Friday Harbor Laboratories, University of Washington; the Arctic Research Laboratory; and the Oceanographic Institute, Florida State University. Curator Dr. Karl Lang, of the Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm; Dr. C. Delamare Deboutteville, of the Laboratoire Arago, Banyuls, France; and Mr. J. H. Stock, of the Amsterdam Museum, have furnished me valuable information and literature and have provided important specimens. Encouragement, assistance in collecting and identifying materials, and aid in the task of preparing this report have been most freely given 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 by Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, Miss Lucile McCain, Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Frederick M. Bayer, Dr. R. E. Blackwelder, Mrs. Thomas Burch, Professor and Mrs. G. E. MacGinitie, Dr. Harold Humm, Dr. William Sutcliffe, Jr., Dr. John L. Mohr, Dr. J. E. Lynch, Dr. Robert Fernald, Dr. Emery F. Swan, Dr. Donald P. Abbott, and Dr. Cadet Hand. Methods The problems of collection of notodelphyids is in the main that of obtaining quantities of ascidians, the host organisms. Ascidians are entirely marine, very few tolerating even an approach to brackish conditions. Availability of free-flowing currents of water is a prime requisite for abundance of ascidians, which are notable and con- spicuous members in the aggregations of animals encrusting piers and floats. However, personal experience in the accumulation of the present series indicates that the most favorable site for obtaining infested ascidians would be bottom-dwelling beds, usually those well below the level of tidal fluctuation. Dredging is therefore the recommended procedure for collecting the hosts. Relatively few notodelphyids inhabit compound ascidians. The few that so occur are most readily obtained by observation of the living host. There ususally is a high degree of transparency, or at least transiucence, of the compound tunicate, which favors detection of the dissimilar texture, and often color, of the infesting copepod, particularly under illumination for microscopic examination. Teas- ing out of zooids is necessary for the capture of the forms inhabiting the branchial cavities. ‘Teasing of the matrix or systematic slicing of the colony may produce favorable results in the search for the species that live in the common channels or lie independently in matrical cavities. The majority of forms live within the bodies of simple, or solitary, ascidians. These may be tumbled out by wholesale slicing of quan- tities of ascidians. It is preferable, however, to obtain the ascidicoles by dissection of the host, which procedure assures the preservation of an ascidian specimen for taxonomic identification and yields the optimum in details of biological relationships of host and com- mensal or parasite. For dissection it is necessary to orient the ascidian. If the siphons are obvious, the tunic may be slit well away from them and peeled like a rind from the enclosed body. If there is no surface landmark for orientation, the best procedure is cautious peeling to expose the body and establish the location of the siphons. The specimen then should be sectioned just to one side of the median plane, preferably by a cut of deeply inserted scissors. The median plane is established as the line passing through the siphons and the cut is arranged to NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 467 start at one siphon and end at the other, leaving the resultant halves united by the intersiphonal portion of the body. In individuals with thin tests this procedure can be accomplished by cutting directly through test and all. The body, after sectioning, may be spread open and pinned down, preferably under fluid. Exposed to view will be the inner wall of the pharynx with the mid-dorsal line running down the center. A number of commensals live in the pharynx and may be observed with the naked eye or relatively low powers of magnification. The plications of the pharynx of species of ascidians thus complicated in structure should be hited and all the recesses exposed. To expedite search in the atrium, or peribranchial cavity, the pharynx should be separated from the mantle, preferably under a dissecting microscope, by lifting it at the edges and severing the many small vascular strands that connect it to the mantle lying below. Since the number and arrangement of the principal vessels making up the pharynx wall are of systematic importance, care should be taken to prevent damage to them. The gut and gonads will be among the organs exposed in the atrial cavity. Damage to these should likewise be avoided. The wall of the stomach should be slit and the cavity investigated as a further hkely harbor for copepods. Preservation of the ascidicolous copepods is equally well achieved in formalin or alcohol. Sometimes the standard fixatives, such as Bouin’s or Gilson’s fluids, yield particularly well-preserved specimens. Many species can be narcotized to a state of relaxation that favors fixation by prior immersion in a small quantity of sea water upon the surface of which are floated a few drops of oil of cloves. Satisfactory results are obtained by bulk preservation of ascidians as they are collected, in standard strengths of alcohol or formalin, with subsequent exploration for the ascidicoles. Museum specimens of ascidians nearly one hundred years old have yielded copepods suitable for taxonomic identification. For systematic determination it was found necessary to prepare microscopic dissections of the copepods. The specimens were all brought into alcohol for permanent storage. Staining was accom- plished in 95 percent alcohol, first tinged distinctly yellowish with picric acid, then colored deep transparent green by the addition of a few drops of Fast Green, saturated solution in 95 percent alcohol. Staining was progressive and carried on until the setae and similar elements of ornamentation were distinctly but lightly colored. The specimens were rapidly passed through a rinse to Euparal, in which medium they were dissected with finely pointed small needles. Ap- pendages were serially removed and each pair independently mounted under a 9X9 mm. coverslip on one 1X83 inch slide, so that the whole individual was represented on the finished single mount. 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE) NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Modes of existence The notodelphyids are most frequently restricted to the branchial cavities of the tunicates they inhabit. The members of this group show the least modification of appendages, and probably implications with regard to feeding habits might be drawn. Very evidently the food supply of the tunicate is directly shared, although there is no actual record available of the food of the notodelphyids. Representa- tives with most degenerated appendages come from more specialized habitats. One genus has been taken from the common cloaca of the systems of zooids of a compound ascidian. The mouthparts are so reduced in this genus that it is doubtful if the animal could ingest particulate matter. Other genera occupy such specialized sites as cyst-like cavities in the matrix of compound tunicates, cysts under the tunic of solitary ascidians, or with only the head encysted in the mesenchymal tissue of the host. The ultimate location in this line of parasitic adaptation is in cysts enveloped within the ventral blood vessel of representatives of two genera of solitary tunicates. The question of the mode of penetration of these specialized symbionts to their sites within the hosts is still unanswered. In fact, the sequence of developmental events and possible metamorphoses in the life his- tories of these ascidicoles is almost entirely unknown. It is obvious that much of the development in most species takes piace away irom association with the definitive hosts. In Notodelphys species several subadult stadia are passed in the body of the tunicate but this does not seem to be the case in most other genera. In many genera the males have not been found and it seems plausible to assume that they are preponderantly free-swimming. However, an additional factor must be considered before applying this conclusion. The collection and examination of the host, and the resulting unnatural and untoward conditions, may well bring about the departure of some of the as- sociated copepods. Stock (1951) reports that slight staleness of the water in which tunicates are kept may stimulate even heavily ovigerous females of Notodelphys to swim forth. It may then be that males and young of most species are simply too nimble to be taken by usual means of capture in their accustomed habitat. Of further biological interest in the existence of ascidicolous cope- pods is their relationship with other symbiotic organisms of the host tunicates. Della Valle has described how Doroixys has been taken in the branchial cavity of the zooid of a compound ascidian in which the posterior body mass of the same zooid housed an enterocolid copepod. Four or more genera of notodelphyids may actually be NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 469 represented in the symbiont assemblage in the body of a single individ- ual solitary tunicate. In addition to notodelphyids, other copepod eroups may be represented. All of the ascidicolids, buprorids, en- terocolids, enteropsids, and botryllophilids are also ascidicoles. Some species of the genus Lichomolgus are restricted in habitat to certain tunicates. Specimens of a variety of asterocherids and of harpacti- coids may occur as occasional or accidental guests of ascidians. A notable subordinate association, frequently encountered, is the epizootic attachment of ciliate protozoans on notodelphyids. The setae of the appendages seem especially favored sites of attachment and one may often find the details of anatomy obscured by the burden of attached protozoans. Amphipods are as commonly symbiotic with tunicates as are the ascidicolous copepods. Somewhat less commonly encountered inside tunicates, but with an actually high degree of symbiotic occurrence, are sporozoan protozoans, hydroids, flatworms, nemerteans, nema- todes, polychaetes, and pinnotherid crabs. In a representative lot of tunicates assembled for the present study, a series of 20 specimens of one species was taken in a single dredge haul. Three hundred odd specimens of a species of Doropygus were removed from the branchial cavities. Twenty-eight amphipods (Leucothoe sp.) were obtained, the great majority in the atrial chambers. There were five specimens of a polychaete, both from atria and branchial baskets; and two male pinnotherids from branchial cavities completed the roster of more obvious associated animals. The complexity of interrelationships among the ascidicolous organisms forms a most challenging ecological problem. There is virtually no record in the literature on this subject, and the possibilities from both the strictly observational and the experimental standpoints must be manifold. As a preliminary offering, here is recorded the first instance of direct impact of one of the symbiont categories upon another, for the detection of which I am indebted to Dr. Cadet Hand. A specimen of a solitary tunicate collected in Washington Sound, Washington, was found to house a number of notodelphyid copepods and a thriving colony of a hydroid, Entocrypta huntsmani. In one of the polyps of the hydroid was found the completely ingested body of an ovigerous female notedelphyid of very considerable bulk. Others of the same species were still thriving in the branchial chamber. What the regular food of the hydroid is no one so far has recorded, but the possibilities of complex cycles of nutritive relationships form one of the more obvious ecological corollaries of the biotic complex of ascidicolous organisms. ATO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Family NoroDELPHYIDAE Type Genus: Notodelphys Allman, 1847a. DESCRIPTION AND MORPHOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS: The family Notodelphyidae, as here considered, is defined by application of two major restrictive criteria: the development of a breod sack enclosed within the body and the occurrence of a prehensilely modified articulated hook as the terminal member of the antenna. The estab- lishment of the homologies involved in the parasitic degradation of the various appendages in the most highly modified representatives is impossible from the meager information available. Generalities as to features of the appendages are here presented as a bare summary since species treated in extended descriptions in the succeeding part of this paper cover the full range of occurrence within the family. The rostrum is a constant feature among the diverse array of notodelphyids. In its basic form it is an inflated cone, with little or no tendency to ornamentation. The antennule varies from the generalized, many-segmented type like that of the most primitive cyclopoids to the bimerous or monom- erous stumps of the parasites. The antenna is uniramous, a basic- ally trimerous appendage, with relatively sparse ornamentation. The terminal armature is invariably a stout clawed articulated hook. The development of a labrum is an almost unexceptional feature of the group. Sufficiently representative occurrences are known of the presence of paragnaths to conclude that these structures, also, are fundamentally present in notodeiphyids. Great conformity of the mouthparts is found throughout the group, except that in the parasitically degenerated extremes the homologies of these appendages are obscured. The typical mandible consists of a medially expanded basal segment and a variously ernamented palp. The maxillule consists of a masticatory basal portion with a biramous palp. The maxilla is basically pentamerous and uniramous. A very distinctive armature of medially inserted setae constitutes its principal functional component. The maxilliped is reduced, varying from trimerous to monomerous, with relatively few elements of armature differentiated. The four pairs of swimming legs are variations upon a fundamentally cyclopoid type, bearing out the probabie derivation of the group from such a free-swimming assemblage. The basic pattern consists of bimerous protopodites yoked together by an intercoxal lamella and bearing trimerous rami, the exopodite, and the endopodite. The armature consists of variously differentiated setae and spines. In the advanced parasites, the legs may be reduced to unornamented stumps. The fifth legs are vestigial, as is typical of all the cyclopoids. The NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 471 appendage is basically a uniramous, bimerous one. The ornamenta- tion consists at most of one to few weakly developed setae or spines. In many lines of descent within the group the fifth legs are obsolete to lacking. Reference to the body regions of a notodelphyid as head, thorax, and abdomen is useful but throughout necessitates careful quali- fication. The tagmosis of the copepods presents a thorny problem and much discussion of it has appeared in print. There is a major dichotomy in the group as to the arrangement of the principal body regions. Realization of this fact plus an attempt to reconcile copepod structure with that of other major crustacean and arthropod groups has produced great ambiguity in terms of reference, and the number of schools of thought on the arrangement of the copepod body almost approaches the number of authorities who have expressed themselves. The basic disposition of the somites in copepods forms two major body regions with one additional, readily determined subdivision. There is an articulation between an anterior Major mass, bearing the head structures and swimming legs, and a posterior sector with appendages insignificant to lacking. The alternatives of arrange- ment of this articulation delimit two principal sections of the copepods, the Gymnoplea, in which no limbs are borne on the posterior sector, and the Podoplea, which have a posterior sector bearing a pair or two of rudimentary limbs. The posterior sector, the importance of which is thus readily apparent, has been called abdomen, urosome, hind-body, and similar names, preference being shown to noncommit- tal expressions. The reasons for any equivocation are good ones. First, the articulation is one which does not have an exact counterpart in other major crustacean groups. Second, the hind-body in the copepods undoubtedly has two major anatomical components. In the podopleans the first two somites are pedigerous. ‘The second of these, further, is characterized by posses- sion of the reproductive apertures. The conformity of these somites to the posterior thoracic segments of the majority of crustaceans is apparent. In the gymnopleans the body articulation occurs one segment posterior to the position found in podopleans. The first segment of the gymnoplean hind-body, although not pedigerous, includes the genital apertures. A thoracic series plus an abdominal series of somites thus would be seen to characterize the copepod hind-body. In females throughout the Copepoda a further compli- cation occurs. The segment of the genital orifices usually fuses with the succeeding somite to form a compound metamere, usually ex- hibiting some expansion and often other elaboration. The participant elements in this complex then would seem to be one anatomically thoracic somite and one anatomically abdominal somite. As we shall A472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM cores | | see below, however, the formation of this compound somite is not a characteristic feature throughout the notodelphyids. In addition to the subdivision of the copepod body provided by the principal articulation, the tagmosis is further modified by the fusion of anterior segments into a cephalothoracic region, leaving several free thoracic segments anterior to the body hinge. Finally, in Botachus, Pachypygus, and Notopterophorus especially, the insertion of the caudal rami is upon a complicated structure which tends to become ensheathed by the preceding abdominal segment. This reduced structure seems to be a perianal ring, and has been designated, since Giesbrecht, as the terminal abdominal segment. (In usual anatomic reference among crustacea, the perianal ring is not considered to be a true somite.) The fundamental plan of segmentation of the body in the Notodel- phyidae is exhibited in the male of Notodelphys spp. The major body articulation is podoplean in character. The main mass of the trunk is cephalothoracic-thoracic and it bears most of the appendages, through the fourth swimming legs. This metasomal assembly is basically 5-segmented, with the segments diverse. Nearly half the metasomal mass is the fused cephalothoracic element which supports all the head appendages and the maxillipeds. The succeeding four much-less-extensive segments each support the appropriate pair of thoracic swimming legs. The urosome, posterior to the major hinge of the body, comprises two thoracic segments and four abdominal seg- ments (to include the telson, or perianal segment). The first urosomal segment is the fifth free thoracic segment, or the sixth limb-bearing seement attributable to the thoracic series. It supports the relatively well-developed fifth legs. The second urosomal segment, attributed by convention to the thorax, is characterized by possession of the paired reproductive apertures. These, and the segment itself, are complicated in structure by the presence of elaborate anatomical features connected with the formation of the characteristic sperma- tophoral capsules. The posterior ventral margin of this segment is produced into paired prominences which support two to three setae. These protrusions throughout the cyclopoid series have been long accepted as the vestiges of sixth legs (or seventh thoracic appendages). In the males of some other genera there is also a complication of urosomal segmentation involved. This seems to be related to an extension of the structures related to the spermatophores to occupy both the thoracic somites of the urosome. ‘The result is a more or less complete fusion of the sixth and seventh thoracic somites, with the spermatophoral capsules extending the length of the resultant segment. The sixth legs, as is usual, are prolongations of the posterior ventral margin of the structure. The fifth legs lie in rather close NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 473 apposition to the ventral surface, usually at a level about midway on the longitudinal extent. There may or may not be an obvious line of articulation in the integument of the segment at the level of the fifth legs (e. g., species of Doropygus, Doropygopsis, and Doropygella). In the males of species of Notodelphys the segment of the fifth legs is a well-developed, freely articulated one but is intruded considerably by the spermatophoral capsules. The majority of notodelphyid males (where they are known) con- form to the above generalized plan of metasomal tagmosis. The females of the genera in which parasitic degeneration does not obscure the basic features of seementation, in the main conform to this plan, but there are notable exceptions. The females of Notodelphys and, most strikingly, Lonchidiopsis are organized in a pattern seemingly conforming to the gymnoplean arrangement of the calanoid copepods. In Lonchidiopsis, an extremely aberrant notodelphyid, the bulk of the body is an expanded segment which, besides accommodating the incubatorium, supports the fourth and fifth legs; the urosome has no thoracic appendages. This tendency is also clearly seen in Noto- delphys. In Notodelphys monoseta, the last metasomal segment is the ex- panded incubatory complex. At its anterior articulation are borne the fourth legs; the fifth legs are set at the posterior edge and pro- trude posteriorly just to reach the anterior margin of the first urosomal somite. In specimens of N. allmani from Oban, Scotland, I find the fifth legs borne on the ventral surface of the incubatory segment, and they lie very far removed anteriorly from the hind margin of this segment. Still further complicating the issue is the fact that the organization of the metasome in Botachus is very similar to that in Notodelphys, as was clearly shown by Kerschner in 1879. The closest affinities of Botachus are not readily evident but would seem to be somewhat closer to the Pachypygus-Notopterophorus group of forms than to Notodelphys. But the body is a depressed one and this very likely is the critical factor in the tagmosis. The mechanics of the articula- tion of the hind-body are obviously profoundly affected by the compact, depressed mass which the metasome forms. In Notodelphys females there are five urosomal segments, including the so-called ‘‘sezment”’ supporting the caudal rami; none are pedig- erous. The four posterior-most are abdominal. The first, which bears the oviducal apertures, is accordingly here considered to be the seventh “thoracic” somite; it affords a most exceptional instance among copepods of this thoracic segment being free of the usual fusion with the first abdominal somite. In the species of Doropygus I have examined this condition also seems to exist, so that the urosome here 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOu. 107 actually has six segments including that of the fifth legs. Other genera allied to Doropygus in the feature of having podoplean segmentation return to the 5-segmented urosome by accomplishing the fusion of last thoracic and first abdominal somites. This is true of Doropygopsis as a salient example. The urosomal segmentation in Notodelphys then corresponds to the most generalized structure in the Calanoida (Gymnoplea). That in the males is of the most generalized podoplean or cyclopoid type. The mechanics of the major body articulation are complicated by the combination of effects produced by inflation of the body, with, in addi- tion, either compression or depression markedly developed. As a re- sult, the tagmosis in representatives of the family presents a graduated series of arrangements that spans the major subdivision in this feature, which has held as a differentiating characteristic in dichotomous ar- rangement of the copepods. There are both ‘‘podoplean” and ‘‘gym- noplean’”’ notodelphyoids. Although he did not describe the situation aptly, G. Sars (1921) was aware of a major difference in tagmosis of the female notodelphy- ids. He accordingly restricted the family Notodelphyidae to include Notodelphys (and Agnathaner) with ‘‘tail composed in both sexes of five segments not very different in size.”’ He further accepted the family Doropygidae, as proposed by Brady (1878), to include 10 genera more or less closely resembling Doropygus, and defined, in part, by Sars as with ‘tail cylindrical in shape, and in most cases only composed of four distinctly defined segments.”’ Thus, upon closer analysis, we have seen that the actual facts of the tagmosis are almost contrary to what Sars considered them. Undue emphasis doubtless has also been placed upon the possible significance of compression and depression as major diagnostic char- acters in notodelphyids. A newly found species among the present material is compressed in habitus, although in all details of anatomy of the appendages it conforms to a genus in which all previously known representatives are depressed. Schellenberg (1922) was led to include in the genus Doropygus by their compressed habitus three species which are clearly much more closely allied to Notodelphys when the features of their appendages are taken into account. As to the alternative possibilities of fusion of the segment of the first swimming legs with the head or persistence as a separate unit, as will be shown below, the records have not been consistently reliable in the past. Further, both conditions seemingly may occur in a single genus. Accordingly the bearing of this question on the higher levels of classification, in the present state of knowledge, is not clear. The various trends of modification in the degenerated parasitic lineages within the group have further significance in the problem of NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 475 the tagmosis of the notodelphyids. A major tendency, quite obviously independently initiated in more than one of the related assemblages within the group, is the encroachment of the brood sack upon suc- cessively more of the thoracic somites until all those bearing swim- ming legs come to be incorporated in the incubatory structure. A second important trait is the coalescence of segments as parasitic modification advances. The internal anatomy of the notodelphyids for the most part re- mains to be described. In keeping with many copepods, the members of this family lack respiratory and circulatory structures. ‘There is no full description of the musculature of any representative available. Features of the excretory organs and of the digestive and nervous systems are known only as isolated details scattered through the references to the group. The reproductive system was extensively studied in Notopterophorus by Giesbrecht (1882a), and Canu (1892) added many details from his studies on a number of forms. The typical female reproductive system of notodelphyids conforms to the general pattern found among copepods. There is a single medial ovarian mass located dorsally in the metasome. Paired oviducts traverse the body from the level of the ovary to the seventh thoracic segment, which is in- variably located on the urosome as the first or second segment. The oviducts open dorsolaterally as rather elaborately developed genital atria, these frequently being shielded at the orifices by modified tegu- mentary structures. A seminal apparatus is also a feature of this genital somite. There is a median pore on the ventral surface, which serves as a site of attachment for the spermatophores transferred from the male in copulation. From the pore a short canal proceeds later- ally on either side to the paired seminal receptacles which lie in close relation to the genital atria. From the seminal receptacles the sperm passes to the eges in the genital atrium as they are being extruded into the brood sack. ‘The arrangement of paired seminal reservoirs has been suggested as a possible diagnostic character of the family Noto- delphyidae. It is certainly in contrast to the condition found in the genus Cyclops in which typically a large single median seminal recep- tacle is developed. However, the discernment of this anatomical feature is difficult and the condition in the majority of the Cyclop- inidae, for which information would be most significant, has not so far been recorded. The male reproductive system is less well known than the female. Canu (1892, pls. 6, 8) provided detailed illustration of this tract in two genera, and these features conform well to the generalized cyclopoid condition. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 A large single testis occupies the dorsal median portion of the first three thoracic segments. It may protrude anteriorly into the hinder portion of head. A deferent duct takes its origin rather far forward on the testicular mass on either side. The duct first is arranged as a highly convoluted section, which lies opposite the anterior third of the testis, then courses directly posteriorly to the seventh thoracic somite, which is the genital segment, located in the urosome. Most of the duct seems to be highly glandular, and considerable enlargement is de- veloped posterior to the convoluted portion. Each duct terminates in a large seminal vesicle, in which the spermatophoral capsule is elabo- rated. The seminal vesicles occupy most of the ventral portion of the genital segment. Hach may intrude considerably into the next ante- rior segment of the fifth legs. The large apertures of the seminal vesi- cles are overlain by the protective integumentary flaps, usually bearing two setae, which are considered to be the sixth legs. The spermato- phores are somehow removed from these orifices and cemented to the midventral seminal aperture of the female in the act of copulation. Canu (1892) made an outstanding contribution in the description of developmental stadia for five species encountered by him. Unfor- tunately his treatment of the later stages was not recorded in terms of the criteria of modern usage and these remain to be reappraised. No subsequent life history study adding greatly to this basic information has been found in the literature search made for the present paper. K. Lang (1949) described a new family of copepods, the Archinoto- delphyidae, to include some very primitively constructed ascidicolous copepods. These would, basically, require only the anatomical modi- fications of provision of an internal brood sack and some slight altera- tions in some of the appendages to apply to a familial definition which would accommodate the series of genera herein assigned to the Noto- delphyidae. They thus possess points of structure which strongly indicate that they may be a remnant of the archetypical stock which cave rise to the notodelphyids. Further, the inclusion of the archino- todelphyids within the family Cyclopinidae, a long-known group of free-living cyclopoids, would be consequent upon fairly simple trans- formations of a few appendages. This demonstration of the cyclopinid-notodelphyid phylogenetic series has led to the abandonment of the traditional usage, introduced by G. Sars (1921), which considers the majority of ascidicolous cope- pods as a suborder, the Notodelphyoida. The Notodelphyidae, Lang shows, are directly assignable to the cyclopinid stock within the Cyclopoida. Other ascidicolous families also show cyclopinid affini- ties, but not so obviously. One family among them Lang has con- sidered to have affinity with a somewhat more remotely related cyclo- NOTODELPHYID COPEPODS—ILLG 477 poid series, the poecilostomes, so that the suborder of former usage is held by him to have been polyphyletic. The classification of the notodelphyid ascidicoles then has resolved as a problem in practicality. There are good grounds for joining to- gether the families Cyclopinidae, Archinotodelphyidae, and Notodel- phyidae, since the distinctions between each two adjacent families are so minor, as pointed out above. If this combination were adopted, the problem of naming the assemblage would present difficulties. The name Notodelphyidae was used so early as a familial concept that it ought to deserve a weighty claim on grounds of mere priority. How- ever, the disadvantage of applying the name is that the very phylo- genetic trend which conveys biological significance to the grouping is thereby obscured. To preserve the phylogenetic considerations it would further be advisable to retain the separate categories at sub- familial level. This outcome, it seems obvious, offers so little gain over the treatment of the groups as separate families, that this latter alternative is here accepted. A further consideration in the arrangement of the genera concerned is the proposition by Chatton and Brément (1915b) of a family Ophio- seididae to include Ophioseides, Brementia, Ooneides. A grouping of the notodelphyoid genera which exhibit loss of one or more mouthparts would extend this series to include also Scolecodes, Scolecimorpha, Pholeterides, and Dysgenopsyllus. All of these exhibit extreme modifi- cations toward parasitic degeneration. However, the great reduction of the appendages makes it impossible to determine whether the same mouthpart has been lost in each. This issue is the crux of the problem of establishing the series as monophyletic, and, thereby, its validity asa taxonomic unit. Accordingly, it is here considered that the most practical treatment could not recognize the ophioseidids as a family. The existence of the ophioseidid genera in the notodelphyid series possessing incubatoria offers a possible objection to Lang’s considera- tion of the enterocolids as poecilostomes. By the loss of mouthparts, the ophioseidids might be considered to qualify as poecilostomes, but the derivation of these genera seems so obviously demonstrable from the notodelphyid stock that other assignment would be purely arbi- trary. Since the outstanding character of the poecilostomes is this more or less negative feature and the existence of a convergent parallel is available, the question arises whether the poecilostomes are not in fact an artificial, polyphyletic grouping. There are grounds in the definitions of some of the families to offer support to this suspicion. It seems entirely possible that further discoveries among the ascidico- lous copepods may yet provide the links that can connect the enteroco- lids to the parental gnathostome stock. The question, it would seem, should remain an open one until further facts are available. 478 la. 1b. 2a. 2b. 3a. 3b. 4a. 4b. 5a. 5b. 6a. 6b. 7a: 7b. 8a. 8b. 9a. 9b. 10a. 10b. la: 116. (2a; 12b. 13a. 13b. 14a. 146. 15a. 156. 16a. 166. 17a. 17b. 18a. 18b. 19a. 19b. 20a. 20b. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Key to genera of Notodelphyidae, based upon females ” All mouthparts represented. ... . clos ee) 8 en ee One or more pairs of mouthparts abut 5 QED TO ee ee Set Second to fourth exopodites reduced, segmentation obsolete. .... 3 Second to fourth exopodites distinctly segmented. ......... 4 Fifth legs absent. .... . .. . . . Prophioseides (p. 480) Fifth legs present as pedneed) settee . 2... . . . Campopera (p. 480) Brood sack involves second to fourth thoracic segments. ...... 5 Brood sack involves principally fourth thoracic segment. . ..... 6 Fifthlegsabsent. ........ .. .. + «= Gmnenotophorus (p. 621) Fifth legs present. ... . . «+ 6 « « « @ noo ot 5) eoQIR Een eed) Maxilliped consists of 3 setiferous segments. ... . ORS | Maxilliped monomerous to trimerous, at most two Jobitents itifetone coat Body depressed .............. . -Notodelphys (p. 488) Body’ compressed’ 82°92 bre Lda, OF Oe eee Endopodites2to4bimerous ...... . . . Netopterophorus (p. 481) Endopodites 2:t0:4 trimerousd 2 25 . i 3 | aw aa Tat wa bee Re oe cet ane inek 4anem as pee dof Leah 3 BSS. .aa 8.4, Wade Biel aut ig seivartistalent oaks Salil bibdate orig r Syobge call. ah joe pees A dah LORE pouleh, (oe pend i ew 3, ‘ey Fi Petite Pid ee eae ry. tc uf marie y as ne cia ae 5 ; ri saibuned y it gahsib bein: vier 2 ubsagel, ot igen: ‘a r-biRt gna, widaaf. siege) | ihe Ae ge it my Bode Dem Sa Gon “ eboapaos, nae pope ueolteare Sd ae les ene, ae ee <— rntals ABA f b ee ¥ it “i Baits ot BY BUHAY, ab ps ey: ab jos aomerhud Wetcie | HEE wit wit eis bes he Vis see re as i: hie siaft pid dstlpadt, | Dy Ware) iceehe D a a . rigs +. dav 4 0 Pe ‘anigat aloe gu Sails i odt tos eee eee ei “el Lf pat BB GG COE fs ov Savi “we GAOPOUA,. 14980; 3 Pies af ods ito3}, y BSE eg Gb-O8 ele VOTO FE scien vee ke letra 43 et fn i cae dee auf @Ot-88 ,aa wehoqsqos, i “LINX BIVOR 1h OW Le ORD, plac lene, sande hiya, ties cat 5 a ‘die > ¥ed Detvalios dgion on auld Pi) fy + oot Oh i fe . Y “ : ie LAr eee ee AT EREGE GE 8 OM GS JCM, (fe bad codeatdan ie INDEX (New genera, species, etc., are printed in ztalics. Page numbers of principal entries also in ztalics) Abantennarius, 54, 55, 66 analis, 54, 56, 67, 68 (fig.) duescus, 54, 55, 66, 67 abdominalis, Ophioseides, 480 Prophioseides, 480 Abrela, 134, 240 robusta, 241 (fig.) Acer campestre, 140 aciculatus, Apanteles, 431 Urogaster, 431 acollaris, Bonnierella, 480 Bonnierilla, 480 Acrocercops dives, 433 Acrodelphis, 316 letochae, 316, 319 acuta, Mysidopsis, 6 acutus, Doropygus, 586 adenophorum, Eupatorium, 267, 269, 410, 460 aegeriae, Dasylagon, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 424, 425 affinis, Ascidia, 493 affinis, Notodelphys, 491, 803, 507 (fig.) Afralebra, subg., 128 agilis, Notodelphis, 496 Notodelphys, 490, 491, 496 Agnathaner, 474, 479 minutus, 479 typicus, 479 Agnathener, 479 agresta, Alebra albostriella, 138, 139, 140 agrifolia, Quercus, 118 Alabama argillacea, 446 alba, Quercus, 120 Albera, 128, 132, 143 picea, 144 (fig.) albidula, Dikraneura, 183 albidus, Doropygus, 586 albomarginatus, Antennarius, 100 albostriella, Alebra, 135, 137 (fig.), 139, 141 Alebra albostriella, 135, 138, 140 Cicada, 134, 135 aldrichi, Opius, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 452 Alebra, 128, 132, 134, 135 (key), 142 albostriella, 135, 137 (fig.), 189, 141 albostriella agresta, 138, 139, 140 albostriella albostriella, 135, 138, 140 albostriella costatella, 136 Alebra, albostriella diluta, 136 albostriella discicollis, 139, 140 albostriella dufouri, 136, 138 albostriella fulveola, 138, 140 albostriella fumida, 140 albostriella insigita, 136 albostriella insignita, 136, 138 albostriella rubrafrons, 138, 139 albostriella scopa, 139, 140 albostriella tincta, 138, 139 albostriella viridis, 135 aurea, 135, 138, 141 aureovittatus, 226 bicincta, 138, 139 bifasciata, 196, 198 curvilinea, 166, 167 eburnea, 138, 139 flavocephala, 135 fumida, 135, 140 interrogata, 250 robusta, 240, 241 sanguinolinea, 247, 248 sorbi, 135 terminalis, 194 trimaculata, 193 wahlbergi, 138 wahlbergi brunnea, 136 wahlbergi pallescens, 136 Alebrini, ‘Leafhopper tribe (Homoptera: Cicadellidae), 127 Alebrini, 1382 (key), 145, 274 (check-list) aletiae, Apanteles, 446 alius, Apanteles, 420 (fig.), 434 alliodora, Cordia, 205 alliodorae, Habralebra, 184, 185, 189, 190 (fig.) Protalebra, 189 allmani, Notodelphis, 493 Notodelphys, 473, 490, 492 allmanni, Notodelphys, 492 Alloeocarpa emilionis, 623 thilesii, 525 altipinnis, Antennarius, 54, 62. 99 Amaroecium sp., 484, 485 Amaroucium areolatum, 485 californicum, 637 densum, 480 gzibbulosum, 485 mediterraneum, 485 punctum, 485 amela, Ooneides, 487 651 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 americana, Calanopia, 39, 40, 43 (fig.), | Antennarius, fuliginosus, 78 44 amoena, Habralebra, 186, 190 (fig.), 191 Protalebra, 191 Amphibolips, 111 murata, 111 Ampulloides, Molgula, 496, 610, 624 analis, Abantennartus, 54, 56, 67, 68 (fig.) fqosten de fraterculus, 455 mombinpraeoptans, 458 montei, 451 pickeli, 451 serpentina, 454 striata, 455 sp., 451, 458 anastrephae, Phaenocarpa, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 457 Anatifa truncata, 27 Ancylocentrus, 411 Ancylus, 411 cuspidatus, 411 excrucians, 411 Andricus, 112 mendocinensis, 112 reniformis, 109 angusta, Mysidopsis, 6 annulatus, Antennarius, 94, 95 anormalis, Asciodes, 439 antarctica, Notodelphys, 610 Pygodelphys, 699 antarcticus, Doropygus, 520, 599 Antennariidae, 62, 50, 53 (key), 54 (table), 86 phylogeny, 53 (fig.) The frogfishes of the family, 47 Antennariinae, subfam., 62 Antennarius, 54, 58, 86, 86, 93, 98 albomarginatus, 100 altipinnis, 54, 62, 99 annulatus, 94, 95 argus, 93 asper, 54, 59, 89 astroscopus, 89, 94 avalonis, 54, 58, 64, 87, 88 (fig.) bermudensis, 54, 59, 61, 98 bigibbus, 80 biocellatus, 99 bivertex, 80 campylacanthus, 85 caudimaculatus, 82 chironectes, 54, 60, 85, 93 coccineus, 54, 61, 97, 99 commersoni, 93, 95 commersoni niger, 93 commersoni nigromaculatus, 93, 94 commersoni rubrofuscus, 93 commersonli, 76, 84 corallinus, 94 cryptacanthus, 81, 82 cubensis, 73 cunninghami, 74, 76 dorehensis, 54, 61, 97 drombus, 54, 61, 96, 99 duescus, 66 glauerti, 94 goramensis, 91 giuntheri, 72 hispidus, 54, 59, 90, 91 horridus, 72, 83, 84 inops, 104 lacepedei, 71 lateralis, 84. laysanius, 93, 94 leopardinus, 95 leprosus, 94 leucas, 97 leucosoma, 54, 60, 92 lindgreeni, 82 lithinostomus, 82 lutescens, 84 melas, 72 mitchelli, 65 moluccensis, 54, 60, 9 multiocellatus, 54, 50, 60, 73, 84, 94, 102 multiocellatus leucosoma, 92 nexilis, 96 nigromaculatus, 93 niveus, 100 notophthalmus, 54, 61, 99 nox, 78 nummifer, 54, 62, 102, 103 (fig.) nuttingi, 72 ocellatus, 54, 58, 64, 86, 89, 95, 102 oligospilos, 54, 60, 96 pardalis, 54, 59, 92 pauciradiatus, 54, 62, 100, 101 (fig.) phymatodes, 54, 59, 72, 90, 95 pinnaceps, 71, 75 pinnaceps fasciata, 71 pinniceps bleekeri, 79 pleurophthalmus, 89, 100 polyophthalmus, 93, 94 punctatissimus, 97 radiosus, 54, 58, 64, 86, 87, 102 reticularis, 81 sanguifluus, 102 sanguineus, 54, 61, 87, 88, 96 sarasa, 54, 58, 64, 88 scaber, 73, scriptissimus, 91 stellifer, 94 stigmaticus, 97 striatus, 71 strigatus, 80, 81 striolatus, 75 subteres, 66 tagus, 95 teleplanus, 73 tenebrosus, 73, 74 tenuifilis, 81 tigris, 73, 74 tridens, 75, 78, 91 urophthalmus, 82 verrucosus, 54, 61, 99 vulgaris, 52 ziesenhennei, 81 subg., 54, 59, 90 INDEX Antennatus, 54, 55, 57, 80 bigibbus, 54, 57, 80, 81 cryptacanthus, 54, 55, 82 strigatus, 54, 57, 81 subg., 54, 57, 80 Antron, 115 magdalenae, 116 nubila, 116 tepicana, 115 Apanteles, 406, 412, 414, 428, 431 aciculatus, 431 aletiae, 446 alius, 420 (fig.), 434 areolaris, 414 balthazari, 431 carpatus, 431 coffeellae, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 431 concinnus, 418 (fig.), 440 concordalis, 441 conformis, 444 croceicornis, 438 dentatus, 442 Gisputabilis, 444 glomeratus, 434, 435 hedylepiae, 443 igae, 431 ampiger, 437 kraussi, 449 laevicoxis, 431 leucochiloneae, 432 lipomeringis, 483 lunatus, 449 malthacae, 420 (fig.), 439 megastidis, 446 muesebecki, 440 opsiphanis, 434 ornatricis, 435 orobenae, 435 paleacritae, 448 paradoxus, 418 (fig.), 446 parallelis, 443 piceoventris, 431 politiventris, 436 pseudoglossae, 437 sancti-vincenti, 431 sarrothripae, 439 schini, 420 (fig.), 448 sordidus, 427 stenomae, 441 talidicida, 444 thoracicus, 431 thurberiae, 445 Alphanalebra, 129, 132, 163, 164 unipuncta, 163 (fig.), 164 apicalis, Leiophron, 410, 412 Aplidium cristallinum, 485 gibbulosum, 485 apoda, Ophioseides, 487 appeli, Tathicarpus, 64 i le oe 599, 600, 692 g Apapea aie: 312, 313 natator, 313 498059—59-——2 arcticus, Chironectes, 104 Doropygus, 587 arcuata, Bonnierilla, 481 areolaris, Apanteles, 414 areolata, Parascidia, 485 areolatum, Amaroucium, 485 Fragarium, 485 argillacea, Alabama, 446 argus, Antennarius, 93 Morchellium, 485 Argyrodelphis, 286 arizonica, Quercus, 109, 113, 114, 115 armadillo, Notopterophoroides, 486 armata, Bonierilla, 481 Ascidia affinis, 493 aspersa, 495, 496, 525, 589, 591 callosa, 503, 592, 593, 598 canaliculata, 495 canelata, 487, 494, 586 canina, 482, 485, 486, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 525, 587, 588, 610 clementea, 512, 616 communis, 510 conchilega, 495, 624 cristata, 495 fumigata, 591 gemmata, 494, 486, 512 glabra, 480, 610 interrupta, 496 intestinalis, 485, 498, 494, 586, 587, 610 latesiphonica, 486 malaca, 480, 484 mammillata, 483, 493, 495 mentula, 482, 485, 485, 492, 493, 495, 496, 525 obliqua, 495, 496, 591 parallelogramma, 493, 496, 590, 591 paratropa, 503, 593, 603, 608 plebeia, 485, 525, 610 prunum, 537, 592, 593, 624 rhabdophora, 510 sanguinolenta, 483 sordida, 496 sydneiensis, 485, 493 tenera, 494 venosa, 493, 525, 587, 588, 589, 610 virginea, 493, 496, 590 sp., 592 ascidicola, Notodelphys, 488, 492, 510, 525 Aacldiells aspersa, 483, 484, 493, 495, 96 latesiphonica, 484 opalina, 493, 496, 525 pa’ ula, 496 scabra, 495, 525 Asciodes anormalis, 439 asper, Antennarius, 54, 59, 89 aspersa, Ascidia, 495, 496, 525, 589, 591 Ascidiella, 483, 484, 498, 495, 496 Astellium perspicuum, 487 astroscopus, Antennarius, 89, 94 asymmetrica, Styela, 510 ater, Leiophron, 410 653 654 atomaria, Polycarpa, 525 atra, Phrynelox, 54, 57, 76, 77 (table), 78 (fig.) attenuata, Dikraneura, 182, 183 Elabra, 183 attenuatus, Lawsonellus, 183 (fig.) audax, Microctonus, 406, 407, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.) aurantium, Halocynthia, 600, 603, 608 Polyclinum, 485 aurata, Typhlocyba, 138 aurea, Alebra, 185, 138, 141 Typhlocyba, 138 Burr Barela, 265, 267, 268 (fig.), aureovittata, Elabra, 221, 225 (fig.), 226 aureovittatus, Alebra, 226 auripennis, Opius, 458, 454 auritus, Doropygus, 482 Doropygus elongatus, 482 Notopterophorus, 482 Notopterophorus elongatus, 482 aurivillii, Calanopia, 39 australis, Rabela, 215, 216, 217 (fig.) australis, Microcosmus exasperatus, 525 ae See ie 54, 58, 64, 87, 88 g. PROCEEDINGS balanella, Callirhytis, 117 Balanus squamosa, 33 Balera, 133, 171, 172 (key), 174, 181 caraguatae, 172, 173 (fig.), 174 emarginata, 172, 176 (fig.) pellucida, 172, 173 (fig.) pusilla, 172, 174, 175 (fig.) b< li, Trypanalebra, 154, 155 (fig.), 156 balloui, Fornicia, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.), 428 Omegalebra, 200, 206, 209 (fig.) balneolensis, Brementia, 487 balthazeri, Apanteles, 431 Urogaster, 431 meee aa a cossonine weevils of, 1 Bambusa stenostachyta, 13, 18, 20 bambusae, Rhinanisus, 14, 16 (fig. pe Wee (fig.) barbata, UmesclebEn, 200, 211 (fig.) barbatulus, Chironectes, 52 Barela, 134, 248, 264, 265 (key) Barela LE aie 265, 267, 268 (fig.), 69 decorata, 265, 268 (fig.), 269 parvisaccata, 265, 268 (fig.), 269 sobrina, 265, 270, 271 (fig.) Barnacles, Littoral, from the Tuamotu, pula and Caroline Islands, 2 Basilosaurus cetoides, 296 Bathypera ovoidia, 569 Batrachopus, 85 bayert, oe ael a 519, 524, 644, 547 g. Halyphysema, 123, 125 beameri, Beamerulus, 242, 243, 244, 245 (fig.), 246, 247 OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 Beamerulus, 134, 242, 243 (key), 248, 256, 267 beameri, 242, 243, 244, 245 (fig.), 246, 247 6, morelosensis, 243, 245 (fig.), 246 uniceratus, 248, 245 (fig.) bermudensis, Antennarius, 54, 59, 61, 98 berryz, Microctonus, 407 beutenmuelleri, Loxaulus, 116 bicincta, Alebra, 138, 139 Protalebra, 215 bifasciata, Alebra, 196, 198 Habralebra, 184, 185, 195 (fig.), 196, 197, 198 bifasciatella, Habralebra, 184, 185, 190 (fig.), 192 bifurcatus, Chironectes, 68 bigelowi, Mysidopsis, 1, 3, 5 bigibbus, Antennarius, 80 Anetennatus, 54, 57, 80, 81 | biloba, a 40, 41 (fig. ), 42 (fig.), g binotata, Typhlocyba, 138, 139 biocellatus, Antennarius, 99 Chironectes, 73 bivertex, Antennarius, 80 Blacinae, 411 blanchardi, Microgaster, 413, 414 blantoni, Omegalebra, 200, 205, 207, 209 (fig.) blantoni, “Pry panaielaes 154, 155 (fig.), Blarea, 132, 159, 162 brasiliensis, 159, 160 (fig.) bleekeri, Antennarius pinniceps, 79 bolteni, ’Boltenia, 610 Boltenia bolteni, 610 echinata, 537, 539, 592 ovifera, 537, 539 villosa, 600, 603, 608 bombyx, Notopterophorus, 483 bonariensis, Solanum, 414 Bonierilla, 480 brevipes, 481 Bonneriella, 480 Bonnierella, 480 acollaris, 480 longipes, 481 Bonnierilla, 478, 480 acollaris, 480 arcuata, 481 armata, 481 brevipes, 481 longipes, 487 scolaris, 480 borealis, Quercus, 117, 121 bossi, Eurhinodelphis, 293, 297, 310 Bostrichobranchus digonas, 531 Botachus, 472, 473, 478, 485 cylindratus, 485 fulvus, 486 fusiformis, 485 macroone, 486 Botrylloides sp., 485 Botrylius violatinctus, 485 INDEX bougainvilli, Chironectes, 69 Histiophryne, 54, 56, 69, 70 Bowman, Thomas E.; A new species of Calanopia (Copepoda: Cala- noida) from the Caribbean Sea, 39 A new species of Mysidopsis (Crus- tacea: Mysidacea) from the southeastern coast of the United States, 1 brachiata, Vernonia, 227 brachypus, Pseudocossonus, 22 Braconidae, New Neotropical wasps of the family, 405 Braconidae, 405, 450 brasiliensis, Blarea, 159, 160 (fig.) brasiliensis, Microctonus, 406, 407 Perilitus, 406 Protalebra, 255, 257 Protalebrella, 256, 2657, 258, 259 (fig.), 260, 261 Brementia, 477, 479, 487 balneolensis, 487 brevipes, Bonnierilla, 481 brevitarsis, Pseudocossonus, 21, 22 broomensis, Lophiocharon, 82 Brunerella, 133, 176, 177 (key), 181 magnifica, 176, 177, 178, 179 (fig.) seriptozona, 177, 178, 179 (fig.) brunnea, Alebra wahlbergi, 136 Protalebra, 237 Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, 287, 239 (fig.) Rhabdotalebra brunnea, 229, 237, 240 butleri, Tathicarpus, 54, 55, 64, 93 caerulea, Notodelphys, 492, 493 Caesalpina sp., 461 Caesira socialis, 496 Calanopia (Copepoda: Calanoida) from the Caribbean Sea, new species of, Calanopia, 39, 44 americana, 39, 40, 43 (fig.), 44 aurivillii, 39 oe 40, 41 (fig.), 42 (fig.), 43 g. elliptica, 39, 40, 43 (fig.), 44 herdmani, 39 media, 39, 40 minor, 40 sarsi, 39, 40 thompsoni, 39 calcareobasis, Chthamalus, 26, 28, 29 caldwelli, Diceratalebra, 248, 253 (fig.), 264 Protalebra, 254 californica, Mysidopsis, 6 californicum, Amaroucium, 673 callipygus, Doropygus, 587 Callirhytis, 117, 121 balanella, 117 carmelensis, 118, 119 floridana, 120 jfloripara, 118 655 Callirhytis, glomerosa, 119 intersita, 119 lapillula, 120 manni, 120 marginata, 122 medularis, 121 perobscura, 122 suttoni, 120 callosa, Ascidia, 503, 592, 593, 598 Calocarpum mammosum, 454 camara, Lantana, 231, 269 camelina, Mysidopsis, 6 campestre, Acer, 140 Campopera, 478, 480 michaelseni, 480 Campsus, 134 campylacanthus, Antennarius, 85 Lophiocharon, 54, 57, 86 canaliculata, Ascidia, 495 canelata, Ascidia, 487, 494, 586 canina, Ascidia, 482, 485, 486, 492, 493, 494, 495, 496, 525, 587, 588, 610 Ciona, 482, 493 Phallusia, 482 Canna indica, 445 canopus, Styela, 592 Capellaria, 85 capetillensis, Epicaerus, 412 capsicola, Opius, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 450 caraguatae, Balera, 172, 173 (fig.), 174 cardiocéphale, Ophioséide, 640 cardiacephalus, Ophioseides, 640 cardiocephalus, Ophioseides, 640 Ophioseidus, 640 earinata, Microplitis, 427 carmelensis, Callirhytis, 118, 119 carpatus, Apanteles, 431 Microgaster, 431 cassiae, Opsiphanes cassiae, 435 Catolethromorphus, 21 nigripes, 21 caudimaculatus, Antennarius, Chironectes, 82, 89 Lophiocharon, 54, 57, 82 cauta, Lithotrya, 26 Centistes, 410, 412 edentatus, 411 epicaeri, 411, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.) eerea, Cnemidocarpa, 48 cereus, Opius, 450, 453 Ceroptres, 108 montensis, 108 cerulaea, Notodelphys, 493 cetoides, Basilosaurus, 296 Champsodelphis dationum, 319 lophogenius, 316, 318, 319 ombonii, 319 Chaunax, 86 Chelyosoma macleayanum, 587 productum, 579, 600 chironectes, Antennarius, 54, 60, 85, 93 Lophius, 85 Chironectes, 85 arcticus, 104 barbatulus, 52 bifurcatus, 68 656 Chironectes, biocellatus, 73 bougainvilli, 69 caudimaculatus, 82, 89 chlorostygma, 52 coccineus, 97 commersoni, 91 filamentosus, 68 fuscipilis, 73 hispidus, 90 laevigatus, 103 leprosus, 80 lophotes, 90 mentzelii, 94 multiocellatus, 94 Chironectes niger, 93 nummifer, 102 ocellatus, 89 pardalis, 92 pavoninus, 52 peravok, 93 pictus, 104 pictus vittatus, 104 principis, 94 reticulatus, 80 rubrofuscus, 93 _ scaber, 73 sonntagii, 104 subrotundatus, 80 tenebrosus, 73, 74, 83, 84 tigris, 73 tridens, 79 trisignatus, 82, 83 tuberosus, 80 tumidus, 104 variegatus, 93 chlorostygma, Chironectes, 52 chrysolepis, Quercus, 108, 109 Chthamalus, 25, 29, 30 calcareobasis, 26, 28, 30 hembeli, 26, 29, 32, 33 intertextus, 32 stellatus, 29 Cicada albostriella, 184, 135 Cicadula elegentula, 135 ciliata, Notodelphys, 491, 493 cinerea, Quercus, 112. Ciona canina, 482, 493 intestinalis, 483, 485, 493, 494, 495, 496, 525 papillosa, 493 Circinalium concrescens, 479 claripennis, Euphoridea, 411 elarki, Salmo, 49 Ustina, 486 clathrata, Fornicia, 428, 429, 430 Clavelina lepadiformis, 481, 483, 525, 610, sp. 610 clementea, Ascidia, 512, 616 clitellaria, Protalebra, 271, 272 (fig.) Cnemidocarpa cerea, 488 finmarkiensis, 600, 603, 608 novae-seelandiae, 599 coccinea, Polyzoa, 623 Quercus, 119, 121 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 coccineus, Antennarius, 54, 61, 97, 99 Chironectes, 97 Doropygus, 587 cocheteuxii, Eurhinodelphis, 296 cocinsinensis, Lophius, 104 coerulea, Notodelphys, 493 coeruleus, Doropygus, 589 coffeella, Leucoptera, 433 eco: er 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), colorata, * Rhabdétalebra brunnea, 229, 238, 239 (fig.) comata, Polyearpa, 496, 610, 624 commersoni, Antennarius, 93, 95 Chironectes, 91 Lophius, 85, 93 Antennarius, 76, 84 commune, Leptoclinum, 487, 488 communis, Ascidia, 510 Conarthrus, 22 cylindricus, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig. ), 28 ferrugineus, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.), 22 ferruginineus, 14 vicinus, 23 conchilega, Ascidia, 495, 624 Phallusia, 493, 495, 525 Conchotrya valentiana, 27 concinnus, Apanteles, 4; 8 (fig.), 440 concordalis, Apanteles, 441 concrescens, Circinalium, 479 conformis, Apanteles, ALd congener, EKutornus, 29 conica, Lithotrya, 26 Protalebra, 258 Protalebrella, 256, 258, 259 (fig.) conicus, Doropygus, 587 Cooke, C. Wythe; Rhynobrissus cuneus, a new echinoid from North Caro- lina, 9 cookei, Verruca, 25, 26, 28, 30 Copepods, North American, of the fam- ily Notodelphyidae 463 corallinus, Antennarius, 94 Cordia alliodora, 205 sulcata, 226 cordiae, Omegalebra, 201, 203 (fig.), 204 Protalebra, 204 Corella parallelogramma, 493, 496 willmeriana, 504, 525 coriacea, Styela, 624, 629 “Cornutia cymosa,”’ 227 one weevils of bamboo, Formosan, costaricensis oe Elabra, 218, 221, 225 226 Eastatelien Alebra albostriella, 136 crassangulum, Schizodelphis, 311 crassispina, Echinophryne, 54, 56, 69, 70 Crataegus sp., 140 crawfordi, Opius, 451 cristallinum, Aplidium, 485 cristata, Ascidia, 495 Phallusia, 493, 610 INDEX cristatus, Doropygus, 587 Cristivomer, 49, 50 croceéicornts, Apanteles, 438 cruciata, Habralebra, 185, 197 (fig.), 198 cryptacanthus, Antennarius, 81, 82 Antennatus, 54, 55, 82 cubana, Protalebra, 248 cubensis, Antennarius, 73. cuneus, Rhynobrissus, 10 cunninghami, Antennarius, 74, 76 Phrynelox, 54, 57, 74, 80 curculio, Doropygus, 587 curvatus, Doropygus, 521, 524 curvicauda, Toxotrypana, 452 curvilinea, ’Alebra, 166, 167 Protalebra, 167, 168, 169 (fig.), 1.70 curvipes, Gunenotophorus, 623, 625 (fig.), 629 cuspidatus, Ancylus, 411 Cyclopinidae, 475 Cyclops, 475 cylindratus, Botachus, 485 cylindricus, Conarthrus, 14, 17 (fig.), 23 cylindriformis, Doropygus, 479, 520, 586 cymosa, Cornutia, 227 Cynthia echinata, 537 lurida, 481, 525, 624 microcosmus, 587, 589, 610, 623 morus, 525 papillosa, 590 rustica, 479 sp., 481, 590 Dasylagon, 424 (key) sia Se 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 424, 4 simulans, 424, 426 dationum, Champsodelphis, 319 decorata, Barela, 265, 268 (fig.), 269 Protalebra, 264, 265 decurvata, Paralebra, 146, 151 (fig.), 162 deflexus, ‘Doropygus, 587 Delphinodon, 286, 311, 312, 318 dividum, 286, 287, 312, 320, 321, 324, 325, 330 leidyi, 286 mento, 286, 287 demissus, Doropygus, 521.) 523," 097, 540 (fig.) 16 (fig.), Dendrodoa grossularia, 624 Dendronina, 124 densiflora, Lithocarpus, 112 Quercus, 112 densum, Amaroucium, 480 dentata, Notodelphys, 491, 493 dentatum, Didemnum, 487 Leptoclinum, 487 dentatus, Apanteles, 442 des apoda, Ophios, 487 Diaphania hyalinata, 438 nitadalis, 415, 416 diaphaniae, Microgaster, 413, 414 Diazona violacea, 485 657 Diceratalebra, 134, 181, 184, 185, 243 247, 248 (key), 265 caldwelli, 248, 253 (fig.), 254 ai tee 142, 248, 250, 251 (fig. pusilla, 248, 252, 253 (fig.) quadricerata, 248, 253 (fig.), 254 rubusta, 241 sanguinolinea, 248, 250, 251 (fig.) sola, 248, 249, 251 (fig. y 254 didelphys, Mysidopsis, 6 Didemnum dentatum, 487 fulgens, 488 digona, Bostrichobranchus, 531 Dikraneura, 132 albidula, 183 attenuata, 182, 183 laticeps, 132 parallela, 221 parana, 222 pellucida, 171, 172 quadrifasciata, 165, 166 sarana, 224 Dikraneurini, 128, 131 diluta, Alebra albostriella, 136 dimidiatus, Pseudocossonus, 22 Diochotichus, 286 diolacea, Diazona, 485 Diplosoma spongiforme, 481 discicollis, Alebra albostriella, 139, 140 Typhlocyba, 135, 136 Disholeaspis, 113, 115 edura, 118, 115 mamillana, 115 prehensa, 118 spissa, 114 truckeensis, 108, 109 disputabilis, Apanteles, 444 divergens, Opius, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 456 dives, Acrocercops, 433 dividum, Delphinodon, 286, 287, 312, 320, 321, 324, 325, 330 dorehensis, Antennarius, 54, 61, 97 Doroixys, 468, 478, 484 uncinata, 484 Doropygelia, 590 thorellii, 591 Doropygella, 473, 478, 523, 590 (key) normani, 590 porcicauda, 590 psyllus, 590, 591 thorelli, 590, 591 thorellii, 591 Doropygopsis, 473, 474, 478, 519, 523, 591, 592 (key) longicauda, 503, 591, 592 novemsetiferus, 692 Doropygus, 465, 469, 473, 474, 478, 481, 618, 523 (key), 590, 591, 592, 598, 599, 608, 609, 616, 620, 621 acurus, 586 albidus, 586 antarcticus, 520, 599 arcticus, 687 658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOL. 107 Doropygus, auritus, 482 Doroyxes, 484 auritus elongatus, 483 dorsalis, Lithotrya, 26 bayeri, 519, 524, 544, 547 (fig.) douglasii, Quercus, 111, 115 callipygus, 587 drombus, Antennarius, 54, 61, 96, 99 coccineus, 587 Dryocosmus piperoides, 117 coeruleus, 589 duescus, Abantennarius, 54, 55, 66, 67 conicus, 587 Antennarius, 66 cristatus, 587 dufouri, Alebra albostriella, 136, 138 curculio, 587 dumosa, Quercus, 110, 111, 113° curvatus, 521, 524 dumosae, Liodora, 111 cylindriformis, 479, 520, 586 Dysgenopsyllus, 477, 479, 487 deflexus, 587 reevesbyensis, 487 demissus, 521, 523, 537, 540 (fig.) elatus, 483 Eacles magnifica, 409 elongatus, 483 eaclidis, Meteorus, 408, 417 (fig.), 418 elongatus auritus, 482 fig. elongatus elatus, 483 eburnea, Alebra, 138, 139 elongatus elongatus, 483 eburneola, Elabra, 219 (fig.), 220, 221, elongatus maculatus, 483 222, 223, 224 fernaldi, 524, 651, 553 (fig.) Protalebra, 218, 221 gibber, 608, 610 ecdytolophae, Microgaster, 412, 413 gibbosa, 589 echinata, Boltinia, 537, 539, 592 gibbosus, 587 Cynthia, 537 globosipherus, 588 Hehinophryne, 54, 56, 70 hummi, 524, 557, 560 (fig.) crassispina, 54, 56, 69, 70 kerguelensis, 524 glauerti, 54, 56, 70 lamellipes, 520, 599 edentatus, Centistes, 411 laticornis, 520, 521, 524, 530, 534| edura, Disholeaspis, 113, 115 (fig.) ehrenbergi, Morpheis, 450 longicauda, 522, 523, 592 Polyecarpa, 494 longimatrix, 521, 522, 523, 524 Elabra, 133, 218, 220 (Key), 273 macroon, 588 attenuata, 183 mohri, 519, 523, 562, 565 (fig.) aureovittata, 221, 225 (fig.), 226 molgulensis, 588 costaricensis, 218, 221, 225 (fig.), normani, 523, 590 226 novaesealandicus, 599 eburneola, 219 (fig.), 220, 221, 222, novae seelandius, 520, 599 223, 224 novemsetiferus, 522, 523 morrisoni, 219 (fig.), 220, 223 oblongus, 888 morrisoni isthmusi, 219 (fig.), 221, papilio, 482 224, 225 (fig.) papilio massiliensis, 482 morrisoni morrisoni, 221, 223 poaticus, 588 parallela, 219 (fig.), 220, 221, 223 procicauda, 523, 590 parana, 219 (fig.), 220, 222, postremoglobosus, 488 quadrifasciata, 166 profundus, 524, 569, 571 (fig.) sarana, 220, 224, 225 (fig.) propinquus, 588 elatus, Doropygus, 483 psyltus, 523, 591 Doropygus elongatus, 483 pulex, 465, 518, 519, 521, 523, 625 Notopterophorus, 483, 621 pullus, 525 Notopterophorus elongatus, 483 refiexus, 688 elegans, Notocelphys, 490, 492, 493 robustus, 624 elegentula, Cicadula, 135 rotundus, 689 elliptica, Calanopia, 39, 40, 43 (fig.), 44 rufescens, 589 elongatus, Doropygus, 483° schellenbergi, 524, 574, 577 (fig.) Doropygus auritus, 483 seclusus, 523, 579, 582 (fig.) Doropygus elongatus, 483 sphaerasipherus, 589 Notopterophorus, 483, 621 spiniferus, 521, 523, 524 Notopterophorus elongatus, 493 thorelli, 522, 523, 590, 591 emarginata, Balera, 172, 176 (fig.) trisetosus, 521, 524 Empoasea, 175 emilionis, Alloeocarpa, 623 UC RREIE Misr St emoryi, Quercus, 117 Mee dea 589 Empoasca emarginata, 175 viridis, 589 Entocrypta huntsmani, 469 sp., 589 epicaert, Centistes, 411, 417 (fig.), 419 subg., 608, 619 (fig.) BN a INDEX Epicaerus capetillensis, 412 Erabla, 133, 212 lineola, 213 (fig.), 214 Erythroneura sublunata, 273 Erythroneurini, 131 erythroptera, Plagiodera, 408 esculenta, Manihot, 451 Eugyra sp., 592, 601 Eupatorium adenophorum, 267, 269, 410, 460 Euphoridea, 411 claripennis, 411 Euphorinae, 411 Euphorus, 410, 412 pallicornis, 412 Eupteryx fasciata, 135 Euraphia hembeli, 29 Eurhinodelphis, 297, 310, 311, 312 bossi, 293, 297, 310 cocheteuxii, 296 Eutornicus, 22 Eutornus, 22 congener, 22 ferrugineus, 22 jansoni, 23 planatus, 21 exasperatus, Microcosmus, 611 excrucians, Ancylus, 411 eximia, Typhlocyba, 135 fabianii, Squalodelphis, 284, 286 falciferus, Notodelphyopsis, 511, 512 fasciata, Antennarius pinnaceps, 71 Eupteryx, 135 fendleri, Quercus, 114, 115 fernaldi, Doropygus, 524, 551, 553 (fig.) ferrifusalis, Jocara, 414 SEREE IEE, Conarthrus, 14, 16 (fig.), 7 (fig.), 22 ae tea 22 ferruginineus Basar theas 14 filamentosus, Chironectes, 68 Rhbycherus, 54, 55, 68 filholi, Paramolgula, 599 filum, Leurostenus, 18 Pseudostenotrupis, 21 finmarkiensis, Cnemidocarpa, 600, 603, 8 60 flagellator, Zarhachis, 291, 292, 293 flavocephala, Alebra, 1385 floricola, Neuroterus, 110 floricomus, Neuroterus, 109 floridana, Callirhytis, 120 floridanus, Fowlerichthys, 86, 87 floripara, Callirhytis, 118 florulentus, Neuroterus, 110 fluminensis, OCpius, 450 Fomes sp., ‘423 Fornicia, 427, 428 (key) balloui, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.), 428 clathrata, 428, 429, 430 pilosa, 428, 429 surinamensis, 428, 430 Fowlerichthys floridanus, 86, 87 subg., 54, 58, 64, 86 659 Fragarium areolatum, 485 fraterculus, Anastrepha, 455 Progusnee of the family Antennariidae, 4 fulgens, Didemnum, 488 fuliginosus, Antennarius, 78 fulveola, Alegra albostriella, 138, 140 fulvus, Botachus, 486 fumida, Alebra, 135, 140 Alebra albostriella, 140 fumigata, Ascidia, 591 Phallusia, 493, 610 furca, Mysidopsis, ott 2 (fig.), 4 (fig.), 6 furtiva, Phioeterides, 637 fuscipilis, Chironectes, 73 fusiformis, Botachus, 485 fuveola, Typhlocyba, 135 gabbii, Tretosphys, 286, 312 gairdneri, Salmo, 49 gangelion, Pyura, 592 garryana, Quercus, 110, 111 gelatinosa, Phaliusia, 483 Gelechiidae, 414 gemmata, Ascidia, 484, 486, 512 geographicus, Lophius, 104 gibba, Histrio, 104 gibber, Doropygus, 608, 610 Notopterophorus, 610 Pachypygus, 609, 610, 615 gibbosa, Doropygus, 589 Mysidopsis, 6 gibbosus, Doropygus, 687 gibbsii, Styela, 526, 562, 600, 603, 608, 633, 636 gibbulosum, Amaroucium, 485 Aplidium, 485 gibbus, Lophius, 204 gigantea, Paramolgula, 480, 599 giganteus, Gunenotophorus, 623 Gongvophorus globularis, 622, 62 gillettet, Habralebra, 185, 196, 197 (fig.), 198 glabra, Ascidia, 480, 610 elauerti, Antennarius, 94 Echinophryne, 54, 56, 70 globosipherus, Doropygus, 588 globularis, Guenenotophorus, 624 Gunenotophorus, 623, 624, 625 (fig.), 628 Gunenthophorus, 624 Gunentophorus, 621, 622, 623 Gunetotrophus, 624, glomeratus, Apanteles, 434, 435 glomerosa, Callirhytis, 119 Glossoforum luteum, 485 Gnaptodon, 450 minutus, 450 Goniodelphys, 478, 486 trigona, 486 Gonodonta nutrix, 446 goramensis, Antennarius, 91 Lophiocharon, 84 goréensis, Polycarpa, 481, 525 660 gracilis, Varanoec olphys, 484 Pelode Iphis, 283 Polycarpa, 496, 610 grossularia, Dendrodoa, 624 Styelopsis, 479, 526 guajava, Psidium, 455 guarisana, Rhobondo, 413 Guenenotophorus, 621, 622 globularis, 624 See 478, 620, 621, 623 ce curvipes, 6238, 625 (fig.), 629 giganteus, 623 globularis, 623, 624, 625 (fig.), 628 globularis giganteus, 622, 623 spinipes, 623 Gunenthophorus, 621 globularis, 624 Gunentopherus, 621 Gunentophorus, 621 globularis, 621, 622, 623 Gunetotrophus, 621 globularis, 624 giintheri, Antennarius, 72 Gynentophorus, 621 gyrosa, Styela, 526, 624 Habralebra, 133, 183, 184, 185 (key) alliodorae, 184, 185, 189, 190 (fig.) amoena, 186, 190 (fig.) 191 bifasciata, 184, 185, 195 (fig.), 196, 197, 198 bifasciatella, 184, 185, 190 (fig.), 192 cructata, 185, 197 (fig. ), 198 gilletiez, 185, 196, 197 (fig.), 198 nicaraguensis, 186, 187, 188 (fig.), 189, 191, 192, 193, 197 panamensis, 186, 187, 188 (fig.), 189, 197 terminalis, 184, 185, 194, 195 (fig.) trimaculata, 185, 193, 195 (fig.) si 185, 187, 188 (fig.), 191, willinki, 184, 185, 192, 195 (fig.) Halocynthia aurantium, 600, 603, 608 igaboja, 593 Halyphysema, Foraminiferal genus, and one new tropical Pacific species, 1 Halyphysema, 123 bayert, 123, 125 harryi, 128, 125, 126 tumanowiczii, 128, 124, 126 hambletoni, Rhadbotalebra, 228, 229, 234 (fig.), 236 harryi, Halyphysema, 123, 125, 126 hartmeyeri, Lonchidiopsis, 485 Hee Ey Eur 544, 600, 603, 608, 633, havardi, Quercus, 114, 115 hawaiiensis, Protapanteles, 431 haywardi, Protalebra, 167, 168, 169 g. Hedylepta indicata, 444 hedyleptae, Apanteles, 443 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 hembeli, Chthamalus, 26, 29, 32, 33 Euraphia, 29 hemiasteroides, Rhynobrissus, 10, 12 Hemiceras sp., 448 Henderson, Edward P., and Perry, Stuart H.; ; Studies ‘of seven sider- ites, 339 Dora Priaulx; Some> littoral barnacles from the Tuamotu, pee and Caroline Islands, herdmani, Calanopia, 39 Hippia insularis, 413 hispidus, Antennarius, 54, 59, 90, 91 Chironectes, 90 Lophius, 90 Histiophryne, 54, 56, 69 bougainvilli, 54, 56, 69, 70 scortea, 54, 56, 69, 70 scortea inconstans, 70 histrio, Histrio, 54, 62, 103 Lophius, 79, 103 Pterophrynoides, 104 Histrio, 51, 54, 62, 85, 103 gibba, 104 histrio, 54, 62, 103 jagua, 104 Histrioninae, subfam., 62, 103 holtiana, Molgula, 496 Hormiini, 458 Hormius, 458 horridus, Antennarius, 72, 83, 84 Lophiocharon, 54, 58, 83, 84 hummi, Doropygus, 524, 557, 560 (fig.) huntsmani, Entocrypta, 469 Secolecimorpha, 633 Scolecodes, 633, 634 (fig.) hyalina, Salpicola, 640 hyalinata, Diaphania, 438 Hydralebra, 132 Hyloidea, subg, 132 Hymenoptera, 405 Henry, ialina, Salpicola, 640 igaboja, Halocynthia, 593 igae, Apanteles, 431 Illg, Paul L.; North American copepods of the family Notodelphyidae, 46 imitator, Microgaster, 413, 414 Urogaster, 414 impiger. Apanteles, 437 incana, Quercus, 112 inconstans, Histiophryne scortea, 70 indica, Canna, 44 Mysidopsis, 6 indicata, Hedylepta, 444 inermis, ’Mysidopsis, 6 inflatus, Schizoproctus, 610 Inga roussoviana, 448 inguinalis, Pilocrosis, 414 inops, Antennarius, 104 insigita, Alebra albostriella, 136 insignis, Scolecimorpha, 488 insignita, Alebra albostriella, 136, 138 insularis, Hippia, 413 INDEX interrogata, Alebra, 250 aerate 142, 248, 260, 251 g. interrupta, Ascidia, 496 intersita, Callirhytis, 119 intertextus, Chthamalus, 32 intestinalis, Ascidia, 485, 493, 494, 586, 587, 610 a 483, 485, 493, 494, 495, 496, 5 Phallusia, 493 tris, Protalebrella, 256, 259 (fig.), 260 isthmust, Elabra morrisoni, 219 (fig.), 221, 224, 225 (fig.) jagua, Histrio, 104 jamaicensis, Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, 230 (fig.), 232 jansoni, Eutornus, 23 japonica, Pyura, 525 Jocara ferrifusalis, 414 jocarae, Microgaster, 412, 413 joubini, Ophioseides, 488 joubinis, Scolecimorpha, 488 Kallebra, 145 ninettae, 148 subg., 148 Kanazawaichthys, 54, 55, 62 scutatus, 54, 55, 62, 63, 86 keiferi, Paralebra, 146, 148, 149 (fig.) Kellogg, Remington; Two additional Miocene porpoises from the Cal- vert Cliffs, Maryland, 279 kempi, Mysidopsis, 5 Kentriodon, 311, 312, 318 pernix, 295, 314 kerguelensis, Doropygus, 524 kochii, Zygorhiza, 296 krausst, Apanteles, 449 Meteorus, 409, 419 (fig.) lacepedei, Antennarius, 71 laevicoxis, Apanteles, 431 laevigatus, Chironectes, 103 lamellae, Neuroterus, 109 lamellipes, Doropygus, 520, 599 Pygodelphys, 599, 608 Lantana camara, 231, 269 lapillula, Callirhytis, 120 Lareba, 128, 133, 180 Lareba variata, 181 (fig.) lateralis, Antennarius, 84 latesiphonica, Ascidia, 486 Ascidiella, 484 laticeps, Dikraneura, 132 laticornis, Doropygus, 520, 521, 524, 680, 534 (fig.) latiradix, Rhabdosteus, 293, 297 laurifolia, Quercus, 112 Lawsonellus, 128, 133, 182 attenuatus, 183 (fig.) _laysanius, Antennarius, 93, 94 letochae, Acrodelphis, 316, 319 Leafhopper tribe Alebrini (Homoptera: Cicadellidae), 127 661 leidyi, Delphinodon, 286 Leiophron, 410, 411, 412 apicalis, 410, 412 ater, 410 pallipes, 410 lenticula, Omegalebra, 199, 201, 202, 203 (fig.), 205 Protalebra, 202 leopardinus, Antennarius, 95 meson Clavelina, 481, 483, 525, 1 leprosus, Antennarius, 94 Chironectes, 80 Leptoclinum commune, 487, 488 dentatum, 487 leucas, Antennarius, 97 leucochiloneae, Apanteles, 432 Leucoptera coffeella, 433 leucosoma, Antennarius, 54, 60, 92 Antennarius multiocellatus, 92 Leurinion, 458 primum, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 458 Leurostenus filum, 18 Lichomolgus, 469 lindgreeni, Antennarius, 82 lineatella, Protalebra, 228 lineola, Hrabla, 213 (fig.), 214 Protalabra, 212, 214 Liodora, 111 dumosae, 111 Liophron minutus, 450 Liosigalphus, 411 politus, 411 lipomeringis, Apanteles, 433 Lipomerinx prismatica, 433 listeri, Perophora, 485 Listroderes, sp., 407 lithinostomus, Antennarius, 82 Lithocarpus densiflora, 112 Lithothamnion, 30° Lithotrya, 26 cauta, 26 conica, 26 dorsalis, 26 dorsalis maldivensis, 26 | | dorsalis rugata, 26 nicobarica, 25, 26, 28, 30 pacifica, 25, 26 rhodiopus, 26 truncata, 26, 28 truncata longicaudata, 28 valentiana, 25, 26, 27 lobata, Quercus, 110, 111 Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr; The Foraminif- eral genus Halyphysema and two new tropical Pacific species, 123 Lonchidiopsis, 473, 478, 486 hartmeyeri, 485 longicauda, Doropygopsis, 503, 591, 692 Doropygus, 522, 523, 592 Paranotodelphys, 484 longicaudata, Lithotrya truncata, 28 lone Doropygus, 521 522, 523, 24 662 longipes, Bonnierella, 481 Bonnierilla, 481 Paryphes, 480, 481 Lophiocharon, 54, 57, 82 broomensis, 82 campylacanthus, 54, 57, 85 caudimaculatus, 54, 57, 82 goramensis, 84 horridus, 54, 58, 83, 84 tenebrosus, 54, 58, 83 subg., 54, 57, 82 Lophius chironectes, 85 cocinsinensis, 104 commersoni, 85, 93 geographicus, 104 gibbus, 204 hispidus, 90 histrio, 79, 103 histrio marmoratus, 104 histrio ocellatus, 89 histrio pictus, 104 marmoratus, 103 pictus, 104 raninus, 104 sandvicensis, 93 spectrum, 52 striatus, 71 Lophocetus, 311, 312 pappus, 311 page Champsodelphis, 316, 318, 1 lophotes, Chironectes, 90 loveni, Styela, 526, 624 Loxaulus, 116 beutenmuellert, 116 lunatus, Apanteles, 449 lurida, Cynthia, 481, 525, 624 Pyura, 481, 624 lutescens, Antennarius, 84 luteum, Glossoforum, 485 macer, Pachypygus, 609, 610, 612 (fig.) macer, Proéces, 18 macleayanum, Chelyosoma, 587 macroon, Doropygus, 488 macroone, Botachus, 486 macropetalus, Rhynobrissus, 10 maculata, Protalebra, 153, 154 wey eauaee 154, 155 (fig.), 156, 15 maculatus, Doropygus elongatus, 483 magdalenae, Antron, 116 magnifica, Brunerella, 176, 177, 178, 179 (fig.) Eacles, 409 magnificus, Synergus, 107 major, Mysidopsis, 6 malaca, Ascidia, 480, 484 malacodermatus, Notopterophoroides, 487 maldivensis, Lithotrya dorsalis, 26 Malthaca sp., 440 malthacae, Apaateles, 429 (fig.), 439 mamillana, Disholcaspis, 116 mamillata, Phallusia, 483, 485 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 mammilata, Phallasia, 495 mammillaris, Phallusia, 483 mammillata, Ascidia, 483, 493, 495 Phallusia, 493 Phallusiopsis, 483 Pyura, 624 mammosum, Calocarpum, 454 manhattensis, Molgula, 530, 624 Manihot esculenta, 451 mann, Callirhvtis, 120 marginata, Callirhytis, 122 ; marmoratus, 103 Lophius histrio, 104 Maruca testulalis, 444 massiliensis, Doropygus papilio, 482 Notopterophorus elongatus, 483 mat Onsen, Omegalebra, 200, 210, 211 g. matronalis, Notodelphys, 610 media, Calanopia, 39, 40 mediterranae, Notodelphys, 493 mediterraneum, Amaroucium, 485 mediterraneus, Notedelphys, 493 medularis, Callirhytis, 121 Megastes sp., 446 megastidis, Apanteles, 445 melas, Antennarius, 72 Phrynelox, 54, 56, 72 mendocinensis, Andricus, 112 mento, Delphinodon, 286, 287 mentula, Ascidia, 482, 483, 485, 492, 493, 495, 496, 525 Phallusia, 482, 483, 485, 495, 496, 591, 592 Pyura, 624 mentzelii, Chironectes, 94 meridionalis, Urogaster, 431 Metamysidopsis munda, 1 Meteorite, 352 (fig.), 355 (fig.), 356 (fig.), 368 (map) Aggie Creek, Alaska, 343 (compo- sition), 344 Alt Bela, 386 (composition) Angela, Chile, 381, 382 (composi- tion) Baquedano, Chile, 343 (composi- tion), 344 Boguslavka, Siberia, 345, 346 (fig.) Breece, New Mexico, 369, 370, 371 (table), 372 (composition), 373 (composition) Canyon Diabio, 350, 351, 353, 354, 357, 358, 359, 361, 362, 390 (composition) Carlton, 386 (composition) Chesterville, 380 Cincinnati, Ohio, tion), 380, 398 Coolae, Australia, 390 (composi- tion) Cranbourne, 370 Drum Mountains, Utah, 343 (com- position), 344 Edmonton, 386 (composition) 864 (composi- INDEX Meteorite, Freda, North Dakota, 351 Goose Lake, California, 340, 343 (composition), 347, 348, 349 (table), 350, 351, 358, 359, 360 (table), 361, 363 Illinois Gulch, 386 (composition) Karee Kloof, South Africa, 343 (composition), 344 Keen Mountain, Virginia, 393, 395 (table) Lanton, Missouri, 343 (composi- tion), 345 La Primitiva, Chile, 381, 382 (com- position) Maldyak, Siberia, 345, 346 Mbosi, Tanganyika, 343 (composi- tion), 344 Moorumbunna, Australia, 343 (composition), 345 Mount Joy, Adams County, Pa., 368 (map), 369 (composition) Murnpeowie, 39 New Baltimore, Somerset County, Pa., 368 (map), 369 (composi- tion) Odessa, Texas, 390 (composition) Osseo, Canada, 390 (composition) Pima County, Arizona, 351 Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 366, 367 (composition), 368 (map), 369 (composition) Rio Loa, 380 Shrewsbury, York County, Pa., 368 (map), 869 (composition) Social Circle, Georgia, 3538, 398 Soper, Oklahoma, 381, 382 (com- position) Soroti, Uganda, Africa, 383, 385 (composition), 386 (composition), 387 (tables), 389, 391 Tombigbee, Alabama, 373, 374, 375 (composition), 376 (com- position), 377 (composition), 378 (table), 381 (table) Wichita County, 390 (composition) Willamette, Oregon, 350, 353, 354 Wooster, Payne County, Ohio, 368 (map), 369 (composition) Meteorus, 406, 408 eaclidis, 408, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.) kraussi, 409, 419 (fig.) townsendi, 409 vulgaris, 409, 410 mexicanus, Oncophanes, 459 michaelseni, Campopera, 480 micrasteroides, Rhynobrissus, 10 paesece ane) Cynthia, 587, 589, 610, Microcosmus, 624 Microcosmus exasperatus, 611 exasperatus australis, 525 microcosmus, 624 oligophilus, 525 oligophilus wahlbergi, 525 papillosa, 525 663 Microcosmus exasperatus, sabattieri, 488 senegalensis, 495 sulcatus, 488, 624 Microctonus, 406 audax, 406, 407, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.) berryt, 407 brasiliensis, 406, 407 Microgaster, 412 (key), 414, 424 blanchardi, 413, 414 carpatus, 431 diaphaniae, 413, 414 ecdytolophae, 412, 413 imitator, 413, 414 jocarae, 412, 413 solitarius, 431 Microgasterinae, 428 Microplitis, 426 carinata, 427 minutalis, 417 (fig.), 426 sordidus, 427 micropterus, Notopterophorus, 482 minor, Calanopia, 40 minutalis, Microplitis, 417 (fig.), 426 minutus, Agnathaner, 479 Gnaptodon, 450 Liophron (sic), 450 miranda, Promicrogaster, 416, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 421, 422, 423 mitchelli, Antennarius, 65 Trichophryne, 54, 55, 66 mohri, Doropygus, 519, 523, 562, 565 fi (fig.) Molgula ampulloides, 496, 610, 624 holtiana, 496 manhattensis, 530, 624 nodosa, 524, 525 occidentalis, 531, 588 oculata, 525, 610 reducta, 481 regularis, 601 socialis, 496, 610 tuberifera, 624 sp., 524, 603, 608 molgulensis, Doropygus, 588 moluecensis, Antennarius, 54, 60, 91 mombinpraeoptans, Anastrepha, 458 momus, Pyura, 494, 524 monacha, Phallusia, 485 monoseta, Notodelphys, 473, 491, 496, 498 (fig.) monrosi, Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, 232, 233, 234 (fig.) montana, Protalebra, 248 montei, Anastrepha, 451 montensis, Ceroptres, 108 Morchellium argus, 485 ‘ morelosensis, Beamerulus, 243, 245 (fig.), 246 y Morpheis ehrenbergi, 450 morrison, Hlabra, 219 (fig.), 220, 223 Elabra, morrisoni, 22h, 223 Omegalebra, 200, 206, 207, 209 (fig.) mortenseni, Mysidopsis, 1, 6 morus, Cynthia, 525 mucosum, Tathicarpus, 64 664 Muesebeck, C. F. W.; New Neotropical wasps of the family Braconidae (Hymenoptera) in the U.S. Na- tional Museum, 405 muesebecki, Apanteles, 440 multiocellatus, Antennarius, 54, 59, 60, 73, 84, 94, 102 Chironectes, 94 munda, Promicrogaster, 416, 422, 423 munda, Metamysidopsis, 1 murata, Amphibolips, 111 Musa sapientum, 435 myrtifolia, Quercus, 112 Mysidopsis, a new species of, from southeastern coast of the United States, 1 Mysidopsis, 1, 5 (key) acuta, 6 angusta, 6 bigelowi, 1, 3, 5 californica, 6 camelina, 6 didelphys, 6 furca, 1, 2 (fig.), 4 (fig.), 6 gibbosa, 6 indica, 6 inermis, 6 kempi, 5 major, 6 mortenseni, 1, 6 schultzei, 6 similis, 6 namaycush, Salvelinus, 59 natator, Araeodelphis, 313 Neuroterus, 109 floricola, 110 floricomus, 109 jlorulentus, 110 lamellae, 109 washingtonensis, 110 New American cynipid wasps from oak galls, 107 New Neotropical wasps of the family Braconidae (Hymenoptera) in the U.S. National Museum, 405 nexa, Protalebra, 167, 169 (fig.), 170 nexilis, Antennarius, 96 nicaraguensis, Habralebra, 186, 187, 188 (fig.), 189, 191, 192, 193, 197 Protalebra, 184, 186 nicobarica, Lithotrya, 25, 26, 28, 30 niger, Antennarius commersoni, 93 Chironectes, 93 nigra, Phallusia, 484, 493 nigrescens, Spondias, 458 nigripes, Catolethromorphus, 21 Pseudocossonus, 21, 22 nigriventris, Oncophanes, 459 nigromaculatus, Antennarius, 93 Antennarius commersoni, 93, 94 ninettae, Kallebra, 148 Paralebra, 146, 148, 149 (fig.) Protalebra, 145, 148 nitidalis, Diaphania, 415, 416 niveus, Antennarius, 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 nodosa, Molgula, 524, 525 nordgaardi, Rhopalaea, 493 normani, Doropygella, 590 Doropygus, 5238, 590 North American copepods of the family Notodelphyidae, 463 Noitodelphis, 488 agilis, 496 allmani, 493 prasina, 494 rufescens, 495 tenera, 495 Notodelphyidae, North American cope- pods of the family, 463 Notodelphyidae, 470, 478 (key) Notodelphyopsis, 478, 611, 512 (key) falciferus, 511, 512 perpleza, 612, 514 (fig.) variabilis, 518 Notodelphys, 468, 470, 472, 473, 474 478, 484, 488, 491 (key), 511, 520, 522, 523, 592, 594, 598, 599, 601, 604 affinis, 491, 503, 507 (fig.) agilis, 490, 491, 496 allmani, 473, 490, 492 - allmanni, 492 antarctica, 610 ascidicola, 488, 492, 610, 525 caerulea, 492, 493 cerulaea, 493 ciliata, 491, 493 coerulea, 493 dentata, 491, 493 elegans, 490, 492, 493 matronalis, 610 mediterranea, 493 mediterraneus, 493 . monoseta, 473, 491, 496, 498 (fig.) pachybrachia, 492, 494 parva, 491, 494 patagonica, 492, 494 prasina, 490, 491, 494 pusilla, 494 rufescens, 490, 492, 495 squamifera, 491, 496 tenera, 492, 495 weberi, 490, 492, 495 notophthalmus, Antennarius, 54, 61, 99 Notopterophoroides, 478, 486 armadillo, 486 malacodermatus, 487 Notopteropherus, 481 Notopterophorus, 472, 473, 475, 478, 481, 608, 621, 622 auritus, 482 bombyx, 483 elatus, 483, 621 elongatus, 483, 621 elongatus, auritus, 482 elongatus elatus, 483 elongatus elongatus, 483 elongatus massiliensis, 483 gibber, 610 micropterus, 482 papilio, 482 INDEX Notopterophorus, pupilio 482 veranyi, 481, 483 sp., 483 sub., 481, 482, 608 novaesealandicus, Doropygus, 599 novae-seelandiae, Cnemidocarpa, 599 novaeseelandiae, Pygodelphys, 599 novae seelandius, Doropygus, 520, 599 novemsetiferus, Doropygopsis, 592 Doropygus, 522, 523 nox, Antennarius, 78 Phrynelox, 54, 57, 78, 79 (fig.) nubila, Antron, 116 Nudiantennarius, 54, 55, 66 subteres, 54, 55, 66 nummifer, Antennarius, 54, 62, 102, 103 (fig.) Chironectes, 102 nutrix, Gonodonta, 446 nuttingi, Antennarius, 72 Phrynelox, 54, 56, 72 obliqua, Ascidia, 495, 496, 591 Phallusia, 482, 485, 493, 495, 496, 525, 592, 610 Pyura, 624 oblongifolia, Quercus, 109, 113 oblongus, Doropygus, 588 obscura, Polycarpa, 525 occidentalis, Molgula, 531, 588 ocellatus, Antennarius, 54, 58, 64, 86 8&9, 95, 102 Chironectes, 89 Lophius histrio, 89 octolineata, Protalebra, 229 Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, 230 (fig.), 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237 oculata, Molgula, 525, 610 Odontocete, apparently unrecognized in Calvert Miocene of Maryland 308 Odontofornica, 427 ogloblinit, Omegalebra, 209 (fig.) oligophilus, Microcosmus, 525 oligospilos, Antennarius, 54, 60, 95 ombonii, Champsodelphis, 319 omega, Protalebra, 200 Omegalebra, 133, 199, 200 (key) Omegalebra ballout, 200, 206, 209 (fig.) barbata, 200, 211 (fig.) blantoni, 200, 205, 207, 209 (fig.) cordiae, 201, 203 (fig.), 204 lenticula, 199, 201, 202, 203 (fig. 205 matogrossana, 200, 210, 211 (fig.) morrisoni, 200, 206, 207, 209 (fig.) ogloblini, 199, 200, 208, 209 (fig.) vexillifera, 201, 203 (fig.), 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212 Oncophanes, 459 mexicanus, 489 nigriventris, 459 Oncorhynchus, 49 Ooneides, 477, 479, 487 Ooneides amela, 487 199, 200, 208, 665 opalina, Ascidiella, 493, 496, 525 Ophios des apoda, 487 Ophioséide, 640 cardiocéphale, 640 Ophioseides, 477, 479, 480, 487, 488, 640 abdominalis, 480 apoda, 4&7 cardiacephalus, 640 cardiocephalus, 640 joubini, 488 Ophioseididae, 477 Ophioseidus, 640 cardiocephalus, 640 Opius, 407, 450, 456 aldricht, 417 (fig), 419 (fig.), 452 auripennis, 463, 454 capsicola, 417 (fig. ), 419 (fig.), 450 cereus, 450, 453 crawfordi, 451 divergens, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 456 fluminensis, 450 foolrypinae, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 461 vierecki, 456 zeteki, 454 Opsiphanes cassiae cassiae, 435 sp., 435 opsiphanis, Apanteles, 434 ortentalis, Psendostenotrupis, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.), 18 ornaia, RKhabdotelebra, 228, 229, 236, 239 (fig.) ornatricis, Apanteles, 435 ornatrix, Utetheisa, 436 orobenae, Apanteles, 435 Orsalebra, 132, 141 robusta, 141, 142, 143 (fig.) Osbornulus, 133, 16 quadrifasciatus, 165 (fig.) 166 ovifera, Boltenia, 537, 539 ovoidia, Bathypera, 569 Oxydema planatus, 21 pachybrachia Notodelphys, 492, 494 Pachypygus, 472, 473, 478, 522, 608, 609 (key) gibber, 609, 6170, 615 macer, 609, 610, 612 (fig.) pacifica, Lithotrya, 25, 26 Tetraclita, 26, 33, 36 Tetraclita wireni, 26, 33, 36 paessleri, Styela, 599 paleacritae, Apanteles, 448 pallescens, Alebra wahlbergi, 136 pallicornis, Euphorus, 412 pallida, Protalebra, 226, 252 Tabebuia, 216 pallidula, Typhlocyba, 138, 139 pallipes, Leiophron, 410 panamensis, Habralebra, 186, 187, 188 (fig.), 189, 197 Protalebrella, 256, 263 (fig.) papilio, Doropyegus, 482 Notopterophorus, 482 papillata. Polycarpa, 481 666 papillosa, Ciona, 493 Cynthia, 590 Microcosmus, 525 pappus, Lophocetus, 311 paradoxus, Apanteles, 418 (fig.), 446 Parahormius, 458 hander 3: 131, 132, 145, 146 (key), 200, 3 decurvata, 146, 151 (fig), 152 ketferz, 146, 148, 149 (fig.) ninettae, 146, 148, 149 (fig.) similis, 746, 148, 149 (fig.), 152 singularis, 146, 159, 151 (fig.), 152 subg., 146, 154 parallela, Dikraneura, 221 Elabra, 219 (fig.), 220, 221, 223 parallelis, Apanteles, 443 parallelogramma, Ascidia, 493, 496, 525, 590, 591 Corella, 493, 496 Paramolgula filhola, 599 gigantea, 480, 599 parana, Protalebrella, 256, 262, 263 (fig.) parana, Dikraneura, 222 Elabra, 219 (fig.), 220, 222 Paranotodelphys, 478, 484, 511 gracilis, 484 longicauda, 484 phallusiae, 484 scutiformis, 484 Parascidia areolata, 485 paratropa, Ascidia, 503, 593, 603, 608 pardalis, Antennarius, 54, 59, 92 Chironectes, 92 Protalebra, 154, 156 partita, Styela, 524, 525 parva, Notodelphys, 491, 494 parvisaccata, Barela, 265, 268 (fig.), 269 parvulus, Pseudostenotrupis, 18 Paryphes, 480 longipes, 480, 481 patagonica, Notodelphys, 492, 494 patula, Ascidiella, 496 patula, Phallasia, 525, 591, 619 pauciradiatus, Antennarius, 54, 62, 100, 101 (fig.) pavoninus, Chironectes, 52 pegasi, Polycarpa, 524 pellucida, Balera, 172, 173 (fig.) Dikraneura, 171, 172 Pelodelphis, 311, 312, 318 gracilis, 283 pentaphylla, Tabebuia, 227, 232 peravok, Cgironectes, 93 Percnobracon, 460 secundus, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.), 460 stenopterus, 460 Perilitus, 406 brasiliensis, 406 pernix, Kentriodon, 295, 314 erobscura, Callirhytis, 122 erophora listeri, 485 perplera, Notodelphyopsis, 512, 514 g. Perry, Stuart H., see Henderson, Ha- ward P. and, 339 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 perspicuum, Astellium, 487 Phaenocarpa, 457 anastrephae, 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 57 Phallusia canina, 482 conchilega, 493, 495, 525 cristata, 493, 610 fumigata, 493, 610 gelatinosa, 483 intestinalis, 493 mamillata, 483, 485 mammillaris, 483, 485 mammilata, 495 mammillata, 493 mentula, 482, 483, 485, 495, 496, 591, 592 monacha, 485 nigra, 484, 493 obliqua, 482, 485, 493, 495, 496, 525, 592, 610 patula, 525, 591, 610 venosa, 482 vermiformis, 504 virginea, 493, 525, 591, 610 sp., 485, 493, 495 phallusiae, Paranotodelphys, 484 Pseudonotodelphys, 484 Phallusiopsis mammillata, 483 Phocageneus, 281, 286, 309, 312 venustus, 279, 280, 281, 282 venustus, Rediscovery of, 279 Phocodon, 279 sciliae, 279 Pholeterides, 477, 479, 637 furtiva, 637 Phrynelox, 54, 56, 71 atra, 54, 57, 76, 77 (table), 78 (fig.) cunninghami, 54, 57, 74, 80 melas, 54, 56, 72 nox, 54, 57, 78, 79 (fig.) nuttingi, 54, 56, 72 scaber, 54, 56, 72, 73 striatus, 54, 56, 71 tridens, 54, 57, 71, 79 zebrinus, 54, 57, 74, 75 (fig.), 77 (table) subg., 54, 56, 71, 74 phymatodes, Antennarius, 54, 59, 72, 90, 9d Physocarpus sp., 138 picea, Albera, 144 (fig.) Protalebra, 143, 144 piceoventris, Apanteles, 431 pickeli, Anastrepha, 451 pictus, Chironectes, 104 Lophius, 104 Lophius histrio, 104 Pilocrosis inguinalis, 414 pilosa, Fornicia, 428, 429 pinguis, Pomphopygus, 616, 618 (fig.) pinnaceps, Antennarius, 71, 75 piperoides, Dryocosmus, 117 placopetalus, Rhynobrissus, 10 Plagalebra, 145 subg., 150 Plagiodera erythroptera, 408 lL INDEX planatus, Eutornus, 21 Oxydema, 21 Pseudocossonus, 14, 16 (fig.), 1 (fig.), 21, 22 Platynota rostrana, 443 plebeia, Ascidia, 485, 525, 610 pleurophthalmus, Antennarius, 89, 100 plicata, Styela, 526, 530, 531, 610, 611, 624 plicatum, Tethium, 526, 624 Pluchea purpurascens, 437 Plumantennatus, subg., 54, 59, 89 plummeri, Protalebra, 233 Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, ae politiventris, Apanteles, 436 politus, Liosigalphus, 411 Polyearpa atomaria, 525 comata, 496, 610, 624 ehrenbergi, 494 goréensis, 481, 525 gracilis, 496, 610 obscura, 525 papillata, 481 pegasi, 524 pomaria, 488, 525, 589, 624 spongiabilis, 525 variabilis, 525 Polyclinum aurantium, 485 stellatum, 588 polyophthalmus, Antennarius, 93, 94 polyporicola, Promicrogaster, 416 423 Polyzoa coccinea, 623 pomaria, Polycarpa, 488, 525, 589, 624 Pomphopygus, 478, 616 pinguis, 616, 618 (fig.) Pontellidae, 39 ponticus, Doropygus, 588 porcicauda, Doropygella, 590 Doropygus, 523, 590 Porpoises, Two additional Miocene, from the Calvert Cliffs, Mary- land, 279 postremoglobosus, Doropygus, 5&8 prasina, Notodelphis, 494 Notodelphys, 490, 491, 494 prehensa, Disholeaspia, 113 primum, Leurinion, 417 (fig.), 418 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 458 principis, Chironectes, 94 prismatica, Lipomerinx, 433 productum, Chelyosoma, 579, 600 Proéces macer, 18 Biers oe Doropygus, 524, 669, 571 g Promicrogaster, 416, (key), 424 miranda, 416, 417 (fie.), 418 (fig.), 421, 422, 423 munda, 416, 422, 423 polyporicola, 416, 423 terebrator, 416, 421, 423 Prophioseides, 478, 480 abdominalis, 480 propinguus, Doropygus, 588 283, 234 667 Protalebra, 131, 188, 145, 163, 166, 167 (key), 200 alliodorae, 189 amoena, 191 bicincia, 215 brasiliensis, 255, 257 brunnea, 237 caldwelli, 254 clitellaria, 271, 272 (fig.) conica, 258 cordiae, 204 cubana, 248 curvilinea, 167, 168, 169 (fig.),, 170 decorata, 264, 5 5 eburneola, 218, 221 hay wardi, 167, 168, 169 (fig.) lenticula, 202 lineatella, 228 lineola, 212, 214 maculata, 153, 154 montana, 248 nexa, 167, 169 (fig.), 170 nicaraguensis, 184, 186 ninettae, 145, 148 octolineata, 229 octolineata signata, 231 omega, 200 pallida, 226, 252 pardalis, 154, 156 picea, 143, 144 plummeri, 233 sabana, 265 scriptozona, 178 similis, 145, 146 singularis, 145, 150 sobrina, 270 sublunata, 273 tabebuiae, 214, 215 terminata, 261 tranversalis, 185 unipuncta, 163, 164 variata, 180, 181 vexillifera, 199, 201 ziczac, 158 Protalebrella, 128, 129, 134, 243, 247, 248, 2565, 256 (key), 265 brasiliensis, 256, 257, 258, 259 (fig.), 260, 261 conica, 256, 268, 259 (fig.) tris, 256, 259 (fig.), 260 panamensis, 256, 268 (fig.) parana, 256, 262, 263 (fig.) terminata, 356, 261, 263 (fig.) Protapanteles hawaiiensis, 431 prunum, Ascidia, 537, 592, 593, 624 Pseudapanteies sancti-vineenti, 431 Pseudocossonus, 21, 22 (key) brachypus, 22 brevitarsis, 21, 22 dimidiatus, 22 nigripes, 21, 22 plana tts, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.), 21, pseudoglossae, Apanteles, 437 Pseudonotodelphys, 484, 521 phallusiae, 484 668 Pseudostenotrupis, 18 filum, 21 orentalis, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.) 18 parvulus, 18 Psidium guajava, 455 psyllus, Doropygella, 590, 691 Doropygus, 5238, 591 Pterophryne, 103 Pterophrynoides, 103 histrio, 104 Pterophrynus, 103 pulex, aac ae 465, 518, 519, 521, ? pulla, Pyura, 599 pullus, Doropygus, 525 pumila, Quercus, 112 puncta, Protalebra, 163, 164 punctatissimus, Antennarius, 97 punctum, Amaroucium, 485 pupilio, Notopterophorus, 482 purpurascens, Pluchea, 437 pusilla, Balera, 172, 174, 175 (fig.) Diceratalebra, 248, 252, 253 (fig.) pusilla, Notodelphys, 494 Pygodelphys, 478, 520, 521, 522, 598, 599 (key) antarctica, 699 aquilonaris, 599, 600, 602 (fig.), 603 | (fig.) lamellipes, 599, 608 novaeseelandia, 699 Pygostolus, 411 pyramidalis, Rhynobrissus, 10, 12 Pyura gangelion, 592 haustor, 544, 600, 603, 608, 633, 636 japonica, 525 lurida, 481, 624 mammillata, 624 mentula, 624 momus, 494, 524 obliqua, 624 pulla, 599 spinifera, 525 squamulosa, 525 stolonifera, 525, 623 tesselata, 526 trita, 488, 526 sp., 481, 544, 545, 624 quadricerata, Diceratalebra, (fig.), 254 quadrifasciata, Elabra, 166 quadrifasciatus, Osbornulus, 165, (fig.), 166 248, 253 Dikraneura, 165, 166 Quercus agrifolia, 118 alba, 120 arizonica, 109, 113, 114, 115 borealis, 117, 121 chrysolepis, 108, 109 cinerea, 112 coccinea, 119, 121 densiflora, 112 douglasii, 111, 115 dumosa, 110, 111, 113 emoryi, 117 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 107 Querous agrifolia, fendleri, 114, 115 garryana, 110, 111 havardi, 114, 115 incana, 112 laurifolia, 112 lobata, 110, 111 myrtifolia, 112 oblongifolia, 109, 113 pumila, 112 reticulata, 109, 113, 116 rubra, 117, 121 subturbinella, 110, 114, 115, 116 toumeyi, 109, 113 turbinella, 110, 114, 115, 116 undulata, 114, 115 vaccinifolia, 109 velutina, 121, 122 Rabela, 128, 129, 133, 214, 215 (key) australis, 215, 216, 217 (fig.) tabebuiae, 215, 217 (fig.), 218 radiosus, Antennarius, 54, 58, 64, 86, 87, 102 raninus, Lophius, 104 reducta, Molgula, 481 reevesbyensis, Dysgenopsyllus, 487 reflexus, Doropygus, 588 regularis, Molgula, 601 Relaba, 133, 161 williamsi, 161 (fig.), 162 reinformis, Andricus, 109 reticularis, Antennarius, 81 reticulata, Quercus, 109, 113, 116 reticulatus, Chironectes, 80 rhabdophora, Ascidia, 510 Rhabdosteus, 297, 310, 311, 312 latiradix, 293, 297 Rhabdotalebra, 134, 215, 227, 228 (key) brunnea, 228, 229, 237, 239 (fig.) brunnea brunnea, 229, 237, 240 brunnea colorata, 229, 238, 239 (fig.) hambletoni, 228, 229, 234 (fig.), 235 jamaicensis, 228, 229, 230 (fig.), 232 ne 228, 229, 232, 233, 234 g. octolineata, 228, 229, 230 (fig.), 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237 ornata, 228, 229, 236, 239 (fig.) plummeri, 228, 229, 233, 234 (fig.) signata, 228, 229, 230 (fig.), 231, 233 Rhinanisus, 74, 18 bambusae, 14, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.) Rhobondo guarisana, 413 rhodiopus, Lithotrya, 26 Rhodosoma verecundum, 484 Rhopalaea nordgaardi, 493 Rhycherus, 54, 55, 68 filamentosus, 54, 55, 68 wildi, 68, 69 Rhynobrissus cuneus, a new echinoid from North Carolina, 9 Rhynobrissus, 9 cuneus, 10 hemiasteroides, 10, 12 macropetalus, 10 micrasteroides, 10 INDEX Rhynobrissus, placopetalus, 10 pyramidalis, 10, 12 robusta, Abrela, 241 (fig.) Alebra, 240, 241 Diceratalebra, 241 Orsalebra, 141, 142, 148 (fig.) robustus, Doropygus, 624 rosaceus, Trichophryne, 54, 55, 65 rosea, Tetraclita, 36 rostrana, Platynota, 443 rotundus, Doropygus, 589 roussoviana, Inga, 448 rubra, Quercus, 117, 121 rubrafrons, Alebra albostriella, 138, 139 rubrofuscus, Antennarius commersoni, | 3 9 Chironectes, 93 rufescens, Doropygus, 589 Notodelphis, 495 Notodelphys, 490, 492, 495 rugata, Lithotrya dorsalis, 26 rustica, Cynthia, 479 Styela, 590, 624 rusticum, Tethium, 526 sabana, Protalebra, 265 sabattieri, Microcosmus, 488 salar, Salmo, 49 Salmo, 49 clarki, 49 gairdneri, 49 salar, 49 Salpicola, 479, 640 hyalina, 640 ialina, 640 Salvelinus, 49, 50 namaycush, 50 sancti-vincenti, Apanteles, 431 Pseudapanteles, 431 sandvicensis, Lophius, 93 sanguifluus, Antennarius, 102 sayene Antennarius, 54, 61, 87, 88, 9 sanguinolenta, Ascidia, 483 sanguinolinea, Alebra, 247, 248 Diceratalebra, 248, 250, 251 (fig.) sapientum, Musa, 435 sarana, Dikraneura, 224 Elabra, 200, 224, 225 (fig.) sarasa, Antennarius, 54, 58, 64, 88 sarrothripae, Apanteles, 439 sarsi, Calanopia, 39, 40 scaber, Antennarius, 73, 84 Chironectes, 73 Phrynelox, 54, 56, 72, 73 scabra, Ascidiella, 495, 525 Scaridae, 73 he Doropygus, 524, 574, 577 schini, Apanteles, 420 (fig.), 448 Schinus terebinthifolius, 449 Schizodelphis, 311, 312, 316 crassangulum, 311 Schizoproctus inflatus, 610 Schultz, Leonard P., The frogfishes of the family Antennariidae, 47 669 schultzei, Mysidopsis, 6 scillae, Phocodon, 279 scolaris, Bonnierilla, 480 Scolecimorpha, 477, 479, 488, 632 huntsmani, 633 insignis, 488 joubinis, 488 Scolecodes, 477, 479, 632 huntsmani, 633, 624 (fig.) scopa, Alebra albostriella, 139, 140 scopula, Squamulina, 124 scortea, aaa ae neyo 54, 56, 69, 70 scriptissimus, Antennarius, 91 Ser inigr ans Brunerella, 177, 178, 179 g. Protalebra, 178 scutatus, Kanazawaichthys, 54, 55, 62, 63, 86 scutiformis, Paranotodelphys, 484 seclusus, Doropygus, 523, 579, 582 (fig.) secundus, Percnobracon, 417 (fig.), 420 (fig.), 460 senegalensis, Microcosmus, 495 serpentina, Anastrepha, 454 Sibine sp., 429 Siderites, Studies of seven, 339 Sidnyum turbinatum, 479, 485 signata, Protalebra octolineata, 231 Rhabdotalebra, 228, 229, 330 (fig.), 2381, 233 similis, Mysidopsis, 6 Paralebra, 146, 148, 149 (fig.), 152 Protalebra, 145, 146 simulans, Dasylagon, 424, 425 singularis, Paralebra, 146, (fig.), 152 Protalebra, 145, 150 sobrina, Barela, 265, 270, 271 (fig.) Protalebra, 270 socialis, Caesira, 496 Molgula, 496, 610 sola, eee. 248, 249, 251 (fig.), 254 Solanum bonariensis, 414 solitarius, Microgaster, 431 Urogaster, 431 sonntagii, Chironectes, 104 sorbi, Alebra, 135 sordida, Ascidia, 496 sordidus, Apanteles, 427 Microplitis, 427 Sotalia, 311 Spatangidae, 9 Spatangoida, 9 spectrum, Lophius, 52 sphaerasiphaerus, Doropygus, 689 Sphaeronotus, 621, 622 thorellii, 621, 622, 623 spinifera, Pyura, 525 spiniferus, Doropygus, 521, 523, 624 spinipes, Gunenotophorus, 623 spissa, Disholcaspis, 114 Spondias nigrescens, 458 spongiabilis, Polycarpa, 525 spongiforme, Diplosoma, 481 Squalodelphidae, 286 150, 151 670 Squalodelphis, 286, 309 fabianii, 284, 286 Squalodon, 279, 280, 308, 309, 312 Squalodontidae, 286, 308, 309 squamifera, Notodelphys, 491, 495 squamosa, Balanus, 33 Tetraclita squamosa, 26, 33 Squamulina, 125 scopula, 124 squamulosa, Pyura, 525 stellatum, Polyclinum, 588 stellatus, Chthamalus, 29 stellifer, Antennarius, 94 Stenoma sp., 442 stenomae Apanteles, 441 stenopterus, Percnobracon, 460 stenostachyta, Bambusa, 13, 18, 20 stigmaticus, Antennarius, 97 stolonifera, Pyura, 525, 623 striata, Anastrepha, 455 striatus, Antennarius, 71 Lophius, 71 Phrynelox, 54, 56, 71 strigatus, Antennarius, 80, 81 Antennatus, 54, 57, 81 striolatus, Antennarius, 75 Styela asymmetrica, 510 canopus, 592 coriacea, 624, 629 eyes, 526, 562, 600, 603, 608, 633, 636 gyrosa, 526, 624 loveni, 526, 624 paessleri, 599 partita, 524, 525 plicata, 526, 530, 531, 610, 611, 624 rustica, 590, 624 Styelopsis grossularia, 479, 526 sublunata, Erythroneura, 273 Protalebra, 273 subrotundatus, Chironectes, 80 subteres, Antennarius, 66 Nudiantennarius, 54, 55, 66 subturbinella, Quercus, 110, 114, 115, 116 suleata, Cordia, 226 sulcatus, Microcosmus, 488, 624 surinamensis, Fornicia, 428, 430 suttoni, Callirhytis, 120 sydneiensis, Ascidia, 485, 493 Synergus, 107 magnificus, 107 Tabebuia pallida, 216 pentaphylla, 227, 232 tabebuiae, Rabela, 215, 217 (fig.), 218 tabuliae, Protalebra, 214, 215 tagus, Antennarius, 95 talidicida, Apanteles, 444 Tathicarpus, 54, 55, 64 appeli, 64 butleri, 54, 55, 65, 93 mucosum, 64 teleplanus, Antennarius, 73 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 107 tenebrosus, Antennarius, 73, 74 Chironectes, 73, 74, 83, 84 Lophiocharon, 54, 58, 83 tenera, Ascidia, 494 Notodelphis, 495 Notodelphys, 492, 498 tenuifilis, Antennarius, 81 tepicana, Antron, 115 terebinthifolius, Schinus, 449 terebrator, Promicrogaster, 416, 421, 423 terminalis, Alebra, 194 Habralebra, 184, 185, 194, 195 (fig.) terminata, Protalebra, 261 Protalebrella, 256, 261, 263 (fig.) tesselata, Pyura, 526 Tesseropora, subgenus, 36 testulalis, Maruca, 444 Tethium plicatum, 526, 624 rusticum, 526 Tetraclita, 33 pacifica, 26, 33, 36 porosa viridis, 33 rosea, 36 squamosa squamosa, 26, 33 squamosa viridis, 33 wireni, 36 wireni pacifica, 26, 33, 36 subg., 36 thilesii, Alloeocarpa, 525 thompsoni, Calanopia, 39 thoracicus, Apanteles, 431 thorelli, Doropygella, 590, 591 Doropygus, 522, 523, 590, 591 thorellii, Doropygelia, 591 Doropygella, 591 Sphaeronotus, 621, 622, 623 thurberiae, Apanteles, 445 tigris, Antennarius, 73, 74 Chironectes, 73 tincta, Alebra albostriella, 188, 139 toumeyi, Quercus, 109, 113 townsendi, Metecrus, 409 Toxotrypana curvicauda, 452 CO ae Opius, 417 (fig.), g.), transversalis, Protalebra, 185 Tretosphys, 312 gabbii, 286, 312 Triantennatus, subgen., 54, 56, 71, 74 Trichophryne, 54, 55, 65 mitchelli, 54, 55, 65 rosaceus, 54, 55, 63 tridens, Antennarius, 75, 78, 91 Chironectes, 79 Phrynelox, 54, 57, 71, 79 trigona, Goniodelphys, 486 trimaculata, Alebra, 193 Habralebra, 185, 193, 195 (fig.) trisetosus, Doropygus, 521, 524 trisignatus, Chironectes, 82, 83 trita, Pyura, 488, 526 truckeensis, Disholeaspis, 108, 109 truncata, Anatifa, 27 Lithotrya, 26, 28 418 INDEX 671 Trypanalebra, 131, 182, 142, 153, 154] Vernonia brachiata, 227 (key), 160, 162 balli, 154, 155 (fig.), 156 blantoni, 154, 155 (fig.), 157, 158 maculata, 154, 155 (fig.), 156, 157 ziezac, 154, 155 (fig.), 158 sp., 154 tuberifera, Molgula, 624 tuberosus, Chironectes, 80 tumanowiczii, Halyphysema, 128 124, 26 tumefactus, Doropygus, 589 tumidus, Chironectes, 104 turbinatum, Sidnyum, 479, 485 turbinella, Quercus, 110, 114, 115, 116 Typhlocyba aurata, 138 aurea, 138 binotata, 1388, 1389 discicollis, 135, 136 eximia, 1385 fuveola, 185 pallidula, 138, 1389 wahlbergi, 185 Typhlocybinae, subf., 128 typicus, Agnathaner, 479 uncinata, Doroixys, 484 undulata, Quercus, 114, 115 Uniantennatus, subg., 54, 57, 83 uniceratus, Beamerulus, 243, 245 (fig.) unipuncta, Aphanalebra, 168 (fig.), 164 Urogaster aciculatus, 431 balthazeri, 431 imitator, 414 meridionalis, 431 solitarius, 431 urophthalmus, Antennarius, 82 Ustina, 478, 486 clarki, 486 Utetheisa ornatrix, 4386 vaccinifolia, Quercus, 109 valentiana, Conchotrya, 27 Lithotrya, 25, 26, 27 variabilis, Notodelphyopsis, 518 Polycarpa, 525 variata, Lareba, 181 (fig.) Protalebra, 180, 181 variegatus, Chironectes, 93 velutina, Quercus, 121, 122 vexillifera, Omegalebra, 201, 203 (fig.), ey 205, 206, 207, 208, 210, 211, 1 Protalebra, 199, 201 venosa, mo 493, 525, 587, 588, 589, 61 Phallusia, 482 venustus, Phocageneus, 279, 280, 281, 282 veranyi, Notopterophorus, 481, 483 verecundum, Rhodosoma, 484 vermiformis, Phallusia, 504 Verruca, 28 cookei, 25, 26, 28, 30 verrucosus, Antennarius, 54, 61, 99 Doropygus, 589 vicinus, Conarthrus, 23 vierecki, Opius, 456 villosa, Boltenia, 600, 603, 608 violatinctus, Botryllus, 485 virginea, Ascidia, 493, 496, 590 Phallusia, 493, 525, 591, 610 viridis, Albera albostriella, 135 Doropygus, 589 Tetraclita porosa, 33 viridis, Tetraclita squamosa, 33 vittatus, Chironectes pictus, 104 vulgaris, Antennarius, 52 Meteorus, 409, 410 wahlbergi, Alebra, 138 Microcosmus oligophilus, 525 Typhlocyba, 135 washingtonensis, Neuroterus, 110 Wasps, New American cynipid, from oak galls, 107 Wasps, New neotropical of the family Braconidae (Hymenoptera) in the U. S. National Museum, 405 weberi, Notodelphys, 490, 492, 495 Weld, Lewis H.; New American cynipid wasps from oak galls, 107 wildi, Rhycherus, 68, 69 williamsi, Habralebra, 185, 187, 188 (fig.), 191, 193 Relaba, 161 (fig.), 162 willinki, Habralebra, 184, 185, 192, 195 (fig. ) willmeriana, Corella, 504, 525 wireni, Tetraclita, 36 Xenophrynichthys, subg., 54, 55, &1 Xestocephalus, 145 Young, David A., Jr; The leafhopper tribe Alebrini (Homoptera, Cic- adellidae), 127 Zarhachis, 309, 312 flagellator, 291, 292, 293 zebrinus, Phrynelox, 54, 57, 74, 75 (fig.), 77 (table) zeteki, Opius, 454 ziczac, Protalebra, 158 Trypanalebra, 154, 155 (fig.), 158 ziesenhennei, Antennarius, 81 Zimmerman, Elwood C.; Formosan cos- sonine weevils of bamboo (Cole- optera: Curculionidae: Cosso- ninae), 13 Ziphiidae, 286, 309 Zygina, 131 Zyginini, 131 Zygorhiza kockii, 296 S > i Ur tms " : ity a) ER doen sition EP CRE Ge eS! | P. ES i A nad a Wet Aa > fern ; : ‘Eas Z Nas = ie na geahaa Ped, Ea ten ea reberte f sdaned Oe, Hs PAS eee: ai magpianh Hedy Hey 4 Fatrentt iti y BES BE ud an Revs 000 si j sd eastocitaloiy |, ‘ iam hinek BORG Y | iter Sek ens ise huge :t08 pest be ; stadt Oa: eee: nat ORO MUSEUM MndLA aibiate |) CTE seflifirny Taste WE! Sionyreaeth 2) FMS RN TORRES): FER Boy « a: itsatiet ; Oe wavetis Mpeadilone e echitky |) EP Taber os 33 mSRy Bay S04 i to ang tiiv sane rake TNOPN 02, GTR Retin IEF |) ray eanh lt ee OCR postal! Arh Wied i ee | en, 98, rH en AE hasan lo Snareose nM jay Hore iri gig ‘ | Fo Te OF LS Goad Maat wee Gaile iyrehao ns Mite NR Dao TE 7 socal itieh kT fab wae bred yuanio yf j oiud hth ip Se rig aiid ; aclirs . my A ays ; ' he, t ait A PANY | ges, | ue "PORE Hells f34) e ie vi : Rd Caeyav eS ae eect tty ansas rs oi ane wyty J er ar Voted. Boy ae MM nicoud 10 Bb aidiqgO (rele | Ca) a ne ote | vy et : Pa aa py ford ikon | aS | m Slag f ey. eet het syree'Lexf px et mys ' Ym BSL Cal) Gel Mr ae fnnkayys | x i o oy r 6 i r. vt 71 KBOd (ikea teh Bh. books AMES CTT OSES, 6G $ ain) ube a tr alive arabs, a he “one J hros inte Tsoi FS! Sawsdeo MW toenlit 48 by OE date ¥ ae : ; ay..99 OER AN nt at neon LE interes | ‘at sue OE Fi 4% tition iif oe a \ he Ui oteanits Ps : ‘ oy rnd cow Lain SDRC a) 7] Aye ul } : : ‘ i 5 ‘ Thad Rea ne ve ‘ . peasy San 3 : . at y 7 See , } T ', Ont ak a r ; x ‘i ¥ a \ ee ee f By Peicae ’ y j ‘ ¥ AG \ \4 ; oi te oe aa